Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive
in 2009 witii funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1970indi
Indiana (fJ>ulteiin
INDIANA
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
UNDERGRADUATE ISSUE
5.30./
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA
1970-1971
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BULLETIN
VOLUME 76
FEBRUARY 1970
Number 1
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA
UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
1970-1971
THIS UNIVERSITY IS ACCREDITED BY THE NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR
ACCREDITATION OF TEACHER EDUCATION. THE MIDDLE STATES
ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND THE
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
STATE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
DAVID H. KURTZMAN, Secretary
COUNCIL ON HIGHER EDUCATION
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
WILLIAM H. REA Pittsburgh
KATHARINE E. McBRIDE Bryn Mawr
OTIS C. McCREERY Bridgeville
GAIL L. ROSE Renfrew
JAMES H. ROWLAND JIarrisburg
LEONARD N. WOLF Scranton
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
JOHN E. DAVIS, President Indiana
ARTHUR P. MILLER, Treasurer New Kensington
SAM R. LIGHT Punxsutawney
JOHN B. CUTLER Mercer
MARY ALICE ST. CLAIR, Secretary Indiana
JOSEPH W. SERENE Indiana
EDWIN L. SNYDER „ Punxsutawney
JAMES M. WYANT Kittanning
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA CALENDAR
1970 - 1971
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
Pre-Session — 1970
Registration and Beginning of Classes June 8
Session Ends June 26
Main Session — 1970
Registration June 29
Classes Begin June 30
Session Ends Aug. 7
Post Session — 1970
Registration and Beginning of Classes Aug. 10
Summer Commencement Aug. 23
Session Ends Aug. 28
FIRST SEMESTER — 1970-71
Orientation of Freshmen Friday, Saturday,
(Details will be mailed) Monday, Tuesday, Sept. 4-8
Faculty Workshop Saturday, Sept. 5
Classes Begin with First Period Friday, Sept. 11
Thanksgiving Recess Begins at the Close of Classes Tuesday, Nov. 24
Thanksgiving Recess Ends at 8 :00 A.M Tuesday, Dec. 1
Christmas Recess Begins at the Close of Classes Saturday, Dec. 19
Christmas Recess Ends at 8 :00 A.M Monday, Jan. 4
Commencement Sunday, Jan. 17
First Semester Ends at the Close of Final Examinations Tuesday, Jan. 19
Last Meeting of Saturday Campus Classes Saturday, Jan. 16
SECOND SEMESTER— 1971
Classes Begin at 8 :00 A.M Monday, Jan. 25
Spring-Easter Recess Begins at the Close of Classes Tuesday, Apr. 6
Spring-Easter Recess Ends at 8 :00 A.M Thursday, Apr. 15
Second Semester Ends at the Close of Final Examinations Thursday, May 27
Alumni Day Saturday, May 29
Commencement Sunday, May 30
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION
OF THE UNIVERSITY
WILLIAM HASSLER President
BERNARD GANLEY Administrative Assistant
RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Faculty and Academic Aflfairs
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, JR Dean, School of Education
A. DALE ALLEN Assistant Dean, School of Education
FRANCIS G. McGOVERN Dean, School of Arts & Sciences
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER Dean, School of Business
HAROLD S. ORENDORFP Dean, School of Fine Arts
MARGARET McGEEVER Dean. School of Home Economics
JOHN CHELLMAN Dean, School of Health Services
I. LEONARD STRIGHT Dean, Graduate School
WILLIAM W. BETTS Assistant Dean, Graduate School
ISADORE LENGLET Director of University Development
SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE Director of Public Relations
Dean, School of Continuing Education
S. TREVOR HADLEY Dean of Students
FRED DAKAK Director of Admissions
JAMES LAUGHLIN Assistant Dean of Students
WILLIAM R. SHANE Assistant Director of Admissions
CLEO McCRACKEN Dean of Women
F. LEE PATTESON Assistant Dean of Women
LOIS BLEDSOE Assistant Dean of Women
ELWOOD B. SHEEDER Dean of Men
JOHN E. FRANK Assistant Dean of Men, Veterans' Counselor
OWEN DOUGHERTY Housing Director
WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI Librarian
HAROLD C. McCORMICK Business Manager
ROBERT O. WARREN Registrar
C. DONALD SEAGREN Associate Registrar
GEORGE W. MURDOCK Director of Financial Aids
ROBERT L. WOODARD Director of Institutional Research
LAWRENCE D. BERGMAN Executive Director, University Foundation
WAYNE C. HAYWARD Director of Cultural Affairs
LOIS BLAIR Director of Laboratory Experiences
SAMUEL HOENSTINE Director of Placement
CHRISTOPHER KNOWLTON Manager, Student Co-op Association
GEORGE T. WILEY Director of Graduate Research
J. ROBERT MURRAY Director, Learning Resource Center
ROBERT L. MORRIS Director. Center for International Studies
ALVIN J. STUART Director of University School
GEORGE R. DINSMORE Assistant Director of Admissions
HERMAN SLEDZIK Acting Director of Athletics
CHAIRMAN OF DEPARTMENTS
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Art
JAMES STONER Business and Distributive Education
GEORGE SPINELLI Counseling & Guidance
CHARLES COOPER Business Management
NORMAN SARGENT Learning Resources & Mass Media
DONALD WALKER Chairman, Economics
ANTHONY A. ANGELONI Educational Psychology
CRAIG G. SWAUGER English
RICHARD D. MAGEE Psychology
P. D. LOTT Elementary
CHARLES W. FAUST Foreign Languages
THOMAS G. GAULT Geography
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
C. ELIZABETH McCAULIFF Physical Education for Women
JOHNNY J. MILLER Physical Education for Men
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS Allied Health Professions
CLYDE G. GELBACH History
KATHLEEN JONES Home Economics Education
ELISABETH A. SCHMIDT Institutional Food Service
DON-CHEAN CHU Foundations of Education
JOHN G. MELLEKY Criminology
MELVIN R. WOODARD Mathematics
WILLIAM S. WILEY, JR Military Science
HUGH B. JOHNSON Music
ROBERT M. HERMANN Philosophy
MARIAN A. MURRAY Nursing
RICHARD F. HEIGES Political Science
MORTON MORRIS Special Education
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY Biology
PAUL R. WUNZ Chemistry
RICHARD E. BERRY Physics
MYRON LEVENSON Sociology — Anthropology
DIRECTORS OF SPECIAL CLINICS
MARION M. GEISEL Psychological Clinic
MAUDE BRUNGARD Speech and Hearing Clinic
DOROTHY M. SNYDER Reading Clinic
DIVISIONAL COORDINATORS
JAMES R. GREEN Humanities
RAYMOND LEE Social Sciences
DWIGHT SOLLBERGER Natural Sciences
OPERATIONAL COMMITTEES OF THE UNIVERSITY
The following committees are concerned primarily with the day to day operations of
the University :
Administrative Council William W. Hassler
Council on Academic Affairs Ralph W. Cordier
Alumni Association
Athletic Herman Sledzik
Policy Committee William W. Hassler
Faculty Council George K. Seacrist
Library and Instructional Matters William Lalranchi
ROTC Selection William S. Wiley
Student Cooperative Association Christopher Knowlton
Student Personnel S. Trevor Hadley
UNIVERSITY SENATE
In the fall of 1966 a University Senate was organized. This senate is comprised of all
faculty members with the rank of Associate and Professor. The chairman of the senate is
William W. Hassler, President of the University. Lawrence A. lanni is Vice-Chairman
and John A. Polesky, Secretary of the Senate. The committees of the senate are as fol-
lows:
Steering Committee Dorothy Lucker
Curriculum Comnaittee Ida Arms
Academic Standards Committee Ralph W. Cordier
Committee on Faculty Tenure, Promotion and Academic Freedom Ralph W. Cordier
Graduate Council • • I- L- Stright
Committee on Research Robert Woodard
Committee on Student Affairs and Athletics S. Trevor Hadley
Committee on University Development Isadore Lenglet
Committee on Faculty Affairs Robert Say lor
Committee on Continuing and Nonresident Education
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE FACULTY
PROFESSORS
WILLIAM W. HASSLER President
B.S., Juniata College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
A. DALE ALLEN Assistant Dean, School of Education
A.B., DePauw University ; M.S., Ed.D., Indiana University, Indiana
EDWARD L. ANDERSON English
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan ; Ph.D., New York University
ANTHONY A. ANGELONI Chairman, Department of Educational Psychology
B.Ed., Duquesne University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University
LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT, JR. Business
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM R. BECKER Music
B.A., M.A., State College of Iowa; Ph.D., Univeisity of Iowa
RICHARD E. BERRY Chairman, Department of Physics
B.S., Lafayette; M.S., Ph.D., Princeton
WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR. Assistant Dean of Graduate School
A.B., Dickinson College; A.M., Ph.D., Pennsylvania
EDWARD W. BIEGHLER Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., University of Oregon ; Ph.D., Ohio State University
LOIS C. BLAIR Professional Laboratory Experiences
B.A., Grove City College: M.Ed.. Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., Teachers
College, Columbia University; LL.D., Grove City College
CARL W. BORDAS Chemistry
B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
WALLIS D. BRAMAN Music
B.S.M., Baldwin- Wallace College; M.M., Ph.D., University of Rochester
MORRISON BROWN English
B.S., Shippensburg State College; A.M., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Penn-
sylvania
MAUDE O. BRUNGARD Special Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College ; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
GARY L. BUCKWALTER Physics
B.S.. Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Ph.D.. Catholic University of America
JOHN CHELLMAN Dean, School of Health Services
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., George
Peabody College for Teachers
DON-CHE AN CKU Chairman, Dept. of Foundations of Education
A.B., National Central University, China; Ed.M., University of Maryland; Ed.D.,
Columbia University
LILLIAN W. COLLINS Elementary Education
B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; D.Ed.,
Temple University
DAVID M. COOK English
B.A., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CHARLES L. COOPER Chairman, Department of Business
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; Ed.M.. Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
STEVEN CORD History
B.B.A.. City College of New York ; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity
RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Academic Affairs and Faculty
A.B.. Manchestsr College; A.M., Ph.D., Ohio State University
HARRY CRAIG English
B.A., Geneva College: M.A.. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
FRED DAKAR Director of Admissions
B.S.. M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
CHARLES A. DAVIS Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., Now York University
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER Dean, School of Business
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
GLADYS DUNKELBERGER Music
B.M., Bethany College. Lindsborg, Kansas; Mus.M., Northwestern University
KENNETH F. EDGAR Psychology
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
CHARLES W. FAUST Chairman. Department of Foreign Languages
B.A., Indiana State Teachers College, Terre Haute; M.A., Middlebury College
LOUISE FERNANDEZ Home Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ed.D., New York University
WERNER J. FRIES Foreign Languages
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE Director, Public Relations
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WALTER W. GALLATI Biology
A.B.. Drew University: M.S., University of Miami (Fla.) ; Ph.D., Ohio State Uni-
versity
THOMAS G. GAULT Chairman. Department of Geography
B.S., Middle Tennessee State College; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody College (Nash-
ville)
CLYDE C. GELBACH Chairman, Department of History
A.B., M.Litt., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MEARL F. GERHEIM Foundations of Education
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University ; Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
RALPH M. GLOTT Elementary Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
CHARLES A. GODLASKY Men's Physical Education
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Penn State University
LOUIS L. GOLD Biology
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Ohio State University
WILLIAM F. GRAYBURN English
A.B., M.A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JAMES R. GREEN Director of the Humanities Division
B.S., Lafayette College; A.M., Columbia University ; Ph.D., New York University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
S. TREVOR HADLEY Dean of Student Personnel
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN J. HAYS Educational Psychology
B.A., Geneva College ; M.A., Stetson University ; Ph.D., University of North Carolina
RICHARD F. HEIGES Chairman, Department of Political Science
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
JACKSON W. HEIMER English
A.B., M.A., University of Kentucky ; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
WILLARD W. HENNEMANN, JR. Mathematics
B.S., Towson State College of Maryland; M.A.T., Ph.D., Cornell University
ROBERT M. HERMANN Chairman, Department of Philosophy
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pitts-
burgh
E. SAMUEL HOENSTLNE Director of Placement
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University ;
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., West Virginia
University
JOHN P. HOYT Mathematics
B.S., Middlebury College ; M.A., Columbia University ; Ph.D., George Washington
University
RAYMONA E. HULL English
A.B., Western Reserve University; A.M., Cornell University; Ed.D., Columbia Uni-
versity
LAWRENCE A. lANNI English
B.S., Clarion State College; M.A., Ph.D., Western Reserve University
HERBERT EUGENE ISAR Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., New York University ; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
HUGH B. JOHNSON, JR. Chairman, Department of Music
B.M., Oberlin Conservatory of Music; M.M., D.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington
ARTHUR KANNWISHER Philosophy
B.D., Pittsburgh Theological Seminary ; B.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DAVID SHANKLAND KEENE Political Science
A.B., Bowdoin College; A.M., Ph.D., Princeton University
WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI Library
B.S., Clarion State College; M.S.L.S., University of Illinois
JAMES W. LAUGHLIN Assistant Dean of Students
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity
RAYMOND L. LEE Coordinator, Social Science Division
A.B., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY Chairman, Department of BitAogy
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., St. Bona venture University
YU-CHEN LIU Home Economics
B.A., Cheeloo University (China) ; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University
STANLEY W. LORE Psychology
B.S., Clarion State College ; M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
INDIANA UNIVEKSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
P. DAVID LOTT Elementary Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity
DOROTHY F. LUCKER English
A.B., Ph.D., University of Texas; A.M., Columbia University
RICHARD D. MAGEE Chairman, Department of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
MARY ALICE MAGRUDER Health and Physical Education
B.S., University of Colorado; M.S., D.Ed., University of Oregon
IRWIN MURRY MARCUS History
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D., Lehigh University
RONALD L. MARKS Chemistry
B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
C. ELIZABETH McCAULIFF Chairman, Department of Health and Physical Education
B.A.. State University of Iowa; M.Ed., D.P.E., Springfield College
BLANCHE W. McCLUER Psychology
B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, Terre Haute, Indiana ; M.Ed., Ph.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University
MARGARET E. McGEEVER Dean, School of Home Economica
B.S., Ohio University; M.S., UCLA; Ed.D., Columbia University
FRANCIS G. McGOVERN Dean, School of Arts & Sciences
B.S., Providence College; M.B.A.. Boston University; Ph.D., Ohio State University
C. DAVID McNAUGHTON Music
A.B., Dickinson College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Chairman, Department of Art
B.S., Edinboro State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed.. Pennsylvania
State University
JANE S. MERVINE History
B.A., Hood College; M.A., University of Michigan
JOHNNY J. MILLER Chairman, Department of Health nad Physical Education
B.A., Elon College; M.Ed., Emoj-y University; Ed.D.. George Peabody College for
Teachers
MORTON MORRIS Chairman, Department of Special Education
A.B., City University of New York; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., Columbia
University
ROBERT L. MORRIS Chairman, International Education
B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., West Virginia Uni-
versity
EDWARD R. MOTT Elementary Education
B.S., Clarion State College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
MARIAN A. MURRAY Chairman, Department of Nursing
B.S., M.Litt. in Nursing, University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RUSSEL C. NELSON Music
B.M.E., M.M., Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Michigan
ESKO E. NEWHILL Sociology-Anthropology
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University
JAMES M. OLIVER History
B.S.. University of Arkansas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri
10 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
IVO OMRCANIN Foreign Languages
A.B., Urbanian University; Ph.D., Gregorian University; L.L.B., Sorbonne J.S.D.,
Trieste University; J. CD., Catholic University, Paris, France
MARGARET S. OMRCANIN English
A.B., M.A., University of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Illinois
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF Dean, School of Fine Arts
A.B., Central Washington State College: M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia
University
DANIEL G. REIBER Physics
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RALPH W. REYNOLDS Art
B.A., Beloit College; M.A., State University of Iowa
MAURICE L. RIDER English
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
J. MERLE RIFE History
A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
PAUL A. RISHEBERGER Foundations of Education
A.B., Washington and Jefferson College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN R. SAHLI History
A.B., Geneva College; M.Ed., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM E. SALESSES Foundations of Education
B.A., St. Paul Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School, Calif.
NORMAN W. SARGENT Chairman, Department of Learning Resources and Mass Media
A.B., Hiram College; M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Indiana University
ROBERT H. SAYLOR Counseling and Guidance
A.B.. Juniata College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
EUGENE F. SCANLON Special Education
B.Ed., Duquesne University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University
GOULD F. SCHROCK Biology
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Chicago
ALICE K. SCHUSTER History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT C. SEELHORST Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State Univer-
sity
FREDERICK W. SEINFELT Engrlish
A.B.. A.M., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
DALE M. SHAFER Mathematics
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Okla-
homa
ELWOOD B. SHEEDER Dean of Men
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS Chairman. Allied Health Professions
B.S., Slippery Rork State College; M.Litt.. University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed., Penn-
sylvania State University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA H
HARVEY A. SIMMONS Mathematics
B.S.. M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago
EDWARD L. SLONIGER Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois
EDWIN SMITH Mathematics
B.S., King's London University; M.A., University of Nevada; Ed.D.. Bail State Uni-
versity
HELENA M. SMITH English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity
DOROTHY M. SNYDER Special Education Director, Reading Clinic
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia
University
D WIGHT E. SOLLBERGER Coordinator, Natural Sciences
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; Pr.D., Cornell University
GEORGE L. SPINELLI Chairman, Department of Counsgling and (Uiidanoe
B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
MARTIN L. STAPLETON Biology
B.S., Kutztown State College ; M.A., Lehigh University ; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
University
JAMES K. STONER Chairman, Department of Business and Distributive Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE A. STOUFFER. JR. Dean, School of Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; Ed.M., Ed.D.. University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER Biology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University
I. LEONARD STRIGHT Dean, Graduate School
B.A., M.A.. Allegheny College; Ph.D., Western Reserve University
ALVIN J. STUART Director, University School
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., Ohio University
CRAIG G. SWAUGER Chairman. D-partment of English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Litt., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
FORD HARRIS SWIGART, JR. English
B.A., Otterbein College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
STANFORD L. TACKETT Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University
RAYMOND L. THOMAS English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D.. Penn-
sylvania State University
HENRY H. VALLOWE Biology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
PAUL M. WADDELL - Physics
A.E.. Bethany College; M.A., Cornell University
RICHARD F. WAECHTER Biology
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Bucknell University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University
12 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ALBERT J. WAHL History
B.S., M.S., Lafayette College; Ed.D., Temple University
DONALD A. WALKER Chairman, Department of Economics
A.B., Southwest Texas State College; M.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., Harvard
CHARLES E. WEBER Geography
B.A., Montclair State College, New Jersey ; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University
GEORGE T. WILEY Director, Graduate Research
A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., Ph.D., Western Reserve University
WILLIAM S. WILEY, JR. Chairman, Department of Military Science
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
JAMES C. WILSON Counseling and Guidance
B.S.. Clarion State College; M.Ed., Duquesne University; Ed.D., University of Pitts-
burgh
DAVID CLINTON WINSLOW Geography
B.A., University of Oklahoma; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Clark Uni-
versity
MELVIN R. WOODARD Chairman, Department of Mathematics
B.S., Mansfield State College: M.A., University of Illinois; Ed.D., Oklahoma State
University
ROBERT L. WOODARD Chairman, Geoscience Dept. ; Dir. of Institutional Research
B.S., Syracuse University; M.S., State University of New York, Geneseo, New York;
Ph.D., Cornell University
PAUL R. WUNZ, JR. Chairman, Department of Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
HAROLD J. YOUCIS Department of Foundations of Education
B.M.E., Drake University; M.S., Ithaca College; Ed.D.. Indiana University
CYRIL J. ZENISEK Biology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University
PATSY A. ZITELLI Physics
A.B., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
ROBERT K. ALICO Biology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University, New York
RUTH ANDERSON Home Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MAMIE L. ANDERZHON Geography
Ph.B., M.S., University of Chicago
JOSEPH S. ANGELO Mathematics
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
IDA Z. ARMS Mathematics
B.S. in Ed., Shippensburg State College; M.S.. University of Illinois; M.Ed., Duke
University
WILLIAM M. BAHN Educational Psychology
B.S.. Shippensburg State College; M.Ed., Western Maryland College; Ed.D., West
Virginia University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 18
EDWIN W. BAILEY Mathematica
B.S., Albright College; M.A., Coltunbia University
RONALD L. BAKER Elementary Education
A.B., Lebanon Valley College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD J. BALLAS Geography
B.S. in Ed., Clarion State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
BARBARA J. BALSIGER Art
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., State University of Iowa
DENNIS BARTHA Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
FRANK J. BASILE Geography
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MARGARET L. BECK English
A.B., Goucher College; A.M., University of Pennsylvania
LAWRENCE BERGMAN Learning Resources
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
LORRIE J. BRIGHT English
A.B., Kenyon College; M.A., University of Rochester
KENNETH W. ERODE Foreign Languages
A.B., M.A., Kent State University
EDWARD N. BROWN Chemistry
B.S., Westminster College; M.A., Oberlin College
ROBERT W. BURGGRAF Music
B.S., Columbia University ; A.M., University of Kentucky
FRANCIS V. CAMPI Military
B.S., LaSalle College
CATHERINE C. CARL Music
Mus.B., Oberlin Conservatory ; A.M., Indiana University
PATRICK A. CARONE Political Science
A.B., M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., Duke University
BRUCE D. CARTWRIGHT Psychology
A.B., Waynesburg College ; A.M., West Virginia University
CHRISTINA A. CHA Music
B.A., Ewha University, Seoul, Korea; B.M., Illinois Wesleyan University, Blooming-
ton; M.S.M.. Union Theological Seminary, New York
BENJAMIN C. CHAN Philosophy
B.A., Th.B., St. Paul Bible College; B.D., Eastern Baptist Seminary; M.A., Uni-
versity of Washington ; Ph.D., Temple University
EDWARD CHASZAR Political Science
B.A., M.A., Western Reserve University; L.L.B., Peter Pazmany University, Buda-
pest, Hungary
NICHOLAS CHRISTODOLEAUS Chemistry
B.S., Athens University, Greece; Ph.D., Louisiana State University
EDWARD G. COLEMAN Chemistry
B.S., Wisconsin State College; M.S.. University of Wisconsin; M.S., Carnegie In-
stitute of Technology
14 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THOMAS E. CONWAY Biology
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.ScT., Union College
JOSEPH J. COSTA Chemistry
B.A., St. Vincent College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
♦ROBERT J. CRONAUER Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Columbia University
BLAINE C. CROOKS Mathematics
B.A., Pennsylvania State University ; Ed.M., Harvard
BOB J. CUREY English
B.A., Hillsdale College ; M.A., University of Michigan
WILLIAM E. CUTLER Educational Psychology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN A. DAVIS English
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
WAYNE J. DAVIS Economics
A.B., Dickinson College
RUTH DE CESARE Music
A.B., Hunter College; M.S., Queens College
LEONARD B. DEFABO Educational Psychology
A.B., St. Mary Seminary and University ; M.Ed., Duquesne University
DANIEL DICICCO Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.M., University of Michigan
ROBERT H. DOERR Director, Armstrong Center
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
OWEN J. DOUGHERTY Housing Director
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD G. EISEN English
A.B., Adalbert College, Western Reserve; M.A., Western Reserve University
ROBERT W. ENSLEY English
A.B., Ohio Wesleyan University ; A.M., Columbia University
RONALD T. FERGUSON History
B.A., State University of New York (Albany) ; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
VINCENT J. FERRARA Philosophy
B.A., Cathedral College; M.A., St. John's University: Ph.D., Fordham University
GARY M. FERRENCE Biology
B.S., Kutztown State College ; M.A.T., Ed.D., Indiana University, Bloomington
NANCY C. FINCKE Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DANIEL I. FINE Political Science
B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., University of Florida
FERNAND FISEL Foreign Languages
B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.A., Andrews University
MARSHALL G. FLAMM Speech and Hearing Clinic-Special Education
A.B., University of Pennsylvania ; A.M., Temple University
*0n leave
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 16
WILLIAM M. FORCE English
A.B., M.A., Colgate University
JOHN E. FRANK Assistant Dean of Men
B.S.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S.Ed., Westminster College
ERNEST B. FRICKE History
A.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Lehigh University
BERNARD JAMES GANLEY Assistant to the President
B.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
CLARENCE A. GARVIN Economics
B.A., University of Tennessee ; M.A., University of Chicago
VIRGINIA GOULD GERALD Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., University of Arizona
RAYMOND D. GIBSON Mathematics
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.S., Westminster College; M.A., University of
Illinois
ROBERT B. GINGRICH Military
B.A., Gettysburg College
WALTER GOLZ Music
B.S., Trenton State College; A.M., Columbia University
THOMAS D. GOODRICH History
B.A., University of California, SBC, Santa Barbara; M.A., Columbia Teachers Col-
lege, Columbia University
WALTER GRANATA Geoscience
B.S., Hamilton College; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., University of Wyom-
ing
JAMES L. GRAY English
B.A., Abilene Christian College; M.A., University of Texas
RONALD C. GREEN Political Science
B.S., State University of N.Y. at Oswego; M.A., State University of N.Y. at Albany
DAVID E. GROVER Psychology
B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kentucky
DANIEL S. GRUBB English
B.A., Wheaton College, 111.; M.A.T., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Michigan
FRANK W. HALL, II Geoscience
B.A., Franklin & Marshall, Lancaster, Pa. ; M.S., Ph.D., University of Montana
RICHARD A. HARTLINE Chemistry
B.S., Kutztown State College: M.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., University of
California
E. SAMUEL HATFIELD History
A.B., A.M., West Virginia University
EDWARD F. HAUCK Learning Resources
B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RICHARD HAZLEY English
A.B., Univei-sity of Pittsburgh ; A.M., Columbia University
WILLIAM I. HEARD Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University ; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
16 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ISABEL T. HELMRICH Educational-Psychology
B.A., Westminster College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
OLIVER W. HELMRICH Educational-Psychology
A.B., Lycoming College; M.A., Bucknell University
ISOLDE A. HENNINGER Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A.. Ohio State University
ELSIE M. HILEMAN Business
B.S., Grove City College ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
RICHARD C. HITCHCOCK Chemistry
B.S., M.A., Wesleyan University; Ed.D., New York University
ROBERT M. HOFMANN Military
B.S., Seton Hall University
JOSEPH J. HRADNANSKY Mathematics
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology ; M.Ed., M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
H. EUGENE HULBERT Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
JAN G. HUMPHREYS Biology
B.S., M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
DOMINIC J. INTILI Music
Mus.B., Mus.M., Oberlin Conser\'atory of Music
D. ROBERT JACOBS Psychology
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
GEORGE B. JOHNSON Art
B.S., M.A., M.F.A., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
M. KATHLEEN JONES Chairman, Home Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University ;
Ph.D., Ohio State University
JOHN F. KADLUBOWSKI History
B.A., M.A., University of Maryland
DAVID KAUFMAN Library
A.B., M.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.L.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
WILLARD J. KAYLOR Health and Physical Education
B.S., Wake Forest College; M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers
JOSEPH A. KAZAMEK Elementary Education
A.B., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT L. KING Elementary Education
B.S., Lycoming College ; M.S., Bucknell University
RICHARD W. KOLACZKOWSKI Chemistry
B.S., University of Rhode Island ; Ph.D., Cornell University
BRUNHILDE A. KRAUS Art
B.A., M.A., School of Art Institute of Chicago; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
RUDOLF R. KRAUS Sociology
Abitur, Commercial Academy (Austria) ; A.M., University of Chicago
JACK KUHNS Elementary Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 17
GOPAL S. KULKARNI Geography
B.S., Karnatak College, Dharwar, India; M.S., Banaras Hindu University, India;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
FRANK E. LANDIS Foreign Languages
A.B., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
DALE E. LANDON History
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN J. LANK Political Science
B.S., M.A., University of Detroit
ELIZABETH LaVELLE Institutional Food Services
B.S., University of Rhode Island; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
NEIL B. LEHMAN History
B.S., Bluflfton College; M.S., Ohio State University
ISODORE R. LENGLET Director, University Development
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
ARTHUR A. LEONE Foreign Languages
LL.B., LaSalle Ext. University; B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh
EUGENE E. LEPLEY Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MYRON H. LEVENSON Sociology-Anthropology
B.S., M.A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., University of North Carolina
WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY Educational-Psychology
A.B., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
VICTOR LISCINSKY Allied Health Professions
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed.. University of Pittsburgh; L.P.T., Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM F. LONG, SR. Mathematics
B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Bucknell University
DONALD M. MacISAAC Learning Resources
A.B., M.S., Syracuse University
WILLIAM H. MACKANESS Special Education
B.S., Eastern Oregon College; M.A., Stanford University, California; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Oregon
W. DELIGHT MALITSKY MuBic
B.A., University of Hawaii; M.A., Manhattan School of Music
KATHERYNE MALLINO Library
B.S., Clarion State College; M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
JAMES H. MAPLE Mathematics
B.S., California State College ; M.A., Bowling Green State University
LILLIAN G. MARTIN University School
B.S., Slippery Rock State College ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOSEPH M. MASTRO History
B.A.. Westminster College ; M.E., University of Pittsburgh
DANIEL V. MATTOX, JR. Learning Resources
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
18 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DOYLE RICHARD McBRIDE Mathematics
B.S., Defiance College ; M.A.T., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
RONALD L. McBRIDE Mathematics
B.S., M.A., Bowling Green State University
WILLIAM McCAVITT Learning Resources and Mass Media
B.S., Shippensburg State College ; M.S., Syracuse University
RONALD E. McCOY Mathematics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
CLEO McCRACKEN Dean of Women
B.S., Utah State University ; M.Ed., Syracuse University
DONALD C. McFEELY Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., California State College
DONALD R. McKELVEY Chemistry
B.S., New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology ; Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon Uni-
versity
KATHERINE K. McKELVEY Mathematics
B.A., Chatham College ; M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University
REGIS A. Mcknight Health and Physical Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania : M.A., Columbia Univei-sity
PATRICK J. McNAMARA Physics
B.S., M.S., University of Detroit
BRUCE A. MEADOWCROFT Educational Psychology
B.Ed., Duquesne University; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD P. MEASE Special Education
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN G. MELLEKY Criminology
B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
CRUZ MENDIZABAL Foreign Languages
Licenciado en Filosofia y Letras, Doctor en Filosofia y Letras, Universidad Javeriana,
Bogota (Colombia)
ROBERT E. MERRITT Biology
B.A., New York State College for Teachers; M.S., Cornell University
JAMES H. MILLER Biology
A.B., Kansas State College; M.A., Stanford University
VINCENT P. MILLER, JR. Geography
B.S., Muskingum College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM V. MILLER, JR. Military
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT N. MOORE Biology
B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., Bucknell University
WALLACE F. MORRELL Mathematics
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Clarkson College of Technology
♦GEORGE W. MURDOCH Director of Financial Aid
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ANTHONY J. NANIA ' English
BJ^.., Northland CoIleBe (Wis.) ; M.A., Marquette University
•On leave
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 19
RALPH A. NITTINGER Business
B.S., Syracuse University ; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
LEOLA HAYES NORBERG Institution Food Services
B.S., M.S., Temple University
MARILYN E. NOZ Physics
B.A., Marymount College; M.S., Ph.D., Fordham University
CARL P. OAKES Mathematics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MILDRED E. OMWAKE Home Economics
B.S., George Washington University ; M.S., Drexel Institute
DOROTHY ANN PALMER Political Science
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Miami University (Ohio)
FREDERICK R. PARK Geoscience
B.S., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD J. PARKER Foreign Languages
B.A., S.U.N.Y. at Albany, New York ; M.A., University of Michigan
ROBERT A. PATSIGA Chemistry
B.S., Geneva College; Ph.D., State University College of Forestry, Syracuse Uni-
versity
PATRICIA L. PATTERSON Business
B.S., Grove City College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
GARY W. R. PATTON Psychology
B.S., Purdue University; M.S., Ph.D., Tufts University
JAMES EDWARD PAYNE Geography
A.B., A.M., University of North Carolina
EVERETT J. PESCI Counseling and Guidance
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University
JOSEPH ALEXANDER PETERS Mathematics
B.S., St. Joseph's College ; M.S., University of Illinois
DENTON F. PILLION Business
A.B., Stonehill College, Massachusetts; Ed.M., Worcester State College; Boston Col-
lege ; Clark University
EDWARD E. PLATT Political Science
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
JOHN A. POLESKY Business
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ROMAYNE POUNDS Special Education
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PAUL ANTHONY PRINCE Geoscience
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Clark University; Ed.M., Harvard Uni-
versity
DOWNEY RAIBOURN Sociology- Anthropology
A.B., M.A., Indiana University (Bloomington)
JOHN WALLING REID Psychology
B.A., Swarthmove College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.O., Columbia Uni-
versity
20 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MILDRED M. REIGH Mathematics
B.A., Juniata College; M.S., University of Illinois; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity
JAMES B. REILLY Elementary Education
B.S., Waynesburg College ; M.A., Ed.D., West Virginia University
ROBERT D. REYNOLDS. JR. Music
B.M., Texas Christian University; M.M., University of Texas
JOSEPH S. RIZZO Elementary Education
B.S., Wilkes College ; M.A., Newark State ; Ph.D., University of Maryland
BERNARD ROFFMAN Foreign Languages
B.S., New York University ; M.A., Fordham University
ELEANOR B. ROSEMAN Foreign Languages
A.B., University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., Indiana University, Indiana
FRANK ROSS Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
JOHN H. SCROXTON Chemistry
B.A., M.S., Alfred University
GEORGE K. SEACRIST English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
DONALD C. SEAGREN Associate Registrar
B.A., Thiel College ; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD D. SHAFFER Counseling and Guidance
B.S., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
LEWIS H. SHAFFER Health and Physical Education
B.S., Ohio University ; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM R. SHANE Criminology and Assistant Director of Admissions
A.B., Harvard University ; L.L.B., University of Pennsylvania
MILDRED NOBLE SHANK Educational-Psychology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., Columbia University
SATYA SHARMA Home Economics
B.A., Lahore College for Women, India; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University
MAHER Y. SHAWER Mathematics
B.S., Teacher College, Cairo ; M.S., University of Wisconsin ; Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma
WALTER T. SHEA Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of Wisconsin
JACK L. SHEPLER Mathematics
B.A., Roberts Wesleyan College ; M.A., San Diego State College
DANIEL C. SHIVELY Library
A.B., Princeton University ; M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
HERMAN L. SLEDZIK Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JEAN J. SLENKER Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Professional Diploma. Teachers Col'
lege, Columbia University
ROBERT EUGENE SLENKIER Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Columbia University; Professional
Diploma, Teathers Collefg'e, Columbia University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 21
BERT A SMITH Political Science
B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Missouri
SAMUEL G. SMITH Health and Physical Education
B.S., Waynesburg College ; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM R. SMITH Mathematics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University ; Ed.M., Harvard University
W. WAYNE SMITH History
B.S., Salisbury State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
MARIE E. SNEAD Library
B.S., Geneva College; B.S.L.S., Syracuse University; A.M.L.S., University of Michi-
gan
MARTHA P. SOLLBERGER Library
N.S., Carnegie Mellon University; M.E.L.S., Duquesne University; M.L.S., Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh
ANTHONY J. SORENTO iForeign Languages
B.A., Pennsylvania State University ; M.A., Middlebury College, Vermont ; Doctor of
Romance Philology, University of Madrid
ELWOOD R. SPEAKMAN Mathematics
B.A., Eastern Nazarene College; M.A., Bowling Green State University; M.A.T.,
Brown University
MERLE STILWELL Mathematics
B.S., Mansfield State College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Cornell University
LAWRENCE C. STITT Music
B.S., M.A., New York University
LOUIS R. SUTTON Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D.. West
Virginia University
VINCENT TARTELLA English
B.A., University of Scranton ; M.A., University of Notre Dame
HAROLD W. THOMAS Business
B.S., Grove City College ; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
J. DAVID TRUBY English
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University
LAWRENCE R. TUCKER Health and Physical Education
B.S., Bridgewater College; M.S., Ohio State University
ROBERT J. VISLOSKEY Art
B.S., Edinboro; Ed.M., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DOROTHY C. VOGEL History
B.A., Marymount College ; M.A., Fordham University
EVA VOUKLIZAS Music
B.M., Syracuse University; M.M., Indiana University
WILLIAM M. WASKOSKIE Biology
B.A., St. Francis College, Loretto, Pennsylvania ; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE WEST Director, Punxsutawney Center
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pa. ; M.Ed., Penn State
JAMES HERBERT WILDEBOOR Music
A.B., Ottawa University ; M.M.E., University of Kansas
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MAJOR N. P. WILDERSON Military
B.S., Southern University, Louisiana
HALLEY O. WILLISON, JR. Mathematics
B.S.Ed., Clarion State Teachers College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD G. WOLF Library
B.Ed., Duquesne University ; M. Letters, University of Pittsburgh ; M.S.L.S., Dre.xel
Institute of Technology
RICHARD E. WOLFE Mathematics
A.B., Gettysburg College ; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois
DON W. WOODWORTH English
B.A., Dartmouth; M.A., Indiana University
DALE W. WOOMER Business
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DAVID L. YOUNG English
B.A., M.A., Kent State University ; Ph.D., Ohio State University
MAURICE M. ZACUR Geography
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE D. ZEPP Elementary Education
B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., D.Ed., University of Maryland
DONALD N. ZIMMERMAN Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., West
Virginia University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
BETTY S. ADAMS English
B.S., M.A., Ohio State University
MARIE K. BAHN Special Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.Ed., Western Maryland College
ROBERT BERNAT Music
B.F.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology ; M.F.A., Brandeis University
CAPT. S. A. BIANK, JR. Military
B.S., U.S. Military Academy, West Point
MARTHA H. BLASIER Special Education
B.A., University of Illinois ; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
DANIEL N. BOONE Philosophy
B.A., M.A., Claremont Men's College
NELSON H. BORMANN Special Education
B.S., Southwest Texas State College; M.A., Western Michigan University
DAVID T. BORST Music
B.S., Fredonia State Teachers College ; M.Ed., University of Buffalo
MARY L. BRECKER Music
B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music
JOHN F. BUSOVICKI Mathematics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., Notre Dame
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 23
JOHN M. CAMDEN Mathematics
B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.A., University of Texas
JOSE N. CARRANZA Foreign Languages
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
CHARLES D. CASHDOLLAR History
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., Ph.D., University of Penn.
JAMES F. CAWLEY Business
B.S., St. Vincent College ; MBA, Duquesne University ; C.P.A.
VINCE CELTNIEKS Health and Physical Education
B.A., American University ; M.S., University of Montana
RICHARD R. CHAMBERLIN Library
B.A., Northeastern University; M.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University
of Denver
WILLIAM D. CHAPMAN Special Education
B.S., M.S., West Virginia University
SHOW CHIH RAI CHU Foreign Languages
B.A., National Central University, China; M.A., Bob Jones University
VAUGHN CLAY Art
B.A., Westminster College ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
STANLEY COHEN Criminology
B.A., University of Cincinnati ; J.D., Salmon P. Chase, College of Law
EDITH M. CORD Foreign Languages
Baccalaureat, Toulouse, France ; licence-es-Lettres, University of Toulouse
SUNDA CORNETTI Sociology-Anthropology
B.S., New York University; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WILLA RUTH CRAMER Home Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN W. CROSS Economics
B.A., Merrimack College; M.Ed., Fitchburg State College; M.A., University of
Maaaachusetts
WALLACE R. CROUP Criminology
B.S., M.S., Florida State University
CHARLES L. CUNIS Military
B.A., Boston College
S. JANE DAKAK Women's Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
CLARABEL T. DAVIS University School
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., New York University
ANTHONY G. DEFURIO Art
B.S., Edinboro State College; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GEORGE R. DINSMORE Admissions Counselor
B.S., A.M., University of Illinois
THOMAS J. DONGILLA Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALBERTA R. DORSEY Elementary Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
24 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ROBERT D. DOUGLASS Business
B.A., Lafayette College ; L.L.B., Harvard Law School
JOHN J. DROPCHO Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD D. DUNCAN Mathematics
B.S., Slippery Rock College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Pennsylvania
State University
JERRY K. EDDY Physics
B.A., West Liberty State College; M.S., Ph.D., West Virginia University
TAHA O. EL-FARRA Geography
B.A., Riyad University, Saude Arabia ; M.A., Arizona State University
ANN T. ELLIOTT Health and Physical Education
B.S., Russell Sage College; B.A., Berea College; M.A., New York University
MARY LOUISE ELTZ Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College
R. CARLYLE FEE Business
A.B., Muskingum College; J.D., University of Pittsburgh
GENE A. FELIX Speech and Hearing
B.A., St. Francis College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
LIDA T. FLEMING University School
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
PAUL P. FOLEY Military
B.A., University of Massachusetts
WILLIAM R. FORBES Biology
B.A., Indiana Central College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University, Indiana
♦OLIVE M. FORNEAR Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.M., West Virginia University
DONALD P. FRITZ, JR. English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GEORGIE ANN FUNK English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
WALTER W. GALLATI Biology
A.B., Drew University; M.S., University of Miami (Fla.) ; Ph.D., Ohio State Uni-
versity
MARION M. GEISEL Director, Psychological Clinic
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
TERENCE A. GERACE Psychology
B.A., M.Ed., State University of New York ; M.A., George Washington University
GAIL J. GERLACH University School
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity
FRANK GHESSIE, JR. Business
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALICE T. GHRIST Art
B.A., Lake Erie College; M.A., Columbia University
DOROTHY W. GOURLEY English
B.Ed., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
•On leave — 2nd Semester
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 26
CAROLYN R. GRUNDY Library
B.A., Grove City College; M.S.L.S., University of Illinois
ANTONIO M. GUARDIOLA Foreign Languages
Maestro, Escuela Normal de la Habana (Cuba) ; Doctor en Pedagogia, University of
Habana (Cuba)
AURORA P. GUARDIOLA Foreign Languages
Maestro, Escuela Normal de la Habana (Cuba) ; Doctor en Pedagogia, University of
Habana (Cuba)
ROBERT E. HAMILTON Military
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College
ROBERT W. HAMILTON Art
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CAPT. P. P. HANSON Military
B.A., Norwich University
ARVILLA T. HARROLD Music
A.B., Colorado College of Education, Greeley, Colorado; M.A., Eastman School of
Music
MARLIN E. HARTMAN Mathematics
B.S., Clarion State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM J. HENZELMAN Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University
PAUL R. HICKS Library
A.B., University of South Carolina; M.A.L.S., George Peabody College for Teachers
H. FOSTER HILL Business
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
HARRY G. HOLT Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., Bucknell University
RICHARD HORNFECK Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.S., The George Washington University
HELEN B. HOVIS Home Economics
B.S., Muskingham College ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
LEON J. HUE Biology
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
VICTOR HUESEN Foreign Languages
Licence es lettres, St. Joseph University, Beirut, Lebanon
MARVIN HUFF Economics
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.A., University of Illinois
JAMES M. INNES Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute
RANDY L. JESICK Assistant Director of Public Relations
A.B., University of Pittsburgh ; M.S., West Virginia University
ALMA B. KAZMER Home Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT J. KELLY Military
B.S., St. Peters College
BERNICE W. KING Home Economics
B.S., Central State Teachers College; M.A., Michigan State College
26 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
JAMES K. KLINEDINST Psychology
B.A., Lebanon Valley College
MERLE G. KLINGINSMITH Learning Resources
B.S., Edinboro State College ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MAY E. KOHLHEPP Elementary Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pittsburgh
L. JUNE KORAB Health and Physical Education
B.S., State University of lovifa ; M.S., Indaina University, Bloomington
REGINALD LANG International Education
B.A., University of Michigan ; M.A., Harvard
CHARLES LEVINSON Institutional Food Services
B.S., M.S., Cornell University
DOROTHY I. LINGENFELTER University School
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LINDA S. LINN Elementary Education
B.S., Edinboro State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT I. LLOYD Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., Julliard School of Music
PATRICIA LOMMOCK Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOANNE P. LOVETTE Art
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
MING TAW LU Physics
B.Engr., Cheng Kung University; M.S., Tsing Hua University, China
A. L. LUCAS Library
B.S., M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
BEVERLY J. LUCAS Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
VANNIS A. LUCAS Home Economics
A.B., Bridgewater College ; M.S., Virginia Polytechnical Institute
CHARLES MAHAN English
A.B., Marshall; M.A., University of Kentucky
DONALD C. MAHAN Business
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
A. RICHARD McCLURE Business
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DONALD S. McCLURE English
A.B., Kalamazoo College; M.A., Western Michigan University
MARTIN C. McGURRIN Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Temple University
JOHN E. MERRYMAN Foundations of Education
B.A., M.A., Bob Jones University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES H. MEISEN English
B.A., Albron College ; M.A., Central Michigan University
BENJAMIN T. MILLER Art
B.F.A., University of Denver ; M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 27
LAURABEL H. MILLER English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GEORGE R. MILTZ Foreign Languages
A.B., Xavier University ; M.A., University of Cincinnati
EDGAR W. MOORE History
B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee
ROY A. MOSS Assistant Director of Placement
B.S., Thiel College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JoANNE MUELLER Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Montana State University
DAWNA TORRES MUGHAL Institutional Food Services
B.S., Central Philippine University ; M.S., Southern Illinois University
WILLIAM A. NEAL Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.A., The George Washington University
RENEE NICOLET Foreign Languages
Licence de Lettres ; Diplome d'Etudes, University of Besancon, France
JAMES NIX Director, Cultural Affairs
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Northwestern University
DOROTHY M. OBESTER Nursing
B.S., Mount Mercy College ; M.S., The Catholic University of America
ANJA H. OLIN-FAHLE Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., Friends University; M.A., Haverford College
LUDO OP DE BEECK Foreign Lanrruasres
B.A., M.A., Belgian Ministry of Education
ELIZABETH STEWART PARNELL Library
A.B., Smith College ; M.S., School of Library Services, Columbia University
F. LEE PATTESON Assistant Dean of Women
A.B., West Virginia University; M.A., Marshall University
LAURENCE JOHN PERKINS Music
B.S., Northern State College, Aberdeen, South Dakota: M.M.. Eastman School of
Music
DANIEL PERLONGO Music
B.M., M.M., University of Michigan
JERRY L. PICKERING Biology
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University
RUTH PODBIELSKI Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
PETER J. POPIEL Music
B.S., State University of New York ; M.M., Eastman School of Music
♦CLARA ELDENA PURCELL Home Economics
B.S., M.S., Purdue University
RICHARD E. RAY English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARY B. RECUPERO Business
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
•On leave
28 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
WILLIAM L. RETTIG Mathematics
B.S., California State College; M.S., Ohio State University
WILLIS J. RICHARD Economics
B.A., Berea College ; M.A., Iowa State University
J. MERLE RIFE History
A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
ARLENE RISHER Business
A.B., Mount Union College ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD D. ROBERTS Physics
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University
VIOLET V. ROCCO Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., California State College
PHYLLIS ROUMM English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
NICOLO A. SARTORI Music
B.M., Conservatory'e PoUini of Padova, Italy; M.M., University of Michigan
THOMAS SAWYERS English
B.A., Cumberland University ; M.A., Middle Tennessee State University
R. THOMAS SCHAUB Philosophy
B.A., Aquinas Institute, Illinois; M.A., Aquinas Institute, Iowa; S.S.L., Pontifical
Biblical Commission, Rome
•ELISABETH SCHMIDT Chairman, Institutional Food Services
B.S., Mount Mercy College ; M.Ed., University of Pittsbui-gh
DOROTHY N. SCHROCK Business
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN E. SECOR Military
B.S., Cornell University
CATHERINE P. SHAFFER English
A.B., Pennsylvania State University; A.M., Gettysburg College
JOSEPH SHANE Chemistry
B.S., Muskingum College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DAVID L. SHIELDS Foreign Languages
A.B., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., Middlebury College
KENNETH LEE SHILDT Business
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
ANDBEE-MARIE SRABIAN Foreign Languages
Baccalaureat es Lettres, Sorbonne, Paris, France
JAMES G. STAPLES Music
B.M.. M.M., Florida State University
BARRY L. STEIM Political Science
B.S., Clarion ; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pa.
RONALD A. STEINER Library
B.A., University of Dubuque; M.S.L.S., Case Western Reserve University
CHARLES B. STEVENSON Business
B.A., M.A., George Washington University
•On leave — 2nd Semester
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA Z»
ELIZABETH D. STEWART Music
B.M., American Conservatory, Chicago, Illinois; M.F.A., Ohio University
AUGUSTA SYTY Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee
LEONARD P. TEPPER Geosrraphy
B.A., California State College
BEATRICE F. THOMAS Business
B.S., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
JACKIE L. THOMPSON Director. Computer Center
B.S., University of Texas ; M.S.M.E., New Mexico State University
LaVERNE THOMPSON Mathematics
B.A., Texas Western College; M.S., New Mexico State University
SUZANNE THORIN Music Library
B.M., North Park College; M.M., M.S.L.S., University of Michigan
MARILYN VALLOWE Mathematics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.A., University of Chicago
EUPHEMIA NESBITT WADDELL Library
A.B., College of Wooster ; M.L.S., Library School, University of Illinois
JAMES A. WADDELL English
A.B., Berea College; M.A., University of North Carolina
PATRICIA A. WALKER Economics
B.A., Michigan State University ; M.A., Miami University
JOANN E. WALTHOUR University School
B.S., Chatham College; M.M.E., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE B. WALZ Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University
STEPHEN B. WARE Economics
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University
ROBERT O. WARREN Registrar
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM D. WARREN Geography
B.A., Los Angeles State College; M.A., U.C.L.A.
JANE WASHBURN Counseling and Guidance
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pa.
JOHN G. WATTA English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM F. WEGENER Criminology
B.A., M.A., Colorado State College
KATHRYN WELDY English
B.S., Kutztown State College ; M.A., Middlebury College
MARION H. WEST Psychology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., Westminster College
JACK R. WESTWOOD Mathematics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., Burkwell University
ROBERT L. WHITMER Foreign Language
B.S., We^ Virginia University; M.A.. Ohio State University
30 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DENNIS W. WHITSON Physics
B.S., North Dakota State University ; M.S., University of Minnesota ; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh
T. KENNETH WILSON English
B.A., University of Buffalo
ALLEN M. WOODS Institutional Food Services
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
SUSAN WOOD Geography
B.S., M.A., Kent State University
JOHN A. YACKUBOSKEY History
B.A., North Georgia College ; M.A., Emory University
ROBERT YARUP English
B.S., California State College; M.A., West Virginia University
TWYLA L. YECKLEY English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GENO ZAMBOTTI Chemistry
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
INSTRUCTOR
CHARLES BATTAGLINI University School
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pa.
HERBERT A. BENTON Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
MARGARET BIEGHLER Foreign Language
B.A., University of Oregon
WILLIAM A. BLACKSMITH, III Men's Physical Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College ; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LOIS A. BLEDSOE Assistant Dean of Women
A.B., M.S., Indiana Univc-sity, Bloomington, Indiana
ELEANOR J. BOYER English
B.S., Clarion State College
JESSIE BRIGHT English
B.A., M.A., University of Rochester
MARGARET O. CALDWELL English
A.B., Grove City College ; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS CAMPISANO Health and Physical Education
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MICHAEL R. CHARNEGO Biology
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CAROLYN J. COMPTON English
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GLORIA T. CONWAY Home Economics
B.S., Syracuse University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
81
MARY ANN CESSNA
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CARL D. DAVIS
B.A., Tarkio College, Missouri
CAROLYN I. DEISHER
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
ALICE D. DICKIE
B.S., Slippery Rock State College
Home Economics
Men's Physical Education
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
ALFONZO FANELLA Men's Physical Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
LOUISE E. FIERSTOS
B.S., Miami University
Home Economics
BERNARD JAMES GANLEY Assistant to the President
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
BROOKE V. GRANT Sociology-Anthropology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
DAVID H. GROOM
B.S., Waynesburg College; C.P.A.
BARBARA E. GROSS
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LEO E. HARROLD, JR.
B.A., M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOSEPH B. HILL
B.A., Duquesne University
LEON R. HOKE, JR.
A.B., Grove City College; M.A., Duquesne University
JAMES R. HORNER
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARY E. lANNI
Business Management
Home Economics
Psychology
Criminolosry
Economics
Political Science
University School
B.S., Clarion State College ; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Political Science
G. BRUCE JENKINS
A.B., St. Vincent College; J.D., University of Pittsburgh
LARRY KAUFMAN
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
VANCE C. KENNEDY
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University
BARBARA KRASZEWSKI
B.S., Duquesne University ; M.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
JOSEPH S. KRUPNIK
B.S., M.A., Pennsylvania State University
SYLVIA LYNN LENTZ
B.A., Goodman Theatre Art Institute o£ Chicago
BETTY C. LESITZ
B.S., M.A., Duquesne University
ROBERT M. LETSO
B.S., MiEd., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Physics
Criminology
English
English
English
English
Health and Physical Education
32 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HAROLD C. LIPHART Sociology
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; B.D., Drew University; M.Ed., Indiana University
of Pennsylvania
ONEIDA I. LOZADA Foreign Language
Bachelor in Letters and Sciences, Institute Pre-Universitario, Havana, Cuba ; Doctor
En Pedagogia, University of Havana
JOHN E. LUCAS Library
B.S., M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD H. MADDEN Learning Resources
B.A., University of Notre Dame ; M.A., Ohio State University
GRACE MARLIN University School
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOAN G. MASNICK Library
B.A., A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
JOHN K. MATOLYAK Physics
B.S., St. Francis College, Loretta, Pennsylvania ; M.S., University of Toledo
CHARLES A. McHUGH Criminology
B.Ed., M.Ed., Duquesne University
DONALD S. McPHERSON Assistant Dean of Men
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PETER F. METARKO Assistant Registrar
B.S., Northern Michigan University and Mansfield State
ELIZABETH W. MILLER English
B.A., M.A., University of Pittsburgh
RAYMOND E. MILLER Foundations of Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
BERNARD A. MOREAU Business
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GARY JAMES OLMSTEAD Music
B.S., University of Michigan ; M.F.A., Ohio University
JANE OLMSTEAD Music
B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., University of Michigan
JOHN W. POSTLEWAIT Criminology
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DAVID L. RAMSEY Physics
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College
SEYMOUR RABINOWITZ Criminology
B.A., Pennsylvania State University
CHARLES E. RECESKI Health and Physical Education
B.S., Lycoming College; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JAMES K. RILL Computer Center
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD J. ROBBINS Business Management
B.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DANIEL S. ROBERTS Criminology
B.A., St. Francis College
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 88
ROSALY ROFFMAN English
B.A., City College of New York ; M.A., University of Hawaii
PHILLIP A. RUFFNER English
B.S., Clarion State College; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARTHA S. SCHEEREN Library
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.S.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
LINDA S. SHEARER Home Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University ; M.S., Cornell University
ROBERT G. SIEFERS Business
B.A., Mount Union College ; Kent State University
JOHN B. SIMMONS Criminology
B.A., Michigan State University
JAY M. SMITH Educational Psychology
B.A., M.Ed., Johns Hopkins University
LESLIE S. SPENCER Business
B.S., M.B.A., Syracuse University
RUTH E. SPINELLI Public School Nursing
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM M. SRSIC Acting Director Financial Aid
B.S., M.Ed., Edinboro State College
ANN M. STAPLES Music
B.M., M.M., Southern Methodist University
WALTER J. STAPLETON Health and Physical Education
B.S., St. Francis College ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOANNE B. STEINER Institutional Food Services
B.S., Miami University ; M.S., University of Wisconsin
CONNIE J. SUTTON Geoscience
B.A., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PAUL A. THOMPSON Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; M.M., University of Michigan
RICHARD E. THORELL Music
B.M., M.A., M.E., University of Rochester
MARGOT A. UEHLING English
B.A., Hastings College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
LESLIE VICKERS Special Education
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DOROTHY B. VOLM Library
A.B., McPherson College, McPherson, Kansas ; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
HELEN LOUISE WARREN English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROGER N. WILLIAMS, JR. Foreign Languages
B.S., Grove City College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
BETTY LOU WOOD Home Economics
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOSEPH L. WYSOCKI Home Economics
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
84 INDIANA UNIVERSITT OF PENNSYLVANIA
EMERITI
JOHN E. DAVIS Director of Teaching, Placement, University School
A.B., Pennsylvania State University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MARY L. ESCH Registrar
ORVAL KIPP Art
A.B., Carnegie Institute of Technology ; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia ; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
JOY E. MAHACEK Chariman, Mathematics
Coordinator of Secondary Education Departments
A.B., State College of lo-wa.; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Pitts-
burgh
MATTHEW H. VOLM Foreign Languages
Philologisches Staatsexamen, Universitat Munster ; Ph.D., University of Virginia
FLORENCE WALLACE Hiatory
A.B., Wellesley College; A.M., Columbia University
NORAH E. ZINK Geography
B.S., University of Utah ; A.M., Columbia University ; Ph.D., University of Chicago
WILLIS E. PRATT Chancellor
A.B., Allegheny College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; LL.D., Westminster
College ; LL.D., University of Pittsburgh
lUVlAHA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Si
SUPERVISING TEACHERS IN COOPERATING SCHOOLS
Acciai, Deno — Lower Burrell
Adams, Margaret — Enoch
A'Hearn, Neloese — Butler
Aiello, Ronald — Westmoreland County
Aikens, Bonnie — Lower Burrell
Aikey, Charles — Johnstown
Aikey, Robert — Johnstown
Akins, Stanley — Derry
Allison, Milton — Connellsville
Alquo. Joseph D. — Highlands
Amann, Alfred — Jeannette
Ambroe, Georg-e — Fern dale
Anderson, Doris — Ligonier
Anderson, James — Penn Hills
Anderson, Rosena — Ford City
Anderson, Wilma — North Allegheny
Andrews, Sam — Highlands
Angelo, Louis J. — Baldwin Whitehall
Anthony, George — Westmont
Apel, Dale — New Kensington
Appel, George — Ingomar
Arezina, Marko — Lower Burrell
Ashbaugh, Louise — Derry
Ashbaugh, Margaret Ann — Westmoreland
County
Aston, Susan — Monroeville
Atchison, Ralph — Freeport
Austin, Edward — Hempfield
Bach, Martha — Johnstown
Bailey, Robert — Ferndale
Baird, Betty — New Kensington
Balest, Florence — Monroeville
Bankosky, Patricia — Indiana
Banks, Anna Margaret — Indiana
Baptist, Gail — Clarion
Barkley, Janet — Highlands
Barkley, Ruth — Lower Burrell
Barnhart, Genevieve — Lower Burrell
Bash, Bernadine — Hempfleld
Battaglini, Bonnie — Pittsburgh
Beaver, Elizabeth — Pittsburgh
Beck, Janet — Westmoreland County
Beitel, Bruce — Hempfleld
Bell, Larry — Lower Burrell
Bellavia, Rita — Johnstown
Benkert, Fred — Murrysville
Bennett, Michael — Indiana
Benton, Elda — Altoona
Beresford, Eleanor — Monroeville
Berg, Barbara — Penn Hills
Bergman, Anna Betty — Monroeville
Bergman. Ronald — North Allegheny
Bernat, Edwinna — Indians
Bernfeld, Bella — Murrysville
Bevil, Roaemarie — East Allegheny
Bianca, Arlene — Homer City
Binkey, Marjorie — Homer Center
Bish, Marjorie — Butler
Bishop, Leila — Indiana
Bistline, Darwin — Altoona
Blair, Ed — Altoona
Blair, Eleanor — Indiana
Bloom, Keith — Marion Center
Close, Carolyn — Northern Cambria
Blough, Verna — Johnstown
Bohla, Janet — Ferndale
Bolger, Dolores — Altoona
Bolha, Emil — Westmont
Bombatch, James — Johnstown
Boone, Shirley — Highlands
Borbulich, Bernice — Cambria County
Bowers, Edith — Punxsutawney
Bowers, Edward — Indiana
Bowers, Lawrence — Murrysville
Bower, Richard — Butler
Bowes, Margaret — Johnstown
Bowser, Dorothy — Westmont
Boyd, Sara — Monroeville
Boyd, Warren — Norwin
Brandt, William — Altoona
Brantlinger, Frederick —
Baldwin Whitehall
Breon, Paul — Greensburg-Salem
Brewer, Marguerite — Murrysville
Brobst, Roger — Penn Hills
Brocious, Beverly — Johnstown
Brooks, Edgar — Altoona
Brougher, Glenn — Westmont
Brown, Betty — Westmont
Brown, Gladys — Indiana
Brugnoli, Robert — Norwin
Brunelli. Julia — Greensburg-Salem
Brusco, Shirley — Fox Chapel
Bryja, Walter — Appollo-Ridge
Buchanan, Kathryn — Indiana
Buchovecky, Catherine — Johnstown
Buffone, Henry — North Allegheny
Burchfield, Jean — Altoona
Burchfield, Robert — Altoona
Burke, Vincent — Butler
Burkhart, Virginia — Fox Chapel
Burt, Elizabeth — Fox Chapel
Bussler, Donald — Pittsburgh
Cacic, Paul — Norwin
Calabrese, Clyde — Derry
Calderwood, Lelia — Johnstown
Calhoun, Donald — United
Calhoun, Elsie — New Bethlehem
Callahan, Antionette — Greensburg-Salem
Calvo, Delfino — Derry
Cammisa, Michael — Butler
Camp, Richard — Wilkinsburg
Campbell, Lucy — Pittsburgh
Campbell, Mary Jane — Monroeville
Carlos, Catherine — Fox Chapel
Cam, Louella — Altoona
86
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Carnahan, Harry — Indiana
Carnevali, Ronald — Westmont
Carroll, Marie — Armstrong Schools
Casas, Charlotte — Shanksville
Casillo, Catherine — New Kensington
Centorcelli, Eugene — Lower Burrell
Cerny, Russell — North Allegheny
Chegwidden, Gwendolyn — Murrysville
Cherepko, Betty Lou — Murrysville
Chisnell, Elnora — Laurel Valley
Christopher, Carol — Highlands
Cifra, George — Turtle Creek
Cihon, Helen — Monroeville
Clark, Nancy — Fox Chapel
Claus, Lawrence — Indiana
Clawson, Rodney — Westmont
Clepper, Ruth — Elderton
Coffman, Harold — Kiski Area
Colantoni, Joseph — Monroeville
Colecchi, Arlene — Armstrong County
Conn, Patricia — Kittanning
Conrad, Mary Kay — • Johnstown
Conrad, Regina — Altoona
Console, Joseph — North Hills
Cooper, June — Greensburg-Salem
Cornell, Harry — Norwin
Corrigan, Patrick — Penns Manor
Costa, Jean — Indiana
Costanza, John — Elderton
Coup, Jack — Norwin
Covode, Nora — • Richland Twp.
Craig, Cynthia — Kiski Area
Craig, Ruth — Allegheny County
Cramer, Virginia — Penn Hills
Creps, Jeanne — Indiana
Cribbs, Ralph — Marion Center
Crisafulli, Margaret — Conemaugh Area
Crissman, Joseph — • Punxsutawney
Crissman, William — Kittanning
Critchfield, Lois — Somerset
Crnarich, Francis — Altoona
Cross, William — Butler
Crowell, William — Cambria Heights
Cummings, Patrick — Hollidaysburg
Cunningham, Alice — Ligonier
Curtis, Cora — Monroeville
Gushing, Nancy — Westmont
Dahlin, Marilyn — • Cambria County
D'Amato, Hugh — Jeannette
Daugherty, Janet — Indiana
Dautlick, Jeanne — Monroeville
Davidek, Michael — Highlands
Davis, Dorothy — Indiana
Davis, James — Ford City
Davis, John — North Allegheny
Davis, Laura — Monroeville
Dean, John — Johnstown
DeGaetano, Arveta — • Indiana
Deitz, Louise — Ford City
Dekker, Ronald — Altoona
Delia, Jean — New Kensington
DeLuca, Richard — Lower Burrell
DeMartini, Gloria — East Allegheny
Depp, Lois — Altoona
Detwiler, Alice — Altoona
Detwiler, Ray — Altoona
DiAndreth, Robert — Penn Hills
Dice, John — Somerset
Dick, Roger — Hollidaysburg
Dietz, Helen Louise — Ford City
DiTullio, Josephine — Monroeville
Dixon, Bernice — United
Dodson, Leroy — Johnstown
Dohoda, Stanley — Laurel Valley
Donaldson, Ralph — Greensburg-Salem
Doney, Clifford — Punxsutawney
Donnellan, Walter — Monroeville
Doolittle, Ray — Brockway
Douglass, Leona — ■ Altoona
Dubovecky, Paul — Ferndale
Dunlap, William — Hempfield
Easch, Dorsey — Conemaugh Area
Eardley, Arthur — Hollidaysburg
Earhart, Samuel — Lower Burrell
Ebbecka, Tliomas — Butler
Edder, Margaret — Indiana
Ednie, Margaret — Kiski Area
Edwards, Glyn — Johnstown
Elder, Daryl — Freeport
Elkin, Kenneth — Greensburg-Salem
Elliott, Ruby — Johnstown
Enterline, Reynolds — North Allegheny
Esch, Georgianna — Altoona
Esch, Glynn — Altoona
Esper, Thomas — Monroeville
Evans, Alice — Monroeville
Everett, Richard — • Penn Hills
Ewing, Eleanor — • Brookville
Fabian, Sandra — Hempfield
Fails, George — Hempfield
Falcon, Vivian — Hempfield
Falcon, William — Greensburg-Salem
Falsetti, Mary Jo — Churchill
Farabaugh, Leonard — Murrysville
Feeley, Paul — Richland
Ferko, William — Punxsutawney
Ferrara, Camilla — Armstrong County
Festa, Louis — Derry
Fetterman, Gerald — Punxsutawney
Fetterman, William — Penns Manor
Ficca, Robert — Butler
Ficco, Donald — Ferndale
Ficco. Ruth Ann — Ferndale
Fichter, Judith — North Hills
Field, Patricia — Altoona
Fink, Ronald — Altoona
Finn, Marlene — Fox Chapel
Fiorina, John — Derry
Firestone, Marion — Murrysville
Fisk, Jean — Murrysville
Fitzmaurice, Vincent — New Kensington
Forsht, Ada — Blair County
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
37
Fox, Cecil — Hollidaysburg
Franceschi, James — Butler
Frank, Elizabeth — Monroeville
Frank. Larry — Churchill
Franks, William — Latrobe
Freeh, Mary — Kittanning Twp.
French. William — Brookville
Frye, Mavis — Purchase Line
Furlong, Delver — Hempfield
Furrer, Ethelyn — Altoona
Furrer, Norman — Altoona
Ga^gini. Frederick — Lower Burrell
Gahagan. Zula — Blairsville
Galand, Richard — Connellsville
Galbraith, Thelma — Churchill
Galbreath, Edith — Johnstown
Gallagher, Patricia — Johnstown
Gallo, Elizabeth — Ligonier
Gallo. John — Marion Center
Gates, Jean — Altoona
Gates, Nancy — East Allegheny
Geary, Maureen — Westmoreland County
George. John — Lower Burrell
Gerhart, Wade — Greensburg-Salem
German, Mary Jo — Westmoreland County
Gibboney. Clara — Altoona
Gibson, John — Penn Hills
Giovannitti, Alma — Monroeville
Goltz, Donald — Turtle Creek
Good, Audrey — Murrysville
Good, William — Westmont
Gosser, David — Hempfield
Gosser, Margaret — Kiski Area
Graham, Eleanor — - Butler
Green. S. Elizabeth — Richlnnd Twp.
Griffith. Robert — Somerset
Gritzer, Doris — Johnstown
Gritzer, Patricia — Johnstown
Grove, Harold — Indiana
Gutt. Frieda — Norwin
Guzzi, Patrick — Highlands
Haber, Felicia — Monroeville
Hadusky, John — Apollo-Ridge
Hahn. William — North Allegheny
Hamilton. William — Altoona
Hanak, Andrew — Johnstown
Hancuff, William — • Hollidaysburg
Hanley, Barbara — Punxsutawney
Hardoby, Michael — Butler
Harmon, Daniel — Indiana
Harris. John — Somerset
Harriger. Charles — Lower Burrell
Harrold, Carol — New Kensington
Harris, John — Somerset
Harrison. Rosalia — Pittsburgh
Harmon, Daniel — Indiana
Hartman, Arlene — Monroeville
Harvey. Helen — Kittanning
Hawthorne, Anne — McKeesport
Hayes. Florence — East Allegheny
Hazlett, Lawrence — Highlands
Heaton, Mary Ellen — Indiana
Heckler, Karen — Connellsville
Heckler, Vieva — Windber
Heininsrer, Lois — Altoona
Heinrichs, Paul — Highlands
Heifer, Charlotte — Allegheny County
Helm, Colleen — Ford City
Hempfield, Alma — Butler
Hershburger, Nyle — Richland Twp.
Hicks. Loretta — East Brady
Hill, John — Murrysville
Hillgrove, Rosette — Churchill
Hindman, Dorothy — Westmont
Hoffman, Harriett — Murrysville
Hoffman, Ruth — Altoona
Hoffman, Wilbert — Altoona
Hogemyer, Amy — Altoona
Hogg, Alta — Ford City
Hollen, Yance — Altoona
Hollenbaugh, William — Dayton
Holliday, Joseph — Highlands
Holt. Marj' — Westmont
Hoover. Jean — Penn Hills
Hornack, Norma — Westmoreland County
Horner, Carolyn — Butler
Hornick. Emilie — Johnstown
Houk, Sara — Indiana
Howell, Frederick — Highlands
Hoyer, Helen — Penn Hills
Hranitz, John — Indiana
Huber, Helen — Kiski Area
Huber. Joseph — Richland Twp.
Hunt, Margaret — Johnstown
Hunter, Betty — Indiana
Hunter, Sheldon — Westmont
Hurtack, Edward — Westmont
Huston, .Janet — - Allegheny County
Hutchinson. James — Blairsville
lagnemma, Eugene — Kiski Area
lams. Paul — North Allegheny
Idzkowsky, Gretchen — Johnstown
Ifft, Edith — Butler
Ifft, John — Butler
Ingersoll, Ralph — Monroeville
Irwin. Virginia — Wilkinsburg
Jarobs, Hugh — Murrysville
Jaroby. Morna — Indiana
Jamison. Ardelle — Homer Center
Jerko, Beatrice — Purchase Line
Johns, Beverly — Richland Twp.
Johnson, Blanche — Johnstown
Johnson, Dale — Highlands
Johnson, Frances — Blair County
Johnson. Ina — North Hills
Johson. Marie — Baldwin- Whitehall
Jones, Margaret — United
Jones, Michael — Altoona
Jones. Susannah — Derry
Joiner, George — Penns Manor
Jubara, Francis — Cambria County
Kadas, Dolores — Johnstown
S8
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Kalchthaler, Suzanne —
Weatmoreland County
Kamerer, Ann — Norwln
Kane, Janet — Norwin
Kastewicz, Sheila — Monroeville
Katter, Mary — Johnstown
Kaufman, Marjorie — Westmont
Keefer, Neal — Indiana
Keeton, Gary — North Allegheny
Kelley, Ethel — Turtle Creek
Kelley, John — Blairsville
Kelley, Ralph — Greensburg
Kelley, Kathleen — Latrobe
Kelly, Daniel — Northern Cambria
Kemmler, June — Baldwin-Whitehall
Kepple, Richard — Murrysville
Kerr, Jane — Butler
Kerr, Mary Jane — Murrysville
Kinch, Donna — Indiana
King, Marie — Ligonier
Kinkead, Ralph — Greensburg
Kist, Nell Marie — Derry
Klein, Richard — North Allegheny
Kline, Michael — Murrysville
Klipa, Steve — Monroeville
Kneckel, Martha — Johnstown
Knox, Margaret — Greensburg-Salem
Koban, Dorothy — Johnstown
Koch, Edward — Indiana
Kogut, George — Johnstown
Kole, George — Norwin
Kopelman, Rhoda — Knoch
Kosmack, Joan — New Kensington
Kotjarapoglus, Jean — Murrysville
Kraynick, Betty — Allegheny County
Krivacek, Paul — Westmoreland County
Krouse, Hazel — Altoona
Kropinak, Stephen — Kittanning
Kunkle, Jean — Indiana
Kurtz, Katherine — Johnstown
Kurtz, Ralph — Ligonier
Lace, Patricia — Lower Burrell
Lachmanek, Genevieve — Murrysville
Lagoon, James — Lower Burrell
Laird, David — Indiana
Laird, Rachel — Ligonier
Lamberti, Rocco — East Allegheny
Lamuth, Donald — Wilkinsburg
Landon, Evelyn — Indiana
Lane, Martha — Wilklnsbtuig
Lang, Theo — Fox Chapel
Lapena, Rose — Westmont
Lashinsky, Virginia — Johnstown
Latshaw, Ann — Indiana
Laughlin, Regis — Monroeville
Lawson, Samuel — Latrobe
Lazaro, William — Turtle Creek
Lehew, John — Butler
Lehman, Wayne — Richland Twp.
Leiby, Winifred — Brookville
Lenhart, Carolyn — Monroeville
Leonard, Thomas — North Allegheny
Lesikoff, Nancy — East Allegheny
LeVan, Kim — Westmont
Lewis, Betty — Indiana
Lewis, Kay — Brookville
Lindemer, Carmen — Altoona
Lingafelt, Donald — Altoona
Lloyd, Frank — North Allegheny
Lloyd, John — Churchill
Lockwood, Ronald — Butler
Lohr, Robert — Cambria County
Long, Alice — Blairsville
Long, Eleanor — Altoona
Long, Kathryn — Johnstown
Long, Thalia — Indiana
Longwell, Jean — Monroeville
Lore, Betty — Blairsville
Lorence, Albin — Highlands
Lotzbier, Arleen — Knoch
Loughren. James — North Allegheny
Love, Betty — Kiski Area
Love, John — Penn Hills
Love, Robert — Indiana
Loveday, Marian — Murrysville
Luchsinger, Jane — Blairsville
Luciano, Nicholas — Altoona
Ludlow, Barbara — Fox Chapel
Lukehart, James — Indiana
Lynch, Robert — Johnstown
Lynn, Joyce — Monroeville
Mack, Frances — Norwin
Mailki, Lorraine — Butler
Majer, Joseph — Conemaugh Area
Malacarne, Richard — Indiana
Malletz, Alex — Derry
Mancuso, Judith — Homer Center
Mandigo, Howard — Indiana
Manners, Diann — Monroeville
Mannion, Robert — Westmont
Marcy, Carole — Westmoreland County
Maria, Carl — Altoona
Marinucci, Frank — New Kensington
Markell, John — Brentwood
Martin, Robert — Indiana
Marts, Bertha — Saltsburg
Massabni, George — Altoona
Matisko, Michael — Lower Burrell
Mayse, Ethel — Westmont
McCarrier, James — DuBois
McCormick, David — Murrysville
McCoy, Lydia — Indiana
McCullough, LaRue — Indiana
McDonald, Gertrude — Blair County
McElhinney, Feme — Kittanning
McFarland, Dorothy — Fox Chapel
McGary, Janete — Indiana
McGee, Edgar — Mars
McGee, Eugene — Freeport
McGee, Richard — Indiana
McGogney, Ray — Brentwood
McGregor, Dorothy — Altoona
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
89
McKee, Thomas — Westmoreland County
McKerihan, Ruth — Altoona
McKinney, Ronald — Butler
McMasters, Patricia — Monroeville
McMillan, Ruth — Fox Chapel
McVitty, Claire — Indiana
Mendes. Dorothy — East Allegheny
Meek. Richard — Hollidaysburg
Meigham, Edward — Kiski Area
Meneely, Clyde — Punxsutawney
Mi<ld!ekaiifF. Ray — Monroeville
Mielnik, Kenneth — Blair County
Miller, Carl — Johnstown
Miller, Dorothy — Johnstown
Miller. Evelyn — Blair County
Miller, James — Alloona
Miller, Perry — Murrysville
Miller, Richard — Marion Center
Milliron, Thomas — Hempfleld
Mills, Judith — Monroeville
Mimms. Ethelyn — Wilkinsburjr
Minahan, Mary Ann — Johnstown
Slinnick. Margaret — McKeesport
Mitchell, Leslie — Monroeville
Mitchell, Melvin — Punxsutawney
Mniszak, Joseph — Leechburg
Monti, John — Altoona
Monyoudis, Steve — East Allegheny
Moonly, Jane — Westmont
Morea, Frank — Kiski Area
Morgan. Mary — Richland Twp.
Morosky, Patricia — Monroeville
Morris, John — Johnstown
Mostoller. Earl — Westmont
Munro, Mary Ann — Monroeville
Muro, Robert — Murrysville
Myers. Mary Jane — Cambria County
Myers, Nancy — Johnstown
Neal, Penny — Lower Burrell
Nealen, William — Northern Cambria
Neeler, Edward — Marion Center
Neely, Donald — Hollidaysburg
Neff, Gary — Latrobe
Neff, Patricia — Monroeville
Neidig, Eileen — Fox Chapel
Nelson, Anna — Altoona
Nelson, Wilbur — Southwest Butler County
Nemec, Margaret — Monroeville
Nemeth, Bonnie — Westmoreland County
Newell, Jamea — Allej^heny County
Newquist, Ruth — Indiana
Nicely, Robert — Monroeville
Nichol. Evelyn — Indiana County
Nicholas, Anthony — Kiski Area
Nicholls. Sterling — Indiana
Nicholson, Louise — Indiana
Nieme, Betty — Monroeville
Oakes, Robert — Penns Manor
Ober, Helen — Purchase Line
O'Leary, Robert — Monroeville
OUnick. S&ndra — Pitteburgb
Oliver. Frank — New Kensington
Olmer, Genevieve — New Kensington
O'SulIivan, Elizabeth — Westmont
Owens, Lucille — Jeannette
Page, Roberta — Monroeville
Painter, Martha — Ford City
Palmer, Bain — Marion Center
Palmer, Donna — Homer Center
Panebianco, Ellen — Murrysville
Panico, Marion — Ellwood City
Paone, Anthony — Westmont
Papinchak, Ern-st — Westmont
Park, Jean — Greensburg
Parks, Joyce — Hempfleld
Patrick, Muriel — Elderton
Patterson, Thomas — North Hills
Paul, Jean — Kiski Area
Pavich, Mildred — Cambria County
Pella, Maria — East Allegheny
Pencola, John — John?lown
Penzenstadler, Frank — Monroeville
Pepe, Arthur — Somerspf
Pepper, Patrick — Armstrong County
Pesarchick, John — Norwin
Pesceyne, Dwight — Indiana
Peters, Leila — Laurel Valley
Petrunyak, Jerome — Cambria Heights
Philliber, Robert — Punxsutawney
Phillips, Peggy — Kiski Area
Pino, Bruno — Penns Manor
Pisani, Louis — Highlands
Plummer, Frank — Westmont
Points, Alma — Altoona
Polczynski, Richard — Norwin
Polimadel, Fernando — Monroeville
Polivka, John — Norwin
Poliziani, Leonard — Saltsburg
Polk, Helen — Murrysville
Pollock, George — Indiana
Pompelia, August — Marion Center
Popovich, Faith — Churchill
Popp, Frank — Blairsville
Porter, Helen — Indiana
Potter, Richard — Altoona
Preisser, Dennis — New Kensington
Preuss, Mary — North Hills
Previte, Peter — Penns Manor
Puckey, Marian — Altoona
Pudliner, Ernest — Laurel Valley
Pugliese, Elma — Kiski Area
Querry, Dorothy — Altoona
Quinn, Jean — Elderton
Raab, Martha — Westmont
Radomsky, Andrew — Marion Center
Randolph, Virginia — Indiana
Rankin, James — Indiana
Rankin. Rogers — Indiana
Ratica, Sandra — East Allegheny
Ravotta, Lorraine — Lower Burrell
Ray, Margaret — Johnstown
Reardon. Tom — Pittsburgh
40
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Redenberger, Charles — Altoona
Reed, J. Suzanne — Connellsville
Reid, John — Altoona
Renison, Mary — Mars
Rhodes, James — Hollidaysburg
Rial, Susan — North Allegheny
Richards, Miriam — Kiski Area
Richards, Thelma — Johnstown
Riehl, Michael — Jeannette
Rigby, Kenneth — Murrysville
Ringer, Alice — Monroeville
Risher, Elsie — Richland Twp.
Risher, Grace — Kiski Area
Rising, Helen — Kiski Area
Roadarmel, Patricia — Altoona
Robb, Marilyn — Cambria County
Roberts, Josetta — Cambria County
Robins, Theodore — Wilkinsburg
Robison. Elsie — East Allegheny
Rogusky, Donavan — New Kensington
Rohrbacher, Gail — Monroeville
Rose, Martha — Penn Hills
Ross, Miriam — Marion Center
Ruck, Joan — Hollidaysburg
Rugh, Sarah — Greensburg-Salem
Ruland, Dorothy — Indiana
Rupert, Herman — Elderton
Russell. Helen — Indiana
Rutkowski, Robert — Highlands
Rutter, Gilbert — Hempfield
Ryan, James — New Kensington
Sabatos, John — Homer Center
Salay, John — Conemaugh Area
Salinger, Ann — Johnstown
Salvanti, John — Kiski Area
Sanders, Sheila — Highlands
Sanfilippo, Alvin — Greensburg-Salem
Sann, Lillian — Johnstown
Santner, Ann — Norwin
Sarada, Berneita — Turtle Creek
Sarnicola, Carmen — East Allegheny
Saylor, John — Windber
Scanga, Carl — Lower Burrell
Schafer, Linda — Ford City
Schall, William — Apollo-Ridge
Schaller, LeRoy — Latrobe
Schnorr, Anna — Fox Chapel
School, Beverly — Allegheny County
Schrall, George — Highlands
SchuUery, Barbara — Johnstown
Schweiger. Thomas — Monroeville
Schweinberg, Raymond — Butler
Schwoebel, John Jr. — North Allegheny
Sears, Jack — Altoona
Sebastian, Frank — Purchase Line
Schmidt, Jeannette — Butler
Schockling, Mary — East Allegheny
Seelhorst. Wayne — North HiUs
Servinsky, Stanley — Indiana
Shafer, Allan Jr. — Murrysville
Shaffer, Blanche — Conemaugh Area
Shaffer, Sally — Indiana
Shannon, Betty — Forbes
Shannon, Jerry — Wilkinsburg
Sharrow, Frederick — Freeport
Shaw, Francis — Punxsutawney
Shearer, Walter — New Kensington
Shearer. Yvonne — Westmoreland County
Sherlock, Patrick — Westmont
Sherren, Colette — Somerset
Shiffgens, Thomas — Kittanning
Shiring, Paul — - Lower Burrell
Shiring, Reba — East Allegheny
Shulick. Suzanne — Blairsville
Signorina, Salvatore — Butler
Simmons, Kathryn — Hempfield
Simmons. Robert — Hempfield
Sinai, Monica — Baldwin-Whitehall
Sinclair, Donna — Butler
Sinclair, John — Indiana
Singer, Chester — Somerset
Skoczlas, Tom — Butler County
Skubis. Judith — Marion Center
Slack, Robert — Monroeville
Sleasman, Carl — Connellsville
Slezak, Elmer — Greensburg-Salem
Slosky, Kenneth — New Kensington
Smeltzer, Glenn — Hempfield
Smith, Annabell — Kiski Area
Smith, Betty — Kittanning
Smith, Eileen — - Lower Burrell
Smith. Frederick — Highlands
Smith, Gladys — ■ Elderton
Smith, Helene — Monroeville
Smith, Mona — Blairsville
Smith, Pauline — New Bethlehem
Smith, Thelma — Indiana
Smith, Virginia — Monroeville
Smutko. Judith — Windber
Snowberger, Nancy — Altoona
Snyder, Alvin — Punxsutawney
Snyder, William — Punxsutawney
Somoles, Irene — Fox Chapel
Southern, Mildred — Somerset
Sowers, Harold — Ford City
Spampinato, Joan — Johnstown
Speacht, Eugene — Altoona
Speicher, Sara — Shaler Twp.
Spenger, Mary — Johnstown
Sproat, Richard — Churchill
Sproull, Harry — New Kensington
St. Clair, Frederick — United
Stachowski, Jan — Fox Chapel
Stahlman, Gerald — Blairsville
Stapleton. Walter — Indiana
Staruch. Stephen — Butler
Steadman, Marjorie — Brentwood
Steele, Charles — Murrysville
Stephenson. Vivian — Highlands
Stevenson, Allen — Elderton
Stewart, Joyce — Monroeville
Stewart. Nancy — Lower Burrell
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
41
Stewart, Robert — Marion Center
Stickley, David — New Kensington
Stinebisor. Earl — Jeannette
Stock, Richard A. — Murrysville
Stoecklein, Lillian — Fox Chapel
Stokes, Minerva — Lower Burrell
Stoll, Martha — Fox Chapel
Stoltenberg, Loretta — Murrysville
Stormer. William — Central Cambria
Stough, Charles — Hempfield
Stramanak, Judith — Johnstown
Strinprer, Catherine — Johnstown
Strycula. Walter — North Allegheny
Stuchell, William — Punxsutawney
Sukula, Robert — Johnstown
Sullinger. James — Indiana
Sutton, Donnella — Blairsville
Swacus, John — Murrysville
Swaney, Gwen — Churchill
Swartz, Marguerite — Murrysville
Swartz, Richard — Altoona
Swartzendruber, Beulah — Lower Burrell
Swauger, Evelyn — Indiana
Szebalski, Larry — Knoch
Szul, Joseph — Lower Burrell
Tamburri, Patricia — Fox Chapel
Tapping, Elizabeth — Indiana
Terbet, Charles — Norwin
Thomas, Mary Bess — Greensburg-Salem
Thompson, Elizabeth — New Kensington
Thompson, William — Knoch
Tilly, Evan — Forbes Trail
Tomajko, David — Hempfield
Torzok, Yvonne — Homer Center
Townsend, Barbara — Indiana
Traugh, Robert — Indiana
Trefts, Janet — Greensburg-Salem
Truxal, Nellie — Blairsville
Tusing, Betty — Highlands
Tyrrell, JoAnn — Kittanningf
Urch, John — Ligonier
Vairo. Rose — Greensburg-Salem
Van Dyke, Frederick — Indiana
Van Horn, Louella — Elderton
Van Scoyoc, Richard — Altoona
Varner, Marian — Johnstown
VaiTato, La Verne — Blairsville
Vassilaros, Constantine — Monroeville
Verbiar, Jane — Cambria County
Vergone. Joseph — Kiski Area
Vernail, Jerry — Norwin
Verost, Virginia — Allegheny County
Veselicky, Rudy — Lower Burrell
Vigrass, Arlene — Highlands
Vinton, Beth — Indiana
Vojrel, Domenica — Lower Burrell
Volk, Helen — Johnstown
Vorlaga, Ethel — New Kensington
Waddell, Mildred — Indiana
Wagner, Louise — Kiski Area
WaWfogle. Robert — North Hills
Walter, Clair — New Kensington
Wampler, Katherine — Churchill
Wansor. Terrence — Hempfield
Waryck, William — Hollidaysburg
Warzel, Roland — United
Watkins. Jacques — - Lower BuiTell
Watkins, Thomas — Derry
Watson, Lee — Altoona
Watts, Mary Lou — Monroeville
Waugaman, Sara — Hempfield
Weaver, Marion — Ford City
Weber, David — • Baldwin-Whitehall
Weber, Jean — Highlands
Weber, William — Derry
Wellen, Maxine — Marion Center
Wells. Ivy — Wilkinsburg
Weltz, Timothy — Greensburg-Salem
West, Martha — Homer Center
Wetzel, Jean — Apollo-Ridge
Wiberg, James — Altoona
Wilden, Helen — Indiana
Wille, Gladys — Penns Manor
Williams, Bonnie — Apollo-Ridge
Williamson, Doris — Kiski Area
Willoughby, Cecil — Freeport
Wilson, Arthur — Greensburg
Wilson, Betty — Monroeville
Wilson, Bonnie — Kiski Area
Wilson. Thomas — Punxsutawney
Wineberg, Roy — Kittanning
Wingard, Marlin — Windber
Winslow. Mary — ■ Indiana
Wolfe, Donald — Kiski Area
Wolfe, Norma — Jeannette
Wood. Carol — Pittsburgh
Wood, Dorothy — Punxsutawney
Wood, Harry — Indiana
Woodle. Walter — Dayton
Woods, .Janet — Monroeville
Woomer, Ida — Altoona
Wyne, Robert — Wilkinsburg
Yates, Romanye — Ford City
Yount, Fred — Blairsville
Yount, William — DuBois
Zedick, John — Indiana
Zeliff, Carol — Hempfield
Zeolla, Carole — Lower Burrell
Zucchelli, Dianne — Monroeville
Zucco, Danto — Johnstown
The University
PURPOSES
GENERAL INFORMATION
HISTORY
ADMISSION REGULATIONS
FEES, DEPOSITS,
REPAYMENTS
SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
REGULATIONS OF
THE COLLEGE .
SPECIAL SERVICES
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
44 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PURPOSES OF THE UNIVERSITY
As a multi-purpose institution Indiana University encom-
passes the Schools of Education, Arts and Sciences, Business,
Continuing and Non-Resident Education, Health Services,
Home Economics, Fine Arts and the Graduate School. Indiana
University of Pennsylvania endeavors to fulfill the primary
purpose of education as stated by Alfred North Whitehead,
namely, "To stimulate and guide student self-development" so
that the student learns both how to make a living and how to
live. The University extends this educational opportunity to
those students whose conscientious application and serious mo-
tivation indicate promise of substantial achievement.
As Emerson noted in his Journal over a hundred years
ago, "The things taught in schools and colleges are not an edu-
cation but the means of education." At Indiana University of
Pennsylvania these "means of education" comprise a variety
of factors. First there is a pervasive, intellectual climate de-
signed to stimulate the student's imagination, stretch his mind,
and extend his tolerance as he rubs minds with new ideas,
teachers, and associates in the classroom, laboratory and the
library. These intellectual contacts also tend to develop critical
independent judgments, mental discipline and the ability to
make mature decisions.
The various curricula are carefully structured to provide
the student with a broad perspective that will enable him to
appreciate his cultural heritage and at the same time afford
him the opportunity to pursue in considerable depth his par-
ticular sphere of interest. Such a comprehensive program in-
evitably includes some knowledge that is worth knowing not
for any material gain but simply because it enriches one's ex-
istence. Also, the wide spectrum of courses which a student
takes frequently contains at least one or two in which a stu-
dent will have little interest or skill, but these too have their
values for as T. S. Eliot has observed: "No one can really be-
come educated without having pursued some study in which
he took no interest." The vast bulk of the program, of course,
will both absorb and challenge the motivated student.
Undergirding the entire academic program is the philoso-
phy that in the final analysis there is no education except self-
education. Consequently, the faculty strive to whet intellectual
appetites and to inculcate the problem-solving approach so that
the student will acquire both the desire and ability to teach
himself. In this way Commencement truly will become the
beginning of "life-long learning."
^.^^ In addition to enabling students to acquire professional
skills and enrich their cultural existence, the University en-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 46
deavors to instill in each student a social consciousness which
will make him a contributive and substantive member of soci-
ety, for as de Tocqueville emphasized we cannot have a strong
democratic society without a good quality of citizenship. This
attribute of good citizenship accrues partly from academic
study and partly as a result of the social mores and associa-
tions which one encounters and experiences in college.
Intertwined with the goal of increasing the student's social
awareness and consideration for his fellow men, is the devel-
opment of moral fibre. General Omar N. Bradley is duly dis-
turbed by the fact that "ours is a world of nuclear giants and
ethical infants." Indiana University of Pennsylvania firmly be-
lieves that no education, regardless of its academic excellence,
can fulfill its true potential unless students are inspired and
guided by spiritual values and moral considerations.
Admittedly the University cannot succeed in realizing all
of these goals; however, even this is part of the dynamic edu-
cational process of becoming rather than attaining.
This university welcomes qualified students, faculty, and
staff from all racial, religious, ethnic, and socio-economic iDack-
grounds.
THE UNIVERSITY, PRESENT AND PAST
The Indiana University of Pennsylvania is a state-owned
and state-controlled institution for higher education. It is a
multi-purpose institution composed of eight schools.
The university is an approved and fully accredited mem-
ber of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, the American Association of University Women, and
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Educa-
tion, the three acknowledged accrediting agencies for institu-
tions in this region. The fact that this university is a member
of these three organizations is of immediate personal impor-
tance to the individual student in two ways; first, the student
may transfer college credits from one approved institution to
another without loss in case he finds it necessary to change
colleges; and second, the student who is a graduate of an ap-
proved institution is eligible for a better position.
Throughout the entire history of the University at Indiana,
great emphasis has been placed on maintaining high academic
standards and providing adequate facilities conducive to in-
dividual and group growth. The present record and reputation
enjoyed by the University have evolved during a ninety year
history. Growing out of the need for a teacher training institu-
tion in Western Pennsylvania, the General Assembly passed an
<« INDL&JJA UNIVEKSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
act in the legislative session of 1871 granting aid for the estab-
lishment of a normal school in the ninth district at Indiana.
The first building was completed and opened for students
on May 17, 1875. This building, named John Sutton Hall in
honor of the first president of the Board of Trustees, is still in
use and in very good condition.
The steady growth of the institution has caused a continu-
ous expansion in its building program and many new buildings
have followed that edifice of tradition — John Sutton Hall. The
size and natural beauty of the university campus offer ample
opportunity for recreation in an environment conducive to per-
sonal enjoyment. The main campus of the university originally
23 acres with one building is now composed of 87 acres on
which are located twenty-five principal halls, 20 other build-
ings, and seven athletic fields. The University Lodge, located a
few miles from Indiana, is surrounded by 100 acres of wooded
hillside. This not only offers opportunity for nature study by
science and conservation classes but also provides an ideal set-
ting for numerous activities of the university.
In April, 1920, control and ownership of the school passed
to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In May, 1927, by au-
thority of the General Assembly, the State Normal School be-
came a college with the right to grant degrees. The name was
then changed to the State Teachers College at Indiana, Penn-
sylvania. In 1960, the name was changed to Indiana State Col-
lege setting the stage for a liberal arts program which gradu-
ated its first students in January 1964.
In December, 1965 Indiana was redesignated the Indiana
University of Pennsylvania and given the right to expand its
curricula offerings and to grant degrees at the doctoral level,
as well as in a number of additional areas at the master's level.
Since the founding of the university in 1875, Indiana has
graduated over 23,000 students, and since the university be-
came a degree conferring institution in 1927, over 14,000 de-
grees have been granted. Many of the graduates are organized
into a strong Alumni Association with units active in many
sections of Pennsylvania as well as in New York, Michigan,
and the District of Columbia. The Alumni Association cooper-
ates with the university in many projects designed to better
the institution and for the welfare of the students.
Located in Indiana Borough, Indiana County seat, in the
foothills of the Alleghenies at an elevation of about 1,300 feet,
the Indiana University of Pennsylvania is ideally situated for
cleanliness and beauty. The University is easily accessible by
automobile over excellent state highway routes coming from
all sections of the state. These leading routes are route 422 east
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 47
and west, route 286 northeast and southwest, and route 119
north and south. Bus passenger services operate on frequent
schedules to and from Indiana and all nearby cities and towns
including Pittsburgh, Altoona, Johnstown, Butler, Punxsu-
tawney, Kittanning, DuBois, Ridgway, New Castle and others.
Indiana is also served by bus connections with the main line
of the Pennsylvania Railroad at Johnstown and Pittsburgh.
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS
The campus at the university at Indiana is frequently de-
scribed as one of the most beautiful university cam).: uses in the
country. The campus proper located in the central section of
the Indiana community contains about 190 acres of land, 23 of
which were in the original area. In the center of the campus
is the historic oak grove about which are grouped many of the
main buildings, forming three sides of a quadrangle. The rest
of the campus is made beautiful by a careful distribution of
shrubs, flowers and vines artistically arranged.
John Sutton Hall, constructed in 1875, was the original
building and is the largest on the university campus at the
present time. In addition to housing more than 1500 women
students, it contains parlors, recreation rooms, laundry and
ironing room, a shampoo room, and several large storage
rooms and offices on the ground floor. The computer center,
programming cenrer, and library work rooms are located in
the basement.
Thomas Sutton Hall, erected in 1903, an addition to John
Sutton Hall, contains a kitchen and dining room on the first
floor, and housing for women students on the second and third
floors. On the ground floor is located the duplicating services
for the University.
Clark Hall, named in honor of Justice Silas M. Clark, a
former member of the Board of Trustees, was erected in 1906
on the site of a building burned that year. It was used as a
men's dormitory until 1924; from 1924 to 1960 it served as a
dormitory for women. It has now been reconverted into an
administration building containing offices for the president,
the deans, graduate studies, public relations, business, and
other administrative offices.
Memorial Field House, completed in 1966, includes two
large gymnasium areas, swimming pool and diving well, hand-
ball courts, wrestling room, generous locker room and shower
facilities, physical therapy rooms, weight rooms, team rooms,
and a lounge area. The School of Health Services maintains of-
fices and classrooms in this building.
48 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Wilson Hall, was erected in 1893 as the model school and
was named for A. W. Wilson, third president of the Board of
Trustees. From 1941 to 1960 the building served as the library
for the college. From 1960 to 1969, Wilson Hall was occupied
by the Departments of Economics, Political Science and Soci-
ology-Anthropology. In addition, part of the special education
services was located on the ground floor. The Departments of
Psychology and Criminology were moved to this building in
1969.
The Rhodes R. Stabley Library named for the late Dr.
Rhodes R. Stabley, chairman of the English-Speech Depart-
ment from 1941 to 1958, was completed in the spring of 1961.
The three story building houses 300,000 volumes and provides
study room for about 550 students.
An instructional program in the use of library tools and
reference books is carried on by the staff to develop needed
skills in library use. The well-organized general holdings of
300,000 volumes are enhanced by the reference collection,
2,000 current magazines, extensive files of bound and micro-
filmed magazines and newspapers, state and federal docu-
ments, pamphlets and curriculum materials.
Most materials are available by the "open stack" system
which encourages the habit of using books freely. Students
having access to all library materials can broaden their educa-
tion through browsing, as well as widen their interests through
intellectual reading.
Comfortable reading areas have been arranged in the li-
brary. Exhibits and displays are frequently changed as a means
of arousing interest and supplying information. The library is
completely air-conditioned.
Leonard Hall, named for Jane E. Leonard, for many years
preceptress of Indiana Normal School, was erected in 1903 as
a recitation building, and was destroyed by fire on April 14,
1952. A new Leonard Hall was constructed by the General
State Authority and opened in September, 1954. The new
building contains classrooms, laboratories, and faculty offices
for the English Department and Geography Department.
David J. Waller Gymnasium was completed in 1928 and is
used for the women's health and physical education program.
It includes two gymnasiums, a swimming pool, a physical ther-
apy room, two classrooms, and numerous offices for the fac-
ulty.
Jean R. McElhaney Hall, completed in 1931 houses the
school of business and part of the foreign languages depart-
ment. This building at one time also housed the department of
home economics.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 49
John S. Fisher Auditorium, completed in 1939, has a seat-
ing capacity of 1600, and a stage large enough to accommodate
a cast of 100 people. Its design facilitates the presentation of
intimate drama to a small group or spectacles to capacity audi-
ences. Light, air, and sound may all be mechanically controlled
by the director of any presentation.
John A. H. Keith Hall, completed in 1939, was extensively
renovated in 1969. History, economics, sociology-anthropology,
and the offices of the social sciences coordinator are all in-
cluded in this facility,
Keith Hall Annex. This building, completed in 1961, is a
wing of John A. H. Keith Hall and houses the offices of the po-
litical science department.
The Art Education Annex and six acres of land were
bought in 1947. The building has been renovated and houses
part of the art education department.
Old Military Hall, a war-surplus structure erected in 1947,
is located on Grant Street. It formerly contained offices, stor-
age rooms and two classrooms for the Reserve Officers Train-
ing Corps. Presently this facility is used by the Division of
Business Affairs as a purchasing and receiving facility.
The University Lodge is an important location in the in-
structional and recreational life of the university. Owned by
students and faculty, the 100 acres of wooded hillside with its
rustic lodge and three shelter houses, not only offers oppor-
tunity for nature study by science and conservation classes,
but is in frequent demand for picnics, meetings, and winter
sports.
Whitmyre Hall, named for Walter M. Whitmyre, who re-
tired as dean of men in 1954 after serving for thirty-seven
years, was completed in 1952. The dormitory houses 210 men
students, recreational rooms, music practice rooms, dean of
men's office, the dean of men's apartment, and the Whitmyre
Dining Hall.
Langham Hall, named for Judge J. Nicholas Langham, In-
diana County Judge for twenty years and a member of the
Board of Trustees of the University for fourteen years, was
completed in 1960. This dormitory houses 185 men students, a
large recreation area, lounges, study rooms, and laundry room.
The Student Union was completed in the fall of 1960, and
doubled in size in 1963. Another addition was added in 1965.
It houses co-educational recreation center, the cooperative of-
fices, some student publication offices, and other recreational
facilities for students. This building is owned and operated
6t INDIANA UNIYERSmr OP PENNSYLVANIA
through the Student Union Association, Inc., and the Student
Cooperative Association, Inc., as is the modern new bookstore
just across Garman Avenue.
Cogsvi^ell Hall, named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Hamlin E.
Cogswell, former music department chairman and his wife — a
teacher who composed the Alma Mater, is located on South
Eleventh Street. The building, housing music classrooms, prac-
tice rooms and studios, and a recital hall, was completed in
1960.
Wahr Hall, named for Corrine Menk Wahr of the class of
1916 who left a large sum of money to the university for schol-
arship purposes, is located immediately adjacent to Langham
Hall. This dormitory, housing 152 women students, recreation
room and (more) lounges, and quarters for an assistant dean
of women, was completed in 1960.
Walsh Hall, named for Dr. Matthew J. Walsh, longtime
professor and dean of instruction at Indiana, is located to the
immediate east of Wilson Hall. This building, housing the
Mathematics Department, provides classrooms for 200 students
as well as faculty offices, lecture demonstration areas, and
seminar rooms, was completed in 1960.
The Greenhouse of the University is used as an experi-
mental and demonstration laboratory by the Science Depart-
ments in the conducting of biology courses.
The new University Infirmary (Albert R. Pechan Hall) is
located at the corner of Maple Street and Pratt Drive. This
modern facility was completed in 1969.
The Athletic Field consisting of about 20 acres includes a
baseball diamond, six all weather tennis courts, and other facil-
ities including a track. The George P. Miller Football Stadium
was completed in October, 1962.
Agnes Sligh TurnbuU Hall, Mabel Waller Mack Hall and
Hope Stewart Hall, three dormitories for women students have
been constructed on the former Memorial Athletic Field. Turn-
bull Hall was occupied in January, 1963; the other two halls
were occupied in the fall of 1963.
Jennie M. Ackerman Hall, located on East Campus near
Pratt Drive, is the new Home Economics Building. Built at an
approximate cost of $825,000, the new building contains class-
rooms, lunch room, and nursery school facilities.
McClellan Gordon Hall, a dormitory for men, was com-
pleted in January, 1964. A new four-story structure which
houses 230 men and the office of the assistant dean of men, is
located just north of the John A. H. Keith Hall.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 11
Joseph Uhler Hall, formerly Thaddeus Stevens School, has
been completely remodeled and converted into a university
classroom building. Located on the corner of Oakland Avenue
and Washington Street, the building contains twelve class-
rooms and office space for members of the foundations of edu-
cation, educational psychology, and counseling and guidance
departments. Part of the foreign languages department, in-
cluding an elaborate language laboratory installed in 1968, is
also housed here.
Elkin Hall, a five-story girls' dormitory is located on the
southeast corner of School Street and Oakland Avenue. Costing
over a million dollars, the building was completed in January,
1965, and houses 314 students.
Foster Hall, completed in October, 1965, contains dining
facilities for 2,000 students. This new dining hall also contains
a cafeteria and a snack bar and coffee shop.
John E. Davis Hall is I.U.P.'s newest classroom building.
This unique eight-sided facility houses many departments of
the School of Education on its six floors. Administrative of-
fices, the elementary education department, special education
department, learning resources and mass media department,
various clinics, and the University School, a laboratory school
which enrolls 160 children, are all included in this ultra modern
structure.
David L. Lawrence Hall, William W. Scranton Hall, and
Raymond P. Shafer Hall are three eight-story dormitories for
men which were first placed in use in September, 1969. More
than 1100 men reside in these attractive and conveniently
located buildings. -,„_
Hill House and McFarland House both named for long-
time university employees are former residences now being
used by the School of Fine Arts for art and music studios and
offices.
The Maintenance Building was completed in early 1969 and
houses the maintenance offices, several shops, garages, and part
of the storage and supply rooms of the university.
Colonel William E. Pierce Hall is I.U.P.'s only windowless
classroom building. This modern, air-conditioned facility pro-
vides classrooms, offices, storage rooms, and a rifle range for
the Department of Military Science.
PRIVATE DORMITORIES
Private investors have completed several private dormi-
tories adjacent to the university campus and these facilities
provide housing for undergraduate students.
62 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Leininger Hall, located on Oakland Avenue and School
Street, houses 100 women students on the second and third
floors. On the ground floor is located the head resident's apart-
ment and lounge area. Also on the ground floor is located a
shopping complex, including a drug store, a beauty salon, a
dairy store, record shop, and a local dry-cleaning pickup sta-
tion.
Grant House, located on Grant Street and Wayne Avenue,
houses 60 women and provides the required facilities for hous-
ing undergraduate women.
Algonquin Hall is located on Wayne Avenue and houses
fifty women.
Stone Manor is located on Wayne Avenue and houses forty
women students.
LeRoy Hall is located on Wayne Avenue and houses 222
women. In addition, it provides the necessary lounges, laundry,
study areas and the apartment for the head resident.
Locust House, located on Locust Street, houses thirty un-
dergraduate women students.
Oakland Hall, located on Thirteenth Street and Oakland
Avenue, provides housing for 260 men students. Included in
this facility are lounge areas, television room, concessions area,
laundry and head resident's apartment.
Rooney Hall, located on Thirteenth Street and Oakland
Avenue, provides housing for 250 men. Included in this facility
are lounge areas, study rooms, laundry room, and a head resi-
dent's apartment.
Wyoming Hall, located on Oakland Avenue, houses 140
women students on three floors, including lounges, recreation
area, laundry room, study rooms and a head resident's apart-
ment.
Conestoga Hall, located on Grant Street, houses 180 women
students. This building has three floors providing accommoda-
tions for 180 women students, including lounge areas, study
areas, a laundry area and a head resident's apartment.
Carriage House is an apartment type facility for 400-600
women students which was completed in 1968. The university
leases eight apartment units for its Home Management pro-
gram.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Indiana University of Pennsylvania offers programs of
study leading to the degrees: Master of Arts, Master of Edu-
cation, or Master of Science.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 68
A qualified graduate student may earn the Master of Arts
Degree in English, History, Geography, and Counseling Serv-
ices. The Master of Education Degree is offered in Art, Busi-
ness, English, Elementary, Mathematics, Counselor Education,
Social Science, Music, Geography, Biology, Chemistry, Physics,
Elementary Science, Science, Special Education, Speech &
Hearing, Spanish, and Home Economics. A program leading to
the Master of Science Degree is available in Mathematics and
Geography and Physics. A non-degree program leading to cer-
tification as "Learning Resources Specialist" is available.
The primary purposes of the graduate programs at Indiana
are: To encourage excellence in scholarship, to provide for
depth in the student's special field, and to stimulate enthusi-
asm for continued cultural and professional growth.
Graduate credit is issued to students who are admitted to
the Graduate School and who are registered in the graduate
courses. (Courses numbered 500 or above.)
The graduate programs and courses are not listed in this
bulletin but are shown in the "Graduate Bulletin." Interested
persons should write to the Dean of the Graduate School for
information regarding admission, course offerings, and degree
requirements.
Applicants must qualify for admission to the Graduate
School. Applications for admission should be filed with the
Dean of the Graduate School at least six weeks before the
beginning of the session in which the student wishes to initiate
study. Admission to the Graduate School is governed by the
following policy which has been established by the Graduate
Council:
1. The applicant must present a Bachelor's degree from a
college or university that has been accredited by the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools or the appropriate regional accrediting agency.
2. The applicant must present a transcript of his under-
graduate work showing a 2.5 honor point value for all
four years of his undergraduate work. The 2.5 assumes
a grade of A to have 4 honor points per credit hour, a
grade of B to have 3 honor points per credit hour, and a
grade of C to have 2 honor points per credit hour. If the
applicant's undergraduate record does not meet this 2.5
honor point value, or if he is a graduate of an unac-
credited college, he may be admitted by making a satis-
factory score on an entrance qualification examination.
3. If the applicant is in the field of Education and inter-
ested in certification, he must possess a Provisional
Pennsylvania Teacher's Certificate or its equivalent in
the field in which he wishes to do graduate study.
64 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
4. A satisfactory recommendation must be obtained from
the applicant's undergraduate department or from quali-
fied references.
5. Students applying for the degree in Music Education
must present evidence of musical maturity by means of
a tape recording of their major area of music perform-
ance. This should be mailed to the chairman of the
Music Department vt^ith a covering letter at the time of
application.
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
The Summer School is an integral part of the year's work.
Students from other colleges, teachers in service and students
in regular attendance can secure in the summer session three
to twelve hours credit toward any certificate or toward grad-
uation in any curriculum. The courses are planned primarily
for those who have had previous work and for those who are
accelerating their work. An effort is made to meet all reason-
able requests of teachers who are working toward higher cer-
tification or toward graduation.
All courses given in the summer session require the same
amount of time and are granted the same credit as if taken
during a regular semester. The Summer School Bulletin will
be mailed to anyone desiring more complete information re-
garding the courses to be offered.
Dates. Three sessions, two of three weeks and one of six
weeks, are planned for the summer of 1970. The pre-session
will open Monday, June 8 and close Friday, June 26. The main
session starts Monday, June 29 and continues to Friday, August
7. The post-session opens Monday, August 10 and closes, Fri-
day, August 28. It is thus possible for a student to secure three
to twelve credits by attending the summer school.
Address Director of Summer Sessions for special bulletin
indicating courses and activities of the Summer Session.
THE RHODES R. STABLEY LIBRARY
Named for the late Dr. Rhodes R. Stabley, chairman of the
English-Speech Department from 1941 to 1958, was completed
in the spring of 1961. The three story building will eventually
house 380,000 books and provide study room for about 550
students.
An instructional program in the use of library tools and
reference books is carried on by the staff to develop needed
skills in library use. The well-organized general holdings of
300,000 volumes are enhanced by the reference collection, 2,500
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 66
current magazines, extensive files of bound and microfilmed
magazines and newspapers, state and federal documents, pam-
phlets, and curriculum materials.
Most materials are available by the "open stack" system
which encourages the habit of using books freely. Students
having access to all library materials can broaden their edu-
cation through browsing, as well as widen their interests
through intellectual reading.
Comfortable reading areas have been arranged in the
library. Exhibits and displays are frequently changed as a
means of arousing interest and supplying information.
LIBRARY HOURS: Monday through Thursday: 7:45 A.M.
to 10:30 P.M.; Friday: 7:45 A.M. to 9:00 P.M.; Saturday: 7:45
A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; Sunday: 2:00 P.M. to 9:00 P.M.
HOW TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION
1. Request an application form and catalog by writing to
or visiting the Registrar's Office, Clark Hall, Indiana Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania 15701.
THE SCHOLASTIC APTITUDE TEST
2. Plan to take the Scholastic Aptitude Test ("the College
Boards") before January 1 of your senior year of high school.
The Admissions Committee recommends that you first take the
test in the spring of your junior year because your application,
if complete, may receive early consideration in the fall of your
senior year. If you have an excellent high school record and
strong College Board scores, your application for admission
may be approved by December 1 of your senior year.
3. Whether you take the College Boards in your junior
year or not you are REQUIRED to take the test no later than
December of your senior year. This requirement includes those
applicants who are admitted early.
4. To arrange to take the College Boards, write to The
College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton,
New Jersey 08540 for an information pamphlet and test ap-
plication. You may also make arrangements through your
principal or H. S. Guidance Counselor.
5. When you receive the information and test application,
fill out the test application and designate the Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania as one of the schools that you want
to receive a copy of your test scores. Return the test applica-
tion to the Princeton, N.J. address.
6. Take the test on the scheduled date.
56 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE ADMISSION APPLICATION FORM
(Blue and White forms)
7. Your admission application is in three forms — one blue
and two white. If one of these papers is missing, please write
for it.
8. You may fill out and submit the blue form and the
white mailing label sheet after JULY 15 of the summer fol-
lowing completion of your junior year. Women MUSI' submit
the blue form before NOVEMBER 1 of their senior year. Men
MUST submit the blue form before JANUARY 1 of their
senior year. Limited housing and classrooms make the above
closure dates necessary.
9. When you submit the blue form, enclose a check or
money order for ten dollars payable to the Indiana University
of Pennsylvania. This money will be used to meet the cost of
filing and processing your application.
10. Mail the blue form and the $10 application fee (pay-
able the Indiana University of Pennsylvania) to the Admis-
sions Office, Clark Hall, Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
Indiana, Pennsylvania 15701.
11. After September 10 of your senior year give the white
form to your high school principal or guidance counselor and
ask that the form be filled out and mailed directly to the Ad-
misions Office. Photocopies of your high school record may be
attached to the white form.
12. Your application is complete when the Admissions
Committee receives your Senior College Board test results
(usually by February 1), high school record (white form) the
blue applicant information form and the application fee. In
some cases the Committee may request additional information
such as a list of senior year subjects or a senior grade report.
WHAT HAPPENS AFTER MY APPLICATION
IS COMPLETE?
1. The Admissions Committee will try to read, with care
and understanding, each of the several thousand applications
that are submitted each year,
2. Those persons who, in the Committee's judgment, meet
its high standards for early admission receive by November
20, letters of admission. Decisions on most applications are de-
ferred until later in the year. Final action on a completed ap-
plication takes from 8 to 16 weeks depending on the number
of applications that must be read. This delay is necessary if
each application is to be examined carefully. Applicants who
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 67
are not given early admission can expect a decision by March
15.
3. If you are admitted to an entering class, you are re-
quired to visit the campus on an appointed date to discuss
your academic and career plans with deans and other inter-
ested advisors. Choosing a major and possible career is an
important problem for young men and women. We hope that
early consultation with knowledgeable advisors will help you
make these crucial decisions.
4. The medical examination form will be mailed to every
applicant at the time his admission is confirmed.
5. Your campus interview and the payment of the $15 ad-
vance registration fee completes the processing of your appli-
cation and signifies your intention to attend the Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students at other colleges seeking to transfer to the Uni-
versity should file an official transcript of all college work and
ask the college dean to forward a statement certifying that the
student is entitled to honorable dismissal from that institution.
Your high school transcript and college board scores should
also be submitted. All of these items should be mailed to the
Assistant Director of Admissions, 315 Clark Hall. If you are
not eligible to continue at your present college for academic
or other reasons you should NOT attempt to transfer to Indi-
ana. Students with average or below average academic records
should NOT attempt to transfer to the University. Due to space
limitations the Admissions Committee will not be able to con-
sider transfer applications for January 1971.
DEADLINES FOR TRANSFER APPLICATIONS FOR SEP-
TEMBER 1971
Female Transfer Applicants: November 1, 1970
Male Transfer Applicants: January 1, 1971
APPLICATIONS FOR PART TIME STUDY
1. If you plan to take day classes Monday through Friday
write to or visit Room 315, Clark Hall, Indiana University of
Pennsylvania and ask for the application for part-time study.
2. If you plan to take evening or Saturday classes contact
the office of the Dean of the School of Continuing and Non-
Resident Education, Room 217, Clark Hall.
3. Fill out the application for part-time study and return
it to Clark Hall before the appropriate deadline.
68 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Deadline for Fall semester: August 25
Deadline for Spring semester: January 15
NOTE: A new application form must be completed prior
to EACH SEMESTER of part-time study. One form does not
cover all future part-time work.
4. Please arrange for a copy of your transcripts from other
colleges and universities that you have attended to be sub-
mitted to the Admissions Office.
5. At the end of 15 credit hours of course work a part-time
student must have a 1.6 cumulative average to continue. At
the end of 30 credit hours a part-time student must have a
cumulative average of 2.0 to continue. Those persons who do
not attain a 1.6 cumulative average at the end of 15 credit
hours or a 2.0 average at the end of 30 credit hours cannot
continue part-time study.
DEGREE CANDIDACY
If a part-time student completes 15 credit hours of "C"
work in academic subjects and has a cumulative average of
2.0 or better, he may inquire at the Admissions Office about
the procedure for becoming a degree candidate. Part-time stu-
dents who have successfully petitioned for degree candidacy
may seek full-time status by writing to the Dean of their
school at least three months in advance of the semester they
want to begin as a full-time student. Students who want to be
degree candidates must submit a high school transcript and
College Board scores to the Assistant Director of Admissions,
315 Clark Hall.
READMISSION POLICY FOR STUDENTS WHO
WITHDRAW FROM THE UNIVERSITY VOLUNTARILY
Students who withdraw from the University on a volun-
tary basis for reasons of health, financial difficulty, etc., and
wish to re-enter, will need to notify in writing the Dean of the
School in which they were enrolled as to their intent. This
notification should be, at least, three months in advance of the
beginning of the semester in which they wish to re-enter the
University. The preceding guidelines apply also to part-time
degree candidates desiring full-time status for any given se-
mester.
PRE-SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Students who are in full-time enrollment status are given
the opportunity to pre-schedule with departmental advisors for
the next semester of attendance. Regularly enrolled students
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 69
will pre-schedule in October and November for the second
semester, in March and April for the following first semester,
and in May for the Pre-Summer Session. Prospective freshmen
will prepare a program of studies with departmental advisors
during interview dates preceding the semester of entrance.
All students will accomplish registration and payment of
fees by mail for the first and second semesters of each year.
Registration materials are mailed to the student's home ad-
dress and should be returned according to the schedule listed
elsewhere in the catalog.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Absence and Tardiness. The university has no cut system
of absenteeism. In case of absence or tardiness, the student
will fill out a blank and present it to the teacher for admission
to the class.
The professor will pass judgment on the merits of the
excuse and handle the matter accordingly.
The blanks will be available at any department office.
This plan puts the responsibility first upon the student,
second upon the professor, and third upon the Deans of the
Undergraduate Schools, who may in turn furnish the adviser
and the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women with whatever
information is necessary for a follow-up.
Whenever a professor feels that any student has been ab-
sent or tardy to an extent that might endanger scholastic
standing, the professor will report the fact promptly to the
office of the Dean of the appropriate undergraduate school.
Grades. The following grades are used in reporting the
standing of students at the end of each semester or summer
term: A, excellent; B, good; C, average; D, passed; F, failed;
I, incomplete.
A grade of F can be cleared only by repeating the course
in the regular way. The grade of I is used to record work which
so far as covered, is of passing grade, but is incomplete because
of personal illness or other unavoidable reason. It must be
made up within two months after the student returns to the
university. The grade of W is used to designate that the stu-
dent has voluntarily withdrawn from a course within a certain
period after the beginning of any regular semester. The W
grade carries no credits or quality points for Lhe course in
which it is reported, but does appear on the student's record.
Quality Points. Quality points are assigned as follows:
Grade A, 4 quality points per semester hour; B, 3 quality
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
points per semester hour; C, 2 quality points per semester
hour; D, 1 quality point per semester hour and F, no quality
points.
To qualify for graduation, a student must have secured
twice as many quality points as the number of semester hours
he has earned in this university toward his degree. Quality
points are not counted on grades from other schools and a
student transferring from another school is held responsible
for quality points only on work taken in this University.
Advisory System. Purpose of the advisory system is to
assist the student in his orientation of university life. Each
student is assigned to a faculty adviser who confers with him
relative to his program, his activities, his academic work, the
evaluation of his progress and his education in values. At mid-
semester teachers make reports of unsatisfactory work to the
student's adviser. The adviser consults with the student re-
ported with the thought of assisting him to improve his status
by the end of the semester.
Grade Reports. About a week after each semester or sum-
mer session a full report is given or mailed to every student.
Parents do not receive reports as it is assumed that university
students are sufficiently mature and trustworthy to report the
facts to their parents.
Criteria Governing Continuance in the University. The
following policy applies to students who began their college
studies in September 1968: Freshmen will be required to attain
a quality point average of 1.6. Sophomores, a quality point
average of 2.0. These students will be given until the close of
the Main summer session following their academic year to
attain these averages. Juniors and Seniors will likewise be
given to the close of the Main summer session to maintain a
quality point average of 2.0.
Grade point averages will be computed by the total credits
attempted including those for repeat courses According to the
new system the sum of all course credits including repeats will
be divided into the total quality points to calculate the grade
point ratio. However, this method of computation will not
apply retroactively to student averages compiled before Sep-
tember 1, 1968, save for Summer School 1968 ABC students.
Any student failing to meet the above criteria will be dis-
missed from the university and will not be considered for re-
admission until the lapse of one academic year.
If the student chooses to avail himself of the procedure
provided for him to seek readmission, it will be his responsi-
bility to notify in writing the Office of the Dean of the School
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 61
in which he was enrolled at the time of his dismissal and the
Office of the Dean of Students before April 1, if requesting
readmission for the following summer sessions or for the Fall
semester starting in September. Written requests must be
made to the above mentioned offices before November 1, if
requesting readmission for the Spring sem^ester starting in
January.
Acceptable Academic Standing. A freshman student must
attain a cumulative average of 1.6 by the end of his first aca-
demic year, or by the end of the Main summer session follow-
ing his first academic year in college. All other students in the
university must maintain a C or 2.0 average on all work com-
pleted in the university.
Full-Time Student is one who is carrying a minimum of
12 semester hours during a regular semester or during the full
12 weeks summer sessions.
Classification of Students. Students are placed in one of
four classes according to progress towards graduation.
A freshman has less than 30 semester hours of credit.
A sophomore has at least 30 semester hours of credit and a
1.6 quality point average.
A junior has met the requirements listed below.
A senior has earned 96 or more semester hours and a 2.0
quality point average. (Persons holding degrees may be classi-
fied as seniors.)
Admision to Upper Division Studies. Before a student is
permitted to proceed with his Junior year studies he or she
must have taken and passed English I and II. A student must
have acquired from 56 to 60 semester hours of credit with a
quality point average of 2.0. These are regulations that apply
throughout the university.
Beyond the foregoing regulations for admission to upper
division studies are other regulations that must be met within
specific Schools of the university. These may include the tak-
ing of a battery of tests, favorable recommendation by the de-
partmental chairman, and other regulations that the student
should inquire about within their own School.
If a student fails to meet the foregoing requirements for
admission to upper division study, he or she should consult
with the Dean of his or her School to determine what must be
done in the matter.
«« INDIANA UNTVERSmr OP PENNSYLVANIA
FEES, DEPOSITS, REPAYMENTS
(Subject To Change)
Basic Semester Fee
The basic fee for all students is $225.00
This fee covers registration and the keeping of records of
students, library, student welfare, health services (other than
extra nurse and quarantine) , and laboratory facilities.
Students taking NINE or fewer semester hours shall pay
at the rate of $22.50 per semester hour. Students taking more
than NINE semester hours shall pay the regular basic fees.
OTHER FEES
Housing Fee. The housing fee for students is $342.00 per
semester. This includes room, meals in one of the college din-
ing rooms, and laundry of sheets and pillow cases.
Out-of-State Fee. Out-of-state students pay a basic fee of
$30.00 per semester hour of credit.
Student Activity Fee. An activity fee is collected from all
students and administered through the Student Cooperative
Association under regulations approved by the Board of Trus-
tees. This fee of $20.00 per semester covers the cost of student
activities in athletics, lectures, entertainment, student publi-
cations, etc., and is payable in one sum for the semester at the
time of registration. A fee of $7.50 is charged for Saturday
campus and part time students.
Late Registration Fee. Each student registering after the
date officially set for registration is required to pay an addi-
tional fee of $1.00 per day until the student is in regular at-
tendance (except when permission for late registration has
been secured in advance from the President because of illness
or other unavoidable causes), provided that the total amount
of the late Registration Fee shall not exceed $5.00. The same
regulation shall apply to approved inter-semester payments.
SPECIAL FEES
Private Instruction in Music: The vocal and instrumental
fee per semester is $50.00.
Damage Fee. Students are responsible for damages, break-
age, loss, or delayed return of university property.
Infirmary Fee. After three days in the university infirmary
the University shall charge students who regularly eat in the
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
university dining room an additional $1.00 for each day. Stu-
dents who room at the university but do not eat in the uni-
versity dining room shall pay $3.00 per day after the third day.
Day students admitted to the infirmary pay board at the rate
of $3.00 a day. This charge includes the regular nurse and reg-
ular medical service but does not include special nurse or
special medical service.
Degree Fee. A fee of $5.00 to cover the cost of a diploma
must be paid by each candidate for a degree.
Transcript Fees. A fee of $1.00 is charged for the second
and each subsequent transcript of records.
Delinquent Accounts. No student shall be enrolled, grad-
uated, or receive a transcript of his records until all previous
charges have been paid.
Other Charges. In addition to the above fees the average
student will require approximately $75.00 per semester for
books, gymnasium costume, student organization dues, etc.
Military Fee. An Activity Fee of $3.00 is required of all
ROTC Cadets.
Maintenance Fee. Private Dorms — $2.00 per wk.
Advance Registration Deposit. A deposit of $15.00 must be
made when students are accepted for enrollment. This $15.00
may be deducted when the first semester fees are paid but is
not refundable.
Private Accounts. As a convenience to students, personal
deposits may be made in the Student Co-operative Book Store
and drawn against by countercheck from time to time. A small
fee will be charged for this service.
SUMMER SESSIONS FEES
Basic Fee for Six-Weeks Summer Session. The fee for stu-
dents enrolled for the regular Summer Session is $22.50 per
semester hour. A minimum basic fee of $67.50 is charged.
Activity Fee. For the regular summer session the fee is
$7.00 and for the pre- and post-summer sessions, $3.50.
Housing Fee. For the regular summer sessions the fee is
$114.00 and for the pre- and post-sessions, $57.00. This fee in-
cludes room, meals and the laundry of sheets and pillow cases.
Out-of-State Fees. Students who are not residents of Penn-
sylvania will pay a basic fee of $30.00 per semester hour with
a minimum charge of $90.00 for each session.
64 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REPAYMENTS
No refunds will be made to students who are temporarily
suspended, indefinitely suspended, dismissed, or who volun-
tarily withdraw from the university.
For personal illness, if certified to by an attending physi-
cian, or for other reasons approved by the Board of Trustees,
the housing and basic fees for that part of the semester which
the student does not spend in the university will be refunded.
TIME OF PAYMENTS
Payment in full of all Pre-Session fees June 8, 1970
Payment in full of all Main Summer Session fees June 29, 1970
Payment in full of all Post-Session fees August 10, 1970
Payment for the first half of first semester . . . August 11, 1970
Payment for the second half of first semester
November 3-5, 1970
Payment for the first half of second semester
December 11, 1970
Payment for the second half of second semester
March 17-19, 1971
Payment for the entire semester may be made in Septem-
ber and January if desired. Above dates are for 1970-71. Dates
for 1971-72 will be about the same. Exact dates for 1971-72 may
be secured from the university's registrar or business office.
HOW BILLS AND CHARGES ARE TO BE PAID
All bills, including basic fee and housing fee, are payable
on enrollment day for at least the first nine weeks. Payment
must be made by the student at registration. Checks or money
orders, in the exact amount of the account, should be made
payable to the account designated on the bill. Book Store
purchases are on a cash basis. Checks for Activity Fee should
be separate and made payable to the Student Cooperative
Association.
Students will not be permitted to enroll for any semester
until all bills previously incurred have been paid; nor will
credit be certified to other institutions or to the Department of
Public Instruction until all overdue accounts have been paid.
Students desiring to leave school before the close of a se-
mester must report to the dean of students, registrar and to
the business office to settle all unpaid accounts.
Meal tickets for visitors can be obtained in the Slater
Company office.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 66
FINANCIAL AID
The financial aid program at Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania is administered through the office of the Director of
Financial Aids. A single financial aid application form is used
for both scholarships and loans.
All students who are applying for financial aid at Indiana
University of Pennsylvania must also submit the Parent's Con-
fidential Statement of the College Scholarship Service. This
form may be obtained from your high school counselor, prin-
cipal, or the College Scholarship Service, Box 176, Princeton,
New Jersey. Applications for financial aid from entering fresh-
men must be on file in the Financial Aids Office by March 1
for those entering college in September, and by November 1
for those entering college in the following January.
Upperclassmen making a request must also have a Par-
ents' Confidential Statement on file. This Statement can be
secured at the Office of Fiaancial Aids.
SCHOLARSHIPS
M. Vashti Burr Memorial Award. The sum of $100 is
awarded annually to that student of Indiana University of
Pennsylvania who is deemed by the faculty to be most de-
serving, having in mind his or her economic need and the ex-
cellence of his or her industry and scholarship. This award is
given through the generosity of Mr. William V. Whittington,
Washington, D. C.
Clark Scholarship. The Lieutenant Alpheus Bell Clark
Memorial Scholarship was established by Mr. and Mrs. Steele
Clark, Cherry Tree, Indiana County, in memory of their son.
The sum of seventy-five dollars will be awarded each semester
to that young man or woman, a senior in the University and a
resident of Indiana County, who in the opinion of a committee
chosen by the President, best qualifies for the honor in terms
of academic ability, leadership, and service to the University
with preference going to a veteran, or a son or a daughter of
a veteran.
Harriet Farr Davis Scholarship in the Fine Arts. This
scholarship worth fifty dollars ($50) is awarded each year to a
senior in the Art Department who best mieets a number of
criteria established for this award. This scholarship was estab-
lished by Dr. Guy P. Davis, a retired member of the faculty,
in honor of his wife, Harriet Farr Davis.
Educational Opportunity Grants. The University receives
under the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964 a sum of money
to be given to students from "exceptionally low-income fami-
66 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
lies" a grant from $20C to $800 a year. This grant must, how-
ever, be matched with some other aid from either the institu-
tion or an outside source. These grants are for foui years.
Elementary Scholarship Award. Through the generosity of
Mrs. Julia Bitner, Class of 1951, of the Elementary Education
Department, an annual scholarship award of $50 is made each
year to a senior in the Elementary Education Department who
has maintained a fine academic record and who has strong
professional promise.
Extension Homemaker Scholarships. Homemakers partici-
pating in the Home Economics Extension program contribute
funds annually for scholarships to be given to sophomores,
juniors or seniors who are majoring in home economics in
several colleges in the state. Indiana is alloted several each
year to be awarded on the basis of 4-H experience, need,
scholarship and other outstanding characteristics. Each award
is for $200 a year.
Gorell Educational Fund Scholarships. Each year several
scholarships are granted to entering freshmen at Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania. These scholarships are granted on the
basis of need and academic record and are granted to Western
Pennsylvania students. Funds for these scholarships come from
the Gorell Educational Fund administered through the Pitts-
burgh Foundation.
J & J Scholarship. This Scholarship of $100 is given to a
worthy student from the Indiana County area. The student
must have a high scholastic average and be in need of financial
assistance.
The G. G. Hill Awards. These awards are given each spring
to a male and to a female junior in business education. The
recipients are selected on the basis of scholarship, responsi-
bility, participation in activities, and personality. Each student
receives $30. The scholarship is given by Phi Beta Lambda
(Future Business Leaders) in honor of Mr, G. G. Hill, founder
and former chairman of the department.
Kappa Delta Pi Scholarships. The Kappa Delta Pi Scholar-
ship was established by the Beta Gamma Chapter of this uni-
versity to honor that member of the sophomore class who is
judged to be the ideal university student. This award of
twenty-five dollars is made each year by a committee of the
local chapter and is awarded on the basis of scholarship. The
Beta Gamma Chapter beginning with the 1961-62 college year
is also offering an award of $25.00 to the graduate student at
Indiana University of Pennsylvania with the best academic
record.
INDIANA UNIVERSITT OF PENNSYIiVANIA W
Law Ekiforcement Scholarships. Five full-tuition scholar-
ships at $280 each and JEive half-tuition scholarships at $140
each will be awarded to students in the Criminology program.
The scholarships are given by the U. S. Department of Justice,
Office of Law Enforcement Assistance. Applications and infor-
mation can be secured from the Director of Criminology,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
Ray Metzel Mellowmen Scholarship. One scholarship is
given annually to that junior or senior who is a member of
the Mellowmen. The scholarship is worth $200 for one year.
Monday Musical Club String Scholarship. The Monday
Musical Club of Indiana, Pennsylvania, gives a scholarship in
the amount of $100 good for one year only to a string major
in the Music Department.
The Club also gives $100 Scholarship to a Homer Center
High School senior that is going into the music field.
Morris Scholarships. The Helen Wood Morris Scholarships
were established by Lieutenant-Colonel L. M. Morris, of Al-
toona in memory of his wife, a graduate of the university. The
sum of $125 will be awarded annually to students selected by
a committee named by the institution, one award to a sopho-
more, the other to a junior. Students chosen must be in the
highest quarter of their class, must be in need of financial
assistance, and must have demonstrated worthiness in terms
of character, personality, leadership, and American citizenship.
The NBEA Avi^ard. Upon the recommendation of the stu-
dents and faculty, the National Business Education Associa-
tion presents an annual award to the outstanding senior in
business education. The award consists of a membership in
NBEA, a copy of the NBEA Yearbook, and a one-year sub-
scription to the monthly Forum and to the National Business
Education Quarterly.
Operation Friendship Scholarship. The award is given to
a foreign student who demonstrates good will, character and
scholastic achievement at Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
The Loan and Scholarship Committee will name the recipient.
Ethyl v. Oxley Scholarships. Each year the Alumni of the
School of Home Economics awards $75.00 scholarships to one,
two or three outstanding students in the department. Awards
are based on evidence of such characteristics as dependability,
initiative in worthwhile professional experiences, accepting re-
sponsibility, social sensitivity and sincerity in dealing with
people, sense of values, personality and scholarship.
Pennsylvania Federation of Women's Clubs Scholarships.
At least four scholarships of $100 each are offered annually to
68 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
students in the art education department. These scholarships
are provided by voluntary contributions from clubs to "Pen-
nies For Art Fund," by the Pennsylvania Federation of Wo-
men's Clubs.
Raymond P. Phillips Athletic Scholarships. The Raymond
P. Phillips Scholarship was established in 1966. A committee
was named by the donor to handle all applications. T?ie Direc-
tor of Financial Aids is Chairman. Two scholarships at $200
each are given each year. The Scholarship holder must be par-
ticipating in the sport to remain eligible.
Presser Foundation Scholarship. The Presser Foundation
of Philadelphia awards two scholarships each year to music
students at the Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Interested
music students should apply through the chairman of the
music department.
Quota Club Scholarship. The Quota Club of Indiana has
established a scholarship of $100 per year. Senior girls in
Speech and Hearing are eligible. Interested persons please
contact the Director of Speech and Hearing for information,
ROTC Scholarships. The United States Army offers sev-
eral two and four year scholarships. The United States Army
pays for tuition, laboratory fees, textbooks and other required
expenses except room and board. In addition the student re-
ceives $50 per month for the duration of the scholarship, ex-
cept for a six-week Summer Camp Program where the pay is
$193.20 per month. To qualify the student must complete the
ROTC program and must display a strong desire for a career
as a Regular Army Officer. Instructions on how to apply may
be obtained from the Professor of Military Science.
Hannah Kent Schoff Memorial Scholarship. Annually a
scholarship worth six hundred dollars ($600) will be awarded
to two entering freshmen at Indiana University of Pennsyl-
vania. Applicants must be graduates of Pennsylvania High
Schools who wish to prepare for teaching. Application forms
may be obtained by writing the Financial Aid Office, Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania. Applica-
tions must be filed prior to March 1st of each year.
Secondary Education Club Scholarship. The Secondary
Education Club grants a one-year scholarship for $50 to a
secondary upperclassman.
Service Club Scholarships. The Kiwanis, Lions, and Rotary
Clubs of Indiana, Pennsylvania, have scholarship programs
which provide financial aid for approximately 16 students per
year at Indiana University of Pennsylvania. These scholarships
are administered by the local service clubs with assistance
from the Financial Aid Office at the University.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 69
SgHficcia Brothers Memorial Scholarships. Each year three
scholarship awards of $100 each are granted to a senior in each
of the following high schools: Marion Center, Penns Manor,
and Purchase Line. These awards are made to a senior boy
or girl planning to attend Indiana University of Pennsylvania
who has attained the highest academic average during the
tenth, eleventh, and twelfth grade years. Funds for these
scholarships have been provided by the Sgriccia Brothers of
Clymer, Pennsylvania.
State Scholarships. The Department of Public Instruction
annually awards scholarships on the basis of competitive ex-
aminations held in November of each year. These are awarded
in each county and senatorial district in the state. Each schol-
arship is worth $200 a year for four years and may be used
at the State Colleges. Inquiries concerning State Scholarships
should be sent to State Scholarship Program, Division of
Guidance and Testing, Departm.ent of Public Instruction, P.O.
Box 911, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.
String Scholarship Fund. This Scholarship information can
be secured from the Music Department. We want to thank the
following for their contributions: Bruno's Restaurant; First
National Bank in Indiana, Pennsylvania; Indiana Music House;
and Pepsi Cola Bottling Corp.
Student Art Scholarship Award. Students of the Depart-
ment of Art and Art Education contribute art works to be
sold. Funds thus received permit awards of $50.00 to be made
periodically. Application are received, screened and awards
made by a student committee. This award is confined to stu-
dents of the Art Department.
Student Council Foreign Student Scholarships. The Stu-
dent Council grants four full scholarships annually to foreign
students who have not previously been in the United States,
and who can complete their proposed program in one academic
year. Applications should be submitted to the Foreign Student
Adviser no later than March.
Syntron Foundation Scholarships. Through the Syntron
Foundation of Homer City, four 4-year scholarships are award-
ed annually to freshmen. These scholarships are worth $350
per year. Eighteen scholarships are in effect each year. Prefer-
ence is given to graduates of Blairsville, Homer City, and
Indiana High Schools and other hi.^h schools in the county.
Applications must be filed with the Director of Financial Aids
by March 2. Nine of these scholarships are identified as C. S.
Weyandt Memorial Scholarships and the other nine are identi-
fied as J. A. Metz Memorial Scholarships.
70 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Theta Xi Scholarships. Each year through the generosity
of the Theta Xi National Men's Fraternity four scholarships of
full tuition are granted to students at Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. Two of these scholarships are granted to mem-
bers of the Beta Lambda Chapter of the Theta Xi. Two are
granted to members of the student body at large.
J. M. Uhler Memorial Scholarships. In honor of a former
President of the University, and a past President of the Indi-
ana Kiwanis Club, this organization awards a $100 per semes-
ter scholarship for the recipient's four years in school showing
adequate scholastic progress. These scholarships are available
to graduates of high schools within Indiana Count>. This fund
is administered by the J. M. Uhler Scholastic Committee of
the Indiana Kiwanis Club.
Corinne Menk Wahr Scholarships. Through the generosity
of Corinne Menk Wahr, Class of 1916, approximately fifteen
scholarships are awarded each year to worthy students. The
amounts range from fifty to one hundred and forty-four dol-
lars, payable in the designated amount for each of four years.
Applicants for Wahr Scholarships must be residents of Penn-
sylvania and must be interested in the teaching profession.
Applications may be secured from the Director, Financial Aid.
In any one year as many as eighty students may be receiving
a total of $9,000 of Wahr Scholarship money. Policy governing
the scholarship fund is established by the Board of Trustees
and administered by a committee appointed by the President
of the University.
Nine Wahr merit recognition scholarships of fifty dollars
each are given each year to students at the university for ex-
cellence in certain fields as follows: The student who excels in
athletics; the student who contributes the most to campus wel-
fare; the student who does the most to promote the fine arts;
the student showing the m.ost initiative in bringing new ideas
or action to the Indiana campus; the student evidencing the
most professional promise as a teaclier; the student with the
highest scholarship during the first three years of university;
and the student who writes most effectively; and the graduate
student with the most commendable record.
The Norah E. Zink Football Award. Dr. Nor ah E Zink, a
retired professor of the Geography Department of Indiana
University of Pennsylvania has est^'hli-hed an annual award
of $25 which she gives that member of the varsity football
team whose academic average shows the greatest improve-
ment over the fall semester.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 71
LOANS
Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund. By action of the Execu-
tive Committee of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Alumni Association, the Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund was
established in 1962, by contributions from alumni and friends.
This fund commemorates the memory of Jennie E. Ackerman
who served as Supervisor of Student Teachers at L^idiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania for many years and is available to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors who are maintaining satisfac-
tory academic records at the University. The maximum out-
standing amount extended to any one student cannot exceed
$200. Interest is at the rate of 2% payable at maturity of the
loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6% in-
terest charge.
Robert Bellis Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund has
been established at Indiana University of Pennsylvania by
friends and relatives in memory of Robert G. Bellis, a gradu-
ate of Indiana State College. The Robert Bellis Scholarship
Loan Fund, as the memorial will be known, will be used to
grant loans to deserving students, preferably to juniors or
seniors. Interest is at the rate of 2% payable at maturity of
the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6%
interest charge.
Jane E. Leonard Memorial Loan Fund. This loan fund was
established several years ago and has been built up largely
through the work of the faculty and alumni. The fund now
totals about $30,000. The governing board in charge of grant-
ing loans consists of a faculty committee appointed by the
president of the University. The plan in operation provides
for the granting of loans to sophomores, juniors, and seniors
with interest at two per cent, payable at maturity of the loan.
In special cases of emergency a freshman may arrange for a
short-term loan during his second semester in the university.
The maximum outstanding loan to any student cannot exceed
$400. Applications are available at the Director of Financial
Aids Office.
Thirty-day loans not to exceed $20 are available to all stu-
dents in cases of emergency. No interest is charged. These
loans are available upon application to the Dean of Students,
Dean of Men, or Dean of Women.
Mack Loan and Scholarship Fund. A loan and scholarship
fund has been established by members of the Mack family to
be used for making loan and scholarship grants to worthy stu-
dents with financial need. Preference will be given to fresh-
men and sophomores who can give evidence of academic ex-
cellence, financial need, and promise as a future member of
72 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
the teaching profession. At the present time the maximum loan
available is $200 per year. Interest is at the rate of 1% payable
at maturity of the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will
carry a 6% interest charge.
Dr. Joy E. Mahachek Loan Fund. A loan fund in the name
of Dr. Joy E. Mahachek, form^er Chairman of the Matnematics
Department at Indiana State College, has been established by
the Alpha Sigma Alpha. Preference of this loan will be given
to a sophomore with a minimum cumulative average of 2.0.
Alan P. Mewiia Geography Memorial Loan Fund. This
fund was established in 1959 and is administered by the faculty
of the Geography Department. Juniors and Seniors have prior-
ity on loans from this fund. Interest rates are the same as
those for the Jane Leonard Fund.
National Defense Student Loan Program. The National
Defense Student Loan Program was authorized by the enact-
ment of Public Law 85-864, the National Defense Education
Act of 1958. The law requires that each borrower be a full-
time undergraduate or graduate student, that he be in need
of the amount of his loan to pursue his courses of study, and
that he be, in the opinion of his institution, capable of main-
taining good standing in his chosen courses of study. The law
further provides that special consideration in the selection of
loan recipients be given to (a) students with a superior aca-
demic background who express a desire to teach in elementary
or secondary schools, and (b) students whose academic back-
ground indicates a superior capacity or preparation in science,
mathematics, engineering, or a modern foreign language. A
student may borrow for college expenses in one year a sum
not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000), and during his
entire course in higher education, a sum not exceeding five
thousand dollars ($5,000). Applications are available upon re-
quest at the office of the Director of Financial Aid.
Rusty Preisendefer Memorial Loan Fund. Tliis fund was
established as a gift given by Mrs. Suzanne Preisendefer
Brickner in memory of her husband who was killed in action
in South Viet Nam. Preference in granting loans from this
fund shall be given to members of the advanced R.O.T.C. and
upperclassrnen. Loans will be made up to a maximum of $400
per individual with the first note carrying a 2% interest
charge. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6% in-
terest charge.
Flossie Wagner Sanford Student Loan Fund. The Penn-
sylvania Federation of Women's Clubs has established a stu-
dent loan fund in honor of Flossie Wagner Sanford an alunma
and former member of the faculty of Indiana State College.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 73
Loans from this fund are made to qualified students by the
Faculty Loan and Scholarship Committee who need financial
assistance. Interest is at the rate of 2% payable at the maturity
of the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6%
interest charge.
Tau Kappa Epsilon Loan Fund. Though the generosity of
a former Tau Kappa Epsilon faculty adviser, a sum of money
has been made available for loans to members in good stand-
ing academically and with the fraternity. The maximum out-
standing amount to any one student cannot exceed $400.
Men's Varsity "I" Loan Fund. The Men's Varsity I Club
has built up a loan fund for members of varsity athletic teams
in good standing. Members may borrow not more than $150.00
per year. Loans are made for a reasonable period of time and
are interest free for the first year. Thereafter the interest rate
is two per cent per annum.
EMPLOYMENT
Student Employment. Students are employed on a part-
time basis in a number of departments on the campus. Posi-
tions are filled on the basis of financial need and the special
abilities required in certain jobs. Students are assigned to such
jobs as waiters in the dining room, typists, office clerks, library-
assistants, relief switchboard and elevator operators, and jani-
tors. Students in need of employment should file an applica-
tion in the office of Financial Aid. All assignments to student
employment are made by this office. Except in cases of ex-
treme necessity, freshmen should not seek employment, but
should plan to concentrate on their academic work.
Applications for student employment are not accepted
from students until they are actually on campus. To be kept
on student employment rolls, the student must earn at least
a "C" average in his total academic program.
Student employment may be either under the Work-Study
Program under the Higher Education Act or the regular uni-
versity employment budget.
Work-Study Program. This program was initiated by the
enactment of the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964. It is in-
tended to stimulate and promote the part-time employment of
students who are from low-income families. When the needs
of all interested students from these income levels have been
met, then any remaining funds may be used to provide em-
ployment for other students who have demonstrated fimancial
need. The minimum hourly rate of pay is $1.25 per hour with
fifteen hours per week.
74 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
STUDENT SERVICES
The student personnel staff of the university attempts to
provide those services to students which should support the
best learning climate possible. Recognizing that the academic
program of the university is its reasons for existence, the stu-
dent personnel staff considers its program a most important
supportive function of the university. Students are urged to
become completely informed about these services and about
the rules and regulations applying to them as citizens of a uni-
versity community.
SOCIAL EEGULATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Enrollment in the University implies an agreement on the
part of each student to comply with the customs of the Uni-
versity and to obey the regulations.
The University reserves the right to dismiss any student
who refuses to conform to University regulations.
No firearms or ammunition may be stored in university-
owned or university-supervised dormitories. Students living in
private rooms or apartments in town may not possess or store
firearms or ammunition without prior approval of the land-
lord.
There shall be no intoxicating beverages or gambling on
university property, in fraternity houses, or in residences rent-
ed in town. Students 21 years of age or over are not subject
to the provisions of the ban on drinking providing they live
in town and have prior permission from their landlords. Stu-
dents living in town who are 21 years of age or over must
assume full responsibility under the laws of the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania concerning supplying intoxicating bev-
erages to those under the legal drinking age. Violation of this
rule may lead to immediate suspension from the University.
Students appearing on campus in an intoxicated condition re-
gardless of age may be suspended.
Smoking will be permitted except in areas officially desig-
nated by the University as non-smoking areas. These include
classroom buildings, the library, and many dormitory build-
ings which are considered unsafe for smoking. Smoking in
these dormitories will be confined to prescribed smoking room
areas.
Students are not permitted to act as sales or advertising
representatives on campus without permission of the Dean of
Students. Students should require outside sales representa-
tives to show their authorization before making any commit-
ment of any kind.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 76
Students are not permitted to use or to have stoves, heat-
ers or cookers, or other equipment for producing fire or heat
in their rooms. Such equipment is prohibited by fire regula-
tions and will be removed and confiscated by the fire inspector.
Non-commuting freshmen are not permitted to have cars
at the University. Upperclass students living in dormitory
residences are also not permitted to have cars on the Univers-
ity campus. Upperclass students living off campus will be per-
mitted to have cars provided they are registered with the Dean
of Student's Office. Students not commuting from home are not
permitted to park on the campus between the hours of 8:00
a.m. and 5:00 p.m. daily. Exceptions to the above rules may be
made in unusual circumstances by the Dean of Men or the
Dean of Women.
ADVISORY SYSTEM
The objective of the advisory system is to provide an op-
portunity for each student to discuss problems relative to his
scholastic work with an instructor in his major field. Each stu-
dent is assigned a faculty adviser by the chairman of his major
department and the Dean of Students' office. A regular ad-
visory hour is scheduled at 11:00 a.m. on Tuesday and Thurs-
day of each week, although a student may consult his adviser
at other times. An attempt is made to keep the student with
the same adviser throughout his program at the University.
CARS
Every student and every faculty or staff member who reg-
ularly drives a car on the University campus must register
with the Dean of Students and have a sticker on the left side
of the rear bumper. Parking violations are checked daily; driv-
ers may be fined for illegal parking. These regulations also
apply to motor bikes and scooters.
Students living in university-owned or university-super-
vised dormitories are not permitted to keep cars in Indiana
unless special permission is given them by the Dean of Women
or the Dean of Men.
WOMEN'S DINING ROOM POLICY
All freshmen, sophomore and junior women living in uni-
versity owned or operated dormitories will take meals in the
university dining halls unless excused by the Dean of Women
for good cause. Senior women may take meals in the dining
halls if they wish. All arrangements for off-campus meals must
be made with the Dean of Women before June 1 or January 1.
76 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
This policy is subject to change at the close of any semester.
Any changes in dining room status during the semester must
be approved by the Dean of Women.
WOMEN'S HOUSING POLICY
All single women except those living with immediate rela-
tives, those working for room and board in approved private
homes, graduates of other institutions, or veterans are required
to live in university dormitories or university operated houses
unless special permission is granted by the Dean of Women.
Married women may arrange for accommodations off campus.
Note: Working for room and board constitutes the giving
of twenty hours of work in exchange for room and meals.
There shall be no exchange of cash monies except where the
employer feels that the employee has done more than her
share, or where extra work is done over and above the twenty
hours.
Up to March 15, those students who have indicated their
intention of returning in the fall will have rooms assigned to
them as follows: If they desire to keep the rooms they have,
these rooms are reassigned to them, unless for some reason it
is felt wise or necessary to withdraw students from said rooms.
As soon after March 15 as possible, the remaining rooms are
chosen by lot. Only students who have indicated their inten-
tion of returning in the fall may reserve a room for the fol-
lowing year. Otherwise, their assignment to a room is can-
celled and they take a place on the list of entering students.
General supervision of the personal and social welfare of
women students is exercised by the Dean of Women, Assistant
Dean of Women, and head residents. Student body, faculty,
and administration cooperate to maintain high standards of
social life and conduct. Privileges are granted according to of-
ficial class ratings based on academic achievement. Restric-
tions which are put upon the freedom of students are felt to
be necessary for successful study and living conditions and
for the well-being of the group.
Participation in dormitory government is vested in the
Women's Collegiate Association, of which all resident women
are automatically members. Representatives from each living
unit make up the Council, which serves as a clearing house
for discussing difficulties and making recommendations con-
cerning dormitory problems. A Judicial Board administers and
enforces association regulations.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 77
MEN'S DINING ROOM POLICY
All male students living in university buildings shall eat
in a university dining room. Men living off campus who wish
to eat in a university dining room may do so as long as space
is available, but they shall make arrangements with the Dean
of Men. Cooking in rooms in university buildings is absolute-
ly forbidden. Assignments to a university dining room are on
a semester basis except in cases of emergency and when ex-
cused by the Dean of Men,
The appropriate dress for men for the evening meal in
university dining halls will be shirts with collars, slacks, socks,
and hard-soled shoes. Blue jeans, shorts, and generally untidy
appearance will not be tolerated. Shorts, sweat shirts, and
tennis shoes are permissible dress for the breakfast and noon
meals except on Sundays. Dress for the Sunday noon meal
will be dress shirts with ties and coats. Socks are required at
all meals.
These regulations are subject to change at the close of any
semester.
Men's Housing Policy. Campus rooming facilities are under
the supervision of head residents, student hall counselors or
house heads, and these are responsible to the Dean of Men and
Assistant Dean of Men. This group assists in effecting orderly
procedures in resident living. All men, whether living on or
off the campus, are expected to abide by the rules and regu-
lations of the University.
All freshmen, except those who commute from home daily,
or who live with relatives, or who are married, shall live in
one of the dormitories, or other college property when accom-
modations are available. Other non-commuting students enter-
ing Indiana for the first time shall live in university property
when they can be accommodated.
Likewise, upperclass non-commuting men under 21 years
of age, shall live in one of the dormitories or other university
property when space is available unless excused by the Dean
of Men. Priority for assignments shall be to sophomores, jun-
iors, and seniors, in that order.
Non-commuting men who cannot be accommodated on the
campus are expected to select rooms in town from an approved
list compiled in the office of the Assistant Dean of Men. All
financial arrangements are the responsibility of the student
and the landlord. The Assistant Dean of Men is responsible for
supervising rooming accommodations in town.
The foregoing policy may be changed at the end of any
semester.
r« INDIANA UNIVBRSmr OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOOD SERVICES
There are three dining halls on campus, each providing
twenty-one planned meals per week for resident students.
Non-resident students may make arrangements to take meals
in one of the dining halls through either the Dean of Women
or the Dean of Men. All such arrangements are on a semester
basis. Meals or snacks may be purchased in the Student Union
Coffee Shop or in the cafeteria in Foster Hall. There are also
restaurants and sandwich shops located around the edge of
the campus.
Baggage. All baggage is delivered to the basement of the
dormitory to which the student is assigned. Luggage should
be plainly marked with the student's name and, if the room
assignment has been made, should also bear the room number.
Students living in university owned or university controlled
houses should mark their baggage with the street address.
Laundry. The university provides each student with a
laundered sheet and pillow case each week plus a laundered
bedspread twice a month.
Laundry and ironing rooms are maintained on the ground
floors of all women's dormitories and on the ground floors of
the newer male dormitories.
Student Supplies. Students who live in university dormi-
tories are furnished bed linen and bedspreads. Each student
must provide blankets, towels, soap, needed toilet articles, etc.
Curtains and draperies are provided.
Students must also furnish their own gymnasium attire
and towels. The Physical Education Department requires reg-
ulation gymnasium and pool equipment, which are purchased
in the College Book Store.
Each student is required to own a good college dictionary,
approved by the English Department. Such a dictionary costs
about $6.00 and can be purchased in the College Book Store.
Core courses in English require the dictionary as a standard
text; other college courses use it extensively.
Vacation and Guest Charges. Students may not remain at
the university during Thanksgiving, Christmas, Easter, or sum-
mer vacation. Students and teachers are responsible for meals
of their guests at current transient rates. The transient rate
for meals is as follows: breakfast, 60 cents; lunch, 85 cents;
dinner, $1.25.
A charge of $1.58 is made for overnight guests on Friday
and Saturday nights. Arrangements should be made with the
House Director, or Dean of Women, or Dean of Men, depend-
ing on the dormitory involved.
INDIANA UNnrERaiTY OF PENNSYLVANIA T»
UNIVERSITY INFIRMARY
SPECIAL CLINICS
Three clinics at the university offer diagnostic testing and
remedial or improvement service or instruction in the follow-
ing areas:
Psychological Clinic-diagnosis of academic and behavior
problems and personal, vocational, and educational counseling.
Reading Clinic-diagnosis and remedial instruction for
reading and spelling disabilities and instruction for the im-
provement of present skills.
Speech & Hearing Clinic-diagnosis of speech problems,
hearing tests and evaluations, and a regular program of ther-
apy.
These services are made available without charge to the
students regularly enrolled at the university in order that they
may be given the assistance necessary to remove deficiencies
which would interfere with their successful performance and
progress in the university and in their future work.
University students who need help in any of the areas
suggested above are encouraged to use the facilities provided
for them.
University students may of their own initiative come to
any clinic for help, or they may be referred by any faculty
member or university official.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The services of the Placement Office are available to stu-
dents who are graduating, students who are attending to ob-
tain teacher certification, students who have been accepted as
a candidate for a degree in the Graduate School, and alumni.
Placement service is centrally located. However, the chairmen
of the various departments take an active interest in the place-
ment of their graduates.
A complete set of credentials is prepared for each senior or
graduate student who is interested. Alumni may also keep their
records up-to-date. The office makes these credentials available
to prospective employers, arranges for campus interviews, pro-
vides occupational counseling service, prepares a current file of
job opportunities, and maintains an extensive library of occu-
pational information.
A computerized information retrieval system is available
which permits graduates to make their qualifications known to
80 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
companies throughout the nation. The Placement Office also
receives and makes available to graduates and undergraduates
a file concerning summer camp counseling.
Positions are not guaranteed by the University, but Indi-
ana's record of placement is one of the very best in Pennsyl-
vania.
MAIL
The University Post Office is located in the west wing of
Foster Dining Hall, at the corner of Eleventh and Grant
Streets. The mail is delivered to offices and dormitories from
this location. As it is a branch of the Indiana Post Office, the
University Post Office provides most postal facilities, including
boxes for commuting students.
The hours are 8:00-4:00, Monday through Friday, and 8:00-
11:30 a.m., Saturday. During summer school, the Post Office
closes at 3:00 on weekdays.
COMMUTERS
Accommodations for women day students are provided in
John Sutton Hall. There is a study room for men day students
on the ground floor of Gordon Hall. Men may obtain lockers,
in the basement of Whitmyre Hall, by applying at the office
of the Dean of Men.
Library facilities provide pleasant study conditions for
non-resident students, and the Foster Dining Hall Lounge is
open to all students. Commuter mail is held at the University
Post Office window. Mail boxes are available.
Day students may purchase lunches in the Tliomas Sutton
Dining Hall, the Charles Foster Dining Hall, the Student
Union, or in the coffee shop of Foster Dining Hall.
SELECTIVE SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
All students must register with their Local Draft Board
when they reach 18 years of age.
To secure a 2-S classification a student must complete the
Selective Service Information card which is included in his
registration packet. The students selective service number
must be reported to the Assistant Dean of Men if it is received
at a later date.
A student must carry at least 15 credit hours per semes-
ter, throughout the semester, to be eligible for a 2-S classifi-
cation. Satisfactory progress at the University is necessary to
retain a student deferment.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Application forms for the Selective Service Qualification
Test are available at the office of the Assistant Dean of Men
at appropriate times throughout the year.
Veterans. Children of a deceased veteran whose death was
due to service-related causes may be eligible for educational
assistance from the Federal Government under Public Law
634 (War Orphans' Educational Assistance Act.) Immediately
upon acceptance to Indiana, men and women who may qualify
for such assistance should contact Veterans Administration to
determine their eligibility. They should report to the Assistant
Dean of Men before registering at the University if the Vet-
erans Administration approves their training under Public
Law 634. The office of the Veterans' Counselor is in Gordon
Hall.
An individual serving with the Armed Forces for more
than 180 days after January 31, 1955 is eligible for the Cold
War G.I. Bill (PL 89-358) providing he meets certain other re-
quirements. A prospective student should contact the Veterans
Administration and submit to them the Veterans' Application
for Program of Education.
Individuals eligible for the Cold War G.I. Bill must report
to the office of the Assistant Dean of Men in Gordon Hall fol-
lowing registration and scheduling to prepare the necessary
forms for education benefits.
Reserve Officers Training Corps. The United States Army-
has a unit of the Reserve Officers Training Corps at the Uni-
versity. Male students have the option of taking Military Sci-
ence (Reserve Officers Training Corps) for two semester hours
for two semesters or of taking a combination of Health for two
semester hours and Physical Education for two semesters of
one credit for each semester. The ROTC option can be complet-
ed in two semesters, whereas the Health and Physical Educa-
tion option is not usually completed in less than three semes-
ters. The ROTC option offers the student a 1-D Selective Serv-
ice Classification for the period of participation. Completion of
the four credit ROTC option has no effect on future Selective
Service classifications, nor does it in any way obligate the stu-
dent for later military service.
Upon graduation from the regular university course and
successful completion of the Advanced Course ROTC Program,
the student will receive a Second Lieutenant's commission in
the U.S. Army Reserve. To make this program possible, defer-
ments from the draft are issued to the students successfully
meeting the University and ROTC requirements. Upon gradu-
ation, the former student serves on active duty for a period not
to exdeed two years, if called by the Secretary of the Army.
82 INDIANA UNTVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
This enables the student to obtain his university degree and
then fulfill his obligation to his country.
Under special conditions, deferments to obtain advanced
degrees are granted by the Army to ROTC students who wish
to do graduate work prior to going on active duty. Additional
information on this subject can be obtained at Pierce Hall.
STUDENT COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATION
The Student Cooperative Association plays an extremely
broad role in the extracurricular life of the college. All stu-
dents and faculty members belong to the Association. Gen-
erally speaking, almost all campus-wide activities outside of
the instructional program are sponsored wholly or in part by
the Association.
The ACTIVITY FEE is the chief source of income for the
Association's activities. Upon payment of the fee each semes-
ter, every student receives an "I" card which will admit him
free of charge to all University social, cultural, and athletic
activities. Full refund of the fee will be given to students
withdrawing from the University within one month from the
first day of classes. After the first month no refunds will be
given. Other income for the Association comes from the Co-op
Bookstore profits, athletics income, and income from all other
events sponsored by the Association.
FACILITIES OF THE ASSOCIATION
STUDENT UNION— The Student Union, built by the stu-
dents through their Activity Fee, offers many facilities for the
University family. Students may relax or watch television in
the lounge, buy a snack or a complete meal at the coffee shop,
listen to their choice of records in the music center, or play
cards, billiards, or table tennis.
The Bookstore, the Student Bank, and the Cooperative
Association offices are located in the Union, as well as the
Penn, the Oak, the Student Government, the Student Union
Board, and a general student organization office area.
The Student Union Board and the Union Director and
Program Director plan an active program of lectures, dances,
movies, receptions, exhibits, and other events throughout the
year.
BOOKSTORE— The Co-op Bookstore is located near the
Student Union Building. The store stocks a complete line of all
needed textbooks, supplies, paper-back books and other re-
quirements needed for class use. In addition, the shopper will
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 88
find an extensive selection of records, college wear, stationery,
jewelry, sundries and souvenir items.
The store is operated on a competitive retail basis with
all profits from operations reverting to the Student Coopera-
tive Association for use in supporting student activities.
BANKING SERVICES— The Student Bank is operated in
the business office of the Student Union. Students receiving
money from home and not wishing to take the risk of carrying
it on their persons or leaving it in their rooms may deposit it
in the bank and withdraw it as needed by the issuance of
checks. University checks are good only on campus. To help
defray the expense of operation, a nominal charge is made
when an account is opened. Students are urged to use this
service as a precaution against loss.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
INDIANA PENN
The INDIANA PENN, the campus newspaper, is published
twice a week — Tuesdays and Fridays — by students who wish
to gain writing experience. Interested students are advised to
attend the organizational meeting which is held early each
semester.
The positions of editors and news editors are filled by
Student Government action upon recommendation of a stu-
dent-faculty committee. The co-editors select their own staff.
There are 10 paid staff positions.
Applications for editor and news editor may be obtained
from the PENN adviser. Only those students with at least one
semester experience on the PENN staff are eligible to apply
for the two top positions. Advisor: Dr. Swauger.
OAK
The OAK is the University yearbook, a pictorial and writ-
ten review of the year's activities. Subscriptions may be pur-
chased during the Fall Semester in Leonard Hall. The Daily
Bulletin will carry notices of the subscription driv3.
Applications for staff positions may be obtained from the
Director of Public Relations. From these applications, a com-
mittee, composed of students and faculty, selects the staff
members. The ten paid positions on the staff are subject to
the approval of the Student Government. Advisors: Mr. Judge,
Dr. Swigart, Mr. Slenker. .' ••
84 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PARCHMENT CONCH
The PARCHMENT CONCH, a student-sponsored maga-
zine, gives under-graduates the opportunity to see their best
literary efforts in print. Any student may submit articles,
short stories, short plays, poems, and essays for publication.
Instructions for submitting manuscripts appear in the Daily
Bulletin in November of each year.
Application for the editorial positions on the PARCH-
MENT CONCH should be made to the advisers, hut the final
selection is made by the Student Government acting on the
recommendation of the Committee on Publications. Advisors:
Rider and lanni.
UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY
The University Directory is distributed early in the fall
term to students and faculty. It contains a directory of all
properly registered students, of staff, and of University offices.
Advisor: Knowlton.
INFORMATION BOOKLET
This handbook is distributed annually to all students free
of charge. It includes rules and regulations, the extra-curricu-
lar program, and general information of interest to students.
UNIVERSITY LODGE
The University Lodge plays an important part in the rec-
reational and instructional life of the University. Owned by
students and faculty, this 100 acres of wooded hillside, with its
rustic lodge, three picnic shelters, rope ski tow, toboggan run,
and nature and hiking trails, not only offers opportunities for
classes to study nature and conservation but also is in demand
for picnics, meetings, and winter sports.
Any student or faculty member is welcome to use the
Lodge property, but must be ready to identify himself by pre-
senting an "I" card at the request of the caretaker.
During the winter sports season, ski equipment, sleds, and
toboggans may be checked out for use.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
A large number of extra-curricular organizations conduct
active programs on the Indiana University of Pennsylvania
campus. In order to be recognized as an official university or-
ganization, it must be approved by the Student Government
Association and the Administrative Council of the University.
Below are listed those organizations which are presently rec-
ognized as extra-curricular groups an the Indiana campus.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS
American Chemical Society
American Guild of Organists
American Management
Association
Art Club
Association for Childhood
Education
Basketball Club
Campus 4H Club
Chess Club
Classics Club
Defense Supply Association
Democratic Club
English and Speech Club
Equestrian Club
Fencing Club — Women
Foreign Language Club
Foreign Students' Club
Future Business Leaders
(Phi Beta Lambda)
Geographical Society
Gymnastics Club
Health and Physical Educa-
tion Majors Club — Women
Home Economics Club
International Pvelations Club
and WUS
Kaydeens
Mathematics Club
McKeldin Philosophy Society
Men's Student Leagues
Men's Varsity "I"
Music Educators Club
Nurses Club
Non-Resident Women's
League
Orchesis Club
Pershing Rifles
Physics Club
Psychology Club
Ranger Company
Republican Club
Rifle Team
Safety Club
Science Club
Social Science Society
Special Education Club
Speech and Hearing
Therapy Club
Student PSEA-NEA
Student Government
Student Union Board
The Masquers
Unidentified Flying Objects
University Slide Society
University Drama Club
Volleyball Club — Women
Women's Athletic Association
Women's Collegiate
Association
Women's Judicial Board
Women's Precision Drill Team
— L'Espirit De Bleu
CLASS ORGANIZATIONS
Each of the four classes — Freshman, Sophomore, Junior,
and Senior — has a class organization, holds social and profes-
sional mxeetings, and sponsors a formal dance each year.
86
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FRATERNITIES
Honorary —
Alpha Psi Omega, honorary
dramatic
Chi Beta Phi, honorary science
Delta Omicron, honorary music
for women
Delta Phi Delta, honorary art
Gamma Rho Tau, honorary for
business men
Gamma Theta Upsilon,
honorary geography
Kappa Delta Pi, honorary
educational
Kappa Mu Epsilon, honorary
mathematics
Kappa Omicron Phi, honorary
home economics
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, Music
Fraternity of America, for
male music students
Pi Gamma Mu, honorary social
science
Pi Omega Pi, honorary business
Sigma Alpha Eta, honorary for
speech and hearing
Service —
Alpha Phi Omega, men's service
Phi Alpha Theta
National History,
honorary society
Social —
Panhellenic Association
Women
Alpha Delta Pi
Alpha Gamma Delta
Alpha Omega Pi
Alpha Phi
Alpha Sigma Alpha
Alpha Sigma Tau
Alpha Xi Delta
Delta Zeta
Phi Lambda Chi
Phi Mu
Sigma Kappa
Sigma Phi Sigma
Sigma Sigma Sigma
Zeta Tau Alpha
Inter-Fraternity Council
Men
Delta Gamma Nu
Delta Sigma Phi
Kappa Delta Rho
Phi Sigma Kappa
Sigma Phi Epsilon
Sigma Tau Gamma
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta Chi
Theta Xi
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The religious life of students is cared for through the
activities of some twelve independent organizations. Four of
these, the Newman Club, Westminster Fellowship, Wesley
Foundation, and Lutheran Center, maintain private meeting
facilities near the campus. Others affiliate with and meet in
local churches. For those groups too small to arrange their
own needs, the university undertakes to provide limited facili-
ties and faculty advisement.
In addition to the denominational emphasis of these
groups, selected programs in the University Cultural Affairs
series are devoted to religious topics. The annual Christmas
Pageant, a cultural event primarily musical in nature, has
become a tradition and attracts much attention in December,
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 87
All students are urged to attend their choice of the many
community places of worship and to participate in the area,
district, and national conferences which provide opportunity
for the study of religious problems.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Student Government Association. Student Government
Association is composed of representatives from all areas of
the university. The President, the Vice-President, and the
members of the Student Government Association are elected
annually in a campus-wide election held in late lall. The Stu-
dent Government Association is active in making recommenda-
tions to the Administration for the improvement of student
welfare and is also active in promoting the general welfare of
the university and good community relationships. The Student
Government Association provides an opportunity for discus-
sion of student problems, brings the student body, faculty, and
administration closer together through a frank understanding
of mutual problems and promotes Lhe observance of policies
that will lead to improvement of university campus life.
ATHLETICS
Athletic teams of the University compete under the rules
of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and the Na-
tional Association of Intercollegiate Athletics and hold mem-
bership in both organizations.
Both in terms of a variety of sports sponsored and com-
plete facilities in which to sponsor them, the Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania athletic program can compare favor-
ably to that of any college or university of similar enrollment.
In each season of the academic year, the University spon-
sors at least three varsity sports simultaneously. There are a
total of eleven varsity sports offered during the school year.
Sports offered in the fall include cross country, football
and soccer, while basketball, wrestling, swimming and rifle
take the stage in the winter and baseball, track & field, golf
and tennis hold the spotlight in the spring.
Along with varsity squads in the respective sports, there
are also football, basketball, wrestling and baseball teams
which compete on the freshman or junior varsity level.
INTRAMURALS
WOMEN — MEN
A well organized and varied program of intramural sports
and athletic activities is conducted for both men and women.
88 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Women compete in basketball, volleyball, badminton swim-
ming, and tennis. Women also participate in a number of play
days with other colleges and universities. Coed activities are
held in volleyball and badminton. Men participate in the fol-
lowing activities.
Fall Sports
Golf
Type*
M
Touch Football
RR
Archery
Horseshoes
RR
RR
Cross Country
Foul Throw
M
C
Winter Sports
Bowling
RR
Handball
RR
Basketball
RR
Badminton
RR
Paddleball
RR
Volleyball
RR
Spring Sports
Table Tennis
RR
Swimming
M
Wrestling
Track
M
M
Softball
RR
Pocket Billiards
RR
♦Legend: RR— Round Robin M— ]
VTeet C- -Contest
An intramural handbook is available for all male students.
Contact Dr. Louis Sutton, Intramural Director, Memorial Field
House.
Memorial Field House and Waller Gymnasium are also
used extensively for informal recreational play by students
and faculty. Memorial Field House is open seven days a week
for student use.
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
The community of Indiana is serviced by Edwards Lakes-
To-Sea System, Lanich Bus Lines, and Grove City Bus Lines.
Connections can be made with other major bus lines. Taxicab
service is provided by two taxi companies. Approximately ten
modern motels offer overnight accommodations.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 89
INSURANCE
The Indiana University of Pennsylvania Board of Trustees
instituted mandatory student accident and health insurance at
the University effective September, 1963. It is realized, how-
ever, that some of the freshman class students are covered by
hospitalization policies of their parents. Where this is the case
and additional coverage under the Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania student insurance plan is not desired, a waiver card
can be submitted at the time of registration. The plan has been
designed to protect all full-time students at the university.
Full information concerning this insurance coverage is mailed
to prospective students with their registration material.
SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT FIRST SEMESTER
1969-70
Full-Time Undergraduate Students
Men Women Total
Indiana Campus 3,497 4,296 7,793
Armstrong County Center 217 314 531
Punxsutawney Center 123 154 277
Total Full-Time Students 3,837 4,764 8,601
Part-Time Undergraduate Students
Indiana Campus 257 282 539
Arm.strong County Center 8 32 40
Punxsutawney Center 7 13 20
Total Part-Time Students 272 327 599
Graduate 584 447 1,031
Grand Total 4,693 5,538 10,231
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Students at Indiana University of Pennsylvania may pur-
sue programs of study in any one of the eight schools. A stu-
dent may earn the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science. Bachelor of Fine Arts or Bachelor of Science in Edu-
cation. For each degree the student must earn 124 semester
credits with an overall "C" average, in addition to meeting all
other degree requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENTAL ABBREVIATIONS
The following departmental abbreviations are used to
identify courses referred to in this catalog.
90
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Anth — Anthropology
Art— Art
Bio — Biology
BE — Business Education
Bus — School of Business
BM — Business Management
Chem — Chemistry
Crmn — Criminology
DE — Distributive Education
Econ — Economics
Ed — Education
EdPsy — Educational
Psychology
El — Elementary
Eng — English
FL— Foreign Languages
Fr — French
Geo — Geography
Geos — Geoscience
Ger — German
HE — Home Economics
Hist — History
HPE— Health & Physical
Education
IE — International Education
Lat — Latin
LRes — Learning Resource
Math— Mathematics
MS— Military Science
Mus— Music
Nurs — Nursing
Phil — Philosophy
Phys — Physics
PolS — Political Science
Psy — Psychology
PSN— Public School Nursing
Rus — Russian
Sci — Science
Soc — Sociology
Sp — Spanish
SpE — Education for
Mentally Retarded
SpH— Speech Pathology &
Audiology
SpR — Rehabilitation Education
SS— Social Studies
Zool — Zoology
KEY FOR COURSE NUMBERS
Courses for freshmen are numbered in the lOO's, sopho-
mores in the 200's, juniors in the 300's and seniors in the 400's.
Required courses are numbered between 1 and 50 and elec-
tive courses are numbered between 51 and 100, within each 100.
Elective courses open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors
are listed in the 200's. Elective courses open to juniors and
seniors are listed in the 300's.
General Education
The primary objective of general education is to develop
those understandings, attitudes and values, and social skills
that will enable the student to enjoy a life that is satisfying to
himself as an individual and which will enable him to play a
constructive role in his community and in society without re-
spect to his professional or vocational interest or activity.
The following program in general education will be taken
by all students. The courses in this program will be distributed
throughout the four years of university study. Only basic or
introductory courses in the program will be concentrated in
the first two years of the student's program.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 91
Numerous electives are offered in the General Education
program to enable each student to explore subjects of par-
ticular interest. The student is free to exercise his own choice
among the listed electives, although the department in which
he is majoring may recommend that a student select a specific
course.
GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
HUMANITIES
19-22 credits
Eng 101, Eng 102 English I and II 8
English 201 Literature I 2
(Tragic Themes in Literature) or
English 301 Literature II
(Literature of Social Criticism)
Art 101 Introduction to Art or 3
Music 101 Introduction to Music or
English 103 Introduction to Theater
Foreign Language *Foreign Language 6
(Completion of intermediate sequence)
General Electives — Students who do not take Foreign Lan-
guage may elect 3 courses from the following list or 2 from
this group and 1 from the General Electives in Natural
Science. Students who take Foreign Language must elect 1
from the General Electives list for either Humanities or
Natural Science.
Phil 328 Aesthetics Mus 301 Music History I
Art 115 Art History I or Phil 120 Intro to Philosophy
Art 116 Art History II Eng 261 The English Bible as Lit
Hist 101 History of Civ. I Phil 110 World Religions
Phil 221 Logic Phil 222 Ethics
Eng 271 Modem American Fiction
Eng 272 American Negro Lit
Eng 273 Contemporary American
& British Poetry
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
11-14 credits
Mathematics 3
Laboratory Science 8
The eight-credit laboratory science requirement in General Edu-
cation may be met by any of the following:
Bio 103 Gen. Biology I Sci 105 Physical Science I
Bio 104 Gen. Biology II Sci 106 Physical Science U
Chem 111 Gen. Chemistry I Phys 111 Physics I
Chem 112 Gen. Chemistry II Phys 112 Physics II
General Electives:
Geos 111 Solar System Math 362 Probability and Statistics
Geos 112 Stellar Astronomy Geos 121 Physical Geology
Math 366 Computer Math I Geos 122 Historical Geology
92 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SOCIAL SCIENCE
Each student will elect 5 courses from the following: 15 credits
Pols 111 American Citizenship Hist 102 History of Civ. II
Anth 110 Intro to Anthropology Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II**
Econ 101 Basic Economics Psy 201 General Psychology**
Geo 101 World Geography Soc 151 Principles of Sociology
Crmn 101 Adm. of Justice IE 101 World Politics
* Required of all Liberal Arts students. Optional for other students.
•• Required of School of Education students.
Physical Education or R.O.T.C. — Men 4 credits
MS 101 Military Science I 2
MS 102 Military Science II 2
(or)
HPE 110 Physical Education I 1
HPE 111 Physical Education II 1
HPE 101 Personal and Community Health 2
Physical Education — Women 4 credits
HPE 101 Personal and Community Health 2
HPE 102 Physical Education I 1
Swimming-Badminton or
Swimming-Tennis or
Swimming-Basketball
HPE 201 Physical Education II 1
Fencing-Volleyball or
HPE 202 Physical Education II 1
Archery-Dance or
HPE 203 Physical Education II 1
Bowling-Golf
THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Ever since man began to systematize knowledge, a liberal
education — which Mark Van Doren defines as "nothing less
than a complete one" — has enjoyed wide acceptance and sup-
port. With society's current emphasis on change, a broad liber-
al education is now virtually a necessity. Thus, today's states-
man must be skilled not only in political science and history;
he also should be knowledgeable in economics, geography, sci-
ence and sociology in order to cope effectively with the intri-
cate problems of modern statecraft.
The philosophy which undergirds the Liberal Arts pro-
gram is the emphasis upon a fundamental understanding and
application of basic principles implemented by the delibera-
tive method of teaching which stresses the quality rather than
the rate of learning. Consequently, our staff consciously en-
deavors not only to impart an appreciation of culture and the
comprehension of our environment, but also to teach the stu-
dent to analyze and to solve problems so that ultimately he
may be able to teach himself.
The program of studies in the School of Arts and Sciences
is designed to enable the student to pursue a general program,
a study in depth within a chosen subject, an interdisciplinary
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 93
program or a pre-professional program of study. All students
in this school are required to take the program of general ed-
ucation of 52 semester hours as outlined on page . Each stu-
dent also must elect a major in one of the subject fields in the
Humanities, Natural Sciences or the Social Sciences. He may
also elect a minor in a field approved by his adviser.
Students in the Liberal Arts program may receive either
the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree depending
on their program of study. Students majoring in the Humani-
ties and Social Sciences will be awarded the A.B. degree,
whereas Natural Science majors who complete the prescribed
requirements for a single area of concentration may receive
the B.S. degree or the A.B. degree depending upon the pro-
gram elected.
Humanities Natural Sciences
English, Speech-Theater Biology
Foreign Languages Chemistry
Philosophy Mathematics
Medical Technology
Physics
Geoscience
Social Sciences
Economics Psychology
History Geography
Criminology Political Science
Geography Sociology-Anthropology
Inter-disciplinary Studies
Students with dual or special objectives may, with the
guidance and approval of his department and the Dean, under-
take an inter-disciplinary program. One example of this type
of program which has been established with well-defined re-
quirements is that in Urban-Regional Planning and Adminis-
tration as outlined on page . This is an integrated Social Sci-
ence program which equips the students for vocational oppor-
tunities in a rapidly expanding field. Another type of inter-
disciplinary program is illustrated by the study of a cultural
area such as Latin America which would require the selection
of courses in History, Language, Geography, Art, Literature
and Political Science from both the Humanities and the Social
Sciences. Other inter-disciplinary programs can be tailored for
the various fields of student interest.
94 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Pre-Professional Studies
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is accredited not only
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Educa-
tion but by the Middle States Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools and The American Association of Univer-
sity Women as well. It is on the basis of the latter accredita-
tion that pre-professional programs of study are offered for
admission to Medical, Dental, Theological and Law Colleges.
These pre-professional programs of study are planned in con-
sultation with advisers and the Dean.
FOREIGN STUDY PROGRAMS
The University supports several foreign study programs
for which varying amounts of credit are given toward a bac-
calaureate degree. Students should consider these programs as
a possible means of combining foreign travel and study. Since
each program carries different credit provisions, students are
urged to plan their four-year program several years in ad-
vance if they propose to participate in any foreign study ar-
rangement.
Junior Year Abroad. Indiana has combined with thirty-
eight colleges and universities in Eastern Ohio, West Virginia
and Western Pennsylvania to offer a Junior Year Abroad pro-
gram for students in the Humanities and Social Sciences. For
this purpose the Regional Council For International Education
operates a college in Basel, Switzerland where courses in lan-
guage, art, literature, and national-international issues are
taught in English. Students are housed with Swiss families
and are encouraged to do extensive traveling during seven
weeks of scheduled vacations. A comprehensive fee covering
trans-Atlantic travel, tuition, housing and food for the year
has been fixed at $2490 for 1968-69. Students will earn 30
semester hours of credit. Interested students should consult
with the Coordinator, Social Science Division.
Indiana At Valladolid. For the past eight years Indiana
University has sponsored a semester of study at the University
of Valladolid, Spain. For details see the description under the
Department of Foreign Languages and request annual bro-
chure from the department chairman.
Contemporary Europe. For the past several years Indiana
University has sponsored a three or six-week study-travel tour
during the summer months. Designed for students in every
department of the University, this tour emphasizes the basic
political, economic, social, and military organization of con-
temporary Western Europe and the unresolved tensions of that
part of the world. Background reading, lectures in major cap-
INDIANA UNIVERSITT OF PENNSYLVANIA gS
itals, sight-seeing, and an extensive personal diary are re-
quired. Three hours of graduate-undergraduate credit is grant-
ed. Interested students should consult with the Coordinator,
Social Science Division.
International Studies
A Center for International Studies has been established
by the University. The center offers a program leading to a
Bachelor of Arts Degree for students interested in this field.
A program of studies is fully described within this section of
the catalog.
HUMANITIES
The Humanities comprise those branches of learning which
are primarily cultural in character. In addition to developing
communication skills, the Humanities program enhances one's
capacities of logic, moral values and imagination. The Humani-
ties also broaden and enrich a student's appreciation of litera-
ture, art, music and philosophy. And as Matthew Arnold so
aptly stated: "We shall find that this art, and poetry, and elo-
quence, have in fact not only the power of refreshing and de-
lighting us, they have also a fortifying, and elevatmg, and
quickening, and suggesting power, capable of wonderfully
helping us to relate the results of modern science to our need
for conduct, our need for beauty."
ENGLISH
CRAIG G. SWAUGER, Chairman
A candidate for the A.B. degree in English usually chooses
this program because he wishes a broad undergraduate educa-
tion in liberal studies. He may intend to prepare for graduate
study in English for eventual college teaching or for other
non-academic professions. The A.B. degree program does not
lead to certification in secondary English.
After satisfying the major requirement of thirty hours in
required and elective English courses, (not includmg English
101 and English 102) a student may select a minor of at least
fifteen hours in any one of several fields, such as history,
philosophy, psychology, or foreign languages.
ENGLISH MINOR
Arts and Science majors in other fields may satisfy the require-
ment for an English minor with 15 hours of English courses beyond
the general education requirement of English I, English II, and either
Literature I or Literature 11.
96
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Eng
Biol
Sci
HPe
MS
Eng
Alt
Mus
Eng
HPe
FIRST SEMESTER
101 English I 4
103 Biological Science I, or
103 Physical Science I 4
♦Foreign Language 8
101 Health 2
OR
101 Military Science I 2
Social Science Elective , 8
16
THIRD SEMESTER
211 Classical Literature ... 3
101 Introduction to Art, or
101 Introduction to Music, or
103 Introduction to Theatre 3
•Foreign Language 3
203 Physical Education II . 1
Social Science Elective . 3
Humanities, or
Natural Sci. Electives . 3
SECOND SEMESTER
FIFTH SEMESTER
A Period Course . .
Major Electives . . .
Minor Electives . . .
16
8
6
- 6
Free Electives 8-6
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Major Electives 3-6
Minor Electives 3-6
Free Electives 3- 6
Eng
102
English II
4
Biol
104
Biological Science II, or
Sci
104
Physical Science II
4
HPe
102
Physical Education . . .
OR
1
MS
102
Military Science I
2
♦Foreign Language
3
Social Science Elective .
3
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 212 American Literature
to 1865 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math . . 3
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3
Physical Activity (men) 1
•Foreign Language 3
Social Science Elective . 3
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 251 History of
Eng. Language 8
Minor Electives 3-6
Major Electives 6
Free Electives 0- 3
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Major Electives 3- 6
Minor Electives 3- 6
Free Electives 3-6
16 15
• English majors may complete the intermediate sequence in a modern foreign lan-
guage in one of three ways : by examination, by earning credit in 3rd and 4th semesters
of a language begun in secondary school, or by completing 4 semesters of a new lan-
guage.
A candidate for the A.B. degree with a major in English will need
at least 30 hours from the following list of courses.
REQUIRED
Eng 211 Classical Literature (instead of Eng 201 or Eng 301; one
credit counted)
Eng 212 American Literature to 1865
One Period Course
Eng 214 Shakespeare
Eng 251 History of the English Language
ELECTIVE COURSES
Eng 215 The Augustans
Eng 216 Romantic Movement
Eng 217 Victorian Literature
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 97
Eng 218 Age of Spenser
Eng 219 Age of Milton
Eng 224 The Metaphysical Poets
Eng 238 Nature of Drama
Eng 241 The Rise of the English Novel
Eng 242 American Novel
Eng 243 Contemporary Short Fiction
Eng 244 Poetry and Its Forms
Eng 245 Modern Drama
Eng 246 Modern Anierican Literature
Eng 248 The Age of Johnson
Eng 261 The English Bible as Literature
Eng 271 Modern American Fiction
Eng 272 American Negro Literature
Eng 273 Contemporary American & British Poetry
Eng 351 English Drama to Restoration
Eng 353 Restoration Literature
Eng 355 Modern European Literature
Eng 356 English Essayists
Eng 357 The English Novel: Conrad to the Present
Eng 358 Criticism of Contemporary Writing
Eng 359 Seminar in English Studies
Eng 360 The Nineteenth Century English Novel
Eng 363 The Structure of English
Eng 364 Trends in Linguistics
Eng 365 Old English
Eng 366 The Age of Chaucer
SPEECH AND THEATER
A candidate for the A.B. degree with a major in Speech and
Theater must satisfy the intermediate sequence in a foreign language
and have at least 30 credits from the following courses:
REQUIRED
Eng 214 Shakespeare
Eng 231 Dramatic Arts
Eng 232 Oral Reading
Eng 238 The Nature of Drama
ELECTIVES
Eng 245 Modern Drama
Eng 351 English Drama to the Restoration
Eng 353 Restoration Literature
Eng 371 Directing and Play Production
Eng 377 Creative Dramatics and Story Telling
Eng 378 Costume and Makeup
Eng 379 Stagecraft and Scenic Design
Eng 381 Fundamentals of Acting
Eng 469 Oral Interpretation
Eng 472 Public Speaking
Note: The major in Speech and Theater is required to spend at
least one summer in The Drama Workshop during the pre-session and
main session of the summer school.
The major in Speech and Theater will elect a minor of at least
fifteen hours in another field.
98 INDIANA UNXVEKSPTY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
CHARLES W. FAUST, Acting Chairman
The Department of Foreign Languages currently offers a
complete undergraduate program in French, German, Latin,
Russian, and Spanish, as well as an elementary and intermedi-
ate sequence in Chinese and Classical Greek.
In the course of his study of a foreign language as an ele-
ment of general education, the non-major student will acquire:
1. Some command of the language with primary stress on
comprehension of the printed page, reasonable accuracy
in pronunciation, some oral skill, and basic facts of
structure,
2. Some knowledge of the facts of political and cultural
history of the area where the language is spoken.
3. Some comprehension of current problems, trends, and
directions of this area.
4. A better understanding of language as a condition and
tool of mankind, its nature, functions, and relationships.
5. Development of greater understanding and tolerance of
other cultures and their characteristic points of view.
Those who major in a foreign language acquire active skill
in all phases of the language, enter more deeply into the his-
tory, culture, and literature of which it is the vehicle, and
gain some comprehension of its historical development.
Students who specialize in a modern foreign language are
better prepared for careers in government work, iibrarianship,
and journalism. Those students who elect to do further gradu-
ate work in their languages may thereby prepare themselves
for a career in college teaching. If they prefer teaching in the
secondary area, they may gain excellent preparation and satis-
fy formal requirements for certification by entering into the
Master of Arts in Education program which is offered by sev-
eral leading graduate institutions.* Finally, language compe-
tence is a distinct asset in the business and industrial world,
especially to those involved in foreign trade and overseas op-
erations.
Freshmen can elect a foreign language major even though
they may not have had previous instruction in the languages of
their choice or, indeed, in any foreign language. In most cases,
to be sure, a student electing foreign languages as an area of
concentration will have had at least two years of the language
of his choice in high school. He will then begin with the se-
quence of 251-252 and will take concurrently with those courses
INDIANA UNIVEKSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
09
053-054, Oral Practice III and IV. If he has not had the lan-
guage of specialization in high school, he will begin with 151-
152 and 051-052, Oral Practice I and II. An area ol concentra-
tion requires a minimum of 36 semester hours excluding 151-
152 or the equivalent courses in high school. It is recom-
mended that a student concentrating in one foreign language
also complete at least the intermediate sequence in a second
language, particularly if he is looking forward to graduate
work. The second language will normally be started in the
sophomore year or the preceding summer session,
*A graduate program leading to the Master of Education degree
with major curriculum concentration in Spanish was initiated at the
Indiana University of Pennsylvania in 1967.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
School of Arts and Sciences*
Ens 101
Biol 103
Chem 111
Sci 105
Phys 111
HPe 101
MS 101
HPe 110
FL 251
FL 053
FIRST SEMESTER
English I 4
General Biology I or
General Chemistry I or
Physical Science I or
Physics I 4
Health (women) 2
Military Science I, or . . 2
Phys. Ed. (men) 1
Language III 3
Oral Practice III 2
14-16
Eng
Eng 301
Hist
101
HPe
203
FL
351
FL
055
FL
361
THIRD SEMESTER
201 Lit. I (Tragic Themes
in Literature) or
Lit. II (Lit. of
Social Criticism) . . .
Hist. Civ. I
Physical Ed. II 1
Advanced Language I .
Advanced Oral Pract. I
Culture and Lit. I ....
Free Elective (women) .
Free Electives (men) . .
16-18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Hum. or Nat. Sci.
Elective 8
Soc. Sci. Elective 8
FL Elective 8
Free Electives 6- 9
Eng
102
Biol
104
Chem
112
Sci
106
Phys
112
HPe
102
MS
102
Art
101
Mus
101
Eng
103
FL
252
FL
054
SECOND SEMESTER
English II 4
General Biology II or
General Chemistry II or
Physical Science II or
Physics II i
Physical Ed. I 1
OR
Military Science II 2
Intro, to Art or
Intro, to Music or
Intro, to Theater 3
Language IV 8
Oral Practice IV 2
17-18
Math 101
FL 352
2
FL 056
a
FL 362
1
8
HPe 111
1
8
8
6
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 Hist. Civ. II 3
Found, of Math 3
Advanced Lang. II ... . 8
Advanced Oral Pr. II . . 1
Culture and Lit. II .... 8
Free Elective 8
Phys. Ed. (men) 1
women 16
men 17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hum. or Nat. Sci.
Elective 8
Soc. Sci. Elective 8
FL Elective . , 8
Free Electives 6- 9
16-18
15-18
100
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Soc. Sci. Elective 8
FL Elective 8
Free Electives 9
IS
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Soc. Sci. Elective 8
FL Elective 8
Free Electives 9
16
* Applicable to entrants of Snmmer 1967 (includinsr ABC stadents) and thereafter.
Students entering with 2 or 3 high school credits should start with 251 and 053. Vet-
erans with two years of active service will be exempted from the Military Science,
Health and Phys. Ed. requirement.
♦♦ HPe 110 and HPe 111 (1 credit each) applies to male freshmen of September
1968 and thereafter.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
School of Arts and Sciences
Required Courses
FL 251-252 Language III-IV - — 3 cr. each
FL 053-054 Oral Practce III-IV 2 cr. each
FL 351-352 Advanced Language I-II 3 cr. each
FL 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I-II „ 1 cr. each
FL 361-362 Development of Culture & Lit. I-II 3 cr. each
Required FL Electives — - _ — 12 credits
MUSIC
HUGH B. JOHNSON, Chairman
The Liberal Arts student who vdshes to major in Music
has the choice of three concentrations: Music Literature, Music
Performance or Music Theory. The programs in these three
areas of study are designed to give the Liberal Arts student a
considerable, but not necessarily a professional experience in
music.
The Liberal Arts student will not be preparing specifically
for a vocation or for further study in music, but rather he will
expect to gain a broad understanding of the culture in which
he lives and the function of music in that culture. The student
will, however, by the nature of his studies, have an excellent
base for graduate study in the area of concentration and a
background for a rich cultured life.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
101
Suggested Course Sequence for a
Music Performance Concentration
Ens
101
Eng
232
HPe
101
MS
101
Mus
111
Mus
115
Mus
113
FIRST SEMESTER
English I 4
Oral Readins 8
Health I or 2
Military Science I 2
Sight Singing I 2
Harmony I 8
Ear Training I 1
Private Instruction/
Voice 2
IT
Eng
201
Math
101
MS
102
Mus
112
Mus
116
Mus
114
SECOND SEMESTER
English II 4
Foundations of Math . . 4
Military Science I 2
Sight Singing II 2
Harmony II 3
Ear Training II 1
Private Instruction/
Voice 2
16-18
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3
FL Foreign Langruage* ... 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Art 115 Art History I 3
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I 1
Mus 215 Harmony III 3
Private Instrument
or Voice 2
17-18
FOURTH SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
FL Foreign Language* .... 3
Art 116 Art History II 3
HPe 103 Physical Ed. II 1
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3
Mus 301 Music History I 3
Private Instrument
or Voice 2
17-18
FL
Biol
103
Sci
105
Eng
301
FIFTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language* ... 8
General Biology I
Physical Science 4
Intro, to Literature ... 2
Private Instrument
or Voice 2
Electives 4
HPe 110 Phys. Ed 1
16
FL
Biol
104
Sci
106
Eng
214
HPe 111
SIXTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language* ... 3
General Biology II
Physical Science 4
Shakespeare 3
Private Instrument
or Voice 2
Electives 3
Phys. Ed 1
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Intro, to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Intro, to Anthropology 3
Hist 102 Hist, of Civilization 11 8
Phil 221 Losric 8
Hist 104 History of U.S. and
Pa. II 8
Private Instrument
or Voice 2
Electire 2
1«
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship . . 3
Eng 261 Hist, of Eng. Language 3
Private Instrument
or Voice 2
Electives 4
15
A two utaaxeaUr Mqacue*.
102
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Music Theory Concentration
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3
HPe 101 Health I or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2
Mus 115 Harmony I 3
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1
16
Eng
201
Math
101
MS
102
Mus
112
Mus
116
Mus
114
SECOND SEMESTER
English 11 4
Foundations of Math . . 4
Military Science I 2
Sight Singing II 2
Harmony II 3
Ear Training II 1
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3
FL Foreign Language* .... 8
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Art 115 Art History I 3
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) 1
Mus 215 Harmony III 8
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) . 1
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 8
FL Foreign Language* .... 3
Art 116 Art History II 3
HPe 103 Phys. Ed. II (women) 1
Mus 216 Harmony IV 8
Mus 301 Music History I 3
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) . 1
16
FL
Biol
103
Sci
105
Eng
301
Mus
306
Mus
309
Mus
302
FIFTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language* .
General Biology I or
Physical Science I .
Intro, to Literature
Counterpoint I
Orchestration I . . . .
Music History II . . .
. 8
FL
Biol
104
. 4
Sci
106
. 2
Eng
214
. 2
Mus
307
. 2
Mus
310
. 8
Mus
303
SIXTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language* ... 8
General Biology II or
Physical Science II . . . 4
Shakespeare 8
Counterpoint II 2
Orchestration II 2
Music History III 8
16
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 102 Intro, to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Intro, to Anthropology 3
SS 102 Hist, of Civilization 11 3
Phil 221 Logic 8
SS 104 Hist, of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Mus 441 Composition I 2
Mus 308 Fugue and Canon 2
16
Phil
EIGHTH SEMESTER
222 Ethics
8
PolS
Eng
Mus
Ill American Citizenship ..
251 Hist, of Eng. Language
412 Composition II
Electives
8
8
2
5
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
103
Suggested Course Sequence for a
Music Literature Concentration
Eng
101
Ensr
232
HPe
101
MS
101
Mus
111
Mus
115
Mus
113
FIRST SEMESTER
English I 4
Oral Reading 3
Health I or 2
Military Science I 2
Sight Singing I 2
Harmony I 8
Ear Training I 1
16
Eng
238
FL
Geog
101
Art
115
HPe
102
Mus
215
HPe
110
THIRD SEMESTER
Nature of Drama 8
Foreign Language* .... 8
World Geogrraphy 8
Art History I 8
Phys. Education I . . . . 1
Harmony III 3
Phys. Ed. I (men) 1
16
FL
Biol 103
Sci 105
Eng 301
Mus 302
FIFTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language* ... 8
General Biology I or
Physical Science I 4
Intro, to Literature ... 2
Music History II 3
Electives 6
17
Phil
120
Anth
110
Hist
102
Phil
221
Hist
104
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Intro, to Philosophy or
Intro, to Anthropology .
Hist, of Civilization II .
Logic
Hist, of U.S. and Pa. II
Music Lit. Elective ....
15
Eng
201
Math
101
MS
102
Mus
112
Mus
116
Mus
114
SECOND SEMESTER
English II 4
Foundations of Math . . 4
Military Science I 2
Sight Singing II 2
Harmony II 8
Ear Training II 1
14-16
Psy
201
Art
116
HPe
103
Mus
216
Mus
301
HPe
111
FOURTH SEMESTER
General Psychology .... 3
Foreign Language* ... 3
Art History II 8
Phys. Education II 1
Harmony IV 8
Music History I 8
Phys. Ed. II (men) ... 1
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* ... 8
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Eng 214 Shakespeare 8
Mus 303 Music History III 3
Music Lit. Elective .... 8
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics «
PoIS 111 American Citizenship . . 3
Eng 251 Hist, of Eng. Language 3
Music Lit. Elective 3
Electives 6
17
• A two semester sequence.
Students must pass a piano proficiency jury examination in all these areas of con-
PHILOSOPHY
ROBERT M. HERMANN, Chairman
Studies in philosophy should better equip any student to
handle the theoretical issues which confront him, though final
answers to the special questions of ethics, aesthetics, meta-
physics, epistemology, and logic are not easily agreed upon.
Many of the proposed solutions have had great influence on
human history and should be studied for this reason if for no
104 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
other. But because no thinking person can long escape private
confrontation with philosophic problems we would insist with
William James that "To know the chief rival attitudes towards
life, as the history of human thinking has developed them, and
to have heard some of the reasons they can give for them-
selves, ought to be considered an essential part of liberal edu-
cation ... A man with no philosophy in him is the most in-
auspicious and unprofitable of all possible social mates."
Students may take either a major or minor in the Philoso-
phy Department. Those concentrating in other areas are en-
couraged to program electives in philosophy which relate to
their primary fields. (See course description section.)
Requirements for the Major Requirements for the Minor
Phil. 120 Intro, to Philosophy ... 3 cr 3 cr.
Phil. 221 General Logic 3 cr 3 cr.
Phil. 222 Ethics 3 cr 3 cr.
Phil. 324 History of Philosophy I 3 cr 3 cr.
Phil. 325 History of Philosophy II 3 cr 3 cr.
Phil. 328 Aesthetics 3 cr.
Phil. 430 Readings Colloquim 3 cr.
Departmental Electives . 12 cr. 6 cr.
83 cr. 21 cr.
NATURAL SCIENCE
DWIGHT SOLLBERGER, Natural Science Coordinator
The objectives of the Science Departments as they relate
to the Liberal Arts program are as follows:
1. To provide all students with the opportunity to secure
a sound understanding of the nature of the scientific
enterprise and its relationship to society.
2. To give science students a thorough background of
knowledge in the specific field of their choice as far as
the undergraduate years permit.
3. To provide science students with those skills and atti-
tudes which will enable them to go on successfully to
more advanced programs.
The Science Departments believe that science has a very
important contribution to make toward the realization of the
objectives of the Liberal Arts program. Those qualities that
promote science such as critical thinking, respect for truth,
objectivity, reasonable skepticism, and a desire for a better
knowledge of the natural world are all attributes of the liber-
ally educated individual.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 10»
The Science Departments believe that the objectives of
the science program are reached through careful study in well-
planned courses. The acquisition of knowledge gained by sci-
entists is a first step in understanding the capabilities of sci-
ence. Investigation in the classroom imparts to the student a
knowledge of the methods scientists use to ferret out the
secrets of their environment. Students are encouraged to un-
dertake investigations to reach an understanding of the work
of scientists. Students are expected to put forth their best ef-
forts to achieve the objectives of the courses and of the sci-
ence programs.
The Science Departments offer a major in the general area
of the Natural Sciences. This major consists of 36 semester
hours. However, most students will wish to extend this major
by concentrating in one of several areas of Science through
selection of suitable electives. These areas are Biology, Chem-
istry, Science, and Physics. By selecting a field of concentra-
tion students will be eligible to enter graduate or professional
schools in the area of their choice. Students who plan to con-
tinue their studies beyond the undergraduate school should
study carefully the requirements of advanced programs and
select courses to meet such requirements.
The vocational opportunities created by science have
caused many young people to specialize in one of the many
areas of Science with the expectancy of finding employment
in work which is satisfying intellectually as well as financially.
Today this hope is being realized as never before. University
graduates who have had thorough preparation in the sciences
have little difficulty in finding suitable employment. Some stu-
dents use their preparation to continue work at the graduate
level and qualify to do basic research which may or may not
have ready application. Such students may join the staff of
universities or research institutions. Others may join the staffs
of industries where their knowledge and skills are used to im-
prove the products of industry. Thus students are well-advised
to look into the possibility of finding life-long work directly
related to their preparation in science at the university level.
106
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY. Chairman
Requirements for the A.B. degree with a major in biology.
FIRST SEMESTER
S.H.
General Biology I 4
Gieneral Chemistry I 4
English I 4
Intro, to Art, or
Intro, to Music, or
Intro, to Theater 3
Health, or Military Science 2
17
SECOND SEMESTER
s.a
General Biology II 4
General Chemistry II 4
English II 4
General Elective 8
Health, or Military Science 2-2
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Algehra & Trigonometry 6
Organic Chemistry I 4
Biology Elective 8
HPe 110 Physical Ed. (men) 1
15-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language 8
Genetics 8
Literature I or II 2
Social Science Elective 8
Free Elective 4
HPe 111 Physical Ed. (men) 1
16-16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Ecology 8
Biochemistry 8
Social Science Elective 8
Free Electives 6
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Biology Elective 8
Social Science Elective 8
Free Electives 9
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
General Physiology 3
Biology Elective 8
Social Science Elective 8
Free Electives 6
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Biology Elective 8
Biology Seminar 1- 8
Social Science Elective 8
Free Electives 6-8
16
Requirements for a minor in Biology
S.H.
General Biology I 4
General Biology II 4
Genetics 8
S.H.
Ecology 8
General Physiologry 8
Biology Elective , 8
irroiANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
107
Requirements for the B.S. degree with a major in biology.
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
S.H.
General Biology I 4
General Chemistry I 4
Engrlish I 4
Intro, to Art, or
Intro, to Music, or
Intro, to Theater 3
Health, or Biilitary Science 2
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Algebra & Trigonometry 6
Organic Chemistry I 4
Biology Elective 8
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) ... 1
15-16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Physics I 4
Biochemistry 3
Ecology 3
Biology Elective 3
Social Science Elective 3
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
General Physiology 3
Social Science Elective 6
Electivea 6
S.H.
General Biology II 4
General Chemistry II 4
English II 4
General Elective 3
Health, or Military Science 2
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language 8
Anal. Geom. & Calculus 4
Organic Chemistry II 4
Literature I or II 2
Biology Elective 8
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) ... 1
16-17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Physics n 4
Genetics 8
Biology Elective 8
Social Science Elective 3
Elective 3
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Biology Seminar 1- 3
Social Science Elective 3
Electives 6-8
15
12
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT
PAUL R. WUNZ, JR., Chairman
In the School of Arts and Sciences the chemistry depart-
ment offers two majors. One of these majors is the B.S. degree
and the other the B.A. degree.
The B.S. degree in chemistry may be considered to be a
professional degree. The student completing this major should
be qualified to assume a position in industry as a chemist or to
apply for admission to graduate school to work for advanced
degrees in chemistry. Anyone considering teaching at the col-
lege or university level should plan on obtaining a B.S. degree
and also a Ph.D. degree, since practically all universities re-
quire their staff members to have a doctorate degree.
The following B.S. curriculum should be at least equiva-
lent to the minimum standards of the American Chemical
Society.
108
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Those students who are interested in the theoretical aspects
of chemistry are urged to elect additional courses in Mathe-
matics, particularly, differential equations. Those who lean to-
ward biochemistry should elect a few Biology courses.
B.S. Curriculum for Chemistry (Liberal Arts)
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Chem 111 Gen. Chem. I 4
Engr 101 English I 4
Math 152 Algr. & Trig 6
MS 101 Mil. Sci. I, or 2
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) or . . 1
HPe 101 Health 2
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 231 Org. Chem. I 4
Math 257 Gale. II 4
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Eng 201 Lit. I. or
Eng 301 Lit. H 2
Foreign Lansruage I* 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Chem 321 Quant. Anal 4
Chem 341 Phys. Chem. I 4
Foreign Langruage III* 3
Social Science Elective 8
Elective 8
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Chem 411 Inorg. Chem 3
Chem 498 Prob. in Chem 1
Chem. Elective 3
Social Science Elective S
Natural Science Electives 6
16
• Foreign Language — German or Russian.
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
Chem 112 Gen. Chem. 11 4
Eng 102 English II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Cal. I . . . 4
MS 102 Mil. Sci. I, or 2
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) ... 1
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) . . 1
Art 101 Intro, to Art, or
Mus 101 Intro, to Music, or
Eng 103 Intro, to Theater 3
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 232 Org. Chem. II 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Social Science Elective S
Foreign Language II* 3
Elective S
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Chem 322 Inst. Anal 4
Chem 342 Phys. Chem. II 4
Chem 301 Seminar 1
Foreign Language IV* 8
Social Science Elective S
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Chem 412 Inorg. Preps 8
Chem 498 Prob. in Chem 1
Chem. Elective 3
Social Science Elective 8
Natural Science Electivee 6
16
Social Science Electivea
PolS 111 Amer. Citizenship
Anth 110 Intro, to Anthropology
Econ 121 Principles of Economic*
Hist 102 History of Civ. II
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa. II
Psy 201 General Psychology
Ceo 101 World Geography
Soc 161 Principles of Sociology
Natural Science EleetiTea
Biology
Physics
Math
Geology
Chem 303 Glassblowing Tech.
Chemistry Electives
Chem 331 Org. Qual. Analysis
Chem 351 Biochemistry
Chem 333 Org. Mech. & Stereochemistry
Chem 441 Advanced Phy. Chem.
Chem 421 Advanced Inst. Anal.
INDIANA UNrVURSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA !•»
B.A. Curriculum in Chemistry
The purpose of the B.A. curriculum is to give the student
a basic training in chemistry, but with a flexibility to permit
the student to obtain an adequate background in related areas.
Students electing to take the B.A. curriculum would be those
who are most interested in going into industry and perhaps in
a fringe area of chemistry such as sales, technical service,
patent law, or management. The training should be sufficient
to permit the student to go to graduate school but at a slight
disadvantage compared to a B.S. chemistry major.
The requirements for a B.A. degree in chemistry would be
the university graduation requirements, mathematics through
the third semester of calculus, and a maximum of thirty-five
(35) hours of chemistry which must include the following
courses: Chem. Ill, 112, 231, 232, 321, 322, and 341. Based upon
the interest of the student the remainder of the curriculum
would be decided by the faculty advisor and the student in-
volved.
GEOSCIENCE
ROBERT L. WOODARD, Acting Chairman
The geoscience department provides for the needs of the
students and curricula in areas of natural science dealing with
and related to the earth and its environment. This department
offers courses in astronomy, geology, meteorology, and ocean-
ography. The opportunity is provided for taking an under-
graduate major in geology leading to either a Bachelor of Arts
or a Bachelor of Science degree. Students with professional
aspirations in astronomy, meteorology, or oceanography will
have opportunities to take an introductory level course in the
fields of their choice and will be counseled in the selection of
mathematics and science courses which will prepare them for
graduate study in those areas.
It is the philosophy and desire of the department to teach
certain astronomy and geology courses which may be taken
by students from any department on campus. These courses
are meant to stimulate an intellectual curiosity about ones
environment which any scholar may have.
The department recognizes as one of its functions the role
of serving the field of public education by the preparation of
qualified and certified teachers of earth and space science. The
curriculum for this education major will be found on page
Also, because of the interdisciplinary nature of both the de-
partment and the requirements for preparing general science
teachers, the department administers the program designed to
lead to general science certification and includes majors of that
category as department members.
lit INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Members of all science departments may attain general
science certification as an additional certification if, and only
if they fulfill the latitude of training prescribed in the pro-
gram as outlined on page
Geology Majors
Two degrees are offered in geology. One, the Bachelor of
Arts degree is a terminal degree designed to equip geology
majors with the necessary background for obtaining certain
positions as professional geologists, upon graduation. Qualified
holders of the B.A. degree in geology may anticipate careers
in urban geology, engineering geology, and certain phases of
economic geology, dealing with both the exploration for and
the exploitation of natural resources.
The Bachelor of Science degrees in geology is designed for
those students who are interested in pursuing their education
beyond the level of the baccalaureate degree. Many profes-
sional careers in geology and associated geosciences require
graduate school training. The B.S. program in geology is de-
signed to provide the necessary background for admission to
graduate school.
The requirements for fulfillment of the two degrees in
geology will be found below in the form of a summary of re-
quirements for each degree and a suggested program (subject
to modification) for fulfilling these requirements.
B.S. in GEOLOGY
Summary Statement
Requirements for graduation — 124 Semester hours required
Humanities*
Social Science*
Military Science or
Physical Education*
Allied Science**
Math
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Geology Requirements
Geoscience Requirements
Electives
*General Education Requirements.
**Including General Education Requirements.
Credit Hours
19
15
4
38
12
8
8
8
36
24
24
9
9
17
17
124 Total Hours
INDIANA UNlVERSrry OF PENNSYLVANIA
111
B.S. PROGRAM in GEOLOGY (Pre-Professional)
Suggested Programming
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Bio 103 Biology I 4
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 6
Geos 121 Physical Geology 3
Foreign Language 3
Military Science or
Physical Education 2
SECOND SEIMESTER
Cr.
Bio 104 Biology II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calculus I 4
Geos 122 Hist. Geology 3
Foreign Language 8
Military Science or
Physical Education .... !• 2
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Chem 111 General Chemistry I . . . . 4
Geos 231 Mineralogy 3
Social Science 3
Math 3
Physical Education,
if elected 1
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 102 English 11 4
Chem 112 General Chemistry II . . . 4
Heos 223 Paleontology 8
Social Science 3
Elective 3
17-18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 111 Physics I 3
Phys 121 Physics I— lab 1
Geos 235 Structural Geology 3
English Literature 2
Social Science 8
Elective 8
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II 3
Phys 122 Physics II— Lab 1
Petrology or Sedimentology 8
Geoscience option 8
Social Science 3
Elective 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Cr.
Geoscience option* 8
Social Science! 8
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2- 3
Elective 2- 8
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Cr.
Geoscience option* 8
Geol. Sem 1
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2- 3
12-16 10-18
t General Education Requirements
* Geoscience option: Astronomy, Meteorology, Oceanography (1 year sequence of one and
1 semester minimum of another)
B.A. Program in Geology
Summary Statement
Requirements for graduation — 124 Semester hours required
Credit Hours
Humanities* 19
Social Science* 15
Military Science or
Physical Education* 4
Geology Requirements 30
Geoscience Requirements 6
Allied Sciences** 16
(Math, Physics, Chemistry)
Electives 34
38
30
6
16
34
124 Total Hours
*General Education Requirements.
**Including General Education Requirements.
112
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
B.A. PROGRAM IN GEOLOGY (Vocational)
Suggested Programming
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English It 4
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 6
Geos 121 Physical Geology 3
Foreign Language
(suggested)! 3
Military Science or
Physical Education 1-2
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 111 General Chemistry I . . . . 4
Geos 231 Mineralogy 3
English Literaturet 2
Social Sciencet 3
Elective 8
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 111 Physics I
Phys 121 Physics I— Lab
Geos 235 Structural Geology
Geoscience Elective* ....
Social Sciencet
Elective 2
15
Cr.
8
1
3
3
S
16-16
Summer of Junior Year
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Geology Elective 8
Geology Seminar 1
Social Sciencet 8
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2-8
18-16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
4
&
Eng 102 English lit .
Math 157 Anal. Geom.
Calculus I 4
Geos 122 Hist. Geology 8
Foreign Language
(suggested) t 3
Military Science or
Physical Education .... 1-2
15-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 General Chemistry II . . . 4
Geos 223 Paleontology 8
Art, Music or Dramat ... 3
Social Sciencet 3
Elective 8
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II
Phys 122 Physics II— Lab
Geology Elective
Geoscience Elective* ....
Social Sciencet
Elective 2.
16-16
Geology Field Camp — 6 credits
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Geology Elective 3
Geology Seminar 1
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2- 3
Elective 2- 8
Elective 2- 8
12-16
t General Education Requirements
• Geoscience Electives — Meaning here : Astronomy, Meteorology, Oceanojrraphy.
GEOSCIENCE MAJOR
One general degree, Bachelor of Science, is offered for the
student desiring to pursue graduate work in astronomy, mete-
orology, or oceanography. The objective of this department is
to provide a suitable background of mathematics and science
courses with which one may confidently approach graduate
studies in the area of his choice. Only introductory courses are
offered for orientation toward the ultimate goal; the profes-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Ul
sional training being the role of graduate study. Each individ-
ual program will be closely supervised by a faculty member
aware of graduate school demands and the student's goal.
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is a participant in a
Consortium on Oceanography operating at the Delaware Bay
Marine Science Center at Lewes, Delaware. This facility pro-
vides an opportunity for field experience in oceanography,
marine geology and marine biology both during the regular
academic year and through an extensive summer program.
B.S. in GEOSCIENCE
Summary Statement
Requirements for graduation — 124 Semester hours required
Credit Hours
Humanities* 19
Social Science* 15
Military Science or
Physical Education 4 38
Mathematics and Science**
Mathematics — Through Calculus 12-17
First'year Biology, Chemistry, Physics 24
Second year Chemistry or Physics 6
Orientation in objective field 6
Geoscience electives 12 60-65
General Electives
Including, but not restricted to,
more science and mathematics 21-26 21-26
124 Total Hours
*General Education Requirements.
**Including General Education Requirements.
B.S. in GEOSCIENCE
Suggested Programming
FIRST SEMESTEE
Or.
Eng 101 English If 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trig.t 5
Phys 111 Physica I t
Phys 121 Physic* I— Lab 1
Military Science or
Physical Education 2
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 102 English lit 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & CalculiM I 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
MS 102 Military Science or 2
Physical Education 1
Art, Music or Dramat ■ • . 3
14-16
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 111 Chemistry I 4
Math 257 Anal. Geom.
& Calculus n 4
Foreign Langruaget 3
Social Sciencet 3
Literaturet 2
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 Chemistry II 4
Math 357 Anal. Geom. &
Calculus III 4
Foreign Languaget 8
Social Sciencet 8
U
114 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
Bio 103 Biology I 4 Bio 104 Biology II 4
Objective Orientation 3 Objective Orientation .... 3
Physics or Chemistry 3 Physics or Chemistry .... 3
Social Sciencet 3 Social Science! 8
Geoscience Elective* 3 Geoscience Elective* 3
16 16
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
Geoscience Elective* 3 Geoscience Elective* 8
Social Sciencet 3 Electives 12
Electives 9
16
16
General Education Requirements
Geoscience Electives — Meaning here : Astronomy, Geology, Meteorology, Oceanography
PHYSICS
RICHARD E. BERRY, Chairman
The physics student has a choice of two curricula in the
school of Arts and Sciences. Either of these curricula is suit-
able preparation for graduate school. A very able student may
prefer the B.A. program which contains a larger number of
electives. A student wishing to cover the maximum physics to
strengthen his speciality before entering Graduate School may
prefer the B.S. program. Transfer into these programs from
other curricula is possible prior to the junior year. These cur-
ricula do not include the education courses required for certi-
fication in public school teaching. The curriculum required for
certification is described in the School of Education section of
this catalog.
B.A. in Physics
This curriculum is designed to allow the maximum flexi-
bility. The large number of elective courses may be used to
satisfy many special requirements. Interdisciplinary degree
programs such as geo-physics, or bio-physics can be prepared
in consultation with your adviser. Students planning graduate
school should consider this curriculum because they will have
ample opportunity to complete this training in physics in
graduate school.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OP PENNSYLVANIA
116
REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. IN PHYSICS
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health (2) OR
HPe 110 Physical Education OR . . . 1
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Math 155 Computer Programming . 1
Math 017 Calculus I 4
Phys 131 Physics I-C (lecture) 3
Phys 141 Physics I-C (laboratory) . 1
14-16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. (1 cr.) OR
HPe 111 Physical Ed. OR 1
MS 102 Military Science II 2
Math 019 Calculus II 4
Phys 132 Physics II-C (lecture) ... 8
Phys 142 Physics II-C (laboratory) 1
Intro, to Art, Music,
or Theatre 3
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 203 Phys. Ed. (Women) 1
Math 361 Differential Eq 8
Phys 231 Electronics 4
Foreign Language III .... 3
S.S. Elective 1 3
S.S. Elective 2 3
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng Literature I or II 2
Phys 222 Mechanics I 3
Phys 242 Optics 4
Intro, to Math Physics ... 4
Foreign Language IV ... . 8
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 331 Atomic & Nuclear Physics 4
Natural Science Seq 3
S.S. Elective 3 3
Elective 6
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 322 Electricity & Mag. I 3
Natural Science Seq 3
Phil Philosophy Elective 3
S.S. Elective 4 3
Elective 3
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phys 421 Selected Experiments .... 3
Phys 483 Quantum I 4
Advanced Social Science OR
Advanced Nat. Sci. Seq. . . 3
Electives 6
16
B.S. in Physics
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Advanced Social Science OR
Advanced Nat. Sci. Seq. . . 3
S.S. Elective 5 3
Electives 9
16
The Bachelor of Science curriculum is primarily a con-
centrated program of specialization in physics an(i is recom-
mended for those students who may not attend graduate
school. The B.S. graduate will have adequate preparation in
Physics and Mathematics to hold a position in industrial or
private research without further education. In addition, the
concentration in these areas will enable him to mare readily
absorb the advanced physics required in graduate school.
11«
IMDIAKA UNIVXRSrTT OV PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIREMENTS FOR B.S. IN PHYSICS
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I
HPe 101 Health (2 cr.) OR
HPe 110 Physical Ed. OR
MS 101 Military Science I
Math 155 Computer Programming
Math 017 Calculus I
Phys 131 Physica I-C (lecture) . . .
Phya 141 Physics I-C (laboratory)
Cr.
4
1
2
1
4
S
1
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 203 Phys. Ed. (Women) 1
Math 361 Differential Eq S
Phys 231 Electronics 4
Foreign Langiiage III .... 8
S.S. Elective 1 S
S.S. Electiva 2 *
lft.17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math Math Elective* •
Phys 223 Mechanics II S
Phys 831 Atomic & Nuclear PhTsics 4
Elective t
S.S. Elective 8 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phys 323 Electricity & Mag. II 3
Phys 421 Selected Experiments I . . 8
Phys 483 Quantum I 4
S.S. Elective B 8
Elective 8
16
Math Elective
Math 366 Computer Math I
Math 371 Linear Algebra I
Math 363 Mathematical Statistics
Math 381 Advanced CalculuB I
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. (1 cr.) OR
HPe 111 Physical Ed. OR
MS 102 Military Science II 2
Math 019 Calculus II
Phys 132 Physics II-C (lecture) ...
Phys 142 Physics II-C (laboratory)
Intro, to Art, Music
or Theatre
17-1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng Literature I or II
Phys 222 Mechanics I
Phys 242 Optics
Intro, to Math Physics
Foreign Language IV .
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 322 Electricity & Mag. I . . .
Phys Physics Elective 2-
S.S. Elective 4
Elective
Elective
14.1
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phys 472 Modem Physics
Phys Physics Elective
Phys Physics Elective 2-
Elective
Elective
14-16
MATHEMATICS
MELVIN R. WOODARD. Chairman
The program for a Mathematics concentration as a part of
the Natural Science major is two phased. A stucient may pur-
sue a degree in Mathematics or a degree in Applied Mathe-
matics. Those completing a degree in Mathematics will be pre-
pared to continue their studies in graduate school in mathe-
matics even though some may enter business, industry or
government positions. Those students receiving the degree in
Applied Mathematics will be prepared to enter computer sci-
ence related fields or to continue graduate school in Computer
Science. The student would not be expected to continue grad-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
117
uate studies in pure mathematics, however.
A major in either field requires a minimum of 38 credits
in mathematics.
A student may receive the B.S. Degree by completing 62
hours of courses from the Natural Science and Mathematics
division. Otherwise, he receives the B.A. Degree.
Any Non-Mathematics Major may receive a minor in
Mathematics by completing 17 credits, including Math 257 but
excluding Math 101, 160, 250, 350, 351.
The schedules described below are meant to be descriptive
only. All courses listed are required; however, they may be
taken in semesters other than those suggested.
MATHEMATICS
FIRST SEMESTER
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 101 Enslish I 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Gale I* . . 4
Math 165 Comp. Prog, or 1
Intro, to Art, Music, or Theater ... 3
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I or 2
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
Foreign Languaffet 8
17-18
Or.
Ensr 102 EnKlish n 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) or 1
MS 102 Military Science I or 2
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) 1
Math 257 Anal. Geom. & Gale. II . . 4
Math 155 Comp. Pro?, or 1
Intro, to Art, Music, or Theater ... 3
Math 375 Modem Math 8
Foreign Languaget 8
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 857 Anal. Geom. A Calc. Ill . 4
HPe 203 Physical Ed. II (women) . 1
Eng 201 Literature I or 2
Eng 301 Literature II *
Humanities or Nat. Sciences
Gen. Ed. Elective 8
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Math Elective 8
16-18
FOURTH SEMESTER
Math 355 Found, of Geom 8
SS Gen. Ed. Elec 8
Math Elective 8
Phys 112 Physics U 4
Elective 8
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math 361 Differential Equations
Math 371 Linear Algebra or
Math 376 Abstract Algebra
Science Elective
SS Gen. Ed. Elective
Elective
17
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Math 381 Adv. Calc. I 8
Math Elective 8
Science Elective 8-4
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 8
Elective 8
15-16
lB-16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Math Elective 8
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 3
Elective 10
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Math Elective 8
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 8
Math 452 Seminar 1- 8
Elective 9
16-18
Trig.
Electives may be chosen from the following: 841. 356, 363, 864, 367, 371, 376, 882.
* Those who do not qualify for Math 167 are required to take Math 162, Algebra and
[•
t The intermediate B<Hiiiencc.
118
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I or 2
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I 1
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I* . . 4
Math 155 Computer Programming . 1
Intro, to Art or Music or Theater . 3
Foreign Language! 3
17-18
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 357 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill . 4
Phys 111 Physics I 4
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
Humanities or Natural Science
Gen. Ed. Elective 3
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Math 366 Computer Math I S
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math 361 Differential Equations . 3
Science Elective 3- 4
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 3
Elective 6
15-16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Math 367 Numerical Analysis 3
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 3
Elective 10
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I or 1
MS 102 Military Science I or 2
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II 1
Math 257 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II . . 4
Math 375 Modern Mathematics .... 3
Foreign Language! 3
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Math 371 Linear Algebra I 3
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Math 461 Computer Math II 3
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 3
Elective 3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Math 381 Advanced Calculus I
Science Elective
SS Gen. Ed. Elective
Elective
16
15-16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Math 471 Seminar: Adv. Topics in
Computer Science 8
Math 452 Seminar 1- 8
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 3
Elective 9
16-18
Electives in Mathematics may be chosen from the following: Math 382, 376, 363. 364,
253.
• Those who do not qualify for Math 157 are required to take Math 152, Algebra and
Trig.
t The intermediate sequence.
SOCIAL SCIENCE DIVISION
RAYMOND J. LEE, Coordinator
The Social Science Division spans nine areas of the Social
Sciences — Anthropology, Criminology, Economics, Geography,
History, International Studies, Political Science, Psychology,
and Sociology. As a Division it is organized to perform two
functions:
1. To provide a General Education Program for all students.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
2. To offer major and minor fields of concentration within
the various Social Science disciplines (27 semester hours are
required for a major; 15 semester hours for a minor, including
General Education courses in that area).
Vocational opportunities that emerge from the Social Sci-
ences disciplines are not easily classified, although the range
of opportunities is great. The Division has prepared a booklet
on career opportunities that is available upon request to the
Divisional office.
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
DONALD A. WALKER. Chairman
The Department of Economics sponsors offerings of three
general types: a program directed to the needs of students de-
siring to major or minor in economics; various specialized
courses open to Social Science and other majors and minors;
and a General Education elective.
Econ 101, Basic Economics, is the department's General
Education offering. It develops concepts studied in greater
depth in the six hour Principles I and II combination, and is
designed for the student whose course contact with economics
presumably will be limited to three semester hours. The course
should not be programmed by students majoring in any of the
social sciences or in either business management or business
education.
Principles of Economics I taken alone, or Basic Economics
if accepted by the department in substitution, serves as a
foundation for certain additional economics courses for non-
economics majors and minors. Principles I and II are prerequi-
sites to later courses for those majoring or minoring in eco-
nomics. The departmental majors program is designed for
those planning careers as economists in education, government,
industry, finance, or commerce. Today's professional economist
occupies an increasingly active role in the American society,
and great opportunity exists for qualified people.
The department's upper-division Electives are open to
qualified non-economic majors and minors as well as to stu-
dents specializing in the discipline, and are designed to aid
the student in developing sophisticated insights into the work-
ings of the American society from their respective standpoints.
To achieve concentration in economics, a total of twenty-
seven semester hours must be programmed from the courses
listed below. The core courses are requirements for economics
majors. Achievement of a minor in economics requires fifteen
semester hours. Economics may also be part of the twenty-one
120 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
hour comprehensive Social Science minor described elsewhere
in this bulletin.
It is recommended that the economics major "minor" in
a related discipline. Minors may be taken in any university-
recognized discipline where sufficient credits can be obtained.
Recommended as areas for a minor are the other social sci-
ences: anthropology-sociology, criminology, geography includ-
ing urban and regional planning, history, political science in-
cluding international studies, and psychology. Recommended
also are business (business management, general business, ac-
counting) and mathematics (emphasis upon statistics, com-
puter science, general mathematics). A minor in mathematics
is particularly desirable for those whose future may include
graduate work in economics.
THE ECONOMICS CURRICULUM
Core Courses, Economics Majors
Econ 121 Principles of Economics I _ _ 3 Cr.
Econ 122 Principles of Economics 11 _ _... 3 Cr.
Econ 221 Macroeconomic Analysis „ _ 3 Cr.
Econ 222 Microeconomic Analysis — _ - - 3 Cr.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Econ 101 Basic Economics 3 Cr.
Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Problems . -
Econ 305 Quantitative Economic Methods I — „ 3 Cr.
Econ 306 Quantitative Economic Methods II ..._ 3 Cr.
Econ 321 History of Economic Thought - _... 3 Cr.
Econ 325 Money, Banking, and Monetary Policy 3 Cr.
Econ 330 Labor and Industrial Relations 3 Cr.
Econ 335 Public Finance 3 Cr.
Econ 340 Economics of Underdeveloped Countries „... 3 Cr.
Econ 341 Economic Development of the United States 3 Cr.
Econ 342 Economic Development of Modern Europe 3 Cr.
Econ 343 Economics of Population and Manpower _... 3 Cr.
Econ 345 International Economics _... 3 Cr.
Econ 350 Comparative Economic Systems 3 Cr.
Econ 355 Introduction to Econometrics „... 4 Cr.
Econ 360 Seminar, Special Studies in Economics 3 Cr.
Econ 390 Honors in Economics _ _ _ _ _ 3 Cr.
Math 362 Probability and Statistics - _ 3 Cr.
RECOMMENDED PROGRAM SEQUENCE
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Or. Cr.
Eng: 101 English I 4 Eng 102 English n 4
HPe 101 Health (women) or 2 HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) or 1
MS 101 Military Science I 2 MS 102 Militery Science I 2
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Econ 121 Principles of Econ. I . . . . 8
Laboratory Natural Sci. . . 4 Laboratory Natural Sci. . 4
Foreign Language 8 Foreign Language 8
16 16-1«
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
121
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music or
Engr 103 Introduction to Theatre . . 8
HPe 203 Physical Ed. II (women) . 1
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
Econ 122 Principles of Econ. II . . . S
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 3
Gen. Ed. Humanities Elec. or
Gen. Ed. Nat. Sci. Elec. . . 8
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Econ 221 Macroeconomic Analysis . 3
Economics Elective or
Elec. in Minor Field 6
Gen. Ed. Humanities Elec. 3
Free Electives 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Economic Electives 6
Elec. in Minor Field 3
Free Electives 6
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Engr 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II t
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) .. 1
Eiconomics Elective S
Economics Elective 8
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elec. . 6
Gen. Ed. Hum. Elec. ... 3-6
17-18
SIXTH SEMESTER
Econ 222 Microeconomic Analysis . . 3
Economics Elective 8
Electives in Minor Field . . 6
Free Electivee 8
IB
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Free Electives 16
16
GEOGRAPHY
THOMAS G. GAULT, Chairman
The function and purpose of geography is to prepare the
future citizen to make rational judgements in his private and
public life as it relates to the use of natural and cultural re-
sources. Geography also acts as a meaningful integrator of the
many subject matter areas taken by the student.
Though geography is listed as social science in Arts and
Science curricula, it is of broader scope. Geography includes
physical geography (earth science), cultural geography, eco-
nomic geography, urban and regional planning, or combines
these for a broad understanding of man in his total environ-
ment.
Vocational opportunities in geography are expanding rap-
idly. Students will find a wide variety of well-paid positions
in government service, marketing, urban and regional plan-
ning, armed forces map services, editorial positions, and busi-
ness.
There are three options for a major in the Geography De-
partment in the School of Arts and Sciences: (1) General
Geography, (2) Physical Geography, and (3) Urban/Regional
Planning.
122
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
A major in geography consists of 36 semester hours in
geography course work as listed in following pages. The op-
tions are exercised through judicious use of the minor and
electives.
A minor in geography consists of 15 semester hours of
geography course work including those taken as General Edu-
cation as follows:
1) World Geography or Physical Geography
2) Cultural Geography or Economic Geography
3) One physical geography elective: Climatology, Physiog-
raphy, Cartography, Conservation: Resource Use.
4) One human systematic elective: Political Geography,
Geog. Infl. in History, Trade and Transportation, World
Problems in Geography, Historical Geography of Cities
and City Planning.
5) One Regional Geography elective: Europe, Far East,
Southeast Asia, Anglo-American, Africa, U.S.S.R., South
America, Australia, U.S. and Pa., Pennsylvania.
Geography Major
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
English I 4
Biology I or Chemistry I or
Physics I or Geology I 4
Physical Geography 3
General Ed. Soc. Science Elective . . 3
Military Science or Health 2
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language III 3
Literature I or II 2
Math 152 or 101 5
Economic Geography 3
Intro, to Art, or Music or Theater 3
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Gen. Eid. Soc. Sci. Elective 8
Geography Thought 3
Geography Elective 3
Minor Elective 3
Meteorology or Climatology 3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Geography Elective 3
Minor Elective 3
Free Elective 8
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
English II 4
Nat. Science Continued 4
Cultural Geography 3
Gen. Ed. Soc. Science Elective 3
Military Science or P.E 2-1
Physical Ed. I (women) 1
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language IV 3
Gen. Ed. Nat. Sci. Elective 3
Geology or Physiography 3
Geography Anglo-America 3
Physical Ed. II (vvomen) 1
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 8
15-16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Cartography 8
Regional Elective 3
Minor Elective 8
Free Elective 6
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Geography Elective 3
Minor Elective 6
Free Elective 6
14
14
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Option in Physical Geography
FIRST SEMESTER
English I 4
Chemistry I 4
Geology I 3
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 3
Military Science or Health 2
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language III 8
Literature I or II 2
Math 152 6
Economic Geography 3
Intro, to Art or Music or Theater . 3
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
General Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 3
Geography Thought 3
Physics I 4
Cartography 3
Astronomy I 3
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Meteorology 8
Biology I 4
Free Electives 8
16
SECOND SEMESTER
English II
Chemistry II
Cultural Geography
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective
Military Science or Physical Ed.
Cr.
4
4
3
3
I 2- 1
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language IV 8
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 8
Math 157 5
Geology II 3
Physical Ed. II (women) 1
15
SIXTH SEMESTER
Physics II 4
Geography Anglo-Am 8
Climatology 3
Physiography 3
Astronomy II 3
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Oceanography 3
Biology II 4
Free Elective 6
13
Urhan-Regional Planning and Administration
Option in Geography
There is at present a large and unfilled need for students
with a background in the Social Sciences and with a concen-
tration in one or more of these sciences to enter the fields of
Urban-Regional Planning and Administration. Essentially two
types of personnel are desired: (1) the trained planner and
administrator to direct and evaluate, and (2) the technician
who is capable of carrying out individual research in relation
to the overall pattern established by planners and administra-
tors.
In response to these needs the Geography Department has
established an inter-disciplinary option in Urban-Regional
Planning and Administration so that students interested in
this type of undergraduate program will be prepared to enter
recognized graduate schools to prepare for positions as city
managers, governmental administrators, and planners. Com-
pletion of the undergraduate curricula will qualify students
for employment in subordinate positions in these fields.
124
INDIANA UtnVERSmr OF PENNSYLVANIA
The undergraduate inter-disciplinary program constitutes
an introduction to the professional field of Urban-Regional
Planning and Administration. It provides a basic understand-
ing of planning and training desirable for entering the field of
Urban-Regional Planning and Administration.
The program consists of 53 semester hours of general edu-
cation, a 36 semester hour major in a geography plus 36 semes-
ter hours selected from five areas listed below.
In addition, students who elect the Planning-Administra-
tion option will be expected to devote two hours per week, for
those semesters when they take the Urban/Regional Planning
courses to practical problems in the county or borough offices.
Students who complete two planning and administration
courses are expected to take an apprenticeship. The appren-
ticeship will be during the summer session in some planning
or administrative office within the state and the student will
be compensated.
Urban/Regional Planning Option in Geography
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
English I 4
Foreign Language HI 8
Gen. Ed. S.S. Elec. (Phy. Geog.) .. 8
Nat. Sci. Elective (Geol. I) 8
Military Science or P.E. I (Men) or 2-1
Health (Women) 2
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Literature I or II 2
Gen. Ed. Elective (Humanity) 8
Gen. Ed. S.S. Elect (Econ. 121) ... 8
Climatology or Meteorology 8
Economic Geography 3
H. P.E. 201, 202, or 203 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
English II 4
Foreign Language TV S
Cultural Geography 8
Geologry II S
Military Science or P.E. U (Men) or 2-1
H. P.E. 101 2 or 1
14 or 16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Intro, to Art, Music, or Theater ... 8
Math 101 (or 152) 3
Gen.Ed. S.S. Elective (Prin. Soc.) . 8
Physiography 8
Geography Anglo-America 8
14 or 15
FIFTH SEMESTER
Gen. Ed. S.S. Elective (Open) 8
Geography Thought 8
Hist. Geog. Cities & Plan 3
Elective (Econ. 122) 8
Elective from Group A 3
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Geography Elective 8
Geography Elective 8
Elective from Group D 8
Elactives (List) 6
U
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Gen.Ed. S.S. Elective (Open) 3
Cartography 8
Gen. Urban/Reg. Planning 8
Elective from Group B S
Elective from Group 0 3
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Natural Science (Geol. Ill) 8
Elective from Groups A-D 8
Elective from Groups A-D 8
Electives from Groups A-D 8
Elective* (Li«t) 6
"IT
INDIANA imiVSSSITT Of PENMSTLVANIA
US
Planning Ellectives
GROUP A
Pol.S. 850 Public Administration
854 Metropolitan Problem*
356 State & Local Government
GROUP C
Soc. 332 Racial-Cultural Minorities
333 Juvenile Delinquency
334 Population Problems
GROUP B
Econ. 343 Economic Analysis
344 Public Finance
340 Ek:onomic Development
GROUP D
Bub. 221 Intro, to Accounting
Math 362 Probability and SUtistics
Art 211 Mechanical Drawing and
Industrial Design
Psy. 542 Social Psychology
HISTORY DEPARTMENT
CLYDE C. GELBACH, Chairman
The program in history is designed to give both the major
and minor student an opportunity to study in some depth the
past story of man and his world. Not only the story of the
United States, but also that of other peoples and other times
is covered in the belief that such study, together with an
understanding of the craft of the historian, is an essential for
the future of mankind.
The history student will find that his program is excellent
preparation for government service, for pre-law training, for
broad business opportunities, for work in varied fields of jour-
nalism, for archival and manuscript positions, as well as train-
ing for creative writing areas including the writing of history.
In addition, an excellent undergraduate scholarship record in
history can lead to opportunities for graduate study in this and
other fields.
Requirements for a major in history are twenty-seven
hours including General Education courses. For a minor fifteen
hours are required including General Education courses.
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Laboratory Natural Science . 4
Foreign Language 8
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective .. 3
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) .. 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Laboratory Natural Science . 4
Foreign Language 8
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective .. 8
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 8
HPe 203 Physical Ed. 11 (women) . 1
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Gen. Ed. Natural Sci. or
Humanities Elective 8
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective .. 6
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
16-1«
FOURTH SEMESTER
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 8
Art 101 Intro, to Art or
Mus 101 Intro, to Music or
Eng 103 Intro, to Theater 3
Course in Major-Minor Fields 9
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) ... 1
16
16
126 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
Courses in Major-vMinor Fields Courses in Major-Minor Fields
or free electives 15-18 or free electives 16
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
Courses in Major-Minor Fields Courses in Major-Minor Fields
or free electives 15 or free electives IB
CRIMINOLOGY DEPARTMENT
JOHN G. MELLEKY. Chairman
The department offers men and women who seek a career
in the Criminology field a professional education program sup-
ported by a broad liberal arts education.
The program in Criminology has a five-fold objective:
1. The education of students for employment and leadership
in the expanding field of criminal justice.
2. The education of presently employed law enforcement and
correctional officers who recognize the need for raising their
educational level.
3. The instruction of students who wish to acquire an under-
standing of the processes of criminal justice as a cultural
part of their higher education,
4. The instruction of students who wish to prepare for gradu-
ate study and research in the administration of justice.
5. A curriculum which provides an excellent foundation for
students preparing for a career in law.
Nearly every level of government offers opportunities for
professional careers in criminology. Students will find employ-
ment opportunities in more than fifty federal agencies includ-
ing the Federal Bureau of Investigation, U. S. Secret Service,
Bureau of Narcotics, Intelligence Division (I.R.S.), Inspection
Service (I.R.S.), Alcohol Tobacco Tax Division (I.R.S.), State
Department Security, Atomic Energy Commission, and mili-
tary investigative branches.
Both men and women will find employment opportunities
in parole and probation work for federal, state and local gov-
ernments, institutional careers concerned with the custody
and treatment of juveniles and adults at all levels of govern-
ment. In addition, many police departments have specialized
units dealing with juveniles, community relations, training
and research. Criminalistic laboratories provide another career
area and there are a wide variety of opportunities in traffic ad-
ministration, investigative and security activities in the com-
mercial and industrial fields.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UT
Career opportunities are also available in research and
teaching at the college and university level and in research
divisions of agencies in the field of administration of justice.
Criminology majors are required to complete a minimum
of thirty hours in the department. The student's career ob-
jectives will determine the program which he will take, and
course work will emphasize: law enforcement, criminalistics,
corrections, or security administration.
MINOR IN CRIMINOLOGY
A minor in Criminology consists of 18-27 semester hours.
Students taking courses beyond these listed below should con-
sult with the Chairman of the Department of Criminology.
Crmn 101 General Administration of Justice
Crmn 102 Criminology
Crmn 301 Criminal Law I
Crmn 302 Criminal Law II
Crmn 490 Crime and Modern Society
CERTIFICATE IN LAW ENFORCEMENT
Officers taking this program in law enforcement will be
required to complete 60 semester credits of course work. Thirty
hours in law enforcement and thirty hours in general educa-
tion courses.
Suggested Curriculum
Crmn 101 Gsneral Administration of Justice 3
Crmn 102 Criminology 3
Crmn ?01 Police Administration I 3
Crmn 202 Police Administration II 3
Crmn 301 Criminal Law I _ 3
Crmn 302 Criminal Law II „ 3
Crmn 310 Criminal Investigation 3
Crmn 340 Crime Prevention _... 3
Crmn 350 Techniques of Interviewing - _ 3
Crmn 415 Supervision in the Administration of Justice .— 3
Eng 101 English I _ 4
Eng 102 English II _— „ „... 4
Soc 151 Introduction to Sociology „ 3
Psy 201 General Psychology „ „ 3
Pol S 111 American Citizenship 3
Social Science Electives 13
Semester Hours 60
General education courses can be taken at other colleges
or universities and applied toward the certificate. The general
education courses listed above must be taken by all students.
The 13 hours of social science electives must be approved by
the Department of Criminology.
1»
INDIANA UNTVKBSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BACHELOR OF ARTS
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Crmn 101 Gen. Adm. of Justice ... 3
Science 4
HPe 101 Health (women) 2
M.S 101 Military Science I (men) . . 2
Social Science 8
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Science 4
Crmn 102 Criminology 3
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) . . 1
MS 102 Militery Science I (men) . . 2
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology ... 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Crmn 201 Police Administration I
(law enforcement emphasis)
Psy 201 (General Psychology
Foreign Language
(Intermediate sequence) . . . .
HPe 203 Physical Ed. II (women)
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) ...
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
MuB 101 Introduction to Music or
Eng 103 Introduction to Theater .
Eng 201 Literature I
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Social Science Course* 6
Criminology Courses 6
Humanities or Nat. Sci. Elective . . 8
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Crmn 202 Police Administration II
(law enforcement emphasis) .
Foreign Language
(Intermediate sequence) ....
Math 101 Foundations of Math
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) ...
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective* .
%
16-161^
SIXTH SEMESTER
Criminology Courses 6
Electives 9
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Criminology Course 8
Electives 12
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Criminology Course 8
Electives 12
M
SUMMER
Crmn 497 Internship
(By Appointment Only)
All students enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts program
must complete 52 semester hours in General Education and a
minimum of 30 semester hours in the major field.
In addition, majors in Criminology are required to pursue
a minor field, 15-27 semester hours, in one of the social sci-
ences or a special combined minor may be selected.
After students meet the minimum requirements in their
major-minor field, they may select Free Electives, 15-27 se-
mester hours. The selection of free electives must be planned
with the advice and consent of the student's advisor.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 129
POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
RICHARD F. HEIGES, Chairman
Characteristics of the Political Science discipline. Political
Scientists are not in full agreement as to either the boundary-
lines or objectives of their discipline. Probably the definition
most widely accepted is that Political Science involves the
study of political systems (thus indicating that more than the
study of government is involved), and a political system is
composed of inputs, processes and institutions, and decision-
making agencies which authoritatively allocate values or out-
puts, in a society. Three approaches to Political Science can be
identified: (A) The normative approach, in which attention has
centered on values (equality, justice, and good life, etc.), with
roots in the thinking of the ancient political philosophers. Here
Political Science is concerned with "what ought to be." The
second approach is: (B) the behavioral approach in which at-
tention is confined to empirical findings and the development
of a system of verifiable political theory through the "scientific
method". Here Political Science is concerned with "what is."
Behaviorism first developed in the discipline in the 1920's and
rejects not only the normative approach as being "unscien-
tilic" but also the earlier dedication of Political Scientists to
merely describing and cataloging political institutions and
processes. The behaviorist is interested in causation, predic-
tion, development of concepts, testing of hypotheses, and the
"whys" of the political systems. He rejects the question "what
ought to be" and is not satisfied with merely discovering the
answer to "what is." The third approach is: (C) policy making,
in which attention is devoted to both the making and adminis-
tration of public policy. This approach attempts to integrate
the traditional normative approach with the empiricism of the
behavioral approach. Advocates of the policy making approach,
therefore, are interested in the questions "what ought to be,"
"what is," and "why," and add the question of "how" policy
goals may be achieved.
Career Opportunities
Students majoring in Political Science find employment
opportunities, usually through civil service examinations, in
federal, state, and local governments, and with private civic
groups, interest groups, and political groups. Students who
go on to graduate work find appointments at higher levels and
in college teaching. Students majoring in Political Science, as
in any of the Social Sciences, furthermore, are in demand by
employers in business and industry.
The Political Science major is also especially suitable for
the pre-law student.
130 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIREMENTS FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE
MAJOR AND MINOR
The Political Science Major consists of a minimum of
twenty-seven semester hours in the discipline; the minor con-
sists of fifteen hours.
In both the major and the minor, two courses are re-
quired: Pol S 111, American Citizenship and Pol S 120, Intro-
duction to Political Science.
Course Sequence — Political Science Major
Effective for students entering after June, 1968
First Semester s.h. s.h.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPE 101 Health (Women) or (2)
MS 101 Military Science 2
Laboratory Natural Science 4
Foreign Language
(Intermediate Sequence) 3
Pol S 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 16
Second Semester
Eng 102 English II 4
HPE 102 Physical Ed I (Women) or (1)
MS 102 Military Science II 2
Laboratory Natural Science 4
Foreign Language
(Intermediate Sequence) 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 15-16
Third Semester
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
HPE 103 Physical Ed II (Women) or (1)
HPE 110 Physical Ed for Men 1
Eng 101, 102 Literature I or II 2
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Electives 6
General Ed. Natural Sci. or
Human. Elective 3 15
Fourth Semester
HPE 111 Physical Ed for Men 1
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Electives 6
Art 101 Intro to Art, Music, Theater 3
Mus 101
Eng 103 Courses in Major-Minor Field 6 15-16
Fifth Semester (and after)
Courses in Major-Minor Field or 15
Free Electives per seinesrter
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 181
CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
ROBERT MORRIS, Director
The Center for International Studies was established at
Indiana University of Pennsylvania to meet the demand for
college graduates qualified for international service. The Cen-
ter offers a flexible program leading to a B.A. degree. The cur-
riculum in International Studies is broad enough to prepare
the student for any one of a great variety of international
career opportunities; however, the courses offered permit the
student to specialize during his junior and senior years. Al-
though the specialist is needed in international service, the
successful specialist is one who has a very broad training at
the undergraduate level.
Beyond the general education courses required of all stu-
dents in the School of Liberal Arts at the University (which
includes a foreign language requirement), the International
Studies major must fulfill three curriculum requirements es-
tablished by the Center:
I. He must complete two introductory courses in Inter-
national Studies. (6 semester hours) PolS 357 Inter-
national Relations and PolS 278 International Organi-
zation.
II. He must build an interdisciplinary elective sequence
selected from at least three of the following groups.
(9-18 semester hours)
Bus 101 Business Organization & Management
Crmn 430 Comparative Study of Justice
Psy 452 Social Psychology
Psy 114 Industrial Psychology
B
Econ 122 Principles of Economics 11
Econ 340 Economic Development
Econ 345 International Economics
Econ 350 Comparative Economic Systems
Geog 149 Economic Geography
Geog 453 Political Geography
Geog 454 World Problems in Geography
D
Hist 363 Diplomatic History of U.S.
Hist 374 History of the 20th Century World
E
PolS 350 Public Administration
PolS 355 Comparative Government
PolS 379 Developing Nations .
PolS 360 American Foreign Policy
132 I1«)IANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Soc 334 Population Problems
Sec 357 World Cultures
Anth 211 Cultural Anthropology
Anth 312 World Ethnography
III. He must complete a specialization in the economic and
political systems of another culture that includes a
study of the language, literature, history, and geogra-
phy of a specific region of the world. (12-18 semester
hours) Currently three specializations are offered: So-
viet Studies, The Far East, and Latin America. How-
ever, students interested in Africa, the Middle or Near
East may elect interdisciplinary courses focusing on
the developing nations. It is also possible to build a
program centering on the Atlantic community of na-
tions.
Specialization must include work in at least three disci-
plines. The student is expected to have completed the inter-
mediate language sequence of the appropriate language in the
general education requirements so that no credit towards
specialization is counted for language courses numbered below
the 300 level.
A. Soviet Studies
Rus 351-352 Advanced Russian Language
Rus 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice
Rus 361-362 Development of Russian Culture and Literature I and II
Hist 354 History of Russia
Geog 357 Geography of U.S.S.R.
PolS 380 Soviet Politics & Government
PolS 385 Political Systems: Central & Eastern Europe
Hist 355 History of Soviet Russia
B. The Far East
Hist 375 History of the Far East
PolS 379 Developing Nations
PolS 383 Political Systems: Asia
Geog 361 Geography of the Far East
Geog 362 Geography of Asia
C. Latin America
Sp 351-352 Advanced Spanish Language
Sp 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice
Sp 361-362 Development of Spanish Culture and Literature I and II
Hist 350 Latin America: Colonial Period
Hist 352 Latin America: National Period
Geog 371 Geography of South America
Geog 372 Geography of Middle America
PolS 379 Developing Nations
PolS 381 Political Systems: Latin America
A minor in Internationeil Studies consists of meeting the
requirements listed under I and II above. The student's major
is substituted for his specialization (III). The curriculum of
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA IM
the Center for International Studies is flexible enough so that
the student can plan a program to match his interests. Stu-
dents enrolled at the Center are preparing for careers in For-
eign Service or for work with other branches of the govern-
ment. Corporations and religious and philanthropic organiza-
tions are also seeking college graduates qualified for interna-
tional service. In addition, American colleges and universities
need professors qualified to teach in international affairs pro-
grams. The Center for International Studies at Indiana Uni-
versity prepares students for these opportunities.
It is possible for a social science education major to plan
a concentration in the Center for International Studies. A con-
centration in International Studies will supplement the stu-
dents required courses and leads to certification in the social
science fields for teaching positions in the state of Pennsyl-
vania.
PSYCHOLOGY
RICHARD D. MAGEE, Chairman
The Psychology Major is designed to provide the neces-
sary background for graduate work in psychology. It may also
be a useful preparation for such related fields as personnel
work, advertising, medicine, law, theology, social work, mar-
ket research and rehabilitation counseling. The student who
desires a general cultural background in the Liberal Arts with
special emphasis on the understanding of human behavior will
find this a desirable major.
Psychology majors will be required to take General Psy-
chology and Probability and Statistics as part of the General
Education program. An additional 30 semester hours in Psy-
chology will be required for graduation, of which 12 semester
hours are prescribed. Any deviation from these requirements
will require departmental approval.
The student's objectives will determine his selection of
electives in Psychology and he will be advised accordingly.
Those who plan to pursue graduate work in Psychology should
expect to earn an overall average of B or better in order to
insure admittance to a graduate school.
Students who desire a minor in Psychology will be re-
quired to have a minimum of 18 semester hours including
General Psychology. In addition, minors will be required to
have Developmental Psychology and Mental Hygiene.
134
INDIANA UNIVERSITT OP PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIRED COURSES
Psy 201 General Psychology (General Education requirement for Ma-
jors; required for Minors)
Psy 354 Developmental Psychology (Required for Majors and Minors)
Psy 452 Social Psychology (Required for Majors)
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene (Required for Minors)
or
Psy 461 Abnormal Psychology (Majors are required to have at least
one of these)
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
En? 101 English I 4
Biol 103 General Biolojry I or
Sci 105 Phys. Science I 4
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Foreign Language 8
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 362 Probability and Statistics 3
Intro, to Music, Art or Theater 3
Phil 120 Philosophy (or other Hu-
manities or Natural Sci elect.) 3
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. elect. 3
Psychology 8
HPe 203 Physical Ed. II (women) . 1
16-16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective . . 3
Courses in Major-Minor Fields
or free electives 12
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cp.
Eng 201 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology I or
Sci 106 Phys. Science II 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Foreign Language 3
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I or 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. elective . . 6
Courses in Psy. and Minor . . 9
17
SIXTH, SEVENTH AND
EIGHTH SEMESTERS
Courses in Major-Minor Field*
or free electives 15
(Total credits required for graduation-
124)
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT
MYRON H. LEVENSON, Chairman
The Sociology-Anthropology Department provides an op-
portunity for studies in two closely related disciplines. Al-
though a student may elect to concentrate his studies in one
area more than another, studies in both disciplines are recom-
mended. Sociology and Anthropology are both concerned with
man's social and cultural setting and the nature of his rela-
tionships with his fellow men. Sociology focuses primarily on
studies of our own society whereas Anthropology is mainly
concerned with non-Western cultures.
Sociology-Anthropology training can be preparatory for a
variety of vocations. Teaching in secondary schools or in col-
leges and universities are vocations of interest to many stu-
dents. Social work is an area of increasing opportunities. An-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 186
thropologists find employment opportunities primarily in high-
er education, museum work, and in civil service positions. Stu-
dents planning future studies in theology, law, personnel man-
agement or other human relations occupations will find that
undergraduate training in Sociology and Anthropology is emi-
nently appropriate.
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENT
A major in Sociology-Anthropology requires a total of
twenty-seven hours of course work including General Educa-
tion Courses.
Fifteen hours of course work are required for a minor in
the department including General Education Courses.
Both majors and minors must take Sociology 151 and An-
thropology 110. Note other requirements below.
Required Courses (Majors and Minors)
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology 3
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
Required Courses for Majors Concentrating in Sociology
Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3
Soc 343 Development of Sociological Theory 3
Soc 344 Introduction to Social Research 3
Required Courses for Majors Concentrating in Anthropology
Anth 211 Cultural Anthropology or 3
Anth 312 World Ethnography 3
Anth 317 Archaeological Techniques or 3
Anth 321 Methods of Cross Cultural Analysis 3
ELECTIVE COURSES IN SOCIOLOGY
Soc 332 Racial and Cultural Minorities 3
Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3
Soc 334 Population Problems 3
Soc 335 Social Stratification 3
Soc 336 Sociology of the Family 3
Soc 337 World Cultures 3
Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3
Soc 339 American Communities 3
Soc 340 Sociology of Industry 3
Soc 341 Sociology of Education 3
COURSES IN ANTHROPOLOGY
Anth 211 Cultural Anthropology 3
Anth 312 World Ethnography 3
Anth 311 Old World Archaeology 3
Anth 314 Ethnology of North American Indians 3
Anth 315 North American Archaeology 3
Anth 316 Anthropology of Religion 3
Anth 317 Archaeological Techniques " 3
Anth 318 Museum Methods 3
Anth 319 Social Structure and Function 3
Anth 320 Archaeological Field School 6
Anth 321 Methods of Cross-Cultural Analysis 3
136
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GENERAL PROGRAM — LIBERAL ARTS
Sociology-Anthropology Department
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I A
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Laboratory Natural Science . 4
Foreign Language 3
Soc 151 Prin. of Sociology or
Anth 101 Intro, to Anthropology . . 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 8
HPe 103 Physical Ed. II (women) . 1
Eng 201 or 301 Literature I or II . . 2
Soc 331 Contemp. Soc. Prob 3
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective . . 3
Gen. Ed. Natural Sci. or
Humanities Elective 3
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Courses in Major-Minor Field
or free electives 16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Courses in Major-Minor Field
or free electives 16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I or 1
MS 102 Militery Science I 2
Laboratory Natural Science . 4
Foreign Language 3
Soc 151 Prin. of Sociology or
Anth 101 Intro, to Anthropology . . 3
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective .. 3
Intro, to Art, Music,
or Theater 3
Courses in Major-Minor Field 9
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) ... 1
16-16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Courses in Major-Minor Field
or free electives
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Courses in Major-Minor Field
or free electives
15
16
• Sociology-Anthropology majors must plan their major-minor program in consulta-
tion with their adviser.
THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER, Dean
The establishment of a School of Business was authorized
by the Board of Trustees of the University in May, 1966. In
doing so, it was indicated that the School should consist of
several departments. At present these are the Business and
Distributive Education Department and the Business Manage-
ment Department.
Business Education has been one of Indiana's areas of
specialization for some fifty years. This area of education is
designed to prepare business teachers for the secondary
schools. Distributive Education prepares Teacher-Coordinators
for those schools offering programs in marketing, distribution
and cooperative work experience. The Department of Business
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA lOT
Management has as its primary purpose the preparation of stu-
dents for careers in business and industry.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The credit requirements in General Education are the same
in the School of Business as they are in all other Schools of the
University. Slight variations in specific courses needed to meet
the General Education requirements exist in the sevei xl de-
partments of the School.
AREAS OF CONCENTRATION
Business and Distributive Education. Those persons en-
rolled in Business and Distributive Education have a choice of
four areas of specialization. Accounting, Data Processing, Dis-
tributive Education, and Stenography represent the possibili-
ties. Students are encouraged to select more than one area of
concentration. State requirements for certification are more
than adequately met in Indiana's curriculum. Additional hours
beyond the State's requirements enrich the students' prepara-
tion for teaching. Student Teaching under local supervision
provided at the centers where this experience is gained, com-
bined with supervision from the college during this stage of
training provides a fine conclusion to the preparation for
teaching. It is an experience which brings together in a useful
form all of the trainee's academic preparation.
Business Management. This department offers men and
women who seek a career in the world of business or industry
an opportunity to pursue their interests in any of four areas of
specialization; Accounting, Systems Analyst, Office Manage-
ment, or General Business. The curriculum is generally similar
for all during the first two years. The choice of an area of
specialization is necessary prior to the start of the students
junior year. The Accounting area provides the necessary
training for a person to enter the field of public accounting,
accounting in business or industry, or governmental ac-
counting. The Systems Analyst area provides training in busi-
ness computer technology and in the designing and imple-
mentation of management information systems. The Office
Management area provides training for executive secretarial
positions and various other related office positions. The Gen-
eral Business area provides an opportunity for students to
pursue training in two or more of the previous areas of special-
ization but not to the extent permitted a student concentrating
in only one of these areas. Each area provides for a generous
election of a wide variety of business, economics, or business
related courses designed to enrich the students understanding
of the world of modern business.
188 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND
DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
BUSINESS EDUCATION
JAMES K. STONER, Chairman
The curriculum in this department is designed to prepare
students for a professional teaching career in business educa-
tion. Students may pursue the work of the entire curriculum or
they may elect to pursue work according to their aptitudes as
follows:
1. The Complete Program leads to certification in all three
fields, thus affording certification in all of the high school busi-
ness subjects. Those who possess aptitudes that indicate suc-
cess in stenographic, accounting, and data processing work
may, if they wish, pursue this complete program.
A combination program includes any two of the areas
of concentration. School administrators who employ our grad-
uates believe that a combination program is desirable for
breadth of certification when teaching in the public schools of
the Commonwealth.
2. The Stenographic Field includes all the courses in the
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be
chosen from any other department of the University.
3. The Accounting Field includes all of the courses in the
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be
chosen from any other department of the University.
4. The Data Processing Field includes all of the courses in
the curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may
be chosen from any other department of the University.
Practical Business Experience. Before graduation each
student will be encouraged to complete the equivalent of six
months of store practice, secretarial practice, accounting prac-
tice, clerical practice, or a combination of these. This experi-
ence should be in the field or fields in which the student is
contemplating certification and can be acquired during summer
vacations and in offices on the campus during the regular
school term.
DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
JAMES K. STONER. Teacher-Educator
The curriculum in this department is designed to prepare
students for a professional teaching career in the distributive
occupations. Students following this program will be gradu-
ated as Teacher-Coordinators of Distributive Education and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA IM
will be also certified to teach certain courses in Business Edu-
cation.
Teaching in the field of Distributive Education combines
the personal satisfaction of teaching with the enjoyment of
public relations work in the distributive area of business — re-
tailing, wholesaling, and service enterprises. If you like the
prestige of teaching, along with the plus values of working
with business leaders and young people, you will find this a
challenging and rewarding career. Distributive Education pre-
sents a promising future for persons in the teaching profession.
With the recognition of the importance of distribution to our
National economy, this vocational field of teaching is expand-
ing rapidly.
Students enrolled in this department are encouraged to
combine this area of concentration with the Accounting cur-
riculum in the Business Education Department.
Curriculum in Business and Distributive Education -
School of Business.
School of Business
CURRICULUM IN BUSINESS AND
DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
HPe 110 Phys. Ed. I (Men) or 2-1 HPe 111 Phys. Ed. II (Men) or . . . 2
MS 101 Militery Science I or 8-2 MS 102 Military Science I or 8
HPe 101 Pers. & Comm. Health HPe 102 Phys. Ed. I (Women) 2
(Women) 2-2 Eng 102 English II 4
Eng 101 English I 4-4 Sci 104 General Biology II or
Sci 103 General Biology I or Sci 106 Physical Science II 6
Sci 105 Physical Science I 5- 4 Geo 101 World Geography S
Art 101 Introduction to Art or BE 111 Foundations of Math (Bus.) 8
Mus 101 Intro, to Music or Bus 132 Intermediate Typing 6
Eng 103 Intro, to Theater 8- 3
Bus 101 Business Org. & Mgt 8-3
Bus 131 Principles of Typing B- 2 (exemption by examination)
THIRD
SEMESTER
Data
Distrib.
Process.
Stenog.
Acct'g.
Education
HPe 203 Phys. Ed. II (Women)
2- 1
2- 1
2- 1
2- 1
Bus 221 Introduction to Accoun
ting . . .
6. 3
6- 3
S- 8
S- 8
BE 212 Business Math II
8- 3
8- 8
8- 8
3. 8
Bus 261 Shorthand Theory
6- 8
Pay 201 General Psychology . . .
3- 3
8- 3
3- 8
8- 8
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II
2- 2
2- 2
2- 2
2- 2
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting
6- 2
6- 2
«- 2
Bus 233 Marketinir
8- S
t- t
140
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOURTH SEMESTER
HPe 101 Pers. & Comm. Health (Men) 2- 2
Bus 235 Business Law I 3-3
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting 5-3
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3-3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3-3
Econ 121 Principles of Economics I ... 3-3
DE 331 Modern Merchandising
Math 101 Found, of Math (Computer) . . 3-3
2-2 2-2 2-2
3-3 3-3 3-3
5-3 5-3 6-3
6- 3
3-3 3-3 3-3
3-3 3-3 3-3
3-3 3-3 3-3
3- 3
FIFTH SEMESTER
Bi:s 321 Business Communications 3-3
UE 311 Methods of Teaching Bus. Courses 3-3 3-3 8-3
Bus 336 Business Law II 3-3 3-3 3-3
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting 3-3 3-8
Bus S63 Transcription 5-3
Bus 335 Office Machines 5-2
Econ 122 Principles of Economics II . . . . 3-8 3-8
Bus 333 Principles of Selling 3-8 3-8 J- 3
lius 339 Business Data Processing 3-3 3-3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Math 461 Computer Math II 8-8
DE 310 Principles of DE
BE 312 Eval. Tech. in Bus. Courses 8-2 8-2 8-2
Bus 321 Business Communications 8-8 3-8
Bus 335 Office Machines 6-2 6-2
Bus 353 Cost Accounting 8- S
Bus 339 Business Data Processing 8-8
Bus 332 Retail Management
Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice 6-8
ED 301 Audio- Visual Education 8-2 8-2 3-2
Bus 454 Federal Taxes 8-8
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 8-8 3-3 3-8
DE 434 Supvd. Work Exp. & Sem. in DE
3- 3
8- 3
6- 2
8- 8
8- 8
8- 8
8- 3
3- 3
6- 6
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa. 11 8-8 8-8
Bus 454 Federal Taxes
Phil 120 Intro, to Philosophy or
Phil 221 Logic or
Phil 222 Ethics 8-3 3-3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3-3 3-3
Bus 455 Auditing (Elective)**
BE 342 Consumer Economics (Elective) •• 3- 3** 3- 3**
DE 313 Meth. of Teaching Courses in DE
Bus 439 Business Information Systems . . 8-8
8- 8
8- 8
3- 3
8- 8**
8- 3**
8- 8
3- 3
3- 3
3- 3**
3- 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ED 441 Student Teaching
ED 442 Professional Practicum
30-12
2- 2
30-12
2- 2
30-12 30-12
2-2 2-2
• Supervised work experience during the summer. Effective: BE and DE 9A0
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 141
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT
CHARLES L. COOPER, Chairman
The training offered by the Business Management Depart-
ment is intended to provide a broad basic liberal background
in the behavioral sciences; to give a keen perception to the
social-economic world in which one is to live and work; to
provide the foundation of general professional education for
personally fruitful and socially useful careers in the varied
fields of business and other types of institutions; and to furnish
the opportunity to obtain the specialized knowledge and skills
essential to future occupational growth and advancement for
students preparing for responsible technical, supervisory, and
executive positions. Students may pursue work according to
their interests and aptitudes, as follows:
1. The ACCOUNTING PROGRAM includes all the courses
of the curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses
may be chosen in any area of business, areas related to busi-
ness, or approved areas of the behavioral sciences. To major in
accounting, a student must maintain a "B" average in the first
nine credit hours of accounting.
2. The SYSTEMS ANALYST PROGRAM includes all the
courses of the curriculum listed under that heading. Elective
courses may be chosen in any area of business areas related to
business, or approved areas of the behavioral sciences.
3. The OFFICE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM includes all
the courses of the curriculum listed under that heading. Elec-
tive courses may be chosen in any area of business, areas re-
lated to business, or approved areas of the behavioral sciences.
4. The GENERAL BUSINESS PROGRAM includes all the
courses of the curriculum listed under that heading plus nine
credits of elective in other Business Management courses and
six credits of electives in the area of Economics. The remain-
ing elective courses may be chosen in any area of business,
areas related to business, or approved areas of the behavioral
sciences.
Two-thirds of the allowed electives in each of the above
areas of concentration must be in the business or business re-
lated areas.
142
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
FIRST SEMESTER
Ens 101 English I 4- 4
Biol 103 General Biologry I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 6- 4
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music or
Engr 103 Introduction to Theater ... 3-3
Geosr 101 World Geography 3-3
MS 101 Military Science I or 3-2
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (M) 2-1
HPe 101 Pers. & Comm. Health (W) 2- 2
THIRD SEMESTER
Econ 121 Prin. of Economics I .... 3-3
BM 201 Personnel Management 3-3
Math 362 Prob. and SUtistics 3-3
Bus 221 Intro, to Accounting 6- 3
Pay 201 General Psychology 3-3
HPe 203 Physical Ed. II (W) 2- 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4-4
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science II B- 4
BM 111 Found, of Math (Mgt.) 3-3
Math 101 Found, of Math (Comp.)** 3- 3
Anth 110 Intro, to Anthropology* or
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology .... 3- S
MS 102 Military Science I or 8-2
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (M) 2-1
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (W) 2-1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Econ 122 Prin. of Economics II ... 3-3
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II* ... 3-3
BM 215 Business SUtistics 3- S
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting . . 6- 8
Bus 235 Business Law I 8-8
Bus 339 Bus. Data Processing** ... 3-8
HPe 101 Pers. & Comm. Health (M) 2- 2
FIFTH SEMESTER
Bus 233 Marketing
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting
Bus 336 Business Law II
Econ 325 Money, Banking &
Monetary Policy
Bus 131 Prin. of Typing or by exam. .
Bus 261 Shorthand Theory
Bus 439 Business Information Systems
Math 461 Computer Math II
Electives
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II**
Eng 301 Lit. of Social Criticism
BM 241 Finance
Bus 363 Cost Accounting
Bus 339 Business Data Processing* . . . .
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation
Bus 335 Office Machines
BM 340 Business Systems Technology .
BM 342 Business Problem Application I
Electives
Systems
OflSce
General
Accounting
Analyst
Management
Business
8- 3
3- 3
3- 3
3- 3
S- S
8- 8
-
3- 8
3- 8
8- 3
3- 3
8- 8
S- S
-
8- 8
3- 3
^
.
5- 0
.
.
.
e- 8
-
.
8- •
-
-
.
S- >
-
.
S- 8
-
8- 8
8- 8
I SEMESTER
.
8- 8
.
•
2- 2
2- 2
2- 2
2- 2
8- 8
8- 8
-
3- 8
8- t
.
-
-
S- S
.
8- 8
8- 8
.
S- 2
•
.
fi. 8
-
-
6- 2
-
8- 8
-
-
8- 8
-
-
«- «
8- 8
8- 8
0- 9
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Intro, to Anthropology** or ..
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology - 8-1
BM 451 Ad. Principles of Accounting . . S- •
BM 456 Advanced Cost Accounting 8-8
Econ 330 Industrial and Labor Relations 8-8
Bus 321 Business Communications* 8-8
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting
Bus 363 Transcription
BM 443 Business Systems Analysis I . . . • t- 9
BM 441 Business Problem Programmlnjr - 8-8
BM 442 Bus. Problem Application II . . .
Elective Ut i* S
8- 8
8- 8
6- 2
6- 8
6- 0
8- 8
3- 8
9- 9
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 148
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus 321 Business Communications** .... - 8- S
PolS 111 American Citizenship 8-8 8-8 8-8 3-8
Bus 454 Federal Taxes 8-8 - - 8-8
Bus 455 Auditing 8-3
Bus 3G4 Secretarial Office Practice - - S- 8
BM 470 Office Management - - 8-8
BM 444 Bus. Systems Analysis II • 8-8
BM 445 Quan. Methods — Oper. Res - 8-8
Electives «- 6 8-8 6-6 9-9
• Required in different semester for Systems Analyst majors. 11/69
•• Required in designated semester for Systems Analyst majors.
THE SCHOOL OF CONTINUING AND
NON-RESIDENT EDUCATION
The School of Continuing and Non-Resident Education
operates the University's two Off-Campus Centers at Punxsu-
tawney and Kittanning. In cooperation with the other Schools
of the University, the School of Continuing and Non-Resident
Education also holds Saturday Campus Classes and in con-
junction with the School of Arts and Sciences schedules under-
graduate Evening School Classes for credit.
As an additional phase of Continuing Education, the
School runs a fall and spring series in the adult education
field entitled the Community-University Studies Series. These
courses are for non-credit in various fields of adult education.
The courses are established to fill demands and needs of adults
in the area served by the University.
The School of Continuing and Non-Resident Education
also has some supervision over the cultural affairs of the Uni-
versity and conferences held at the University.
OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS
OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Indiana University of Pennsylvania now has two off-cam-
pus centers operating in the Punxsutawney and Kittanning
communities, both about 28 miles from the main campus in
Indiana, Pennsylvania.
The first center was established in September, 1962, at
Punxsutawney in an attractively renovated building, formerly
used by the Punxsutawney School district in the west side of
that community at the corner of Winslow and Center Streets.
In September, 1963, Indiana University of Pennsylvania
established a second center known as the Armstrong County
Center located in the former offices of the West Penn Power
Company at the corner of Rebecca and McKean Streets in
Kittanning. The structure ha^ been neatly renovated info a
144 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
college instructional building which in 1970-71 will provide for
550 full and part-time students.
Both centers now have resident faculties who are regular
university faculty members working full time at the centers.
Other faculty from the main campus travel to the centers to
provide adequate instructional staff to meet curriculum needs
of students for their first year or two of college in general edu-
cation subjects for areas of concentration in a liberal arts
school or majors in fields in a school of education.
In most cases, the centers provide one or two full years of
college work transferable to the main campus of Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania or to other accredited colleges. The
chairmen of Indiana University of Pennsylvania centers ad-
vise with students as to their instructional programs and the
best time for transfer to main campus for those in highly
specialized areas. The centers and Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania maintain a close liaison through the Dean of the
School of Continuing Education who regularly visits both
centers and maintains an office in Indiana.
For the most part students at the centers are persons
living in the immediate county areas of the centers. Some stu-
dents from distant points who cannot find accommodations on
the main campus of Indiana University of Pennsylvania are
also given the privilege of attending the centers and later
transferring to the main campus. Regular procedures for
transfer have been established.
Fry Hall I and Fry Hall II at Punxsutawney, Boyer Hall
and Trust Hall at Armstrong County Center in Kittanning
have been established as dormitories for students needing
residence at these respective centers.
Each center has its own library facilities supervised by a
professional librarian from the main campus. In addition the
centers may draw upon University library facilities and the
services of the University in many other areas.
Control of the centers is directly vested with the Indiana
University of Pennsylvania administration and Board of
Trustees. Advisory Boards from both center areas serve to
establish local needs and advise with main university au-
thorities.
Both centers have their own evolving programs of lec-
ture series, social affairs, and other matters vital to a complete
college in addition to having access to the resources of Indiana
University of Pennsylvania.
Prospective college students from the areas served by the
centers and a limited number of others who can not be ac-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 146
commodated on the main campus may apply for admission by
requesting application papers from the Registrar's Office, Indi-
ana University of Pennsylvania, or from the director of either
the Punxsutavv^ney or Armstrong County Centers.
The same standards and requirements for admission which
apply to students at the main campus also apply to both uni-
versity centers.
For more detailed information on the programs at Indiana
University of Pennsylvania Centers, one should w^rite to the
Director, Punxsutawney Center, Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania, Punxsutawney, Pa., or the Director, Armstrong
County Center, Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Kittan-
ning. Pa., and request an Off-Campus Centers bulletin. This
publication explains the steps necessary for admissions, out-
lines programs of study, and gives other general details of the
two year University Centers.
SATURDAY CAMPUS CLASSES
Saturday Campus Classes are held on the campus on Sat-
urdays (generally between 9:00 A. M. and 1:00 P. M.). Cour-
ses are arranged according to the demand for them as indi-
cated by teachers who are interested. This is not extension
work. It is credited as "residence" work. Classes are scheduled
to enable students to earn as much as six semester hours
credit each semester. Persons interested should write for a
schedule of courses to the Dean of the School of Continuing
Education, Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pa.
15701.
The basic fee for Saturday Campus Classes is $22.50 per
semester hour of credit for students who are residents of Penn-
sylvania with a minimum basic fee of $67.50, and $30.00 per
semester hour of credit for students other than residents of
Pennsylvania with a minimum basic fee of $90.00. Not more
than six semester hours credit may be earned in one semester
by one who is doing full time teaching or other employment.
THE CULTURAL LIFE SERIES
The Artists-Lecture Series, administered by the Director
of Cultural Affairs in the School of Continuing Education, and
financed by the Student Co-operative Association, brings to
the Indiana campus speakers on contemporary affairs and
artists in the fields of music, dance, musical comedy, lecturers,
world travelers and explorers.
During the past year the Artists-Lecture Series presented
a series of three quartets in four programs partially sponsored
by. the National Foundation of the Arts. The Alard Quartet ap-
146 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
peared twice with two open rehearsals, followed by the Ber-
nede Quartet from Paris, and the Toledo Quartet from Ohio.
John Jacob Niles, composer and arranger, presented a program
of folk songs. Helga and Klaus Storck from Cologne, Germany,
appeared in a program of cello and harp music, while Fred-
erick Hand presented an evening of music played on the classi-
cal guitar. Christiane Van Acker and Michel Podolski, from
Belgium, presented a Monteverdi opera assisted by members of
the Indiana Music Department and also a program for lute and
soprano. Masuko Ushioda, a prize winner in the Tchaikowsky
Competition appeared as violin soloist. The "Studio der Frue-
hen Musik" played a concert utilizing early and little-known
instruments. The Princeton Chamber Orchestra, under the
direction of Nicholas Harsanyi, with Janice Harsanyi as so-
prano soloist, appeared on the program, as did San Francisco
opera tenor, James Schwabacher: and a duo piano team
Yarbrough and Cowan. The Boris Goldovsky Company pre-
sented the opera Carmen. The American composer Ross Lee
Finney spent several days on campus to lead the Fourth Con-
temporary Music Festival.
Walter Schenkman presented a program of piano music.
Else Mayer-Lisman of London appeared in connection with the
University Opera Theatre.
The United States Army Field Band and Soldier's Chorus
appeared under the sponsorship of the Artists-Lecture Series.
The field of musical comedy was represented by a produc-
tion of Man of la Mancha with a cast from the Broadway The-
atre.
In the field of drama the Theatre Royal, Windsor (Eng-
land) presented The Beaux' Stratagem, Viveca Lindfors lead a
company in the presentation of an evening of August Strind-
berg's plays, The National Players offered The Orestia of
Aeschylus and Shakespeare's A Midsummer Night's Dream.
Two travel films, one By Jeep Around the World and the
other on Spain, were presented by Theodore Bumiller while
Antarctic Challenge was narrated by Captain Finn Ronne.
Paul Taylor and his company presented an evening of
Modern Dance.
Lecturers were John Ciardi, Gerald Torkelson, Kurt Wee-
ge, Saul Maloff, and The Honorable Ferenc Nagy.
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, JR.. Dean
The School of Education is designed to enable the student
to pursue a program of study in general education, a program
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 147
of major study within an academic or special field, and a pro-
gram of professional education that will qualify the student
for certification to teach in the public schools of the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania. Students who meet all of the require-
ments for graduation from this school will be granted the
Provisional College Certificate to teach the subjects within
their respective fields of major study.
General Education
All students in the School of Education are required to
take the same program of 55 semester hours in general educa-
tion as is required of all students in the School of Liberal Arts.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION AND CERTIFICATION
Certification standards, established by the Department of
Public Instruction and the State Council on Education, require
work in the fields of professional education. In accordance with
these standards all students in the School of Education are
required to take the following courses in professional educa-
tion— History and Philosophy of American Education, Educa-
tional Psychology, Evaluation Methods (except in certain spe-
cial departments), Audio-Visual Education and one or more
methods courses, INVOLVING LABORATORY EXPERI-
ENCES, within their major field of academic study or speciali-
zation. In addition all students in this school are required to
do a semester of student teaching under the supervision of a
cooperating teacher and a university supervisor.
Laboratory experiences, designed to clarify theoretical
concepts of learners and learning processes, are provided
through direct experiences in classrooms or observation by
television.
Student teaching is a full-time, full semester experience
in University School or in a public school known as a student
teaching center. Student teachers under careful supervision
perform the many role functions of teachers and develop atti-
tudes, understandings, skills, and other competencies essential
for success in the profession. Teachers wishing to extend their
area of certification or replace the State Standard Limited
Certificate may be permitted to take student teaching during
the summer session.
Professional Practicum including School Law is taken as
a part of the student teaching experience. This course, organ-
ized in two parts, is scheduled concurrently with student
teaching. One part is designed to help students gain ah over-
view and understanding of the total school program and a
148 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
knowledge of Pennsylvania school laws governing education.
The second part is intended to help students gain breadth and
depth in understanding the role of the classroom teacher in
a particular area of specialization.
The professional education requirement amounts to ap-
proximately 27 semester hours within the 124 semester hours
required for graduation.
The College Provisional Certificate is issued to the begin-
ning teacher upon graduation from this school. The Provi-
sional College Certificate can be made permanent upon the
completion of from three to six years of successful teaching
during which period the teacher must have taken twenty-four
semester hours of additional college work. These credits may
be earned at either the undergraduate or graduate level.
UNIVERSITY SCHOOL. The University School provides
for a program of instruction from kindergarten through sixth
grade, thus affording opportunities for professional laboratory
experiences and research activities. Professional laboratory
experiences, such as observation, participation, and student
teaching, may be planned and scheduled with the Director of
Professional Laboratory Experiences. Research activities may
be scheduled with the Director of the University School.
Fields of Major Study
The School of Education offers programs of major study
leading to certification in the following academic fields —
Biology German
Chemistry History
Earth Science Mathematics
General Science Physics
English Russian
French Social Science
Geography Spanish
The School of Education offers programs of major study
leading to certification in the following special fields —
Dental Hygiene Public School Nursing
Education for Safe Living Rehabilitation Education
Elementary Speech and Hearing Correction
Education for the
Mentally Retarded
The required courses in the foregoing fields and the se-
quence in which they are to be taken are indicated on the
pages following.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
149
BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY. Chairman
Requirements for Biology Majors.
The major in Biology consists of 25 semester hours credit.
In addition supporting courses in Chemistry, Mathematics, and
Physics are required.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hts.
General Biology I 4
General Chemistry I 4
English I 4
Intro to Art or
Intro to Music or
Intro to Theater 8
Military Science or 2
Health 2
17
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hn.
General Biology II 4
General Chemistry II 4
English II 4
General Elective 8
Military Science or 2
Phys. Ed. I (Women) 1
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language or
General Elective 3
Organic Chemistry I 4
General Psychology 8
Biology Elective 8
Soc. Sci. Elective 3
Phys Ed I (Men) 1
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language or
General Elective 8
Algebra & Trigonometry B
Genetics 8
Lit I or II 2
Biology Elective 8
Phys Ed II (Men) 1
16-17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Physics I 4
History of U.S. & Pa. II 8
Biochemistry 8
Ecology 3
Audio Visual Education 2
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Physics II 4
Educational Psychology 8
Teh. Sci. in Sec. Schools 8
Social Science Elective 8
Evaluation Methods 2
IB
SEVENTH SEMESTER
General Physiologry 8
Biology Electives 8
Soc. Sci. Electives 8
History & Philosophy of Ed 3
Biology Seminar 1-8
13-16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Student Teaching 12
Prof. Practicum 2
14
150
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT
PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman
Requirements for B.S. in Education
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Chem 111 Gen. Chem I 4
Eng 101 English I 4
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 5
HPe Physical Ed 1
MS 101 Military Science I or 2
HPe 101 Health 2
14-16
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
Chem 112 Gen. Chem. II 4
Eng 101 English II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I .. 4
MS 102 Military Science I or 2
HPe 102 Phys. Ed. I
(Women) (Men) 1
Art 101 Intro to Art or
Mus 101 Intro to Music or
Intro to Theater 8
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 231 Org. Chem. I 4
Math 257 Calc. II 4
Phy 111 Physics I 3
Phys 121 Physics I — Lab 1
Psy 201 Gen. Psy 3
Eng 201 Lit. I or
Eng 301 Lit. II 2
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 232 Org. Chem. II 4
Phy 112 Physics II 8
Phys 122 Physics Lab 1
LRes 301 Audio Vis. Ed 2
Humanities Elective 8
Social Science Elective 8
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Chem 321 Quant. Anal 4
Chem 341 Phy. Chem. I 4
Ed Psy 302 Ed. Psy 8
Fd Ed 302 Hist. & Phil. Amer. Ed. 3
Humanities Elective 3
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Chem 322 Inst. Anal 4
Chem 342 Phy. Chem. II 4
Ed 451 Teaching Sci. in
Secondary School 8
Ed Psy 305 Evaluation Methods ... 2
Humanities Elective 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Chem 498 Prob. in Chem 2
Hist 103 Hist. U.S. & Pa 8
Soc. Sci. Electivea 6
Science Elective 3-4
16-16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Prof. Pract. & School Law . 2
14
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
m
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE
(Geoscience Department)
ROBERT L. WOODARD, Acting Chairman
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 10] English I 4
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 6
Phys 111 Physics I 8
Phys 121 Physics I— Lab 1
Military Science or
Physical Education 1-2
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 111 General Chemistry I .... 4
Geos 111 Solar System 8
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Foreign Language or
Humanities Elective 8
Social Science Elective 3
Phys. Ed., if elected 1
16-16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Bio 103 General Biology I 4
Geos 121 Physical Geology 8
Geos 241 Meteorology I 8
Ed Psy 305 Evaluative Methods ... 2
Psy 302 Educational Psychology ... 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II . . . 3
Social Science Elective 8
Ed 451 Teach. Sci. Sec. School 8
Electives, including
geoscience & general 8
17
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calculus I 4
Phys 112 Physics II 3
Phys 122 Physics II— Lab 1
Military Science or
Physical Education 1-2
Art, Music or Drama 8
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 General Chemistry II ... 4
Geos 112 Stellar Astronomy 8
English Literature 2
Foreign Language or
Humanities Elective 8
Social Science Elective 8
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
Geos 122 Historical Geology 8
Geos 247 Oceanography 8
Fd Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed. 8
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education .. 2
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Practicum 2
14
DENTAL HYGIENIST
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER. JR., Director
The Board of Presidents of the State Colleges approved
on November 17, 1950, a curriculum for dental hygienists lead-
ing to the degree of bachelor of science in education. The re-
quirements shown below must be met.
1. The satisfactory completion of an accredited two-year
curriculum for the preparation of dental hygienists ap-
proved by the State Dental Council and Examining
Board.
152 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
2. The licensing of the student by the proper state author-
ities.
3. The satisfactory completion in addition thereto of 64
semester hours of professional and general education
courses distributed as follows:
General Education 36
Eng 101 and 102 English I and II 8
Eng 201 and 301 Literature I and II 4
Fine Arts 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music
Geography 3
Geog 112 Geography of the United States
and Pa.
Social Studies 6
Hist 101 and 102
History of Civilization I and II
Pols 111 American Citizenship
Econ 121 Principles of Economics
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology
Education 14
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 3
Psv 201 General Psychology 3
Ed'Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Electives 14
Total 64
In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent courses in the two-year
dental hygiene curriculum. In such cases students will be permitted to increase their
electives by the number of semester hours so credited.
Electives may be chosen with the approval of the dean of instruction from any field
or curriculum offered at the college in which the student is enrolled.
In the case of dental hygienists who have had less than two years of special train-
ing on the basis of which they have been licensed by the State Dental Council and Ex-
amining Board such persons will pursue additional courses in college to fulfill the re-
quirements for the degree.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
168
GENERAL SCIENCE
(Geoscience Department)
ROBERT L. WOODARD, Acting Chairman
(A minimum of 40 hours in science is required including those specifically listed below)
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 5
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
Military Science or
Physical Education 1-2
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Geos 111 Solar System or
Geos 112 Steller Astronomy .. 3
Foreign Language or
Humanities 8
Soc. Sci 8
A Field Science 8
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 111 Physics I 8
Phys 121 Physics I Lab 1
Ed Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed Psy 305 Evaluative Methods ... 2
Geos 241 Meteorology 3
English Literature 2
Electives —
Science or General 2
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Ed 451 Teach. Sci. Sec. School 3
Social Science Elective 3
Electives includinsr
Science and General 10
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Art, Music or Drama 3
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
Military Science or
Physical Education 1-2
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 General Chemistry II ... 4
Geos 121 Physical Geology or
Geos 122 Historical Geology . 3
Foreign Language or
Humanities 8
Soc. Sci 8
General Elective 8
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II 8
Physics 122 Physics II— Lab 1
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Ed 2
Fd Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed. 3
Electives —
Science and General 6
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Practicum 2
16
GEOSCIENCE
ROBERT L. WOODARD, Chairman
The geoscience department provides for the needs of the
students and curricula in areas of natural science dealing with
and related to the earth and its environment. This department
offers courses in astronomy, geology, meteorology, and ocean-
ography. The opportunity is provided for taking an under-
graduate major in geology leading to either a Bachelor of Arts
or a Bachelor of Science degree. Students with professional
aspirations in astronomy, meteorology, or oceanography will
have opportunities to take an introductory level course in the
164 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
fields of their choice and will be counseled in the selection of
mathematics and science courses which will prepare them for
graduate study in those areas.
It is the philosophy and desire of the department to teach
certain astronomy and geology courses which may be taken
by students from any department on campus. These courses
are meant to stimulate an intellectual curiosity about ones
environment which any scholar may have.
The department also recognizes as one of its primary
functions the role of serving the field of public education by
the preparation of qualified and certificated teachers of earth
and space science. The curriculum for this education major
will be found on page
Geology Majors
Two degrees are offered in geology. One, the Bachelor of
Arts degree is a terminal degree designed to equip geology
majors with the necessary background for obtaining certain
positions as professional geologists, upon graduation. Qualified
holders of the B.A. degree in geology may anticipate careers
in urban geology, engineering geology, and certain phases of
economic geology, dealing with both the exploration for and
the exploitation of natural resources.
The Bachelor of Science degrees in geology is designed for
those students who are interested in pursuing their education
beyond the level of the baccalaureate degree. Many profes-
sional careers in geology and associated geosciences require
graduate school training. The B.S. program in geology is de-
signed to provide the necessary background for admission to
graduate school.
The requirements for fulfillment of the two degrees in
geology will be found below in the form of a summary of re-
quirements for each degree and a suggested program (subject
to modification) for fulfilling these requirements.
B.S. in Geology
Summary Statement
Requirements for graduation — 124 Semester hours required
General Education Requirements
credit hours
Humanities 19
Social Science 15
Military Science and
Physical Education 4 38
Geology Requirements 24 24
Geoscience Requirements 9 9
Allied Science
Math 12
Biology „ 8
Chemistry „ — 8
Physics _ _ _ „ 8 86
Electives _ 17 17
Total 124 hotiTS
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
l$l
B.S. Program in Geology (Pre-Professional)
Suggested Programming
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Bio 103 Biology I 4
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 6
Geos 121 Physical Geology 8
Foreign Language
(suggested) 3t
MS 101 Military Science and 2
HPe 110 Physical Education It
(Men) 1
17-18
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4t
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Geos 231 Mineralogy 8
Social Science 3t
Math 8
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Geos 235 Structural Geology 3
English Literature 2t
Social Science 8t
Elective 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Geoscience option* 8
Social Science 8t
Elective 2-3
Elective 2-3
Elective 2-3
SECOND SEMESTER
Ct.
Bio 102 English II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Cal. I ... 4
Geos 122 Hist. Geology 8
Foreign Language
(suggested) 8t
MS 102 Military Science and 2
HPe 111 Physical Education 11+
(Men) 1
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4t
Chem 112 General Chemistry II . . . 4
Geos 223 Paleontology 8
Social Science 8t
Elective 8
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Petrology or
Sedimentology S
Geoscience option 3
Social Science 8t
Elective 8
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Geoscience option* 3
Geol. Sem 1
Elective 2-3
Elective 2-8
Elective 2-3
10-18
12-16
t May be taken in Third & Fourth Semesters.
t (Jeneral Education Requirements
* Geoscience option: Astronomy, Meteorology, Oceanography (1 year sequence of one and
1 semester minimum of another)
B.A. Program in Geology
Summary Statement
Requirements for graduation — 124 Semester hours required
General Education Requirements
credit hours
Humanities „ 19
Social Science „ 15
Military Science and/or
Physical Education 4
Geology Requirements 30
Geoscience Requirements 6
Allied Sciences 16
(Math, Physics, Chemistry)
Electives _ 34
Total
38
30
6
16
34
124 hours
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
B.A. Program in Geology (Vocational)
Suggested Programming
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Engr 101 English I 4t
Math 152 Alg. & Trig 5
Geos 121 Physical Geology 3
Foreign Language
(suggested) 8t
MS 101 Military Science OR 2
HPe 110 Physical Education I
(Men)t 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4t
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calculus I 4
Geos 122 Hist. Geology 8
Foreign Language
(suggested) 8t
MS 102 Military Science OR 2
HPe 111 Physical Education II
(Men)t 1
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Geos 231 Mineralogy 3
English Literature 2t
Social Science 3t
Elective 3
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 General Chemistry II . . . 4
Geos 223 Paleontology 8
Art, Music or Drama 3t
Social Science 8t
Elective 8
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 111 Physics I
Geos 235 Structural Geology . .
Geoscience Elective* . . .
Social Science
16
4
3
8
3t
Elective 2-3
16
4
8
8
8t
Elective 2-3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II
Geology Elective
Geoscience Elective* ...
Social Science
15-16
Summer of Junior Year
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Geology Elective 3
Geology Seminar 1
Social Science 8t
Elective 2-3
Elective 2-3
Elective 2-3
16-16
Geology Field Camp — 5 credits
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Geology Elective 8
Geology Seminar 1
Elective 2-3
Elective 2-8
Elective 2-8
Elective 2-3
12-16
13-16
t May be taken in Third and Fourth Semesters.
t General Education Requirements
* Geoscience Electives — Meaning here ; Astronomy, Meteorology, Oceanography.
GEOSCIENCE MAJOR
One general degree, Bachelor of Science, is offered for the
student desiring to pursue graduate work in astronomy, mete-
orology, or oceanography. The objective of this department is
to provide a suitable background of mathematics and science
courses with which one may confidently approach graduate
studies in the area of his choice. Only introductory courses are
offered for orientation toward the ultimate goal; the profes-
sional training being the role of graduate study. Each individ-
ual program will be closely supervised by a faculty member
aware of graduate school demands and the student's goal.
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is a participant in a
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
167
Consortium on Oceanography operating at the Delaware Bay
Marine Science Center at Lewes, Delaware. This facility pro-
vides an opportunity for field experience in oceanography,
marine geology and marine biology both during the regular
academic year and through an extensive summer program.
B.S. in Geoscieiice
Summary Statement
Requirements for graduation — 124 Semester hours required
General Education Requirements
credit hours
Humanities 19
Social Science 15
Military Science and/or
Physical Education 4 38
Mathematics and Science
Mathematics — Through Calculus 12-17
First year Biology, Chemistry,
Physics 24
Second year Chemistry or Physics 6
Orientation in objective field 6
Geoscience electives 12 60-65
General Electives
Including, but not restricted to,
more science and mathematics 21-26
Total
21-26
124 hours
B.S. in
Suggested
FIRST SEMESTER
Cp.
Eng 101 English I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trig 6
Phys 111 Physica I 4
MS 101 Military Science OR 2
HPe 110 Physical Education I
(Men) J 1
14-16
ueoscience
Programming
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calculus I 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
MS 102 Military Science OR 2
HPe 111 Physical Education II
(Men)t 1
Art, Music or Drama 3
TmRD SEMESTER
Chem 111 Chemistry I 4
Math 257 Anal. Geom. & Calculus II 4
Foreign Language 8
Social Science 3
Literature 2
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Bio 103 Biology I 4
Objective Orientation 3
Physics or Chemistry 3
Social Science 8
Geoscience Elective 3
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Geoscience Elective 8
Social Science S
Electives 9
II
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 Chemistry II 4
Math 357 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
Foreign Language 3
Social Science 3
14
SIXTH SEMESTER
Bio J 04 Biology II 4
Objective Orientation 3
Physics or Chemistry 8
Social Science 8
Geoscience Elective 3
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Geoscience Elective 8
Electives 12
15
158
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SPECIAL EDUCATION AND CLINICAL SERVICES
MORTON MORRIS, Chairman
This Department offers three options for students whose
major interest is working with exceptional children and adults.
Each of the three options follows a prescribed sequence of
courses. Students may elect to major in any one of the follow-
ing fields of exceptionality, namely,
(A) Education for the Mentally Retarded
(B) Speech Pathology and Audiology
(C) Rehabilitation Education
Completion of the first two major areas (A and B) lead to
certification in the Pennsylvania Public Schools. In addition,
all three major areas prepare students seeking career oppor-
tunities with state and federal rehabilitation agencies and with
health and welfare agencies in clinical and institutional set-
tings.
(A) Education for the Mentally Retarded
A coordinated program of not less than 48 semester hours
is required, leading to comprehensive certification to teach
the mentally retarded.
FIRST SEMESTER
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Sem.
Hrs.
Eng 101 English I 4
Biol 103 General Biology I (or)
Chem 111 General Chemistry I (or)
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
SpE 220 Intro, to Except' 1. Child . . 3
HPE 101 Health (or)
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Art 101 Intro, to Art (or)
Mus 101 Intro, to Music (or)
Eng 101 Intro, to Theater 3
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II (or)
Chem 112 General Chemistry II (or)
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Math 160 Numeration Theory I . . . 3
SpH 254 Speech Dev. & Improv. (or)
SpE 255 Dev. of Lang. In Children 3
MS 102 Military Science I (or)
HPE 102 Physical Education I
.. 2
.. (1)
16-16
16
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 203 Physical Education II (or)
Electives 1
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Ed Psy 362 Developmental Reading (or)
EI 222 Teaching of Reading 3
Soc 151 Princ. of Sociology 3
♦Humanities Electives 6
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Hist 103/
104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa.
I (or) II 3
Ed Psy 305 Evaluation Methods ... 2
Art 330 Arts & Crafts f or M. R. . . 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
SpE 320 PsyohologF of the M. R. . . 3
Electivei 2
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 101/
102 Hist, of Civ. I (or) II . . . 3
SpE 215 Child Development 8
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Education . . 2
Ed Psy 302 Educ. Psychology 3
Eng 201/
301 Literature I (or) II 2
Humanities (or)
Natural Science Electives ... 3
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Fd Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of
Am. Education 8
Kl 313 Tchg. of Math for El. Schl. 8
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene (or)
SpE 216 Mental Health in Schools . 8
SpE 301 Rdg. & Lang. Arts
for M. R 8
Electives 8
xe
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
169
SEVENTH SEMESTER
(7th & 8th semesters are interchangeahle)
Anth 110 Intro, to Antliro. (or)
Econ 101 Dasic Economics 3
SpE 431 Curr. & Methods for
the Mentally Retarded** . . 3
SpE 411 Health & Phys. Ed. for
the Exceptional Child 2
Social Science Elective 3
Electives 6
EIGHTH SEMESTER
(7th & 8th semesters are interchangeable)
Ed 441 Student Teaching of the
Mentally Retarded 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum &
School Law 2
14
16
• Student majors in this curriculum may substitute Foreign Language (completion of
intermediate sequence) instead of 6 semester hours of Humanities/Natural Science
Electives.
** Students planning their student teaching in the seventh semester should elect SpE 431
in the sixth semester.
(B) Speech Pathology and Audiology
The major in Speech Pathology and Auciiology consists of
43 semester hours credit. Thirty-one credits are required in
Speech Pathology and Audiology, nine in supporting areas, and
one elective is to be chosen in the department or in a related
area.
Suggested Program
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Sem. Sem.
Hrs. Hr«.
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II (or)
Sci 106 Physical Science II (or)
Phys 112 Physics II 4
SpH 122 Phonetics 8
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
HPE 102 Physical Education I (or) (1)
MS 102 Military Science 2
Eng 101 English I 4
Biol 103 General Biology I (or)
Sci 105 Physical Science I (or)
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Art 101 Intro, to Art (or)
Mus 101 Intro, to Music (or)
Eng 103 Intro, to Theater 8
SpH 111 Fundamentals of Speech
and Hearing 3
HPE 101 Health Education (or)
MS 101 Military Science 2
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
SpE 220 Intro, to Except'l. Child .. 3
SpH 251 Anatomy & Physiology of
Sp. & Hear. Mechanism 3
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II . . . 3
Humanities Elective 3
HPE 201 Physical Education II . . . 1
lft-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Ed Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Social Science Elective 3
SpH 222 Intro, to Audiology 8
SpH 232 Speech Pathology I
(non-organic) 8
Humanities Elective 8
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201/
301 Literature I (or) 11 2
SpH 321 Psychology of Speech
and Language 3
SpH 311 Speech Reading and
Auditory Training 3
SpH 331 Speech Pathology II
(organic) 8
SpH 310 Speech Clinic I 2
Natural Science (or)
Humanities Elective 3
IK
SIXTH SEMESTER
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education . 2
SpH 312 Organization & Administration
of Speech & Hearing
Programs 8
SpH 320 Speech Clinic II 2
General Elective 8
Social Science Elective 8
Fd Ed 302 History & Philosophy of
American Education 3
f
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Math 362 Probability & Statistics . 3
Ed Psy 362 Developmental Reading (or)
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3
Social Science Elective 3
Major Elective 3
General Elective 4
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching —
Speech Pathology & Audiology 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum &
School Law 2
14
16
(C) Rehabilitation Education
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
4
4
Eng 101 English I
Biol 103 General Biology I
Art 101 Intro, to Art (or)
Mus 101 Intro, to Music (or)
Eng 103 Intro, to Theater 3
HPE 101 Health (or)
MS 101 Military Science I 2
SpE 220 Intro, to Except'l. Child .. 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology 8
Biol 151 Hunnan Physiology 8
Eng 201/
301 Literature I (or) II 2
Hist 102 Hist, of Civilization II . . . 3
Humanities Elective 2
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Econ 101 Basic Economics 3
Soc 338 Intro, to Social Work 3
SpR 321 Psychological Basis of
Disability 3
SpR 320 Principles & Methods of
Rehabilitation 8
Natural Science Elective 3
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
(7th & 8th semesters are interchangeable)
SpR 420 Field Training in
Rehabilitation 12
SpR 421 Rehabilitation Practicum ..2-3
14-16
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
MS 102 Military Science I (or) ... 2
Elective (2-3)
SpE 255 Dev. of Lang, in Children . 3
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
Anthro 110 Intro, to Anthro. (or)
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Psy 372 Intro, to Psychological
Measurement 3
SpE 320 Psychology of the M.R. ... 3
SpR 310 Physical Basis of Disability 3
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Psy 461 Abnormal Psychology 3
CnGd 251 Fundamentals of Guidance 3
SpR 411 Occupational Information 3
SpE 215 Child Development 3
Humanities Elective 3
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
(7th & 8th semesters are interchangeable)
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. 11 3
Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Humanities Elective 3
Natural Science Elective 3
16
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
The required courses for a (degree in Elementary Educa-
tion are listed below. It is expected that most of the electives
will be used in one academic field, so that when they are com-
bined with the general education requirements in that field, a
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
161
concentration of at least 18 credits will be attained. The areas
of concentration are English, French, Geography, German,
History, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies and Spanish.
It is recommended that students who plan to major in ele-
mentary education should have high school biology, chemistry,
physics, and at least two years of academic mathematics. Stu-
dents will find this background helpful in taking college level
courses in science and mathematics.
(Course sequence subject to change depending upon aca-
demic concentration or for administrative purposes.)
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem. Hrs.
Eng 101 English I 4
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPE 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Math 160 Numeration Theory I 8
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem. Hrs.
Eng 102 English II 4
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Geog 251 Geog. of Anglo Am 3
HPE 102 Physical Ed. I (women) ... 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Math 250 Numeration Theory II 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music or
Introduction to Theater .... 3
Foreign Language or
Humanities Elective* 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa. II . . . 3
El 221 Children's Literature 3
El 21.3 Art for the Elem. Grades 2
Elective 2
HPE 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
16
FIFTH or SIXTH SEMESTER
Fd Ed 302 History and Philosophy of
American Education 3
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology . . 3
El 314 Teaching of Health and
Physical Education 2
Social Science Elective** 8
Electives 6
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language or
Humanities Elective* 8
Psy 101 General Psychology 8
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3
El 313 Teaching Mathematics in the
Elementary School 8
El 211 Music for the Elem. Grades . . 2
HPE 203 Physical Ed. II (women) . . 1
HPE 111 Physical Ed. II (men) 1
16
FIFTH or SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 302 Literature II 2
Psy 215 Child Development 8
Ed 321 Student Teaching 6
El 312 Tchg. of Elem. Sci 4
17
SEVENTH or EIGHTH SEMESTER
Social Science Electives** ... 3
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Education ... 2
EdPsy 305 Evaluation Methods 2
Bio 311 Environmental Biology 4
Electives 6
IB
SEVENTH or EIGHTH SEMESTER
El 411 Teaching of Social Studies ... 3
El 413 Teaching of Language Arts . 3
Ed 423 Professional Practicum and
School Law 2
Ed 421 Student Teaching 6
17 14
* Humanities Electives: Phil 328 Aesthetics, Art 115 Art History I or Art 116 Art History
II, Phil 222 Ethics, Hist 101 History of Civilization I, Phil 221 Logic, Eng 271 Modern
American Fiction, Mus 301 Music History I, Phil 120 Philosophy, Eng 261 The English
Bihle as Literature, Phil 110 Basics of Religious Thought and Practice.
** Social Science Electives: Hist 102 History of Civilization II, PolS 111 American Citizen-
ship, Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology, Soc 251 Introduction -to Sociology, Econ
121 Principles of Economics.
162
INDIANA UNTVERSITY OF PENNSYLVA2«A
ENGLISH EDUCATION
CRAIG G. SWAUGER. Chairman
The student who is a candidate for the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Education with an English major must take a
minimum of 36 hours in English (not counting Eng 101 and
102) in order to satisfy the requirements for certification.
Since English majors do not take a minor, many of them aug-
ment the basic required program with courses that will prepare
them for graduate study in their profession of secondary Eng-
lish teaching. Their advisors work closely with them through-
out the four years to assist in the scheduling of general educa-
tion, professional education, required and elective English
courses, and free electives.
It should be noted that a major in English Education must
complete the intermediate sequence of a modern foreign lan-
guage.
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Biol 103 Biological Science I, or
Sci 103 Physical Science I 4
♦Foreign Language 8
Art 101 Introduction to Art, or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music, or
Eng 103 Introduction to Theatre ... 8
HPE 101 Health (women) or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 211 Classical Literature 8
Art 101 Introduction to Art, or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music, or
Eng 103 Introduction to Theatre ... 8
♦Foreign Language 8
HPE 203 Physical Education II
(women) 1
Physical Activity (men) 1
Social Science Elective 8
Humanities, or
Natural Science Electives .... 8
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 Biological Science II, or
Sci 104 Physical Science II 4
♦Foreign Language 8
HPE 102 Physical Ed. I (women) or 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Social Science Elective 3
16-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 212 American Literature to
1865 8
Math 101 Foundations of Math 8
Eng 214 Shakespeare 8
Physical Activity (men) 1
♦Foreign Language 8
Social Science Elective S
16-16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 213 Pre-Renaissance 8
Major Electives 6
Minor Electives 8-6
Free Electives 3-6
18
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 221 Journalistic Writing, or
Eng 222 Advanced Composition, or
Eng 223 Creative Writing 8
Fd Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed. . 8
English Electives »
Free Electives 8
18
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA l«l
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 452 Teh. of Engliah, Speech Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
and Reading 3 Ed 442 Professional Practicum and
EdPsy 305 Evaluation Methods 3 School Law 2
English Electives 6
Free Elective 8
14
16
• English Education majors may complete the intermediate sequence in a modern foreign
language in one of three ways: by examination, by earning credit in the 3rd and 4th
semesters of a language begun in secondary school, or by completing 4 semesters of a
new language.
Required courses for a major in English Education:
Eng 211 Classical Literature (Instead of Eng 201 or Eng 301, one credit
counted toward the major)
Eng 212 American Literature to 1865
Eng 222 Advanced Composition (Eng 221 or Eng 223 may be sub-
stituted)
Eng 363 The Structure of English
Ed 452 The Teaching of English, Speech, and Reading
ELECTIVE COURSES:
With the help of his advisor the English Education major will
select at least two period courses and one form course from the follow-
ing list and additional courses to satisfy the 36 credit-hour minimum
requirement.
Eng 214 Shakespeare
Eng 215 The Augustans
Eng 216 The Romantic Movement
Eng 217 Victorian Literature
Eng 218 The Age of Spenser
Eng 219 The Age of Milton
Eng 224 The Metaphysical Poets
Eng 241 The Rise of the English Novel
Eng 242 The American Novel
Eng 243 Contemporary Short Fiction
Eng 244 Poetry and Its Forms
Eng 245 Modern Drama
Eng 246 Modern American Literature
Eng 248 The Age of Johnson
Eng 261 The English Bible as Literature
Eng 271 Modern American Fiction
Eng 272 American Negro Literature
Eng 273 Contemporary American & British Poetry
Eng 351 English Drama to the Restoration
Eng 353 Restoration Literature
Eng 355 Modern European Literature
Eng 356 The English Essayists
Eng 357 The English Novel: Conrad to the Present
Eng 358 Criticism of Contemporary Writing
Eng 359 Seminar in English Studies
Eng 360 The Nineteenth Century English Novel
Eng 364 Trends in Linguistics
Eng 365 Old English
Eng 366 The Age of Chaucer
One of the following courses may be counted toward the 36-hour
major in English Education.
Eng 133 Newspaper Reporting
Eng 231 Dramatic Arts
Eng 232 Oral Reading
Eng 469 Oral Interpretation
Eng 472 Public Speaking
164 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
CHARLES W. FAUST, Acting Chairman
The major in a foreign language consists of 33 semester
hours credit beyond the college elementary sequence 151-152
or equivalent high school preparation, plus the departmental
methods course Ed 451, The Teaching of Foreign Languages in
the Secondary School.
Specialization in a Foreign Language
A student may work for certification in French, German,
Latin, Russian, or Spanish. It is assumed that he will have had
at least two years in high school in the language of his choice.
He will then begin with the sequence 251-252 and will take
concurrently with those courses 053-054, Oral Practice III and
IV. If he has not had the language of specialization in high
school, he will begin with 151-152 and 051-052, Oral Practice I
and II. 151-152 are not counted toward the major.
Language Laboratory
Course titles which bear a number beginning with "O" are
oral practice courses conducted in the language laboratory,
and demand independent laboratory work as a major part of
preparation. 055 and 056 are advanced conversation courses
which may be conducted in the classroom and/or the labora-
tory.
The Pennsylvania-Valladolid Study in Spain Program
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is charged by the
Department of Public Instruction with the organization and
administration of this Program for the benefit not only of
Indiana students but also students in the Pennsylvania State
Colleges. The Program is designed primarily to improve the
preparation of future teachers of Spanish but participation
is not a requirement for graduation. Students who participate
in the Program will normally have completed the first semes-
ter of the junior year. The Program runs annually during
the spring semester at the University of Valladolid, Spain,
under the supervision of a staff member of the Department
of Foreign Languages and a Spanish resident director. A total
of 18 hours may be earned in the areas of Spanish language,
Literature and Culture. For further details consult the cur-
rent brochure printed annually. Students enrolled in the
School of Education and the School of Arts and Sciences are
eligible to participate.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
166
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
School of Education*
FIRST SEMESTER
Engr 101 English I 4
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Chem 111 General Chemistry I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I or
Phys 111 Physics I 4
HPE 101 Health (women) 2
MS 101 Military Science I (men) ... 2
FL 251 Language III 8
FL 053 Oral Practice III 2
HPE 110 Physical Ed. (men)»* 1
14-15
THIRD SEMESTER
Engr 201 Lit. I (Tragic Themes in Lit.)
or
Eng 301 Lit. II (Lit. of
Social Criticism) 2
Hist 101 Hist. Civ. I 8
HPE 203 Phys. Ed. (women) 1
FL 351 Advanced Language I 3
FL 055 Advanced Oral Practice I . . . 1
FL 361 Culture and Literature I 8
Free Elective (women) 8
Free Electives (men) 6
women 16
men 18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math 101 Found, of Math 8
EdPsy 302 Educ. Psych. 8
FdEd 302 Hist. Philos. Am. Ed 8
FL Elective 3
Free Elective 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
See. Sci. Elective 8
Ed 451 Teh. FL Sec. Sch.t 8
EdPsy 305 Eval. Methods 2
FL Elective 8
Hist 104 Hist. U.S. & Pa. 11 8
Free Elective 8
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Chem 112 General Chemistry II or
Sci lOfi Physical Science II or
Phys 112 Physics II 4
HPE 102 Physical Ed. I (women) ... 1
MS 102 Military Science I (men) ... 2
Art 101 Intro, to Art or
Mus 101 Intro, to Music or
Eng 103 Intro, to Theater 8
FL 252 Language IV 8
FL 054 Oral Practice IV 2
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 Hist. Civ. II 8
Psy 201 Gen. Psych 8
FL 352 Advanced Language II 8
FL 056 Adv. Oral Practice 11 1
FL 362 Culture and Literature 11 . . . 8
Free Elective 8
HPE 111 Physical Ed. (men) 1
16-17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hum. or Nat. Sci. Elective ... 8
Soc. Sci. Elective 8
LRes 301 A-V Education 2
FL Elective 8
Free Elective (s) 8-6
14-17
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 St. Teaching 12
Ed 442 Prof. Pract. 2
14
17
• Applicable to entrants of Summer 1967 (inclnding ABC stndents) and thereafter. Stu-
dents entering with 2 or 3 high school credits should start with 251 and 053. Veteran*
with two years of active service will be exempted from the Military Science, Health and
Phys. Ed. requirement.
•• HPE 110 and HPE 111 (1 credit each) applies to male freshmen of September, 1968
and thereafter,
t Prerequisite: Succeasful completion of 351-352 and 055-056 in the Btudenfa major
language.
166 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
School of Education
Required Courses
FL 251-252 Language III-IV _ ~ - ~ 3 cr. each
FL 053-054 Oral Practice III-IV _ 2 cr. each
FL 351-352 Advanced Language I-II „ _ 3 cr. each
FL 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I-II - 1 cr. each
FL 361-362 Development of Culture and Literature I-II.... 3 cr. each
Required FL Electives 9 credits
Ed 453 The Teaching of FL in the Secondary School 3 credits
36
GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION
THOMAS G. GAULT, Chairman
The function and purpose of geography is to prepare the
future citizen to make rational judgements in his private and
public life as it relates to the use of natural and cultural re-
sources. Geography also acts as a meaningful integrator of the
many subject matter areas taken by the student.
Though geography is listed as social science in the cur-
ricula, it is of broader scope. Geography includes physical
geography (earth science), cultural geography, economic geog-
raphy, urban and regional planning, or combines these for a
broad understanding of man in his total environment.
Vocational opportunities in geography are expanding rap-
idly. Students will find a wide variety of well-paid positions
in government service, marketing, urban and regional plan-
ning, army and naval map services, editorial positions, and
business.
There are several options for dual certification with a ma-
jor in the geography department in School of Education. Geog-
raphy majors are more likely to certify in earth science or
social science in addition to their major.
A major in geography consists of 36 semester hours in
geography course work as listed in following pages. The op-
tions are exercised through judicious use of electives.*
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
English I 4 English II 4
Gen. Ed. Nat. Science Elective 4 Gen. Ed. Nat. Sci. Elective 4
Physical Geography S Cultural Geography 8
Military ScL or Health 2 Military Sci. or Physical Ed. I 1-2
Social Science Elective 3 General Psychology 8
16 16-16
THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER
Literature I or II 2 Intro, to Art, or Music, or Theater . 8
Gen. Ed. Humanity Elective 8 Gen. Ed. Humanity Elective 8
Math 101 or 152 3 Gen. Ed. Nat. Sci. Elective 8
History of U.S. and Pa. II 8 Gen. Ed. Social Sci. Elective 8
Meteorology or Climatology 8 Geology or Physiography 8
Physical Ed. II (women) 1
16-ie
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
167
FIFTH SEMESTER
Educational Pay 8
Evaluation Methods 2
Geography Anglo-America 8
Regional Geog. Elective 8
Economic Geography 8
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 8
Audio-Visual Ed X
Geography Thought 8
Regional Geography Elective 8
Geography Elective 8
14
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Teaching of Geography or
World Culture 8
Elective 6
Free Electives 7
16
li
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Student Teaching 12
Prof. Practicum & Law 2
14
Graduation Total 124
• The Geography major may obtain a combination Social Science certificate by careful
selection of general education electives and free electives ; or he may be certified in Geo
Science by proper election of courses in general education and within geography and
free electives.
MATHEMATICS
MELVIN R. WOODARD, Chairman
The program in mathematics prepares the student for
teaching mathematics in the junior or senior high school. Many
of our graduates, however, continue their formal education in
mathematics at the graduate level.
The schedules described below are meant to be descriptive
only. All courses listed are required; however, they may be
taken in semesters other than those suggested.
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trig 6
Phys 111 Physics I (Lecture) 3
Phys 121 Laboratory Physics 1
HPE 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Math 155 Computer Programming . . 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4
Math 157 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
HPE 102 Physical Ed. I or 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Intro, to Art or Music or Theater ... 3
16
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 257 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II . . . 4
For. Lang, or Humanities
Gen. Ed. Elective 8
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 8
HPE 203 Physical Ed. II (women) or 1
HPE 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
Math 375 Intro, to Modern Math 8
Eng 201 Literature I or 2
Eng 301 Literature II 2
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II . . 8
Psy 201 Gen. Psych 8
Math Electives 8
SS G«n. Ed. Elective 8
Elective 8
11
FOURTH SEMESTER
Math 357 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill . . 4
For. Lang, or Humanities
Gen. Ed. Elective 8
Math 355 Foundations of Geom 8
SS Gen. Ed. Elective 8
Humanities or Nat. Sci. Elec 8
HPE 111 Physical Ed. II (men) .... 1
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Ed 2
EdPsy 302 Ed. Psych 8
FdEd 203 Hist, and Phil, of Ed 8
Math 371 Linear Algebra I or 8
Math 376 Abstract Algebra 8
Elective 8
IT
168 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
EdPsy 305 Evaluation Methods 2 Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 456 Tchg. of Math in Sec. School 3 Ed 442 Professional Practicum &
Math 452 Seminar 1-4 School Law 2
Math Elective 3
Elective 6 1*
15-18
PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, Director
The Board of Presidents of the State Colleges approved on
January 19, 1951, a curriculum for public school nurses leading
to the degree of bachelor of science in education. The require-
ments shown below must be met.
1. The satisfactory completion of a three-year curriculum
in an approved school of nursing and registration by
the State Board of Examiners for the Registration of
Nurses of Pennsylvania.
2. The satisfactory completion of sixty (60) semester hours
of additional preparation distributed as follows:
A, Courses Related to Public School Nursing
Semester Hours
PSN 301 Public School Nursing 2
PSN 302 Pubhc School Organization 2
PSN 401 Pubhc Health Nursing 6
PSN 402 Nutrition and Community Health ... 2
PSN 403 Family Case Work 3
TOTAL 15
B. General and Professional Education
Hist 104 History of the United States and Pa. II 3
Eng 102 English II 4
Hist 101 or 102 History of Civilization I or II . . 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Eng 301 Literature II 2
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology 3
FdEd 302 Hist, and Phil, of Am. Ed 3
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
SpH 354 Audiometry for PSN 3
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Electives 11
TOTAL 45
GRAND TOTAL 60
In the case of nurses with less than three years prepara-
tion for registration, such persons will pursue additional
courses to meet the requirements for the degree.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
169
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
RICHARD £. BERRY, Chairman
The curriculum described here will prepare the graduate
for physics certification in public school teaching. Transfers
into this program from other physics programs can be accept-
ed prior to the junior year. Students planning to go into col-
lege or university teaching should consider obtaining a B.A.
or B.S. degree. These curricula are described in the Arts and
Sciences section of this catalog.
REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICS MAJORS
The major in Physics consists of a minimum of 29 hours
credit. In addition supporting courses in Chemistry and Mathe-
matics are required.
REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF EDUCATION
IN PHYSICS
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health (2 cr.) OR 2
HPe 110 Physical Education OR 1
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Math 155 Computer Programming . . 1
Math 017 Calculus I 4
Phys 131 Physics I-C (lecture)* 3
Phys 141 Physics I-C (laboratory)* . 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Ct.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. OR 1
HPe 111 Physical Ed. OR 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Math 019 Calculus II 4
Phys 132 Physics II-C (lecture)* ... 8
Phys 142 Physics II-C (laboratory)* . 1
Intro, to Art, Music, or Theatre 8
16
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 203 Physical Ed. (women) 1
Phys 231 Electronics 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Foreign Language III OR
Gen. Ed. Hum. Elective 8
S.S. Elective I 8
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. 11 8
16-17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
EdPsy 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Phys 331 Atomic & Nuclear Physics . 4
EdPsy 302 Ed. Psychology 8
Elective 8
1«
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phys 421 Selected Experiments 8
S.S. Elective 2 and 8 6
Electives 6
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng Literature I or 11 2
Phys 222 Mechanics I 8
Phys 242 Optics 4
Intro, to Math Physics 4
Foreign Language IV OR
Gen. Ed. Hum. Elective 8
1«
SIXTH SEMESTER
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Ed 8
Ed 457 Teaching of Physics in
Secondary Schools 8
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Ed 2
Phys Physics Elective 8-4
15-16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum
and School Law 2
16
14
• The completion of the Physics 131-132 and Physics 141-142 sequences will satisfy the re-
quirement of eight hours of a laboratO|ry science in the general Education Program.
170
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF EDUCATION
IN PHYSICS-MATHEMATICS
The Physics-Mathematics major consists of a minimum of
25 credits of Physics and 28 credits of Mathematics.
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Engr 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health OR 2
HPe 110 Physical Ed. OR 1
MS 101 Military Science 2
Math 017 Calculus I 4
Math 155 Computer Programming: . . 1
Phys 131 Physics I-C (lecture)* 3
Phys 141 Physics I-C (laboratory)* . 1
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. OR 1
HPe 111 Physical Ed. OR 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Math 019 Calculus II 4
Phys 132 Physics II-C (lecture)* ... 3
Phys 142 Physics II-C (laboratory)* . 1
Intro, to Art, Music,
or Theater 8
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 203 Physical Ed. (women) 1
Math 361 Differential Equations 3
Math 375 Intro, to Modern Math ... 3
Phys 231 Electronics 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 8
Foreign Language III OR
Gen. Ed. Hum. Elective 3
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng Literature I or II 2
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II 8
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Ed. 2
Phys 222 Mechanics I 3
Foreign Language IV OR
Gen. Ed. Hum. Elective 8
Intro, to Math Physics 4
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
EdPsy 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Math 355 Geometry I 3
Math 371 Linear Algebra 3
Phys 331 Atomic & Nuclear Physics . 4
Elective 8
IS
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 457 Teaching of Physics or Math.
in Secondary Schools 8
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology . 8
Math 381 Advanced Calculus I 8
Phys Physics Elective 8-4
Elective 8
16-16
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Ed. 8 Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Phys 421 Selected Experiments 8 Ed 442 Professional Practicum &
S.S. Eleetives » School Law 2
16 U
• Note: The completion of the Physics 131-132 and Physics 141-142 sequences will satisfy
the requirement of eight hours of a laboratory science in the General Education Pro-
gram.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
171
SOCIAL SCIENCE
RAYMOND L. LEE, Coordinator
Forty-two semester hours are required for a major in The
Social Sciences, including general education courses in The
Division. A minimum of six semester hours must be program-
med in each of five areas: Economics, Geography, History,
Political Science, and Sociology-Anthropology. A concentra-
tion of 15 semester hours must be programmed in one area.
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Laboratory Natural Science . . 4
General Ed. Hum. Elective ... 3
General Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 3
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I or 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Laboratory Natural Science . . 4
General Ed. Hum. Elective ... 3
General Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective 3
16-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math
(or alternative) 8
HPe 103 Physical Ed. 11 (women) . . 1
Literature I or II 2
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective ... 6
Gen. Ed. Natural Sci. or
Hum. Elective 3
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
EdPsy 302 Education Psychology ... 8
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective ... 8
Intro, to Art, Music, Theater . 8
Courses in Major Field 6
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) 1
II
FIFTH SEMESTER
FdEd 302 Hist.-Phil. Education 3
Courses in Major Field 16
18
SIXTH SEMESTER
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education ... 2
Ed 455 Teaching Social Studies 3
Courses in Major Field or
free electivea 11
It
SEVENTH SEMESTER
EdPsy 305 E^valuation Methods .
Courses in Major Field or
free electivea
13
U
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Student Teach, and Practlcum 14
14
TOTAL 124
172 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
fflSTORY DEPARTMENT
CLYDE C. GELBACH, Chairman
Thirty semester hours are required for a major in history.
Beyond the General Education requirements at least one
course must be programmed in each of the following sub-
divisions: European History, United States History, Regional
History. (For course descriptions see page .)
European History:
Hist 101 History of Civilization I
Hist 102 History of Civilization II
Hist 360 Special Studies in History
Hist 371 Renaissance and Reformation
Hist 372 History of Europe: 1600-1815
Hist 373 History of Europe: 1815-1914
Hist 374 History of the Twentieth Century World
Hist 380 Medieval Europe I, 400-900
Hist 381 Medieval Europe II, 900-1350
United States History:
Hist 103 History of the United States and Pennsylvania I
Hist 104 History of the United States and Pennsylvania II
Hist 345 Colonial America
Hist 360 Special Studies in America
Hist 361 Contemporary United States History
Hist 363 Diplomatic History of the United States
Hist 364 Great Personalities in History
Hist 365 History of Pennsylvania
Hist 390 Social and Intellectual History of the United States to
1875
Hist 391 Social and Intellectual History of the United States Since
1875
Regional History:
Hist 350 History of Latin America: Colonial Period, 1450-1820
Hist 351 History of Latin America: National Period, 1820 to
Present
Hist 352 History of England to 1688
Hist 353 History of England, 1688 to Present
Hist 354 History of Russia to 1917
Hist 355 History of Soviet Russia
Hist 356 The Old Regime through the Empire: France 1589-1815
Hist 357 Modern France
Hist 358 History of Germany to 1848
Hist 359 History of Germany: 1849-1949
Hist 375 History of the Far East
Hist 376 History of the Middle East
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Cr. Or.
Engr 101 English I 4 Eng 102 English II 4,
HPe 101 Health or 2 HPe 102 Physical Ed. I or 1
MS 101 Military Science I 2 MS 102 Military Science I 2
Humanities General Education Laboratory Natural Science . 4
Elective (Hist. Civ. I) 8 Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Electives . . 6
Laboratory Natural Science . . 4
Gen. Ed. Soc. Sci. Elective ... 3 1^-1*
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
171
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music or
Introduction to Theater 3
Hist 104 Hist. U.S. and Pa. II 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
HPe 103 Physical Ed. II (women) . . 1
Humanities General Education
Elective 3
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
16-16
FIFTH. SIXTH, SEVENTH SEMESTERS
Courses in major-minor fields or
free electives .... 15-18 per semester
FOURTH SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 8
General Education Humanitiea
Elective or
Natural Science Elective 8
General Education Humanities
Elective 8
Courses in major-minor field . 6
HPe 111 Physical Ed. (men) 1
16-16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum and
School Law 2
14
THE SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, Dean
For countless centuries, man has endeavored to express
himself in the creation of the various fine art forms. The de-
partments in the School of Fine Arts are dedicated to the
principle of developing the student's creativity in these forms
of expression to the highest possible level.
The School of Fine Arts also has a responsibility to the
community in the larger sense, that of providing the leader-
ship and stimuli to encourage the growth, development and
constant improvement of all the arts in the area.
At the present time, the School of Fine Arts consists of
four departments in two administrative units; Art and Art
Education, Music and Music Education.
DEPARTMENT OF ART AND ART EDUCATION
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Chairman of Department
The general requirements for admission to the University
are explained under that heading in this catalog. The appli-
cant for Art or Art Education should submit a portfolio con-
taining work done on his own initiative as well as work com-
pleted in school to the Art Department. If, for some reason, a
portfolio cannot be submitted the student should arrange an
interview with the Art Departm-ent.
The art program at the University includes general and
professional studies as well as development of the student's
creative and expressive abilities. Some students will elect to
develop their skills for art teaching. Some will choose to gain
174 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
a knowledge of art for use in art related fields. Many students
will use the knowledge of art gained here as a background to
further study. To meet these various needs, the program re-
quires the student to complete a core sequence of two aca-
demic years. Basic experiences are given in the core, equipping
the student for a more demanding experience in upper level
courses.
Upon entering his Junior year, the student elects to fol-
low a specific concentration. The degrees offered are Bachelor
of Science in Art Education, and Bachelor of Arts in: Art His-
tory; Painting-Drawing; or Design. Each area follows a planned
sequence. The student along with his advisor selects the
courses for the student's area of concentration.
Students graduating in Art Education will be qualified to
enter the profession of art teaching in the elementary and the
secondary schools. This program is a prerequisite to advanced
study, which is necessary before the art teacher's certification
can be made permanent.
Those students completing the degree Bachelor of Arts in
an area of art concentration will be eligible to attend schools
for advanced study. The student may find a career in areas
where art knowledge or performance are required.
The student is required to maintain a 2.0 average (C) or
higher in his major field. Students intending to continue into
graduate school are reminded that a 2.5 average is preferred.
Semester hour credit is counted on the basis of two clock
hours of studio for one semester hour of credit.
The art student must also demonstrate an interest in the
welfare of the department by constructive participation in its
professional and social affairs.
Any student in the university may elect to take any course
in art providing he has received written permission from the
particular instructor concerned.
ART MINOR
A student electing to take an Art Minor (15 to 21 semester
hours) must complete certain prerequisite courses.
Art History: Art 115, Art 116, Art 411, Art 413. 16 to 18
semester hours of undergraduate work in Art History is re-
quired for Master's work in Art History.
Art: Art 111; 112; 113 or 114; 115 or 116 or 411; 211; 213;
215 plus art electives in lower or upper division.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA Ml
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ART
AND ART EDUCATION STUDENTS
(Humanities 22-25 credits)
English I and II ..._ „ „ _ „..„ _ _... 8
Literature I or II „ 2
Art History I and II ._ _ 6
Introduction to Music or Theatre 3
Foreign Language (Bachelor of Art students in Art are re-
quired to complete the intermediate sequence in Foreign
Language)* ^ _ 6
General Electives (Students who do not take a Foreign Lan-
guage must elect one three credit course from the following
list or one additional course listed under Natural Science) 3
Aesthetics Intro to Philosophy
History of Civ. I World Religions
Logic The English Bible as Literature
Modern American Fiction Ethics
Music History I
(Natural Science 11-14 credits)
Biology I and II, sequentially, or
Physical Science I and II, not sequential
General Chemistry I and II, sequential, more specialized 8
Foundations of Math I, or a 3 cr. Math course 3
(Social Science — 15 credits)
Each student will elect five courses from the following:
American Citizenship History of U.S. & Pa. II**
Intro to Anthropology General Psychology**
Basic Economics Principles of Sociology
World Geography World Politics _ 15
History of Civ. II
•Required of all B.A. students.
**Required of all Art Education students.
(Physical Education or R.O.T.C.— 4 credits)
Men: Military Science .- - 4
Physical Education I and II 2
Women: Personal and Community Health „ 2
Physical Education I and II 2
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION FOR STUDENTS IN
ART EDUCATION
(28 credits)
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology „ 3
Art 317 Arts and Crafts Elementary Education _.._ 2
Art 318 Arts and Crafts Secondary Education 2
Art 319 Teaching Seminar Elementary Education 1
Art 320 Teaching Seminary Secondary Education - 1
LRes 301 Audio Visual Education _ _ 2
FdEd 302 History and Philosophy of American Education _... 3
Ed 441 Student Teaching _ 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum in School Law _ 2
Students desiring to teach Art in the State of Pennsylvania must
complete the above professional requirements for graduation and/or
certification as well as the sequence of courses as listed by the Depart-
ment of Art and Art Education.
176
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ART AND ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM SEQUENCE
Course sequences are listed herewith. Any variations
should be cleared with the student's advisor. A more complete
analysis of this is found in the check sheet available in the
department office.
CORE SEQUENCE
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Art 111 Drawing I 2
Art 113 Design I 2
Art 115 Art History I 3
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Art 211 Painting I 2
Art 213 Crafts I 2
Art 215 Sculpture I 2
Art 217 Printmaking I 2
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 8
Psy 201 General Psychology 8
HPe 103 Physical Ed. II (women) . 1
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Art 112 Drawing II 2
Art 114 Design II 2
Art 116 Art History II 8
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 107 Physical Science II 4
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed. I (women) ... 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Art 212 Painting II 2
Art 214 Ceramics I 2
Art 216 Metalry I 2
Art 218 Graphic Design I 2
Eng Literature I or H 2
Social Science-elective 8
Human. Gen. elective 3
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) 1
IS
16
ART EDUCATION CONCENTRATION
FIFTH SEMESTER
Sem.
Hra.
Art 311 Painting III 2
Art 313 Sculpture II 2
Art 315 Printmaking II 2
Art 317 Arts & Crafts El. Ed 2
Art 319 Teach. Sem. in El. Art Ed. . 1
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology . 3
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II 3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Art 411 Art History III 3
Art 413 Seminar in Art 2
Art Art electives 6
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
Social Science elective 3
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Art 312 Ceramics II 2
Art 314 Costume & Theatre Arts ... 2
Art 316 Metalry II (enamel-raising) 2
Art 318 Arts & Crafts Sec. Ed 2
Art 320 Tech. Sem. in Sec. Art Ed. 1
Social Science-elective 8
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Ed 2
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed. . 3
17
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum
including School Law 2
14
VIEWS and SCENES
at
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Indiana, Pennsylvania
[wmm
E' K-"'^''''!
^?lil&Hiiil^gi^^s^^»ss«!s^ *
Wf^'^'immm^^^^m^mr
m
*1
nil
wbOtf *
•-i^ Y>*7-
^^^^^»r»^
Wu^K
^ ■_ ^^8(W^^^P^iPil^^**^'
4NHl^ip|^
^:^mt.:'m^m^^^
•m- ^-v '-'^ J "^ -i ■■' ^■^
«. >s
'^JL
r ^SL je- # ., ~ «
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
17T
ART HISTORY CONCENTRATION
FIFTH SEMESTER
Sem.
Hra.
Art 321 Drawing III 2
Art 411 Art History III 8
Art Art History 8
Art Art Studio 2
Fl Foreign Language 8
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
Art
Art
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Art Studio 2
Art History 6
Academic — elective 8
Social Science — elective 3
14
SIXTH SEMESTER
Sent.
Hra.
Art Studio 2
Art History 8
Art 410 Primitive and Pre-Greek Art 8
Fl Foreign Language 8
Social Science— electiva 8
Art
Art
14
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Art 413 Seminar in Art 2
Art Art Studio 6
Art Art History 6
Social Science — elective 3
Academic — elective 8
16
DRAWING— PAINTING-
FIFTH SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Art 321 Drawing III 2
Art 411 Art History III 8
Art Art Studio 6
Fl Foreign Language 3
Math 101 Found. Math 3
SCULPTURE CONCENTRATION
SIXTH SEMESTER
Art
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Art Studio 10
Academic elective 3
Social Science elective 8
16
Sem.
Hrs.
Art Art Studio 2
Art Art History 8
Fl Foreign Language 3
Academic elective 3
Social Science elective 8
14
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Art 413 Seminar in Art 2
Art Art Studio 6
Academic elective 3
Social Science elective 8
14
DESIGN CONCENTRATION
FIFTH SEMESTER
Art 321 Drawing III 2
Art 411 Art History III 8
Art Art Studio 4
Fl Foreign Language 8
Math 101 Found. Math 8
Art
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Art Studio 10
Academic elective 8
Social Science elective 8
16
Art
Art
Fl
SIXTH SEMESTER
Art History 8
Art Studio 4
Foreign Language 3
Social Science elective 3
Academic elective 8
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Art 413 Art Seminar 2
Art Art Studio I 6
Academic elective 8
Social Science elective 8
14
178 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ELECTIVES
Students participating in elective art courses must pur-
chase all materials and tools relative thereto.
Art 410 Primitive & Pre Greek 3 MS 203 Military Science n 2
Art 412 Classical Art 3 MS 204 Military Science II 2
Art 451 Advanced Crafts 2 MS 305 Military Science III 8
Art 452 Ceramics III 2 MS 306 Military Science III 3
Art 453 Sculpture III 2 MS 407 Military Science IV 3
Art 454 Painting IV 2 MS 408 Military Science IV 8
Art 455 Graphic Design II 2
Art 457 Printmaking III 2
Art 458 Architecture and Home Plan. 2
Art 459 Fabrics 3
Art 460 Advanced Metalry 2
Art 330 Arts and Crafts for
Mentally Retarded 3
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC AND MUSIC EDUCATION
HUGH B. JOHNSON, Chairman
Admission to either department is by means of a satis-
factory audition. Detailed instructions will be sent to the ap-
plicant on request.
The Music Department offers a flexible program leading
to the degree, Bachelor of Fine Arts in Music (equivalent to
the Bachelor of Music degree) with a major in one of eighteen
areas of performance. The graduate of this program will be
prepared for graduate study or for an audition for membership
in a professional organization.
The Music Education program leads to the degree, Bache-
lor of Science in Music Education, and to certification to teach
in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
The School of Fine Arts also offers a program leading to
the degree, Bachelor of Arts in Music with a concentration in
Performance, Theory, or Music History and Literature.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS*
IN MUSIC PERFORMANCE DEGREE
(BACHELOR OF MUSIC)
GENERAL EDUCATION
Humanities - - - 16
English I and II _ ~— 8
Literature I or II - — - 2
Foreign Language
(Completion of Intermediate Sequence) — . 6
Natural Sciences - - — 11
Laboratory Science - - 8
Foundations of Math I _ - • 3
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
179
Social Sciences _ _ _ 15
Each student will elect five coui'ses from the following:
American Citizenship History of Civ. II
Intro, to Anthropology L'istory of U.S. & Pa. II
Principles of Economics General Psychology
World Geography Principles of Sociology
MUSIC
Lower Division ~ _.. . 24
Theory I, II, III, & IV „ 12
Sight Singing I & II 4
Ear Training I & II _ _ 2
Keyboard Harmony I & II 2
Music Literature I & II 4
Upper Division „ _ 14
Fourteen hours to be selected from the following,
Form and Analysis I .... 2 Hist, of Music I 3
Form and Analysis II .. 2 Hist, of Music II 3
Mus. of the An. World .... 3
Mus. of the Middle Ages .. 3
Renaissance Music 3
The Baroque Era 3
18th Century Music 3
The Early Romantic Per. 3
The Late Romantic Per. .. 3
Contemporary Music 3
American Music 3
Counterpoint I 2
Counterpoint II 2
Orchestration I 2
Orchestration II 2
Fund, of Conducting .... 2
Choral Conducting 2
Inst. Conducting 2
Lit. of the Major I 2
Lit. of the Major II 2
Applied Music 40
Major Instrument or Voice 32
Minor Instrument or Voice ~ ~ 8
Piano proficiency required.
Junior and Senior Recitals required in the major.
*Requirements for B.A. in Music found under the School of Arts
and Sciences.
SEQUENCE IN MUSIC PERFORMANCE
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Sem.
Eng 101 English I 4
MS 101 Military Science I 2
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1
Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1
Mus 115 Theory I 8
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
Sem.
Eng 102 English II 4
MS 102 Military Science I 2
HPe 103 Physical Education II 1
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1
Mus 116 Theory II 3
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Eng 201 or 301 Literature I or II . . . 2
Mus 215 Theory III 3
Mus 217 Keyboard Harmony I 1
Mus 220 Music Literature I 2
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
HPe 110 Physical Ed. I (men) 1
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language 8
Math 101 Found, of Mathematics ... 8
Mus 216 Theory IV 8
Mus 218 Keyboard Harmony II 1
Mus 221 Music Literature II 2
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
HPe 111 Physical Ed. II (men) 1
16-17
17-18
IM
INDIANA UNIVBRSirr OF PENKSTLVAMIA
FIFTH SEMESTER
Laboratory Science I 4
Social Science Elective 3
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
Upper Division Selection 4
SIXTH SEMESTER
Laboratory Science II 4
Social Science Elective 8
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
Upper Division Selection 4
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Social Science Elective 8
HPe 101 Health (women) 2
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
Upper Division Selection 4
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Social Science Elective 6
Applied Major 4
Applied Minor 1
Upper Division Selection 2
12-14
It
♦Requirements for B.A. in Music found under the School of Arts and
Sciences.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
IN MUSIC EDUCATION DEGREE
GENERAL EDUCATION
Humanities
English I and II
8
Literature I or II
2
Intro, to Art, Music, or Theater
3
Basic Music
14
Theory I
3
Ear Training I
1
Sight Singing I
2
Music Literature I
2
Music History I & 11
6
General elective
(3)
Aesthetics
Mod. Am. Fiction
Art Hist. I or II
Philosophy
Ethics
Religious Lit.
Hist. Civ. I
Religious Thought
Logic
Natural Science
Laboratory Science
8
Foundations of Math I
3
General elective
(3)
Astronomy
Computer Math.
Found, of Math. H
Geology
Statistics
Social Science
History of U.S. & Pa. H
3
General Psychology
3
Electives
9
American Citizenship
Intro, to Anthropology
Principles of Economics
World Geography
History of Civilization II
Principles of Sociology
R.O.T.C. and Physical Education
Rhythmic Activities
2
Health
2
27-30
11-14
15
60
mDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 181
MUSIC EDUCATION
Required of all Music Education students: 23 or 24
Theory II, III, and IV 9
Ear Training II 1
Sight Singing H 2
Music Literature II 2
Fundamentals of Conducting 2
Woodwinds Seminar 1
Brass Seminar 1
Strings Seminar 1
Class Percussion I 1
Voice Seminar I and II 2
Class or Private Piano 1 or 2
Twenty-five semester hours to be selected from the following with
the approval of the advisor: 25
Choral Conducting 2 Private Viola 2
Instrumental Conducting 2 Private Cello 2
French Diction 2 Private Bass Viol 2
German Diction 2 Private Flute 2
Counterpoint I 2 Private Oboe 2
Orchestration I 2 Private Clarinet 2
Class Brass 1 Private Bassoon 2
Class Woodwinds 1 Private Saxophone 2
Class Strings 1 Private Trumpet 2
Class Percussion II 1 Private French Horn 2
Private Piano 2 Private Trombone 2
Private Voice 2 Private Baritone Horn 2
Private Organ 2 Private Tuba 2
Private Harpsichord 2 Private Percussion 2
Private Violin 2 ~
48
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Educational Psychology 3
Audio-Visual Education 2
History & Philosophy of American Education 3
Elementary Methods 2
Secondary Methods 2
Instrumental Methods 2
Professional Practicum 2
Student Teaching 12
28
Each student must declare a major performing medium
and one or more minor performing media. One of the minors
for a voice major must be piano and one of the minors for a
piano major must be voice.
Jury clearance on all majors and minors is required.
All students must have piano jury clearance at their level
of declaration.
All students must participate in one or more performing
organizations. It is recommended that participation be in both
vocal and instrumental organizations.
Student teaching will include all areas of Music Education
at all levels of the public schools.
182
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SUGGESTED SEQUENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours Sem.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe Health 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1
Mus 115 Theory I 3
Mus 155 Class Strings I (1st or 2nd) 1
Mus 151 Class Voice I 1
Private or Class Piano 1
15
THIRD SEMESTER
Laboratory Science 4
Mus 215 Theory III 3
Mus 220 Music Literature I 2
Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2
Mus 204 Rhythmic Activities I 1
Mus 161 Class Woodwinds I or
Mus 157 Class Percussion I 1
To be selected 4
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math 101 Found, of Mathematics ... 3
Eng 201 or 301 Literature I or II 2
Social Science Elective 3
Mus 301 Music History I 3
Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2
Mus 159 Class Brass I 1
To be selected 8
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed. . 3
101 Intro, to Art or Theater
(men) (3)
Social Science Elective 8
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II 8
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education ... 2
Mus 334 Instrumental Methods 2
To be selected 1-3
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours Sem.
Eng 102 English II 4
101 Intro, to Art, Music or
Theater 3
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1
Mus 116 Theory II 3
Mus 152 Class Voice II 1
Private or Class Piano 1
To be selected 1 or 2
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Laboratory Science 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Mus 216 Theory IV 3
Mus 221 Music Literature II 2
Mus 205 Rhythmic Activities 11 1
Mus 157 Class Percussion I or
Mus 161 Class Woodwinds I 1
To be selected 3
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Humanities or Science Elective 3
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology . . 3
Social Science Elective 3
Mus 302 Music History II 3
Mus 333 Secondary Methods 2
To be selected 8
17
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12
Ed 442 Professional Practicum 2
14
16
THE SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS
MARGARET E. McGEEVER, Dean
The School of Home Economics has two main objectives:
(1) To aid students in the development of professional compe-
tency and skills necessary for careers in the many fields re-
lated to the home and family life, and (2) to assist in prepar-
ing students to lead useful lives as individuals, family mem-
bers, and citizens in a democracy.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 188
Two major curricula leading to the Bachelor of Science
Degree are offered. The Home Economics Teacher Education
Curriculum meets certification required for teaching home
economics in Pennsylvania. The Institutional Food Service
Curriculum offers two programs; one leading to certification
for Pennsylvania School Food Service and the other prepar-
ing for the American Dietetic Association internship require-
ments and/or management positions in public and private in-
stitutional food services.
The Curricula in the School of Home Economics con-
tributes to the development of professional competencies which
enable the students to enter a diversity of careers in business
and community services such as: equipment and utility home
service representatives, extension services, promotion and
merchandising, and family and community welfare work.
These are in addition to the teaching and institutional food
service careers.
The following are home economics courses required of stu-
dents enrolled in both the Home Economics Education Depart-
ment and the Institutional Food Service Department.
HE 111 Meal Management HE 218 Child Development
HE 113 Management and HE 315 Family Finance and
Equipment Consumer Education
HE 211 Advanced Foods HE 411 Family Relations
HE 212 Nutrition M
See pages 289 to 297 for course descriptions.
Students enrolled in the School of Home Economics may
choose home economics electives from either department. Some
home economics courses may be elected by students not en-
rolled in the School of Home Economics.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
KATHLEEN JONES. Chairman
The Home Economics Education Department offers a
teacher education program designed to meet certification re-
quirements for teaching general and vocational home econom-
ics in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The curriculum in-
cludes courses in general liberal education, home economics,
general professional education, and professional home eco-
nomics. The graduate of this program will be prepared for
graduate study m home economics education.
184
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HOME ECONOMICS TEACHER EDUCATION
CURRICULUM FOR PENNSYLVANIA STATE
CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHING
1970-71
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 101 English I 4
Chem 101 Chemistry 3
Art 101 Intro, to Art OR
Mus 101 Intro, to Music OR
Eng 103 Intro, to Theatre 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1
HE 111 Meal Management 3
HE 213 Principles of Design 2
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 102 English H 4
Chem 102 Chemistry 3
Social Science Elective* 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3
HE 112 Clothing Construction** ... 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Biol 151 Physiology 8
Humanities Elective* 8
Eng 201 Literature I OR
Eng 301 Literature II 2
HPe 101 Health 2
HE 113 Management & Equipment . . 8
HE 211 Advanced Foods 8
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 8
Humanities Elective* 3
Hist 104 Hist, of U.S. & Pa. II 8
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
HE 212 Nutrition 8
HE 214 Clothing II 8
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Biol 361 Microbiology 8
Social Science Elective* 3
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology . 8
HE 216 Clothing Selection 8
HE 315 Family Finance and
Consumer Education 8
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Social Science Elective* 8
FdEd 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed. . . 8
HE 218 Child Development 8
HE 314 Textiles 8
HE 217 Home Planning &
Furnishing 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HE Elective 8
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education . . 2
Free Elective 8
HE 415 Methods of Teaching
Vocational Home Economics . 4
HE 411 Family Relations 8
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 431 Student Teaching 8
Ed 433 School Law 1
HE 412 Nursery School 3
HE 414 Home Man. Residence 8
16
* See Catalogue pages 91-92 for listing of elective course in Humanities, Natural Science
and Social Sciences.
•• Students proficient in clothing construction knowledge and skills may exempt this
course and replace it with HE 417 after taking HE 214. See course description. Sequence
of courses subject to change for administrative purposes.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 186
INSTITUTIONAL FOOD SERVICES DEPARTMENT
ELISABETH A. SCHMIDT, Chairman
Majors in this department pursue the general education
program required of all students. A concentration may be
selected either for Pennsylvania School Food Service Certifi-
cation; or to meet dietetic internship requirements for Ameri-
can Dietetic Association professional membership and/or prep-
aration to enter commercial and industrial food management
opportunities in public and private food service operations.
To meet professional requirements the program includes
Administration, Equipment and Layout, Food Purchasing,
Microbiology and Sanitation, Field Food Service Experience,
Quantity Food Management, Food Service Accounting, Per-
sonnel Management, and an approved summer experience of
at least six weeks full-time employment in a food service
operation.
Home Economics Education majors may elect food service
courses to prepare for teaching in vocational food service pro-
grams in the public schools.
CURRICULUM FOR PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL
FOOD SERVICE CERTIFICATION
FIRST SEMESTER
HOURS
clock sem.
Eng 101 English I 4 4
Chem 101 Inorganic Chemistry 4 3
HE 113 Management & Equipment 5 3
HE 111 Meal Management 6 3
HPE 101 Health 2 2
HPE 102 Physical Education 2 1
23 16
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4 4
Chem 102 Organic Chemistry 4 3
BM 111 Foundations of Math 3 3
Gen Ed Introduction to Art or
Theatre or Music 3 3
HE 211 Advanced Foods 6 3
20 Te"
THIRD SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 3 3
Biol 151 Physiology for Home Economics 4 3
HE 212 Nutrition " 4 3
HPE 203 Physical Education 2 1
Gen Ed Humanities Elective 3 3
Gen Ed Social Science Elective 3 3
19 le"
186 INDIANA UNnTERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOURTH SEMESTER
EdPsy 302 Educational Psychology 3 3
Chem 351 Biochemistry or Elective 4 3
HE 218 Child Development 3 3
HE 315 Family Finance & Consimier Econ. 3 3
HPE 204 First Aid 2 1
Gen Ed Social Science Elective 3 3
18 le"
FIFTH SEMESTER
HE 303 Quantity Food Service 9 3
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II 2 2
Biol 361 Microbiology & Sanitation 5 3
BM 201 Personnel Management 3 3
HE 359 Quantity Food Purchasing 3 3
HE 355 Diet Therapy or Elective in any area 3 3
25 TT
SIXTH SEMESTER
HE 362 Experimental Foods 6 3
HE 411 Family Relations 3 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa. 3 3
LRes 301 Audio Visual Education 3 2
HE 321 In-Service Training 2 0
Gen Ed Social Science Elective 3 3
Gen Ed Humanities Elective or
Literature I or II 2 2-3
22 16-17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
FdEd History & Philosophy of Education 3 3
HE 360 Accounting for Food Service 3 3
HE 364 Methods of Teaching 3 3
HE 358 Food Service Equipment 3 3
Elective in any area 3 3
15 Ts"
EIGHTH SEMESTER
HE 356 Food Service Administration 3 3
HE 361 Food Service Experience 20 6
HE 402 Nutrition and Community Health 2 2
Ed 433 School Law 2 1
27 12
It is recommended that students select Introduction to Sociology
and/or Basic Economics as their Social Science Electives.
INSTITUTIONAL FOOD SERVICE CURRICULUM
FOR INSTITUTION FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT
AND DIETETICS
This program meets the internship requirements of The
American Dietetics Association.
FIRST SEMESTER HOURS
Eng 101 English I
HE 113 Management & Equipment
HE 111 Meal Management
Chem 101 Chemistry (Inorganic)
HPE 101 Health
HPE 102 Physical Education I
'23 16
clock
sem,
4
4
5
3
6
3
4
3
2
2
2
1
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
187
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II
Chem 102 Chemistry (Organic)
Gen Ed Intro to Art or Theatre or Music
HE 211 Advanced Foods
BM 111 Foundations of Math
THIRD SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology
Biol 101 Physiology
HE 212 Nutrition
HPE 203 Physical Education II
Humanities Elective
Social Science Elective
FOURTH SEMESTER
HPE 204 First Aid
Chem 351 Biochemistry
Ed Psy 302 Educational Psychology
HE 218 Child Development
HE 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance
Social Science Elective
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II
Biol 360 Microbiology and Sanitation
BM 201 Personnel Management
HE 313 Quantity Food Service and Management
HE 359 Quantity Food Purchasing
HE 355 Diet Therapy
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa.
LRes 301 Audio Visual Education
HE 362 Experimental Foods
HE 411 Family Relations
HE 321 Professional Employment Practicum
Social Science Elective
Humanities Elective or Literature I or II
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HE 358 Food Service Equipment
Fd Ed 302 History & Philosophy of
American Education
HE 360 Accoimting for Food Service
HE 364 Methods of Teaching
Elective in any area
EIGHTH SEMESTER
He 401 Nutrition & Community Health
Ed 433 School Law
He 356 Food Service Administration
HE 361 Food Service Experience
4
4
4
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
20
16
3
3
4
3
4
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
19
16
2
1
4
3
3
3
3
3
; 3
3
3
3
18
le
2
2
5
3
3
3
9
3
3
3
3
3
25
17
3
3
3
2
6
3
3
3
1
0
3
3
2
2- 3
21
16-17
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
2
2
2
1
3
3
20
6
27
12
It is recommended that students select Introduction to Sociology
and/ or Basic Economics for their Social Science Electives.
188 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES
THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES
JOHN CHELLMAN, Dean
The establishment of a School of Health Services provides
an opportunity to educate needed personnel representing vari-
ous health disciplines. The School offers professional curricula
leading to appropriate baccalaureate degrees for men and
women in health and physical education; medical technology;
corrective, physical, and occupational therapy; and nursing.
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is affiliated with approved
schools and hospitals for specialized training in all programs
of the allied health professions and nursing.
At the present time the School of Health Services includes
five departments:
1. Allied Health Professions
2. Health and Physical Education for Women
3. Health and Physical Education for Men
4. Nursing
5. Athletics
ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPARTMENT
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS, Acting Chairman
Corrective Therapy
Corrective therapy is the application of the principles,
techniques, and psychology of medically oriented physical edu-
cation as prescribed by the medical doctor to aid in the com-
plete rehabilitation of the patient.
Men and women graduates with a major in physical edu-
cation may qualify as corrective therapists with the Veterans
Administration by completing a comprehensive six-weeks resi-
dency course at a Veterans Administration hospital. This
course, conducted during the summer months by a well-quali-
fied hospital staff, requires 240 clock hours of lectures, demon-
strations, and clinical experiences in corrective therapy as it
applies to the physical medicine and rehabilitation of a Vet-
erans Hospital. Room and board are provided by the super-
vising hospital.
Students interested in corrective therapy should so indi-
cate prior to the completion of their junior year. Before com-
pleting the course, applications may be filed with the Board
of Civil Service Examiners, Veterans Administration Central
Office, Washington, D.C. A list of Veterans Hospitals offer-
ing such training is available in the Dean's office.
INDIANA UNIVmaSITY OF PENNSYL.VANXA IW
Physical Therapy
The suggested major curriculum for Physical Education
also satisfies entrance requirements to physical therapy
schools approved by the Council on Medical Education of the
American Medical Association in collaboration with the Ameri-
can Physical Therapy Association, Since entrance require-
ments vary to some degree in the approved physical therapy
schools, the student should devote his elective hours to addi-
tional courses in physics, chemistry, biology, anatomy, physi-
ology, and psychology.
After receiving the B.S. degree, the student enrolls in an
approved physical therapy school of his choice for a twelve to
sixteen month training period. At the completion of this spe-
cialized training, the student will be awarded a Certificate in
Physical Therapy.
The following approved schools of physical therapy are
located within a reasonable distance of Indiana.
Columbia University, New York
New York University, New York
State University of New York at Buffalo
Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania
University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
A complete list of the twenty-one (21) schools which ac-
cept students with the B.S. degree in physical education is
available in the Dean's Office.
Occupational Therapy
The suggested major curriculum for Physical Education
also satisfies entrance requirements to occupational therapy
schools approved by the Council on Medical Education of the
American Medical Association in collaboration with the Amer-
ican Occupational Therapy Association. Since entrance re-
quirements vary to some degree in the approved occupational
therapy schools, the student should devote his elective hours
to additional courses in physics, chemistry, biology, and psy-
chology.
After receiving the B.S. degree, the student enrolls in an
approved occupational therapy school of his choice for an
eighteen (18) month experience in the theory and practice of
therapy. This is a carefully supervised experience under the
direction of registered occupational therapists qualified to di-
rect such student activity. Included here are program plan-
ning, hospital procedure, applying activity as treatment, rec-
ord keeping, c?.re of equipment, and academic work.
IM INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
A list of the schools approved by the Council on Medical
Education and Hospitals of the American Medical Association
is available in the Dean's office.
Medical Technology
Medical Technology, which has become a full-fledged pro-
fession since World War II, is indispensible to the practice of
modern medicine. As an integral part of medicine, it entails
a wide range of clinical laboratory tests and studies which are
invaluable to physicians and surgeons in clinical diagnosis and
therapy. Consequently, the Medical Technologist must be a
skilled and intelligent member of the medical team capable of
actively engaging in furthering the laboratory knowledge of
diseases and their treatment and in developing new and im-
proved laboratory methods.
Modern clinical laboratory work requires personnel who
possess extensive knowledge of Biology, Chemistry, Micro-
biology, Hematology, and Histology in addition to judgement,
skill, and dexterity.
With the tremendous increase in the number of clinical
laboratories during recent years, there is a dearth of Medical
Technologists to staff them. At the present time there are ap-
proximately 35,000 registered Medical Technologists, and it is
estimated that more than twice this number could be em-
ployed if available. Hence, there are unlimited employment
opportunities in this vital field of public service for those who
possess the requisite qualifications and training.
The standard program in Medical Technology consists of
three years of college study (including specific area require-
ments) plus a 12-month training period in an AMA approved
hospital School of Medical Technology of which there are now
about 800 in this country. There are forty-three (43) approved
schools in Pennsylvania, ten of which are located within a
fifty mile radius of Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Upon
completion of the collegiate and clinical training, the student
receives his baccalaureate degree from Indiana. Completion of
college and clinical training is followed by a board of examin-
ation conducted twice a year by the Registry of Medical Tech-
nology of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Suc-
cessful passage of this examination certifies a student as a
M.T. (Medical Technologist) signifying that he is a profession-
ally qualified laboratory technologist.
For their fourth year, students may receive their clinical
training at any of the following affiliated hospitals:
niDlANA XJNIVERSITY OP PENNSYLVANIA IM
Abington General Hospital, Abington, Pa.
Allegheny General Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Conemaugh Valley Memorial, Johnstown, Pa.
Harrisburg General Hospital, Harrisburg, Pa.
West Penn General Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pa.
The college phase of the Medical Technology program re-
quires a minimum of 16 semester hours of Biology and Chem-
istry plus one semester of college mathematics. These require-
ments together with those in the University's general educa-
tion program are included in the following three year cur-
riculum:
FIRST YEAR
English I 4 English II 4
General Biology I 4 General Biology II 4
General Chemistry I 4 General Chemistry II 4
Health or Military Science 2 Physical Education 1
Art or Music or Theater 3 Humanities Electives 8
17 1«
SECOND YEAR
Literature I or II 2 Organic Chemistry 4
Organic Chemistry 4 Microbiology S
Zoology 8 Algebra & Trig 6
Quant. Anal. I 4 Psychology 8
Social Science Elective 8
Health and Physical Ed 1 1*
17
THIRD YEAR
Biochemistry 8 Physics II 4
Physics I 4 Social Science Elective 8
Social Science Elective 8 Electives 7-9
♦Electives 6
14.16
16
* Suggested electives include genetics, parasitology, anatomy, biotechnique physiology,
mycology and radiation biology.
FOURTH YEAR
This year of work is completed at a School of Medical Technology approved by the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Medical Association. It in-
cludes both practical and theoretical work in all aspects of medical technology.
Urinalysis 4 we«ks Cytology 1 week
Hematology and Coagulation . . 8 weeks Bacteriology, Parasitology
Radio- Isotopes 1 week and Mycology 12 week*
Donor Center 1 week Serology 8 weeks
Clinical Chem. and Toxicology 12 weeks Virology 1 week
Blood Bank 4 weeks Plasmaphoresis
Histology 8 weeks Orientation 8 weeks
INDIANA UNIVliKSmr OF PENNSYLVANIA
EDUCATION FOR SAFE LIVING
JOHNNY J. MILLER, Chairman
The state Council of Education approved this new certifi-
cation in January 1948. The program is administered by the
Department of Health and Physical Education for Men. The
four courses below, Introduction to Safety Education, Driver
Education, the Organization and Administration of Safety Ed-
ucation, and Methods and Materials in Safety Education in
the Secondary Schools meet the requirements for certification
with 12 semester hours. A temporary standard certificate is
issued upon the completion of these courses and it becomes
permanent after two years of successful experience in the field.
HPe 251 Introduction to Safety Education 3 cr.
HPe 252 Driver Education 3 cr.
HPe 253 Methods and Materials in Safety Education in
the Secondary Schools 3 cr.
HPe 254 Organization and Administration of
Safety Education 3 cr.
See course descriptions listed under Health and Physical
Education Department.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
FOR MEN
JOHNNY J. MILLER, Chairman
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
FOR WOMEN
C. ELIZABETH McCAULIFF. Chairman
Students who elect the coeducationally oriented Health
and Physical Education Curriculum pursue the general edu-
cation program required of all students (52 semester hours).
Upon the satisfactory completion of the preceding general
education program, Professional Education requirements (27
semester hours). Health and Physical Education Specialization
requirements (36 semester hours) and free electives (9 semes-
ter hours), the student will be granted the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Health Education by the University and will
qualify for a Pennsylvania Provisional College Certificate in
Health and Physical Education to be issued by the Department
of Public Instruction in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. This cer-
tificate will be valid for teaching health and physical educa-
tion in any of the grades of the public schools of Pennsylvania.
Candidates for the Health and Physical Education program
at Indiana University of Pennsylvania must demonstrate ac-
ceptable intellectual competence and physical qualifications
as well as desirable character and personality traits. The pro-
fessional program seeks to foster those qualities of individual
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 198
character and competence which are inherent in personal and
professional maturity.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
MAJOR CURRICULUM SEQUENCE FOR MEN
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I
Biol 103 Biology I
HPE 142 Introduction to H.P.E.R.
HPE 212 Tumbling
HPE 112 Aquatics I
MS 101 Military Science I
General Education Elective
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II
Biol 104 Biology II
HPE 213 Gymnastics
HPE 214 Track & Field
HPE 101 Personal-Community Health
HPE 307 Rhythms & Movement
MS 102 Military Science I
Free Elective
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 103 Chemistry for Nurses
Psy 201 General Psychology
HPE 221 Human Anatomy
HPE 234 Soccer
HPE 233 Basketball
HPE 305 Folk & Square Dance
HPE 345 Care & Analysis of Sports Injuries
General Education Elective
~16 26
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa. II 3 (3)
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature II
Psy 302 Educational Psychology
HPE 342 Analysis of Movement
HPE 300 Racquet Sports
HPE 113 Aquatics II
General Education Elective
FIFTH SEMESTER
Biol 151 Human Physiology
Math 362 Probability & Statistics
HPE 231 Football
HPE 335 Wrestling
HPE 321 Meth. Elem. P.E.
HPE 441 Org. & Adm. of P.E.
General Education Elective
S.H.
C.H.
4
(4)
4
(5)
2
(2)
1
(3)
1
(3)
2
(3)
3
(3)
17
23
4
(4)
4
(5)
1
(3)
1
(3)
2
(2)
1
(3)
2
(3)
1
(3)
16
26
3
(5)
3
(3)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
2
(2)
3
(3)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
16
20
3
(4)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
2
(2)
2
(2)
3
(3)
15 21
194
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SIXTH SEMESTER
Fd Ed 302 History & Phil, of American Education
HPE 343 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 341 Tests & Meas. H.P.E.
HPE 344 Adapted P.E.
HPE 404 Org. & Adm. of the Sch. Health Curric.
HPE 236 Volleyball-Handball
HPE 332 Baseball-Resistive Exercise
Free Elective
SEVENTH SEMESTER
LRes 301 Audio- Visual Education
HPE 346 First Aid Instruction
HPE 442 History & Phil, of P.E.
HPE 408 Guided Research of P.E. or
HPE 334 Officiating and
HPE 333 Coaching of Football,
Swimming & Basketball or
HPE 433 Coaching of Wrestling,
Track & Baseball
HPE 318 Activity Intern. I
Free Elective
General Education Elective
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching
Ed 442 Prof. Practicum & School Law
3
(3)
2
(2)
3
(3)
2
(2)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
16
22
2
(3)
1
(3)
2
(2)
2
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
3
(3)
14
23
12
2
14
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN
MAJOR CURRICULUM SEQUENCE
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I
Biol 103 Biology I
HPE 142 Intro, to H.P.E.R.
HPE 102 Swimming-Tennis or
Swimming-Badminton
HPE 301 Tennis-Badminton
HPE 302 Soccer-Basketball
General Education Elective
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II
Biol 104 Biology II
HPE 101 Personal-Community Health
HPE 261 Senior Life Saving
HPE 303 Bowling-Golf
HPE 304 Volleyball-Softball
HPE 307 Rhythms-Movement
General Education Elective
S.H.
C.H.
4
(4)
4
(5)
2
(2)
1
(2)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
16
22
4
(4)
4
(5)
2
(2)
1
(2)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
17
26
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
igB
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 103 Chemistry for Nurses
Psy 201 General Psychology
HPE 221 Human Anatomy
HPE 305 Square-Folk Dance
HPE 306 Hockey-Tumbling
General Education Elective
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I or
Eng 301 Literature H
Psy 302 Educational Psychology
Hist 104 History of U.S. & Pa.
HPE 308 Modern Dance
HPE 309 Apparatus-Track & Field
HPE 310 Archery-Fencing
HPE 342 Analysis of Movement
General Education Elective
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math 362 Prob. and Statistics
Biol 151 Human Physiology
HPE 441 Organization of Adm. P.E.
Fd Ed 302 History & Phil, of American Education
HPE 321 Meth. Elem. H.P.E.
HPE 262 Water Safety Inst.
HPE 311 Advanced Hockey -Volleyball
HPE 316 Officiating I
SIXTH SEMESTER
HPE 341 Tests & Meas. H.P.E.
HPE 343 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 344 Adapted P.E.
HPE 404 Org. & Adm. School Health Program
HPE 312 Advanced Basketball-Gymnastics
HPE 317 Officiating II
HPE 318 Activity Intern. I
Free Elective
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HPE 346 First Aid Instructor
HPE 442 History & Phil, of P.E.
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education
HPE 406 Synchronized Swimming or
HPE 407 Advanced Modern Dance or
HPE 408 Guided Research Problems
General Education Elective
Free Elective
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 441 Student Teaching
Ed 442 Prof. Practicum & School Law
3
(5)
3
(3)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
6
(6)
17
23
2
(2)
3
(3)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
3
(3)
17
23
3
(3)
3
(4)
2
(2)
3
(3)
2
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
16
24
3
(3)
2
(2)
2
(2)
3
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
1
(3)
3
(3)
16
22
1
(3)
2
(2)
2
(3)
2
(3)
2
(3)
6
(6)
15
20
12
2
14
196 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
NURSING DEPARTMENT
MARIAN A. MURRAY, Chairman
In collaboration with Latrobe Area Hospital, the School
of Health Services offers a curriculum leading to the degree
Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Upon completion of the pro-
gram, and successful passage of the State Board Examination,
the graduate achieves the status of Registered Nurse.
The nursing curriculum has as its primary goal the de-
velopment of competent practitioners of professional nursing
who are liberally educated, clinically proficient, and aware of
their social responsibilities as members of the health profes-
sions. The program is designed to provide for the student a
broad background in general education coupled with the spe-
cialized knowledge and skills required for clinical competency.
Additionally, the curriculum prepares the nurse to practice
within the professional code of nursing ethics, to function ef-
fectively as a member of the health-care team, and to utilize
scientific principles in planning and implementing health care.
The objectives of the nursing program emphasize learning of
concepts of health and illness, and the provision of health care
in various settings within the community.
The freshman and sophomore years are devoted primarily
to a general education curriculum on the main campus. Clini-
cal experiences in patient care are provided at Latrobe Area
Hospital and other area health agencies during one summer
session, and the junior and senior years.
Men and women are eligible to enroll in the nursing pro-
gram. Registered Nurses who desire a Bachelor of Science De-
gree in Nursing may enroll in the program and pursue a pre-
scribed program of studies.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
197
NURSING CURRICULUM SEQUENCE
FIRST SEMESTER
S.H.
Eng 101 English I 4
Chem 101 Chemistry I S
Psy 201 General Psycholoarr 8
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
HPE 101 Health t
HPE 102 Physical Education I 1
17
SECOND SEMESTER
EnK 102 English II
Chem 102 Chemistry II
See 151 Principles of Sociology
Biol 104 General Biology II
Biol 361 Microbiology
S.H.
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Biol Human Anatomy 8
Hist 101 History of Civilization 8
Math 101 Foundations of Math 8
Psy 353 Child Psychology 8
HPE 201 Physical Education II 1
Gen Ed Intro, to Music. Art
or Theater S
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 English Literature 2
HE 212 Nutrition 8
Biol 151 Physiology 8
Anth 110 Intro, to Anthropology ... 8
Phil 120 Intro, to Philosophy 8
Hist 103 History of U.S. & Pa 8
17
SUMMER SEMESTER
Nurs 300 — Introduction to Nursing 8
Nurs 301 — Nursing I (Fundamentals) 6
FIFTH SEMESTER
S.H.
Nurs 302 Nursing 11 t
(Medical-Surgical)
Nurs 303 Clinical Practice in
Med.-Surg. Nursing 6
Nurs 321 Communications Theory . . 8
Nurs 322 Community Health 2
IS
9 «.h.
SIXTH SEMESTER
S.H.
Nurs 304 Nursing III 8
(Maternal & Child Health)
Nurs 305 Clinical Practice in
Maternal & Child Health S
Nurs 323 Human Growth and
Development 8
Nurs 324 Seminar in Nursing 8
14
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Nurs 402 Nursing IV (Psychiatry) . 8
Nurs 403 Clinical Practice in
Psychiatric Nursing S
Nurs 404 Nursing V (Advanced
Med.-Surg. Nursing) 8
Nurs 424 Seminar in Nursing 8
14
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Nurs 405 Nursing VI (Public Health) 8
Nurs 406 Clinical Practice in
Public Health Nursinc •
Nurs 425 Seminar in Nursing 8
Nurs 430 Research Problems 8
14
198
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAIOA
THE DEPARTMENTS AND COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Department of Art and Art Education
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Chairman of Department
BARBARA J. BALSIGER
VAUGHN H. CLAY, JR.
ROBERT J. CRONAUER
ANTHONY G. DeFURIO
THOMAS J. DONGILLA
JOHN J. DROPCHO
ALICE T. CHRIST
ROBERT W. HAMILTON
JAMES M. INNES
GEORGE B. JOHNSON
JOANNE P. LOVETTE
BENJAMIN T. MILLER
RALPH W. REYNOLDS
FRANK ROSS
ROBERT C. SEELHORST
JEAN J. SLENKER
ROBERT E. SLENKER
ROBERT J. VISLOSKY
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART IN GENERAL EDUCATION
Art 101 Introduction to Art (elective for all students) 3 or.
This course is designed to introduce to the student the sig-
nificance of art as related to contemporary living and our his-
torical heritage. Emphasis will be placed on creating an aware-
ness of the many functions of art in our environment and the
opportunities each individual has to improve his surroundings
through a knowledgable choice of tasteful art objects for per-
sonal and community life.
Art 115 Art History I 3 or.
The visual arts are examined as modes of expression in re-
lation to the life of the individual in the home and in the com-
munity. The period covered is from Prehistoric times to the
Renaissance.
Art 116 Art History H 3 or.
This is a combination of Art History in which appreciation
and critical judgment of old and modern masterpieces are goals.
The relation of art to the world from the Renaissance to the
20th Century is presented. A brief survey of modern art is pre-
sented in the latter part of the course.
CORE SEQUENCE COURSES
These courses are lower level courses which are prerequi-
site to upper level courses.
Art 111 Drawing I (Drawing in All Media) 2 or.
A foundation course in drawing which includes a study of
perspective light and shadow and composition with a variety
of media and subject matter.
Art 112 Drawing H (Composition and Figure Drawing) 2 cr.
Figure construction, anatomy, and life drawing are stud-
ied. Included are pictorial design and composition.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 199
Art 113 Design I (Color and Design) 2 cr.
Basic elements and principles of design and color are
studied. Problems in two and three dimensional design are
completed.
Art 114 Design II (Design in Volume and Space) 2 or.
This course provides the student with a wide variety of ex-
periences in three dimensional design using various materials.
Form, volume, and space are considered in different materials
and in their relationship to sculpture, architecture, and the
crafts. The emphasis is on experimentation with materials and
ideas.
Art 211 Painting I (Water Color and Mixed Media) 2 cr.
The course is primarily concerned with transparent water
color painting but includes gouache and mixed media. Work
begins with a study of brush strokes and realistic on-the-spot
painting and progresses through creative realism, semi-abstract
and non-figurative approaches.
Art 212 Painting II (Oil Color and Mixed Media) 2 cr.
This is a beginning course in painting with opaque plastic
media. The student is introduced to the technical as well as the
aesthetic and philosophical basis of painting through a creative
approach to the design possibilities inherent in these plastic
materials and their associated uses in processes.
Art 213 Crafts I (Crafts in Metal and Wood) 2 cr.
This course is an introductory experience with an empha-
sis on an understanding of, and involvement with, the crafts.
Experiences will be on a preliminary basis to serve as a base
for more complex problems.
Art 214 Ceramics (Pottery and Ceramics) 2 cr.
Prerequisite to Art 312.
A basic introduction to the art and craft of ceramics. Wheel
throwing, hand building, and ceramic sculpture methods will
be dealt with. Understanding of basic glaze composition, firing
methods and decorative techniques will be explained in theory
and demonstrated in practice.
Art 215 Sculpture I (Modeling and Sculpture) 2 cr.
Beginning sculpture is approached from the standpoint of
carving. Work is attempted in wood, stone and other related
materials. Emphasis is placed on the study of form, as well as
3-dimensional thinking.
Art 216 Metalry (Jewelry) 2 cr.
The designing and creating of handwrought, decorative
objects using gemstone, ivory, enamels, wood and nonferrous
metals is approached from the viewpoint of the beginning
craftsman learning the basic processes of metal fabrication.
Jewelry making, the lapidary arts and beginning metal-smith-
ing are experienced.
200 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Art 217 Printmaking I (Graphic Arts) 2 cr.
The basic techniques of graphic expression will be studied.
They will include: relief, intaglio, lithograph, and serigraph
prints.
Art 218 Graphic Design I (Lettering, Commercial Art
and Illustration) 2 cr.
Layouts are analyzed as to their quality. The students ex-
plore various techniques and how they can be translated into
commercial art work, package design, trademark and other de-
sign problems are confronted. Lettering is stressed, both in-
stant type and hand lettering.
UPPER LEVEL COURSES
Art 311 Painting III 2 cr.
Students are given the opportunity for more individual
growth in their creative and expressive ability through paint-
ing. Experiences are offered in the transparent and opaque
qualities of oil, synthetic and water base media.
Art 312 Ceramics 11 2 cr.
A continuation and expansion of the skills and attitudes
fostered in Ceramics I (a prerequisite to Ceramics II). In this
course glazes will be studied in more depth, i.e., the student
will be required to color test a given glaze by the line blend
method and to evaluate his and his classmates' results. More
specific form goals will be established in the work with a
choice by the student of an area of concentration in the pieces
to be made. Each student will assist in the loading and firing
of oxidation kilns and be conversant with the techniques of re-
duction, salt, and raku firing.
Art 313 Sculpture 11 2 cr.
Sculpture II is a sequential outgrowth of Sculpture I. In
this course the emphasis will be placed on the additive or con-
structed approach to sculptural concepts. The student will be-
come involved with welding, plastics, metal, plaster, and re-
lated materials.
Art 314 Costume and Theatre Arts 2 cr.
Color and design are used to solve problems in school and
college dramatics and pageantry. Theory and practice in the
design, construction, painting of scenery, lighting, costume,
and properties are basic experiences.
Art 315 Printmaking II 2 cr.
The basic techniques of graphic expression will be ex-
panded to provide the student with a wider range of possibili-
ties within the techniques of printmaking.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA Ml
Art 316 Metalry 11 (Lapidary, Art, Metalsmithing,
Casting, Enameling) 2 cr.
Additional jewelry making and metalworking processes
employing lapidary art, beginning metalsmithing (raising), ele-
mentary casting and introductory enameling are experienced
by the developing craftsman.
Art 321 Drawing m 2 cr.
This is an advanced course in drawing designed to meet
the problems of the student who has some background in the
field. Problems of composition, two and three dimensional re-
lationships, and surface will be discussed on an individual basis
in conjunction with the use of traditional subjects such as land-
scape and the figure.
Art 410 Primitive and Pre-Greek 3 cr.
A survey of the painting, architecture and sculpture of
Prehistoric Man, Egypt and the Near East as well as the Art of
Primitive Man of later times — The American Indian, African
Art and the Art of Oceanic. The course will also include ma-
terial on ceramics, and the decorative arts of these people as a
part of their cultural expression. (Offered in alternate semes-
ters.)
Art 411 Art History HI 3 cr.
The great revolutionary movements which began about
1850 and the trends of contemporary arts are vital to the art
students of today. This course completes the sequence in the
History of Art through the ages.
Art 412 Classical Art 3 cr.
An historical survey of the painting, architecture, sculp-
ture, decorative and utilitarian arts of the classical period. The
course will include the art of pre Greek cultures (Minoan-
Mycenaean) , Greek, Etruscan and Roman. (Offered in alternate
semesters)
Art 413 Seminar in Art 2 cr.
In the course the theoretical background of the arts are
studies. The historical, sociological, and formal approaches to
the arts are examined with a particular emphasis on the visual
arts. This course is a survey of speculative aspect of the arts,
and the relation of the arts to life.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
Art 317 Arts and Crafts in Elementary Education 2 cr.
This course is designed to help the future art teacher
understand the aestjietic and creative development of elemen-
tary school children. Art education is studied as a process
which helps develop the total growth of the child, and his art
202 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
products are evaluated by this criterion. Art programs, plan-
ning, and motivation are studied critically. Experience is giv-
en with tv/o dimensional materials as they apply to the ele-
mentary level.
Art 318 Arts and Crafts in Secondary Education 2 cr.
(This course is a prerequisite to student teaching)
The relationship of art education to the total secondary
curriculum is studied to determine the goals of junior-senior
high school art. The adolescent and his creative products are
analyzed to help the prospective art teacher to identify him-
self with the problems of his students. Emphasis is placed upon
the concept of the adolescent's waning self-confidence in his
creative expression and his dire need of aesthetic experiences
help reorient himself.
Art 319 Teaching Seminar in Elementary Art Education 1 cr.
Art 320 Teaching Seminar in Secondary Art Education 1 cr.
These courses are for the practical application of class-
room theory involving children and youth. The concern is with
development, use and evaluation of contemporary teaching
methods. Art 317 and 319, and Art 318 and 320 are related
courses and should be scheduled concurrently. All four courses
are prerequisites for student teaching.
(Required of all Students in Education)
FdEd 302 History and Philosophy of Education 3 cr.
This course is designed to promote a clearer understand-
ing of the modern educational system through a study of his-
torical changes in instructional processes and ideas underlying
it. Through the emphasis placed upon the study of educational
beliefs and points of view, the course seeks to foster critical
thinking which will lead to better judgement about the role
of the school in our social structure, the meaning of democ-
racy, the teacher and his profession, and the methods and ob-
jectives of the school.
Ed 441 Art Student Teaching and
Directed Student Activities 12 cr.
Here the prospective art teacher is given many opportuni-
ties, under capable supervision, to guide the creative efforts
of students at all age levels in the primary, elementary, junior,
and senior high schools. Current philosophies of general and
art education are applied in a practical teaching situation. Em-
phasis is placed on the creative growth of teacher and pupil.
Ed 442 Professional Practicum (including School Law) 2 cr.
Consideration is given to recent education trends and
methods, art curricula, and to planning of art courses for all
grade levels. Practicum also includes professional readings,
discussions, observations, and the accumulation and organiza-
tion of pertinent teaching materials.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 203
ELECTIVES IN THE ART CURRICULUM
With the foundations already established in three years
of college art work the student may elect advanced courses.
The work will be mainly individual, experimental, and in
depth, with the aim of helping the student to make the tran-
sition from the position of student in the college classroom
with directed studies to the position of artist. These studio
workshop courses will stress advanced techniques in the par-
ticular field of study.
Art 451 Advanced Crafts 2 or.
This course is designed to have the student explore the
crafts area in depth. The design and construction of functional
objects will be undertaken with emphasis on innovation.
Art 452 Advanced Ceramics 2 cr.
(Prerequisites Ceramics I and II)
Opportunity will be provided for the student with interest
and desire to pursue in further depth those aspects of the craft
which he has found most fascinating. No specific assignment
on production; the student will be self-directed, using the in-
structor as a resource aid. Each student will formulate glazes
which will be tested in both oxidation and reduction. At least
one base glaze will be color tested and the student will further
test his glaze ware.
Art 453 Sculpture III (Advanced Sculpture) 2 cr.
This course is designed to give the student the opportunity
to pursue independent study in sculpture. The materials and
processes will be of his choosing and the work related to his
own concepts with the hope that these concepts will be broad-
ened.
Art 454 Faulting IV (Advanced Painting) 2 cr.
Individual experimentation and exploration by the student
painter are encouraged in this course. Investigation of the
various technical approaches from the era of the masters to
those used by contemporary artists is encouraged. Students
are helped to discover their individually unique method of
self expression.
Art 455 Graphic Design II (Advanced Commercial Art) 2 cr.
This course stresses advanced techniques in layout and
illustration. The student explores ideas, such as invention of
trademarks and how products are brought about. Layouts are
analyzed as to their quality. Package design is studied.
Art 457 Printmaking III (Advanced Graphic Art) 2 cr.
The student will elect to study the print in greater depth.
He will concentrate his interest in two of four basic print-
making processes. He will work toward development of his
own techniques and working processes.
204 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Art 458 Architecture and Home Planning 2 or.
This course is designed for the student who wishes to ex-
plore basic ideas in home planning and architecture through
studio experience, and a study of architectural history. The
emphasis is upon building in the United States and contem-
porary houses.
Art 459 Fabrics 3 or.
This course is designed to provide the students with a
working knowledge of the processes involved in the design and
execution of projects in weaving, batik and related areas. Other
fabric techniques will be available for the student to explore
as desired. These areas would include hooking, latching, silk
screen, block printing, fabric collage, macrame, and stitchery.
Art 460 Advanced Metalry (Advanced Jewelry) 2 cr.
Design and the processes associated with the art of metalry
are given greater concentration. The developing craftsman is
encouraged to investigate, in depth, one or more of the metal
arts as an extension of the basic courses.
SPECIAL COURSES
Art 330 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded 3 or.
The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied
for opportunities they offer in the training, therapy and educa-
tion of students who are mentally retarded, crippled, or need
special help for any reason.
HE 213 Principles of Design 2 or.
Principles of design and color are studied and applied to
a crafted object. The major emphasis is on the aesthetic qual-
ity inherent in designing with materials.
El 213 Art for Elementary Grades 2 or.
The creative growth and development of children is stu-
died. Students are given experiences in the basic art materials
and media, as well as opportunity to plan art motivation for
children. The course requires that the student attend one lec-
ture session and two studio sessions per week.
El 214 Teaching Art in Elementary Grades 3 cr.
This course provides the student with a wide variety of
two and three dimensional art experiences with the emphasis
on a developmental sequence from simple to more complex
variations of a craft. Emphasis is placed on the creative chal-
lenges of the art experience.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
106
BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY, Chairman
ROBERT K. ALICO
•FRANK T. BAKER
THOMAS E. CONWAY
MICHAEL R. CHARNEGO
GARY M. FERRENCE
WILLIAM FORBES
WALTER W. GALLATI
LOUIS L. GOLD
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER
LEON J. HUE
JAN HUMPHREYS
ROBERT E. MERRITT
* On leave of absence.
JAMES H. MILLER
ROBERT N. MOORE
JERRY LEE PICKERING
GOULD F. SCHROCK
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS
DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER
MARTIN L. STAPLETON
RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER
HENRY H. VALLOWE
RICHARD F. WAECHTER
WILLIAM M. WASKOSKIE
CYRIL J. ZENISEK
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Biol 103 General Biology I 4 cr.
This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics
include cellular structure and physiology, growth and repair,
reproduction and development, control, sources of food energy,
inheritance, and man's interrelationship with his biological
environment. The classification of plants and animals is re-
viewed briefly. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Biol 104 General Biology II 4 cr.
Prerequisite: General Biology I.
A continuation of General Biology I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
Sci 111 Science in Modern Civilization 3 cr.
This course is designed to acquaint the secondary student
with some of the major discoveries of science in all fields and
the effects of discoveries upon man's way of life. Emphasis is
placed upon developing an understanding of science and its
implications. Discoveries leading to more abundant supplies
of energy, discoveries contributing to better health and longer
life, more rapid transportation, to a more abundant and better
food supply, better housing, better clothing and to greater de-
structive potential are some of the topics developed.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES
Biol 111 Botany I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
Botany I is primarily a study of the flowering plants.
Topics include the anatomy and life processes of plant cells,
leaves, stem, roots, flowers, seeds, and fruits. The economic
importance of plants used by man and the recognition and
classification of the seed plants in the immediate environment
of the university are included. Two hours lectuire and three
hours laboratory per week. .
206 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Biol 112 Botany II 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II. Two hours lecture
and three hours laboratory per week.
Botany II is concerned primarily with the non-flowering
plants. It considers both the anatomy and life processes of
selected algae, bacteria, fungi, mosses, ferns, and their allies.
The economic importance and health implications of certain of
these groups are emphasized. The recognition and classifica-
tion of the non-flowering plants of the immediate surround-
ings are stressed,
Biol 121 Zoology I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II,
This is a study of the life history, habits, origin, develop-
ment, physiology and anatomy of the main phyla of inverte-
brates. A phylogenetic sequence is followed to show interre-
lationships among the phyla. The student becomes acquainted
with the many invertebrate species found locally. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 122 Zoology II 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II. Two hours lecture
and three hours laboratory per week.
This course is a study of the chordata in general, and more
particularly the classes of vertebrates. Topics studied include
the anatomy, physiology, origin, development, and life history
of representative members of each class. Special attention is
given to the vertebrates found in the vicinity of the university.
Biol 251 Field Botany 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
This is a course in the taxonomy of the vascular plants of
the region. It includes the ferns, fern allies, shrubs, trees and
herbaceous plants. The use of the standard manuals for the
identification of plant materials is stressed. Students are re-
quired to make collections for their future use. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory per week,
Biol 252 Field Zoology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II,
Field Zoology is a course in the study of animals in the
field; the collection of such forms, and the preparation and
utilization of them for museum and instructional purposes.
Students are required to make collections for their future use.
Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. Field
trips are required.
Biol 261 Ornithology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and XL
Ornithology is a study of the birds of the region supple-
mented by a review of the major orders of birds of the west-
ern hemisphere. Indoor studies of skins are niade during the
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 20T
early part of the course, while the latter part of the course is
largely field work. Early morning field trips are required. Two
hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 262 Entomology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
This is an introduction to the orders of insects, considering
their characteristics, habits, and economic relations, together
with the collecting and identifying of representative forms
from Western Pennsylvania. Two hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
Biol 263 Genetics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and 11.
The purpose of this course is to give the student an under-
standing of the laws of inheritance as they operate in plants,
animals, and humans. Cell structure, mendelian inheritance,
eugenics, linkage, probability, crossing over, and random as-
sortment are considered. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory per week.
Biol 271 Evolution 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
This course deals with the principles of organic evolution.
Various lines of evidence for evolution are studied as well as
the operational mechanisms involved which have resulted in
present-day organisms. Consideration is given to the origin
and phylogenetic relationships of biologic groups. The histori-
cal development of evolutionary thought is also considered.
Three hours lecture per week.
Biol 272 Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
In this course special attention is devoted to a study of
accepted practices in soil, water, forest, and game conserva-
tion. Numerous local and state conservation specialists are
called in to assist in the discussion of the specialized fields of
conservation. Field work is an essential part of the course.
Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 281 Parasitology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Zoology I.
An introductory course which covers the parasitic proto-
zoa, flatworms, and roundworms. Major emphasis is placed
upon species infesting man and includes their structure, physi-
ology, ecology, life cycles, pathogenicity and treatment. Labor-
atory work includes some dissection of vertebrate hosts and
fixing, staining and mounting of any parasites recovered. Ar-
thropods involved in parasite transmission are also included.
Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
208 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Biol 285 Biotechniques 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II; General Chemis-
try I and 11.
Through laboratory work, student will gain manipulative
ly used by biologists. Major consideration will be given to
skills and allied information pertaining to techniques frequent-
microscope slide preparation with lesser emphasis on special-
ized microscopy and the use of various instruments. Two com-
bined lecture/laboratory sessions of three hours each.
Biol 331 Embryologj' 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Zoology II. Two hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
A course in the development of vertebrates as exemplified
in the frog, chick, and pig. Major emphasis is placed on the
chick. The sequence of maturation, fertilization, cleavage, gas-
trulation and origin of organs is traced.
Biol 332 Comparative Anatomy 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Zoology II. Embryology is desirable. Three
combined lecture/laboratory sessions of two hours each.
This course provides the student with a comparative study
of the shark, Necturus and cat. Each system is studied in all
three forms concurrently providing a true comparison. Addi-
tional vertebrate forms are included in the lecture material.
Biol 341 General Physiology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II and General Chem-
istry I and II.
This course deals first with an exposition of the basic con-
cepts as they apply to the structure of cells and their activi-
ties. This is followed by a consideration of the manipulation of
energy — of chemical concentration, of electrical potential, of
mechanical energy, and of radiant energy — in the cell and or-
ganism. Finally, the problems associated with growth and re-
production and the factors involved in the integration of the
organisms are considered. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory.
Biol 351 Plant Physiology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Botany I. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory per week.
This course studies the physiological processes occurring
in plants. The phenomena of imbibition, osmosis, digestion,
photosynthesis, respiration, transpiration and mineral nutrition
are considered in relation to the growth and development of
the plant.
Biol 352 Animal Physiology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Zoology I and II. Two hours lecture and
three hours laboratory per week.
The purpose of this course is to give the student a general
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 209
background of how animals carry on their bodily processes
and a more detailed knowledge of human physiology. Related
anatomy is taught as needed.
Biol 361 Microbiology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II, General Chemis-
try I and II, Organic Chemistry I. Two hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
This course is a study of microscopic forms of life, both
plant and animal, which are commonly encountered in biologi-
cal work. Some emphasis is placed on the study of disease-
producing species of man and his domesticated animals. Meth-
ods of culturing forms used in high school teaching are studied.
Biol 362 Ecology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
This is a study of the interrelations and adaptations of
plants, and animals and includes consideration of physical as
well as biotic environmental factors. Field trips are taken to
study various types of ecologic situations. Two hours lecture
and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 371 Vertebrate Anatomy 3 or.
A study of the anatomical organization of the vertebrate
animal. The cat is used as the subject for a detailed laboratory
dissection. Prerequisite: Zoology II. Two hours lecture and
three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 372 Plant Anatomy 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Botany I. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory work per week.
The embryological development and the growth and mat-
uration of typical vascular plants will be studied. Emphasis is
placed on the differentiation and maturation of the root, stem,
leaf and flower among representatives of various plant fam-
ilies.
Biol 381 Mycology 3 or.
Prerequisites: Botany II, Microbiology or consent of in-
structor.
This course is designed to introduce the student to the
study of the fungi. Myxomycetes and Eumycophyta including
the classes Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes, and
Fungi Imperfect! will be studied. Emphasis will be given to
those organisms which are of economic importance as casual
organisms of disease in plants and animals. The investigation
wUl introduce taxonomy, morphology, physiology and ecology
of the fungi. Techniques of isolation, growth in pure culture,
and identification will be streissed.
210 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Biol 472 Radiation Biology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Two years of biology, Physics I-II, Chemis-
try I-II. Additional chemistry through organic and biological
chemistry strongly recommended.
Basic aspects of nuclear physics, the phenomena of radio-
active isotopes and the biological effects of such isotopes. Con-
current laboratory work utilizing instruments for detection
and measurement of radioactive nuclids used in biological ex-
perimentation. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory per
week.
Biol 490 Biology Seminar 1-3 cr.
The seminar is a discussion of recent trends in biological
thought and research. Students report on assigned readings
and/or personal research. An occasional outside speaker may
summarize his research findings or lecture in his area of spe-
cialization.
Biol 498 Problems in Biology 1-3 cr.
A course in which the student may independently investi-
gate any field of biology in which he is interested. This work
is supervised by a faculty member but does not involve regu-
lar class or laboratory hours. The student should expect to
spend three hours per week for each credit earned.
Biol 499 Research Biology 3 cr.
A course designed to acquaint the undergraduate student
with the techniques of modern research by actively engaging
in a program of biological experimentation and/or research.
Students will work in close harmony with the faculty member
(or members) engaged in an active research project. There are
no formal lectures or laboratories and a broad biological back-
ground is required. Enrollment is by permission only.
COURSE REQUIRED OF EDUCATION MAJORS
IN THE VARIOUS FIELDS OF SCIENCE
Ed 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 3 cr.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of work in major field. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory work per week.
This course is planned to give the science major a thorough
background in the problems of teaching science. The objectives
of science programs in secondary schools, selection of text-
books, sources of suitable literature, how to secure materials
for instruction, the preparation of units, and special techniques
are studied.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 211
REQUIRED COURSES FOR STUDENTS IN
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Biol 311 Environmental Biology 4 cr.
This is a laboratory and field course that provides the stu-
dent with basic knowledge in biology as well as some practical
aspects that can be used and applied in the elementary school.
The physical and biological aspects of the environment con-
stitute the main theme of the course.
El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 or.
The course is taught under the basic assumption that active
participation is pre-requisite to student learning. Students will
be expected to become personally involved in the learning ex-
periences in both discussion and laboratory sessions.
Emphasis will be placed upon science and its relationship
to the elementary curriculum, learning theory and its applica-
tion to science instruction, planning for teaching science and
recent innovations in elementary science teaching. This course
is offered on the block only.
REQUIRED COURSES FOR STUDENTS IN
HOME ECONOMICS
Biol 151 Human Physiology 3 cr.
Functions of various tissues, organs and systems of mam-
mals as applied to the human organism. Recommended for
home economics, physical therapy and medical technology stu-
dents. Not open to biology majors. Two hours lecture, two
hours laboratory per week.
Biol 361 Microbiology (Sanitation) 3 cr.
This course is a study of microscopic forms of life, both
plant and animal, which are commonly encountered in biologi-
cal work. Some emphasis is placed on the study of disease-
producing species of man and his domesticated animals. Meth-
ods of culturing forms used in high school teaching are stud-
ied. Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
212
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER, Dean
LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT, JR.
JAMES F. CAWLEY
CHARLES L. COOPER
ROBERT H. DOERR
ROBERT D. DOUGLASS
R. CARLYLE FEE
FRANK GHESSIE
DAVID H. GROOM
ELSIE M. HILEMAN
H. FOSTER HILL
DONALD 0. MAHAN
A. RICHARD McCLURE
BERNARD A. MOREAU
RALPH A. NITTINGER
PATRICIA PATTERSON
DENTON F. PILLION
JOHN POLESKY
MARY RECUPERO
ARLENE RISHER
DONALD J. ROBBINS
DOROTHY SCHROCK
KENNETH L. SHILDT
ROBERT G. SIEFERS
LESLIE S. SPENCER
CHARLES B. STEVENSON
JAMES K. STONER
BEATRICE F. THOMAS
HAROLD W. THOMAS
DALE WOOMER
The courses listed below (prefix Bus) are available to
students in the Business and Distributive Education Depart-
ment, and the Business Management Department. Students in
the School of Business should refer to the specific course re-
quirements of their respective department (BE — Business Ed-
ucation, DE — Distributive Education, and BM — Business Man-
agement) shown on the following pages.
Bus 101 Business Organization and Management 3 cr.
This introductory course is an overview of the major as-
pects of business and business management. The interrelated
activities of a business firm are integrated through the major
functions of management: planning, organizing, directing, and
controlling. Emphasis is placed upon principles, practices, and
methods common to most business firms in a private enter-
prise system.
Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting 2 or.
This introductory course places emphasis on the develop-
ment of correct techniques in typewriting. The student is in-
troduced to the basic styles of business letters, simple tabula-
tions, and simple manuscripts. Individual remedial work is
given. Specific standards of speed and accuracy are required.
For those persons who have had instruction in this area,
a test is given and exemption granted from taking the course
if course standards are met.
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 131 with a grade of "C" or better or
credit by examination.
This course emphasizes the further development of speed,
accuracy and production ability. Work includes business letters
with special features, technical papers, business reports, busi-
ness forms, rough drafts, manuscripts, liquid and stencil dupli-
cation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 218
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting 3 cr.
Prerequisites: BM 111 or BE 111.
The purpose of this course is to introduce the students to
the keeping of records for service and professional establish-
ments as well as mercantile enterprises involving the single
proprietor. Emphasis is placed upon the distinction between
keeping records on the cash basis as compared to the accrual
basis. Consideration is given to special journals, the combined-
cash journal, auxiliary records, and business papers.
Bus 233 Marketing 3 cr.
A study of the system of interacting business activities
necessary to the planning, pricing, promoting, and placing of
want-satisfying goods and services for use by household con-
sumers and industrial users. Concepts and principles will be
analyzed in order to give a basic understanding of the market-
ing system and its significance today.
Bus 235 Business Law I 3 or.
This course deals with the nature of law and the agencies
and procedures for its enforcement, contracts, agency employ-
ment, negotiable instruments, property, bailments and trans-
portation. The aim is to apply principles of law to everyday
life and to establish proper interests, ideals and attitude to-
ward law as a means of economic and social control.
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 221.
Special consideration is given to accrued and deferred
items; the significance and handling of valuation accounts and
the interpretation of the effect of all types of transactions on
the operation of the business are stressed throughout the
course. Special attention is given to the voucher system and to
the preparation of columnar records for different types of busi-
nesses along with the preparation and interpretation of com-
parative financial reports. Emphasis is placed on payroll ac-
counting and the organization, operation, and dissolution of
partnerships.
Bus 261 Shorthand Theory 3 cr.
This is an introductory course in the basic principles of
Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee.
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 261.
There are three major objectives for this course: to review
and strengthen the student's knowledge of the principles of
Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee, to build shorthand-writing
speed, and to build transcription skill.
214 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting 2 cr.
Prerequisite: An average of "C" or better in Bus 131 and
Bus 132.
Emphasis is placed upon the further development of speed,
accuracy and production ability. Practical office typing is
stressed. Work assignments include advanced letter forms,
legal documents, statistical reports and tables and manu-
scripts. Students will become acquainted with auxiliary office
machines that require typing ability. Instruction on the vari-
typer and offset duplicator is available.
Bus 321 Business Communications 3 cr.
Prerequisite: "C" average in English 101 and 102.
This course stresses the improvement of grammar and
punctuation and helps students build their vocabularies. It is
designed to develop skill in the writing of several kinds of
business letters and reports, as well as application letters and
data sheets.
Bus 332 Retail Management 3 cr.
Prerequisites: DE 331, or Bus 333, or Bus 233.
This course includes a study of merchandising control,
stock planning, buying, pricing, personnel training, store lay-
out and equipment, retail advertising and display. Suggested
public relations activities are practiced in this course.
Bus 333 Principles of Selling 3 cr.
Techniques of successful selling are studied and practiced.
Topics covered include the selection of prospects, the sales
approach, determining customer needs, the sales presentation,
overcoming objections of the customers, closing the sale and
suggestion selling. Sales demonstrations incorporating audio-
visual aids will be a part of the course.
Bus 335 Office Machines 2 cr.
This course covers fundamentals of operating office ma-
chines— rotary, key driven, and printing calculators; key
punch; dictating and transcribing machines; bookkeeping ma-
chines. It includes instruction in records management.
Bus 336 Business Law 11 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 235.
The basic aim of this course is the same as that stated for
Business Law I. Attention is given to kinds of business organ-
izations, sales, insurance, surety and guaranty, leases and mort-
gages, trust and estates, bankruptcy, business torts and crimes.
Bus 339 Business Data Processing 3 cr.
This course is designed to familiarize students with the de-
velopment of Business Data Processing Systems, numbering
systems, and data representation. A study will be made of all
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 216
types of input, processing, and output equipment for off line as
well as on line computing equipment. The student will com-
plete exercises in flow charting and computer programming.
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting 3 or.
Prerequisite: Bus 251,
This course is a continued study of the financial principles
and practices of accounting with emphasis on the character-
istics, records, and financial reports of corporations.
The following topics are included: corporate capital, de-
preciation, revaluation of plant and equipment, intangibles,
inventory valuation, cash and temporary investments, and re-
ceivables.
Bus 353 Cost Accounting 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352.
Basic theory and procedures for determining unit cost of
production and cost control involving material, labor, and
manufacturing expenses in job-order and process cost sys-
tems. The costing of joint and by-products and estimated cost
systems is also considered.
Bus 363 Transcription 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 262.
This course develops additional speed in taking dictation
with much emphasis placed on the development of transcrip-
tion skill.
Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 363.
This course is an advanced study of the theory and the
practice in activities common to the office — handling the mail,
telegraphic services, shipping services, meeting callers, various
business reports, financial and legal duties, transcription, secre-
tarial standards; personality, reference books, itineraries, prep-
aration of documents, editing, etc.
Bus 454 Federal Taxes 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352.
This course is designed to enable the students to gain a
familiarity with the Federal Income Tax Laws as they pertain
to individuals, single proprietorships and partnerships. The
Social Security Tax Law will also be considered as a phase of
this course. In addition to studying the Internal Revenue Code
in connection with the above topics, problems will be con-
sidered which involve the use of the different forms that are
necessary in tax accounting. The case method is utilized in
the study of this subject.
Bus 455 Auditing 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 353.
A general review of the qualifications, duties, responsi-
bilities, and professional ethics of auditors. A study of auditing
theory and the practical application of auditing standards and
procedures to the verification of accounts and financial state-
ments; working papers; and audit reports.
216 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BUSINESS AND DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT
JAMES K. STONER, Chairman
Required Courses For All Business Education Students
Bus 101 Business Organization and Management
(see description on page 212) 3 or.
BE 111 Foundations of Mathematics (Business) 3 cr.
This is a review of the fundamental processes with em-
phasis on speed and accuracy through adequate drill and prac-
tical application in the handling of the fundamental business
operations. Topics considered which especially concern busi-
ness are the 60-day 6 per cent method of computing interest;
compound interest; bank, cash, and trade discounts; and par-
tial payments.
Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting
(see description on page 212) 2 cr.
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting
(see description on page 212) 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 131.
BE 212 Business Mathematics II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: BE 111.
The purpose of this course is to teach students to apply
principles of business mathematics with speed and accuracy
in solving advanced problems encountered by the businessman
and the consumer. The mathematics of production, marketing,
accounting, finance, and management correlate with the ac-
counting courses.
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 235 Business Law I (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 221 and a "C" average in BE 111, BE 212,
and English.
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting
(see description on page 214) 2 or.
Prerequisite: Bus 132.
BE 311 Methods of Teaching Business Courses 3 cr.
This course includes methods of teaching general business
courses, as well as shorthand, typewriting, and bookkeeping.
Unit plans, demonstrations, and lesson planning are empha-
sized. Aims, techniques, and procedures of teaching, grade
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 217
placement of subjects and classroom management are con-
sidered items of the course. All courses in the student's major
area along with the two psychology courses must have been
cleared before this course is taken.
BE 312 Evaluative Techniques in Business Courses 2 or.
Prerequisite: BE 311.
This course includes the construction, administration, scor-
ing, treatment, and grading of various type tests. The analysis
of test results, remedial teaching and retesting, the evaluation
of tests, all tied together in the psychological foundation of
good methods as they function in the field of Business Educa-
tion.
Bus 321 Business Communications
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: "C" average in Eng 101 and 102.
Bus 333 Principles of Selling
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Bus 335 Office Machines (see description on page 214) 2 cr.
Bus 336 Business Law II (see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 235.
Bus 339 Business Data Processing
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Courses Required in the Stenographic Sequence
Bus 261 Shorthand (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 261.
Bus 363 Transcription (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 262.
Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice
(see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 363.
Courses Required in the Accounting Sequence
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting
(see description on page 215) 3 or.
Prerequisite: Bus 251.
Bus 353 Cost Accounting (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352.
Bus 454 Federal Taxes (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352.
218 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Courses Required in the Data Processing Sequence
Math 101 Foundation of Mathematics (Computer)
(see description on page 299) 3 cr.
Bus 339 Business Data Processing
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Math 461 Computer Math II
(see description on page 304) 3 cr.
Bus 439 Business Information Systems 3 cr.
This course orientates the student in the philosophy and
concepts of business information systems. Management plan-
ning, and organization objectives develop the management
information system and its sub-systems. Information theory,
data collection and editing, source document design, report
form designing, file organization and maintenance, and data
reduction techniques will be developed. The areas of problem
definition, information economics, information management,
flow charting, truth table testing, and documentation will be
included.
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting
(see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Bus 454 Federal Taxes (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352.
SPECIAL ELECTIVES
Bus 455 Auditing (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 353.
BE 342 Consumer Economics 3 cr.
Problems of production, distribution, merchandising, and
buying are studied. Intelligent consumership is stressed
throughout all aspects of the course. Importance is placed
upon maximum satisfaction from goods and services consumed
by the individual.
Some Business Management courses may be selected as
electives.
GENERAL ELECTIVE
BE 371 Personal Typewriting and Duplicating 1 cr.
This course may be taken as an elective by upper class-
men other than Business Education Department students and
Office Management students in the Business Management De-
partment. Emphasis is placed on the development of correct
techniques in typewriting. The student is introduced to simple
tabulations and the typing of term papers, themes, and manu-
scripts. He learns how to prepare masters and stencils for use
on the various duplicating machines.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 219
DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
JAMES K. STONER. Teacher-Educator
Required Courses For AH Distributive Education Students
Bus 101 Business Organization and Management
(see description on page 212) 3 cr.
Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting
(see description on page 212) 2 cr.
BE 111 Foundations of Mathematics (Business)
(see description on page 216) 3 cr.
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting
(see description on page 212) 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 131.
BE 212 Business Mathematics II
(see description on page 216) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: BE 111.
Bus 233 Marketing (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 235 Business Law I (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 221 and a "C" average in BE 111, BE 212,
and English.
Bus 332 Retail Management
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 233, or DE 331, or Bus 333.
Bus 321 Business Communications
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: "C" average in Eng 101 and 102.
Bus 335 Business Machines (see description on page 214) 2 cr.
Bus 336 Business Law II (see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Bus 339 Business Data Processing
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Bus 333 Principles of Selling
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
*DE 310 Principles of Distributive Education 3 cr.
The purpose of this course is to acquaint prospective
teacher-coordinators with the objectives of distributive educa-
tion and with the details and problems of organizing, adminis-
220 INDIANA UNIVERSrTY OF PENNSYLVANIA
tering, and supervising a complete cooperative program. The
course will be concerned with the organization and coordina-
tion of vocational education programs and the operation of an
Advisory Committee.
*DE 313 Methods of Teaching Courses in
Distributive Education 3 cr.
The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with
the basic principles of teaching the subjects in this area as
well as the specific methods of presentation. Students will pre-
pare unit plans, lesson plans, demonstration aids, and evalu-
ative techniques.
*DE 331 Modern Merchandising 3 cr.
This course reviews the techniques for planning and con-
trolling inventories, pricing for profit, and analyzing sales. Un-
derstanding and working with modern systems for handling
cash is a part of this course. A study is made of textile and
non-textile merchandise with regard to composition, selling
values, and display techniques, including color, line and de-
sign. Actual practice in working with various merchandising
display units is emphasized.
DE 434 Supervised Work Experience and Seminar
in Distributive Education 6 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 333.
Students will gain supervised work experience in selected
business establishments operating in the field of distribution.
This work experience will be conducted under the guidance of
competent store personnel and the college supervisor. As part
of this program, the students will attend weekly evening
seminars in which discussions will center on daily problems.
The trainees will be required to submit regular progress re-
ports.
*Note: Admission to professional courses in DE is subject to
approval by a faculty committee.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 221
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT
CHARLES L. COOPER. Chairman
Required Courses For All Business Management Students
Bus 101 Business Organization and Management
(see description on page 212) 3 cr.
BM 111 Foundations of Math (Management) 3 cr.
This course is designed to provide a broad survey of the
fundamental processes of mathematics as applied to business.
Emphasis will be placed on the principles of solving business
problems by the use of mathematics. Specific areas of concen-
tration include: percentage, interest, discount, annuities, valu-
ation of stocks and bonds, sinking funds, amortization plans,
factoring, depreciation, pricing, taxes, insurance, and valuation.
BM 201 Personnel Management 3 cr.
The fundamental principles involved in maintaining har-
monious human relations at all levels of a business enterprise
form the nucleus of this course. The basic elements involved
in planning, organization, directing, and controlling personnel
will be developed. Major topics included are the selection,
training, evaluation, motivation, and remuneration of em-
ployees.
BM 215 Business Statistics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: BM 111, Math 362.
The major objective of this course is the application of
statistical methods which are useful in guiding business deci-
sions. Emphasis will be placed upon such statistical techniques
as measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, meas-
ure of relationship, sampling, and index numbers.
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: "C" average in BM 111 and English 101 and
102.
Bus 233 Marketing (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 235 Business Law I (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 221 with not less than "C" grade.
Bus 321 Business Communications
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: "C" average in Eng 101 and 102.
Bus 336 Business Law II (see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 235.
222 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Bus 339 Business Data Processing
(see description on page 214) 3 or.
Courses Required in the Accounting Sequence
BM 241 Finance 3 cr.
A study of the financial structures of the various types
of business organizations. The methods of securing and man-
aging funds on a short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term
basis when financing their inception and their operations. An
analysis of fixed and working capital requirements.
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting
(see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 251.
Bus 353 Cost Accounting (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352 and "B" average in accounting
courses.
BM 451 Advanced Principles of Accounting 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 353.
A study of accounting problems of a specialized nature
including the application of funds statement, consignments,
installment sales, statement of affairs, receivership accounts,
agency and branch accounting, corporate combinations, and
consolidated statements.
Bus 454 Federal Taxes (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: BM 451.
Bus 455 Auditing (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: BM 451.
Electives (see recommended electives for Business
Management students on page 225) 18 cr.
Courses Required in the Systems Analyst Sequence
Math 101 Foundations of Math (Comp)
(see description on page 299) 3 cr.
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting
(see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 251.
BM 241 Finance (see description ahove) 3 cr.
Math 461 Computer Math H
(see description on page 304) 3 cr.
BM 340 Business Systems Technology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Math 101 (Comp), Bus 339 and Bus 439.
An extensive study of computer technology. The data
storage capabilities of the data cell, drum, thin film, paper
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 228
tape, core storage and magnetic tape are covered. The file
organization techniques of sequential, indexed sequential and
direct access as they affect business systems design are dis-
cussed. This course analyzes characteristics of full operating
magnetic tape and disk operating systems. It reviews the func-
tions of the background and foreground programs, job cards,
and linkage editor. Library programs, utility programs, multi-
programming, multi-processing and time sharing systems are
reviewed.
BM 342 Business Problem Application I 3 or.
Prerequisites: Math 101 (Comp), Bus 339, Math 461, Bus
439.
Business problems will be solved using remote terminals
as well as batch processing with the Computer Center's I.B.M.
360. The assembler language will be utilized following prob-
lems in general accounting, marketing, etc. Projects will be de-
veloped in probablistic forecasting of income statements, bal-
ance sheets and cash flow statements, manipulation of differ-
ent depreciation methods to establish which is "best" under
a given set of assumptions; devising and testing mathematical
models, production planning simulation, and capital budgeting.
Bus 439 Business Information Systems
(see description on page 218) 3 cr.
BM 441 Business Problem Programming 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Math 101 (Comp), Bus 339, Math 461, Bus
439, BM 340, and BM 342.
This course is a combination of computer programming
and systems analysis techniques in business problem definition
and solution. Problems will be analyzed, programmed, and
made operational in the following functional areas: payroll,
material and labor distribution, accounts receivable and paya-
ble, general accounting, finance, marketing, sales, production,
purchasing, and personnel.
BM 442 Business Problem Application II 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Math 101 (Comp), Bus 339, Math 461, Bus
439, BM 340, and BM 342.
This course discusses the more recent developments in
computer technology and its effect on business systems. The
determination of data bases with their specific file organiza-
tion needs as related to the hardware capabilities are studied.
The capabilities of remote stations and time sharing comput-
ing needs are related. Multi-programming, multi-processing,
real time, and time slicing techniques will be covered as they
effect the integrated and coordinated total system, accounting
system, and business control system.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BM 443 Business Systems Analysis I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Math 101 (Comp), Bus 339, Math 461, Bus
439, BM 340, and BM 342.
A thorough study will be made of the techniques used in
Systems Analysis. Systems definition of problem orientated
business systems, PERT and flow charting of the problem,
feasability, quantitative, and evaluative techniques as related
to the sub-system, systems synthesis, systems simulation, and
implementation are fully covered. The dynamics of an open-
ended business system as related to short and long term ob-
jectives are determined.
BM 444 Business Systems Analysis II 3 cr.
Prerequisites: BM 441, BM 442, and BM 443.
This course will require that the student complete assign-
ments in the analysis of business problems, preparation of flow
charts, and writing of computer programs. The programs must
be tested and made operational with raw detail and problem
information. Case studies will cover payroll, inventory, pro-
duction, and sales analysis.
BM 445 Quantitative Methods — Operations Research 3 or.
Prerequisites: BM 441, BM 442, and BM 443.
This course develops the computer programs necessary for
business decision making techniques as decision tables, truth
tables, decision matrix, decision making under certainty and
uncertainty, sampling techniques, operations research, inven-
tory models, systems models, simulation, queuing models, lin-
ear programming, matrix algebra, and game theory. Intensive
analysis of the decision making process: diagnosing problems;
evaluation of alternative solutions, projection of results and the
choice of alternatives.
Electives (see recommended electives for Business Man-
agement students on page 225.)
Courses Required in the Office Management Sequence
Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting
(see description on page 212) 0 cr.
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting
(see description on page 212) 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 131.
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting
(see description on page 214) 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 132.
Bus 261 Shorthand Theory (see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation
(see description on page 213) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 261.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 22B
Bus 335 Office Machines (see description on page 214) 2 cr.
Bus 363 Transcription (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 262.
Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice
(see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 363.
BM 470 Office Management 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
A study of the duties and responsibilities of the office
manager; the principles of practical office management and
their application in controlling office costs; flow^ of work; pur-
chase and use of office equipment; selection, training, and
supervision of office employees; and report writing.
Electives (see recommended electives for Business
Management students below) 15 cr.
Required Courses in the General Business Sequence
BM 241 Finance (see description on page 222) 3 cr.
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting
(see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 251.
Bus 454 Federal Taxes (see description on page 215) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 352.
Electives (see recommended electives for Business
Management students below) 27 cr.
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT STUDENTS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS COURSES:
Bus 333 Principles of Selling
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Bus 332 Retail Management (see description on page 214) 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Bus 251 and 331.
Bus 335 Office Machines (see description on page 214) 2 cr.
Bus 333 Principles of Selling
(see description on page 214) 3 cr.
BM 380 Principles of Investments 3 cr.
The analysis and evaluation of various types of securities
and other forms of investment possibilities and a study of the
principles of sound investment policies. Factors influencing the
general movement of security prices and the return from in-
vestments are Considered.
226 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BM 381 Principles of Insurance 3 or.
This historical development, the fundamental principles,
and the social and regulatory environment underlying all
forms of insurance — life, property, casualty, fire, and surety
is considered. A comprehensive study of the theory of risk
and its application to insurance.
BM 382 Principles of Real Estate 3 cr.
A study of the regulations, practices, legal aspects and
professional ethics of the real estate business, including the
areas of financing, advertising, property valuation and ap-
praisal, and selling.
BM 434 Advertising 3 cr.
An introduction to the principles, practices, advantages,
and limitations of advertising, including the purposes, tech-
niques, media, and organization of advertising campaigns. The
legal, economic, and social aspects of advertising are also con-
sidered.
BM 438 Marketing Research 3 cr.
The nature, methods, analysis, and application of present
day marketing research techniques utilized in the solution of
practical marketing problems studied through the use of case
material and outside research.
BM 456 Advanced Cost Accounting 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 353.
The study of the theory, preparation, and use of budgets,
production cost standards, and the analysis of cost variances
as means of cost controls is emphasized. Director costing and
extensive analysis of various cost control and profit planning
programs are also considered.
BM 490 Decision Making In Business 3 cr.
A case approach to the analytical techniques and concepts
necessary in making business decisions concerning marketing,
costs, pricing, profits, competition, production, and capital
management.
COURSES BY OTHER DEPARTMENTS
(see description in the listing of department offering the
course)
ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT:
Econ 321 History of Economic Thou^^ht 3 cr.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 227
Econ 335 Public Finance 3 cr.
Econ 341 Economic Development of the United States 3 cr.
Econ 345 International Economics 3 cr.
Econ 350 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr.
Psy 481 Industrial Psychology 3 cr.
Soc 340 Industrial Sociology 3 cr.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES DEPARTMENT;
151-152 Any Foreign Language 6 cr.
Other electives are available with the approval of depart-
mental chairman.
228 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT
PAUL R. WUNZ. JR.. Chairman
CARL W. BORDAS RONALD L. MARKS
EDWARD N. BROWN DONALD R. McKELVY
NICHOLAS D. CHRISTODOULEAS ROBERT PATSIGA
EDWARD G. COLEMAN JOHN H. SCROXTON
JOSEPH J. COSTA AUGUSTA SYTY
RICHARD HARTLINE STANFORD L. TACKETT
WILLIAM I. HEARD GENO ZAMBOTTI
RICHARD KOLACZKOWSKI DONALD N. ZIMMERMAN
Chemistry Courses
Chem 101-102 Home Economics Chemistry I and H 3 cr. each
This course is planned to include those topics from the
fields of inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry and biochem-
istry that are most important for the student of home econom-
ics and nursing. This information then serves as a basis for the
study of various materials encountered by a professional home
economist, whether teaching or employed by private industry
or in the nursing profession.
Chem 103 Chemistry for Nurses (Phys. Ed.) 3 cr.
This course is open only to students in the nurses' training
program connected with the hospital and to physical education
majors. It is a one semester course, designed to survey the
areas of inorganic, organic and biochemistry, particularly those
topics which are related to the fields of medicine, nursing, and
health. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory per week.
Chem 111-112 General Chemistry I and H 8 cr.
General Chemistry I includes the study of the nature of
matter, atomic structure, periodic law, chemical bond, stoichi-
ometry, gases, liquids, solids, and solutions. General Chemistry
II includes chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, electrical
energy and chemical charge, oxidation and reduction, descrip-
tive chemistry, and organic chemistry. The laboratory work il-
lustrates fundamental principles. Three hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
Chem 302 Industrial Chemistry 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry I and II.
This course is a study of the applications of chemistry and
science to the industries of Western Pennsylvania for the sci-
ence teacher. The course consists of lectures, laboratory work,
and field trips to representative industries. Two hours lecture
and three hours laboratory per week.
Chem 231-232 Organic Chemistry I and II 8 cr.
Prerequisites: General Chemistry I and II.
A study of the Compounds of carbon with special emphasis
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 229
being placed on the structure and reactions of the more im-
portant classes of carbon compounds. The laboratory work
involves the preparation and purification of representative
compounds. Three hours lecture and four hours laboratory
per week.
Chem 301 Chemistry Seminar 1 cr.
The seminar is a discussion of current technical literature,
reports of students' research projects, and occasional lectures
by noted chemists. The course is open to junior and senior
chemistry majors or by permission of the instructor. One hour
per week.
Chem 303 Glassblowing Techniques 1 cr.
The course is designed to introduce the science student to
the techniques necessary for the construction and modifica-
tion of scientific glass apparatus. Enrollment limited to junior
and senior science majors and others by permission of instruc-
tor. Two hours instruction per week with additional practice
at student's convenience.
Chem 305-306 New Approaches to Teaching
High School Chemistry 4 cr.
A course designed to acquaint the teacher and prospective
teacher with the newer approaches to high school chemistry.
One semester would consider the Chemical Bond Approach
curriculum and the other semester the Chem Study curricu-
lum. The student must be at least a junior chemistry educa-
tion major. Arts and Science majors may take the course but
will not be given credit towards graduation. The course will
also include revisions of these newer approaches to high school
chemistry, as well as any course being currently developed in
the Secondary Chemistry Curriculum. Every prospective stu-
dent teacher should plan to take these courses prior to his/her
practice teaching experience.
Chem 321 Quantitative Analysis 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Chem 111 and 112. Lectures, three hours
per week; laboratory four hours per week.
The theory and practice of quantitative analysis includes
gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Special emphasis is placed
on perfecting the student's laboratory technique and applica-
tion of general chemical knowledge through problem solving.
Chem 322 Instrumental Analysis 4 cr.
Prerequisite: Chem 321.
This course is designed to instruct the student in Modern
Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis. The student will
learn the theory behind the instrument, the principles of oper-
ation, the interpretation of the data obtained, and the limita-
tions of the methods. Three hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory.
230 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Chem 331 Organic Qualitative Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry I and II (Organic Chem-
istry II may be taken concurrently).
A course designed to give the student experience in the
systematic identification of various classes of organic com-
pounds by both chemical and physical methods. One hour lec-
ture and six hours of laboratory per week.
Chem 333 Organic Mechanisms and Stereochemistry 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry I and II.
An advanced undergraduate course in which the study of
organic chemistry is approached on the basis of the mechan-
ism by which the reactions occur. Such areas as nucleophilic
and electrophilic substitution, addition and elimination reac-
tions, carbanions and carbonium ions and rearrangements will
be considered. The stereochemistry of organic compounds will
be studied. Three hours lecture per week.
Chem 341 Physical Chemistry I 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Calculus II and Organic Chemistry I and II.
Classical thermodynamics, thermochemistry, gases, solu-
tions and other topics as time permits. Three hours lecture
and four hours laboratory per week.
Chem 342 Physical Chemistry II 4 cr.
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry I.
Application of classical thermodynamics to the study of
phase equilibria, kinetics, diffusion, and other topics as time
permits. Introduction to statistical thermodynamics and quan-
tum physics. Three hours lecture and four hours laboratory
per week.
Chem 351 Biochemistry 4 cr.
Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry I.
A study of the chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins,
minerals, vitamins, and hormones and the biological functions
of each. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per
week.
Chem 355 Biochemistry and Nutrition 3 cr.
Prerequisite Chem 101-102.
This course is designed for the Home Economics major
and is a study of the chemistry and biological function of bio-
logically active compounds with respect to nutritional require-
ments. Three hours lecture per week.
Chem 411 Inorganic Chemistry 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry I.
This course is designed to give the student an understand-
ing of the advanced theory of atomic structure, chemical bond-
ing, acids and bases, coordination compounds, and selected
topics. Three hours lecture per week.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 281
Chem 412 Inorganic Preparations 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry I.
Lectures will include a discussion of the descriptive chem-
istry of the elements according to their periodicity. The labor-
atory will be an investigation of the synthesis, purification,
identification, and characterization of inorganic substances.
One hour lecture and six hours laboratory per week.
Chem 421 Advanced Instrumental Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Instrumental Analysis.
A study of modern chemical analysis using advanced in-
strumental techniques. The areas of X-ray analysis, spectro-
scopy, gas chromatography and electronanalysis will be fea-
tured. Emphasis will be placed on theory, principles of oper-
ation, capabilities, and limitations of the advanced analytical
instruments used. One hour lecture and six hours laboratory.
Chem 441 Advanced Physical Chemistry 3 cr.
The course will include statistical thermodynamics, theo-
retical kinetics, and other topics of current interest. Three
hours lecture.
Chem 498 Problems in Chemistry 1 to 2 cr.
This course includes laboratory work, library reading, and
conferences with a staff member. The purpose of the course
is to give the student experience in the investigation of select-
ed problems in chemistry. The credit is to be arranged.
Sci 105 Physical Science I — See course description
in Physics Dept. 4 cr.
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr.
A course designed to fulfill the University science require-
ment for non-science majors. This semester will survey the
fields of chemistry and geology. Physical Science I (see Phys-
ics Department) is not a prerequisite for Physical Science II
and therefore either course may be taken first. Three hours
lecture and two hours laboratory.
232
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CRIMINOLOGY DEPARTMENT
JOHN G. MELLEKY, Chairman
STANLEY COHEN
WALLACE R. CROUP
STANLEY S. GOEHRING
WILLIAM HENRY
JOSEPH B. HILL
VANCE C. KENNEDY
JOHN W. POSTLEWAIT
SEYMOUR RABINOWITZ
DANIEL S. ROBERTS
WILLIAM SHANE
JOHN B. SIMONS
WILLIAM F. WEGENER
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
*Cnnn 101 General Administration of Justice 3 cr.
Administration of criminal justice in the United States.
Deals with the role of the police, courts, and the correctional
process.
*Crmn 102 Criminology 3 cr.
General survey of the nature and causes of crime and its
prevention and treatment.
Crmn 201 Police Administration I 3 cr.
An analysis of organizational structure, administrative
practices and operating procedures of law enforcement agen-
cies.
Crmn 202 Police Administration II 3 cr.
Continuation of Police Administration I with special em-
phasis on the staff functions such as records, communications,
training, personnel administration and finance.
*Crmn 301 Criminal Law I 3 cr.
A formal study of specific crimes as found in common law
and in state and local codes. Prerequisites: Crmn 101 and 102.
*Crmn 302 Criminal Law II 3 cr.
A detailed study of the legal procedures through which the
accused passes. Laws of arrest, search and seizure with a dis-
cussion of important case law. An analysis of the safeguards
established for the protection of individual liberties, especially
as found in the application of rules governing the introduction
and use of information in formalized legal proceedings.
Crmn 310 Criminal Investigation 3 cr.
The theory and practice of investigation. A discussion of
the various types of information obtainable from persons and
things. The application of investigative theory to crime and
accidents. Prerequisite: Criminal Law I.
Crmn 311 Criminalistics 3 cr.
The application of scientijfic crime detection methods. Em-
phasis on the collection, preservation, interpretation of physi-
cal evidence found in connection with a crime. Two hours lec-
ture and three hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Crmn
310.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 233
Crmn 330 Planning and Research 3 cr.
The role of planning and research in contemporary law en-
forcement establishment. Analysis of the planning process and
the nature of planning with an emphasis in planning for spe-
cial events and situations,
Crmn 340 Crime Prevention 3 cr.
Organization and function of crime prevention agencies;
police techniques in the prevention of crime; case work; role
of the policewoman; community resources in preventing crime.
Crmn 350 Techniques of Interviewing 3 cr.
Consideration of the nature, methods, and principles of in-
terviewing. Emphasis on role playing in interviewing situa-
tions.
Crmn 360 Commercial and Industrial Security 3 cr.
Plant protection and industrial security; merchandising
safety and security; credit and insurance investigative proce-
dures.
Crmn 370 Community Relations 3 cr.
The role of law enforcement agencies in modern day soci-
ety. Community relations units; human relations resources;
civil rights and professionalism in law enforcement.
Crmn 410 Questioned Document Analysis 3 cr.
Evaluation and identification of questioned documents;
admissibility as evidence, preparation and presentation in
court. Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Crmn 411 Advanced Criminalistics 3 cr.
Ballistics, serology, narcotics, poisons, firearms identifica-
tion, chromatography, alcohol tests, and hair identification.
Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite: Crmn 311.
Crmn 415 Supervision in the Administration of Justice 3 cr.
A consideration of the supervisory problems in the field of
administration of justice. Emphasis on such topics as leader-
ship motivation, morale, discipline, public relations, communi-
cations, decision-making, and the training functions.
Crmn 430 Comparative Study of Justice 3 cr.
Comparison of the American system of administration of
justice with those of other nations to include developed and
underdeveloped countries.
Crmn 431 Etiology of Delinquent Behavior 3 cr.
An analysis of the aberrant behavior of children and youth
in terms of modern behavioral sciences. Personality and social
factors are examined with the view toward developing pre-
vention and control procedures. Offered during the summer.
(By appointment only.)
234 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Crmn 432 Treatment and Control of Delinquency 3 cr.
An analysis of juvenile court procedures, juvenile proba-
tion, juvenile institutions and juvenile parole in the treatment
and control of delinquency. Offered during the summer, (By
appointment only.)
Crmn 440 Institutional Treatment of the Offender 3 cr.
Modern philosophy and methods in the treatment of adult
criminals and juvenile delinquents in correctional institutions.
Crmn 445 Non-institutional Treatment of the Offender 3 cr.
Analysis of the principles and practices in probation and
parole. Case method. Techniques of supervision.
*Crmn 490 Crime and Modern Society 3 cr.
An analysis of the nature and extent of crime at the state,
national, and international levels of government. Consideration
of special problems in metropolitan areas, organized crime, the
professional criminal and white collar crime. Crime control in
a democratic society.
Crmn 495 Seminar in Administration of Justice 3 cr.
A study of problems in the administration of justice. Re-
ports based upon original investigation; reviews of recent
books and periodical literature; topics of current interest.
Crmn 497 Internship 6 cr.
A practicum designed to broaden the educational experi-
ence of students through appropriate observational work as-
signments with governmental agencies and private firms. Of-
fered during the summer. (By appointment only.)
Crmn 498 Supervised Professional Experience 6 cr.
A practicum designed for full time police officers who at-
tended the F.B.I. Academy and/or Pennsylvania State Police
Academy. Prerequisite: 18 credits in Criminology.
Crmn 499 Special Problems 1-4 cr.
Individual research under the direction of the staff. This
course may be taken more than once for credit. (By appoint-
ment only.)
* Required of all majors and minors in field of Criminology.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 236
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
DONALD A. WALKER, Chairman
JOHN W. CROSS MARVIN HUFF
WAYNE J. DAVIS Vy'ILLIS J. RICHARD
ALEXANDER C. GARVIN PATRICIA WALKER
HARRY G. HOLT STEPHEN WARE
LEON HOKE
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE
Econ 101 Basic Economics 3 cr.
(Should not be programmed by students majoring in
any of the Social Sciences or in either Business Man-
agement or Business Education. (This course does not
fulfill prerequisites for other economics courses except
as noted in the course description.)
Major characteristics of the American economy: nature of
capitalism; contrasts with other economic systems; role of the
price system; national income; modern employment theory;
money and banking; basic market structures; economics of
resource use; current domestic and international problem areas.
OTHER DEPARTMENTAL COURSES
Econ 121 Principles of Economics I 3 cr.
(Foundation course for those planning further course
work in economics and required of all economics ma-
jors and minors.)
Nature and methodology of economics; mixed capitalism
and the market economy; national income; full employment
theory, including the economics of fiscal policy; money, bank-
ing, and the Federal Reserve System; economic growth.
Econ 122 Principles of Economics II 3 cr.
Required of all economic majors and minors. This course
is recommended (but not required) for many economics elec-
tives; for prerequisites to specific electives, see individual
course descriptions below.
Economics of the firm; theory of consumer demand; supply,
costs, and resource allocation; the basic market models; price
and output determination. Current social imbalances, the labor
sector, foreign trade and the balance of payments, foreign eco-
nomics.
Econ 221 Macroeconomic Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121 or Econ 101 if accepted in substitu-
tion by the instructor, and Econ 122.
Income and employment analysis; national income ac-
236 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
counts and theory; classical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian
models; investment, growth, and inflation theory; the role of
government in our economy,
Econ 222 Microeconomic Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121 or Econ 101 if accepted in substitu-
tion by the instructor, and Econ 122.
Price, output, and distribution theory analyzed by market
structure, with particular emphasis upon monopolistic compe-
tition and oligopoly; resource allocation; general equilibrium
analysis; consumer behavior; applications to current problems
of economic policy.
Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Problems 3 cr.
An examination of relevant and important problematic
aspects of the U.S. and of the world economy, including a rig-
orous but non-technical analysis of the problem, and a formu-
lation and evaluation of possible corrective policies.
Econ 305 Quantitative Economic Methods I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121 or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor, Econ 122; Math 101 or 152 by permis-
sion of the instructor.
The application of quantitative methods to economic
theory. The first semester will include the following: func-
tions, limits, derivatives, integration, maxima & minima, mean
values, and partial derivatives.
Econ 306 Quantitative Economic Methods II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Econ 305.
Derivation and application of linear algebra to quantitative
economics. The topics covered will include sets, functions, vec-
tor analysis, linear transformations, matrices, determinants,
linear difference and differential equations.
Econ 321 History of Economic Thought 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substitu-
tion by the instructor, and Econ 122; or consent of instructor.
Contributions of the more prominent early philosophers
through to the modern economists, and of the major schools of
economic thought: Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Classicists, So-
cialists, Marginalists, Institutionalists, Neo-Classicists, Keynesi-
ans, Post-Keynesians.
Econ 325 Money, Banking, and Monetary Policy 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substitu-
tion by the instructor.
Organization, operation, and economic significance of
American monetary institutions; commercial banks and the
Federal System; monetary theory and policy; the mechanism
of international payments.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 237
Econ 330 Industrial and Labor Relations 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substitu-
tion by the instructor, and Econ 122.
Worker-management-government relationships in the in-
dustrialized segment of the American economy: history, struc-
ture, and operations of trade unions and employer organiza-
tions; major federal labor sector legislation; collective bar-
gaining theory; wage determination; current labor problems.
Econ 335 Public Finance 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substitu-
tion by the instructor, and Econ 122.
Taxation and expenditure theory at federal, state, and
local government levels; federal budget and debt considera-
tions; public sector impact upon the economy; intergovern-
mental fiscal relations.
Econ 340 Economics of Underdeveloped Countries 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor.
The principles of economic development and their appli-
cation to the performance and growth of economically poor
countries.
Econ 341 Economic Development of the United States 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor, and Hist 104.
Examination of the main patterns of America's economic
growth since the end of the eighteenth century; emphasizes
economic development as a laboratory for economic analysis.
Econ 342 Economic Development of Modern Europe 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor, and Hist 102.
Study of the dynamic forces which have contributed to
the development of modern Europe; industrial revolution in
England, industrialization on the continent; impact of Europe
on the world economy.
Econ 343 Economics of Population and Manpower 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor, and Math 362 or permission of the in-
structor.
Inquiry into the economic, demographic, and related fac-
tors affecting the growth, structure, and distribution of an
economy's population; historical and locational variations in
manpower utilization rates; examination of the interrelation-
ships among population, manpower utilization, and economic
progress.
238 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Econ 345 International Economics 3 or.
Prerequisite: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor.
Theory and practice in international trade relationships of
the United States and other major industrialized countries to
the world economy as reflected in their balance of payments;
trade barriers; international economic organizations; stabiliza-
tions and growth in world finance.
Econ 350 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Econ 121, or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor.
Capitalism, socialism, communism, and fascism subjected
to economic analysis: their principles, practices, institutions
and philosophies.
Econ 355 Introduction to Econometrics 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Econ 121 or Econ 101 if accepted in substi-
tution by the instructor, and Econ 122.
The application of modern statistical methods to economic
theory formulated in mathematical terms: elementary formu-
lation; the nature of econometric models; demand, production,
and cost analysis; income distribution, growth, and trade cycle
models; macroeconomic applications.
Econ 360 Seminar, Special Studies in Economics
(Restricted to economics majors of senior standing.) 3 cr.
An intensive analysis of selected economic issues or prob-
lems.
Econ 390 Honors in Economics 3 cr.
(An honors course open only to students who have
successfully completed a minimum of twelve (12)
hours in economics and who hold a 3.0 (B) grade
average or better in the Social Sciences.)
Readings, conferences, and reports arranged for students
who have demonstrated proficiency in the science of econom-
ics. Research work may be directed toward, but is not limited
to, advanced study in any of the economics electives areas
plus agricultural economics, business fluctuations, economics
education, economic forecasting, economic planning, national
security economics, social insurance, and current economics
literature.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
239
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT
ANTHONY A. ANGELONI. Chairman
WILLIAM M. BAHN
WILLIAM E. CUTLER
LEONARD B. DeFABO
JOHN J. HAYS
ISABEL T. HELMRICH
OLIVER W. HELMRICH
WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY
BRUCE A. MEADOWCROFT
MILDRED N. SHANK
JAY M. SMITH
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
Ed Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 or.
(Required of all Education Majors)
Prerequisites: General Psychology and in an approved
teacher education program. (It is recommended that this course
should be taken just before the student teaching experience.)
A course designed to promote a better understanding of
the principles of psychology that govern human behavior, with
particular emphasis on their relation to the learner, the learn-
ing process and the learning situation. The significance of eval-
uation, individual variation, group dynamics, and child growth
and development will be stressed throughout the course.
Ed Psy 305 Evaluation Methods 2 or.
Prerequisites: General Psychology and in an approved
teacher education program. (It is recommended that this course
should be taken just before the student teaching experience.)
The design and scope of this course is to acquaint the stu-
dent with the major methods and techniques of evaluation that
are used to assess and report the growth, development, and
academic achievement of individuals. Emphasis is placed upon
an understanding of various objectives, qualities, and charac-
teristics desired in methods of evaluation and on the use and
construction of teacher-made tests. The course also provides
the student with a basic understanding of elementary statistics
and standardized tests.
Ed Psy Developmental Reading 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Psychology and in an approved
teacher education program. (It is recommended that this course
should be taken by secondary students just before the student
teaching experience.)
This course, planned especially for the teacher of secondary
students, will assist the participating student to understand the
developmental reading process. The study will include such
areas as objectives, background knowledge and understandings
of the reading process, an overview of the elementary program,
the preadolescent and the adolescent and their needs in read-
ing, finding and providing for instructional needs, and special
problems. Specific helps, experiences, techniques, and materials
will be considered.
240 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GENERAL ELECTIVES OR FOR
PERMANENT CERTIFICATION
These courses satisfy post-graduate certification require-
ments and serve as electives for undergraduate students in ap-
proved teacher education programs.
Ed Psy 372 Psychology of Childhood Education 3 or.
Prerequisite: Educational Psychology.
This course is designed to emphasize the relationship which
physical, social, emotional and intellectual development have
on the theory and practice of childhood and pre-adolescent ed-
ucation.
Ed Psy 373 Psychology of Adolescent Education 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Educational Psychology.
This course is concerned with the study of the significant
characteristics and behavior of adolescents with emphasis on
developing an understanding of the relationship these factors
have for educational and social problems which occur during
this period of development.
Ed Psy 376 Study of Problem Behavior 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Educational Psychology.
This course explores the emotional and social aspects of
behavior problems encountered in classroom situations. The
assumption that behavior is learned and purposeful forms a
basis for study in the course.
Ed Psy 377 Educational Tests and Measurements 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Educational Psychology.
A course which emphasizes an understanding of the vari-
ous evaluation instruments with attention being focused on
standardized tests. The use and interpretation of information
and test results are studied in relation to educational problems
which occur in the classroom. The teacher's role in the selec-
tion, administration, and interpretation of group tests is em-
phasized.
Ed Psy 378 Seminar in Problems of Learning 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Educational Psychology.
This course is intended to help teachers who deal with
learning problems in the several basic skill and subject areas
in a typical school setting. The course will attempt to develop
a rationale for working with children who have learning prob-
lems. Emphasis will be placed on actual application of tech-
niques discussed and developed in class.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
241
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
p. D. LOTT, Chairman of Department
RONALD L. BAKER
DENNIS A. BARTHA
LILLIAN W. COLLINS
ALBERTA R. DORSEY
RALPH M. GLOTT
JOSEPH A. KAZAMEK
ROBERT L. KING
MAY E. KOHLHEPP
JACK KUHNS
LINDA S. LINN
DONALD C. McFEELY
EDWARD R. MOTT
JAMES B. REILLY
JOSEPH S. RIZZO
VIOLET V. ROCCO
JOANN E. WALTHOUR
GEORGE D. ZEPP
REQUIRED COURSES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
EI 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 cr.
The content of this required course for all Elementary
Students includes the following: review of music fundamentals,
keyboard knowledge, the teacher's voice, care and develop-
ment of the child voice, problems of the non-singer, rhythmic
activities, listening activities, creative activities, rote to note
process, special days, and lesson planning. To get practical
application of class activities, students will be assigned obser-
vations in the Laboratory School. Emphasis is placed on the
primary grades.
El 213 Art for Elementary Grades 2 cr.
The creative growth and development of children are
studied. Students are given experiences in the basic art ma-
terials and media, as well as opportunity to plan art motiva-
tions for children.
Psy 215 Child Development 3 cr.
This course is designed to enable the teacher to under-
stand and help children. A survey of human development from
conception through early adolescence is made in terms of
basic scientific data. Developmental growth and behavior are
studied and their implications for home, school, and commu-
nity are considered.
El 221 Children's Literature 3 cr.
In this course the students acquire a wide acquaintance
with children's literature, old and new. Poetry selections, an-
notated stories, and bibliographies will be assembled. Ways
and means to develop, stimulate, and guide children's reading
of literature are presented. Principles and techniques of suc-
cessful story-telling are studied and practiced.
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr.
This course is given before the first student teaching ex-
perience. Emphasis is placed upon methods and materials used
in the developm.ental reading program. Its objective is to pro-
vide the student v/ith a general background of knowledge and
242 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
techniques for teaching children in the elementary school to
read. Students are introduced to the experience, textbook, and
individualized approaches to the teaching of reading.
El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 or.
Based on the previous work in science, this course takes
up the planning and presentation of material suitable to the
elementary field. Students are required to perform demonstra-
tions and take part in science activities which illustrate facts
or principles taught in the elementary science program. Con-
siderable attention is given to the literature of the elementary
science program as well as other aids such as community re-
sources and simple equipment that can be secured for ex-
perimentation and other activities.
El 313 Teaching of Math in the Elementary School 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 160 and Math 250.
In this course emphasis will be given to the place of arith-
metic in the elementary school and to the recent changes in
curriculum and method; to techniques for developing concepts
and processes; to recent research in the field of arithmetic;
and to books and material helpful to prospective teachers. Ob-
servation of master teachers at work will be planned.
El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2 cr.
This course includes games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tum-
bling, dances, and skills suitable for the elementary school
child. The teaching of health in the elementary school is em-
phasized. Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part of
the course.
El 411 Teaching of Social Studies 3 cr.
This course gives an overview of social studies in the ele-
mentary school. It includes study of objectives, trends, areas
of content, patterns and principles of organization. Emphasis
is placed on unification of subject matter and on implication
of research in child development for content and methods. Stu-
dents will have experience in preparing an individual resource
unit and in planning, participating in, and evaluating social
studies in class. A variety of learning experiences and mate-
rials will be used and evaluated.
El 413 Teaching Language Arts 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the elementary student a
knowledge of the latest techniques, methods, and materials in
the language arts area. Research and trends are studied. The
fields of handwriting, spelling, oral and written communica-
tion, and vocabulary development are included.
Ed 423 Professional Practicum Including School Law 2 cr.
This course includes a series of conferences and related
activities planned to prepare students for experiences which
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA !48
they will meet in teaching. It parallels the student teaching
experience in the junior and senior years. Through these plan-
ned experiences, students are expected to be able: to know
and understand Pennsylvania laws governing education; to
discuss adequately problems related to teaching; and to know
and use materials of instruction and professional reference
reading. A file of materials, required of each elementary stu-
dent, is used during each student teaching experience and is
checked during the senior year.
ELECTIVE COURSES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
El 212 Teaching of Music in the Elementary Grades 3 or.
Prerequisite: El 211.
A continuation of skills and understandings as developed
in El 211 is treated with emphasis on methods and materials
for the upper grades. Additional opportunities for growth in
music reading and part singing are provided. Lessons are de-
veloped in correlation of music with other areas. Type lessons
are taught by students and constructively evaluated by the
instructor and the class.
EI 214 Teaching Art in Elementary Grades 3 or.
This course provides the student with a wide variety of
two and three dimensional art experiences with the emphasis
on a developmental sequence from simple to more complex
variations of a craft. Emphasis is placed on the creative chal-
lenges of the art experience.
El 351 Creative Activities in the Elementary School 3 cr.
This course is planned to provide the student with a wide
range of creative experiences in the fields of art, crafts, music,
rhythmics, dramatics and games in the elementary school.
Stress is placed upon the need to help children in developing
their capacities for creative expression in these areas.
El 352 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 3 cr.
This course is planned for in-service teachers and students
who have done their student teaching. It deals with methods
and materials which help children who are retarded in reading
ability. Attention is given to recent findings in the areas of
reading readiness, word recognition including phonics, com-
prehension, evaluation, and textbook selection.
El 353 Pre School Education 3 cr.
Students in this course will be mainly concerned with the
five-year-old in kindergarten. Principles and practices of this
age group will be studied. Special attention will be given to
observations, the kijidergarten program and its curriculum,
materials, and methods of instruction.
244 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
El 355 Guidance in Elementary Schools 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the student an initial un-
derstanding of the guidance of young children. Study and dis-
cussion center around the child himself — his characteristics,
needs, problems, motives, and relations with others — and
around the techniques and procedures for identifying, study-
ing, and giving help to children in respect to these facets of
personality.
El 451 Teaching of Reading in the Primary Grades
This course is concerned with the teaching of develop-
mental reading, consistent with child growth, in the primary
grades.
Methods and techniques for readiness, word perception,
comprehension, work-study skills, independent reading in both
group and individualized approaches will be studied.
Consideration will be given to the nature of reading, sig-
nificant research in the field, the curriculum, selection of ma-
terials and the use of formal and informal tests.
El 452 Social Studies in the Primary Grades
With El 411, Teaching of Social Studies, as a prerequisite,
this course will include a more detailed examination of con-
tent, objectives, and resource materials for social studies in
kindergarten through third grade. Research problems will be
examined and representative units developed.
El 461 Organization of the Elementary School and
Its Curriculum 3 cr.
A study of the organization of the elementary school from
the standpoint of curriculum design and development. The role
of the teacher will also be examined as it relates to the evalu-
ation, improvement, and development of the elementary school
curriculum. Course is especially designed for those who have
completed student teaching or are postgraduates.
El 462 Innovations in Elementary Education 3 cr.
A study of innovations which influence and direct the ed-
ucational objectives of the modern elementary school and its
organization. Particular attention will be given to those educa-
tional innovations dealing with curriculum, school organiza-
tion, and materials of instruction. Course is especially designed
for those who have completed student teaching or are post-
graduates.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
245
ENGLISH DEPARTMENT
CRAIG G. SWAUGER. Chairman of Department
BETTY ADAMS
EDWARD ANDERSON
MARGARET BECK
WILLIAM BETTS
JEAN BOYER
JESSIE BRIGHT
L. J. BRIGHT
MORRISON BROWN
MARGARET CALDWELL
CAROLYN COMPTON
DAVID COOK
HARRY CRAIG
BOB CUREY
JOHN DAVIS
DONALD EISEN
ROBERT ENSLEY
WILLIAM FORCE
DONALD FRITZ
ANN FUNK
DOROTHY GOURLEY
JAMES GRAY
WILLIAM GRAYBURN
JAMES GREEN
DANIEL GRUBB
HARRY HALDEMAN
RICHARD HAZLEY
JACKSON HEIMER
RAYMONA HULL
LAWRENCE lANNI
BARBARA KRASZEWSKI
JOSEPH KRUPNIK
DOROTHY LUCKER
CHARLES MAHAN
DONALD McCLURE
LAURABEL MILLER
ANTHONY NANIA
JAMES NIX
MARGARET OMRCANIN
RICHARD RAY
MAURICE RIDER
ROSALY ROFFMAN
PHYLLIS ROUMM
PHILLIP RUFFNER
GEORGE SEACRIST
FREDERICK SEINFELT
CATHERINE SHAFFER
HELENA SMITH
FORD SWIGART
RAYMOND THOMAS
J. DAVID TRUBY
MARGOT UEHLING
JAMES WADDELL
HELEN WARREN
JOHN WATTA
KATHRYN WELDY
KENNETH WILSON
DON WOODWORTH
ROBERT YARUP
DAVID YOUNG
GENERAL EDUCATION
Both courses required of all students
Eng 101 English I 4 cr.
Eng 102 English II 4 cr.
(Prerequisite: Eng 101)
One course required of all students
Eng 201 Literature I: Tragic Themes in Literature 2 cr.
(Prerequisite: Eng 102)
Eng 301 Literature II: The Literature of
Social Criticism 2 cr.
(Prerequisite: Eng 102)
Humanities option (May be substituted for Introduction to Art
or Introduction to Music)
Eng 103 Introduction to Theater 3 cr.
The following courses may be elected as humanities electives
in general education
Eng 261 The English Bible as Literature
Eng 271 Modern American Fiction
Eng 272 American Negro Literature
Eng 273 Contemporary American &
British Literature
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
Eng 101 English I 4 cr.
English I, a basic required course for all students, should
be taken in the first semester of study at Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. Seven theme-length expository papers are writ-
ten during the semester in addition to shorter exercises and
246 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
a written final examination. The program for the course is
based on. readings in the nature and history of language, lan-
guage analysis, and problems in rhetoric, in order to develop
competence in those language skills necessary for successful
college study. Students are encouraged to confer with their in-
structors throughout the semester about their writing prob-
lems.
Eng 102 English II 4 cr.
English II, the second required general education English
course, may be taken after a student has received a passing
grade in English I. Readings in imaginative literature continue
the development of language skills begun in English I, with
the writing of at least four long papers, including a research
exercise based on a literary or other source book. Exemption
from English II may be granted on the recommendation of the
English I instructor, who will supervise the completion of a
research paper by independent study of the exemptee.
Eng 103 Introduction to Theater 3 cr.
This course explores the place of the theatre in the life
of man, with a critical appreciation of the various arts and
skills involved. Emphasis is on the creative function of the
audience.
Eng 133 Newspaper Reporting 3 cr.
This course is open to first-year and second-year students
in any department who either work or aspire to work on the
university newspaper staff. The course includes instruction in
writing the news story, preparing copy, interviewing, covering
special events and similar reporting activities.
Eng 201 Tragic Themes in Literature 2 cr.
The aims of this course are twofold: to introduce the stu-
dent to one of the main thematic preoccupations of western
literature, and to stimulate the student's desire to read on his
own initiative. The literary works are drawn from the three
major genres: poetry, drama, and prose fiction. Not open to
English majors.
Eng 211 Classical Literature 3 cr.
A course for English majors that replaces Eng 201 and
301. The masterpieces studied range from those of ancient
Greece to the Middle Ages. English literature and American
literature are excluded.
Eng 212 American Literature to 1865 3 or.
This course provides a study of major American writers
from colonial times to the Civil War.
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 cr.
Shakespeare's development as a poetic dramatist is studied
against the background of the Elizabethan stage; the audience.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 247
textual problems, language, imagery, and philosophy are ex-
amined. A few plays are read in detail and others are assigned
for rapid reading. Phonograph recordings of complete plays,
and of scenes and speeches by professional actors are used.
Eng 215 The Augustans 3 cr.
By an examination in some detail of the major poems of
Dryden and Pope, of the major prose of Swift, Addison and
Steele, and of selected works of a few minor writers, this
course concerns itself with Augustan concepts of literature
and morality.
Eng 216 The Romantic Movement 3 cr.
Basic tenets of Romantic philosophy are examined as they
are expressed in the major writings of the period from 1780-
1832 — poetry, the essay, and fiction. Special attention is given
to the aesthetic creed of the Romantic poets and to the means
of interpreting and evaluating their poems.
Eng 217 Victorian Literature 3 cr.
Essays, novels, and poetry of the second half of the nine-
teenth century are read with special consideration of the criti-
cism they offer of political, economics, social, and religious
practices and creeds of Victorian England.
Eng 218 The Age of Spenser 3 cr.
This course surveys the non-dramatic literature of the
English RenaifSronce, with particular emphasis on the poetry of
Spenser. Some attention will be paid to both Elizabethan criti-
cal theory and classical and continental backgrounds.
Eng 219 The Age of Milton 3 cr.
This course includes a brief reading of the later meta-
physical poets and cavalier poets with concentration on the
major poems of John Milton. Some attention is given to the
religious and political conflicts of the time as they are reflect-
ed in both prose and poetry.
Eng 221 Journalistic Writing 3 cr.
This course places special emphasis upon the writing of the
news story, the column, the feature, and the editorial. Some
attention is given to college and school publications and to the
make-up and editorial policy. May be substituted for Eng 222
to satisfy the advanced writing requirement for English Edu-
cation majors.
Eng 222 Advanced Composition 3 cr.
This course primarily seeks to improve writing style,
particularly in the more utilitarian forms such as the magazine
article and the personal essay. The student is expected to
develop artistic sensitivity in handling and judging language
and literary forms. Required of English Education majors.
248 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Eng 223 Creative Writing 3 cr.
Prerequisite for admission to this course is demonstrated
ability and interest in creative writing. May be substituted
for Eng 222. This is a seminar course in which the kinds of
writing done are chosen in line with the special interests and
abilities of each student after consultation with the instructor.
Eng 224 The Metaphysical Poets 3 cr.
The primary objective of this course is to promote a criti-
cal understanding of the work of the Metaphysical Poets from
Donne to Marvell. Some attention will also be paid to the cul-
tural milieu which gave rise to the genre; i.e., poetic arche-
types and the rise of British empiricism.
Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts 3 cr.
This course will deal with the basic problems that confront
a director of plays in high school. The course will study the
principles of play selection, rehearsal procedures, scenic de-
mands, and all other aspects pertinent to a successful produc-
tion.
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 cr.
Study and practice is given in the fundamentals of oral
reading, beginning with the nature and function of the speech
mechanism, speech production, and pronunciation with some
attention to both phonetic and phonemic analysis.
Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3 cr.
A study of selected plays of various styles and periods to
gain greater understanding and appreciation of the art of
drama.
Eng 241 Rise of the English Novel 3 cr.
This course will survey the development of the English
novel from its forerunners through the fiction of the Gothic
romanticists and Jane Austen. Works such as the following will
be read and discussed: Moll Flanders, Joseph Andrews, Tom
Jones, Humphry Clinker, Tristram Shandy, and Mansfield
Park.
Eng 242 The American Novel 3 or.
Novels, ranging from Hawthorne to contemporary pieces
of fiction, are read to trace the rise and development of the
American novel.
Eng 243 Contemporary Short Fiction 3 cr.
In this course attention is given to the form, the structure,
and the art of the modern short story, British, American, and
Continental.
Eng 244 Poetry and its Forms 3 cr.
This course offers a study in the appreciation of poetry,
with special attention to the technique of the poet and the
structure of poetry.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 249
Eng 245 Modern Drama 3 cr.
The reading of plays will start with Ibsen and other Scan-
dinavian dramatists, followed by plays by outstanding Con-
tinental, British, and American playwrights such as Becque,
Chekhov, Pirandello, Wilde, Shaw, O'Casey, O'Neill, Williams,
and Miller.
Eng 246 American Literature Since 1865 3 cr.
This course provides a study of major American writers
from the Civil War to the present.
Eng 248 The Age of Johnson 3 cr.
This course, while it emphasizes the art and criticism of
Samuel Johnson as revealed in his writings and Boswell's
Life, also examines a number of minor writers as philosophi-
cal and artistic innovators.
Eng 251 The History of the English Language 3 cr.
The historical development of the English language is
studied as a basis for a better understanding of modern Amer-
ican English. An examination is made of changes in sound,
vocabulary enrichment from various sources, and changes in
syntax and usage. The course is open to students from all de-
partments and curricula, but is especially recommended to
elementary majors and English majors.
Eng 261 The English Bihle as Literature 3 cr.
This course will consider the literary aspects of the Eng-
lish Bible by relating earlier translations to the Authorized
Version of 1611 and by tracing some of the major influences
of the King James Bible upon the writers and speakers of
modern English. This course may be used as an elective in the
humanities area of the general education program.
Eng 271 Modern American Fiction 3 or.
Major American writers of fiction since 1940 will be con-
sidered in this course. This course may be used as an elective
in the humanities area of the general education program.
Eng 272 American Negro Literature 3 or.
The course will analyze significant American Negro litera-
ture of a variety of types — autobiography, essay, fiction, poetry.
Eng 273 Contemporary American & British Poetry 3 cr.
A study of British and American poetry since World War
II. This course may be used as an elective in the humanities
area of the general education program.
Eng 301 The Literature of Social Criticism 2 cr.
This course focuses primarily on the satiric and comic
modes, although reflective essays may also be included if their
major concern is social criticism. An attempt has been made
to select works which reflect the social attitudes of most of
250 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
the major periods of Western thought from Plato to Bertrand
Russell. Selection has been made from all major literary-
genres. Not open to English majors.
Eng 351 English Drama to the Restoration 3 cr.
This course traces the development of English drama from
900 to the closing of the theatres in 1642, but does not include
the plays of Shakespeare.
Eng 353 Restoration Literature 3 cr.
The history of the drama between 1660 and 1710 is pre-
sented through the study of the major plays of the period. The
influence of the audience on the playwright's style and actor's
technique is demonstrated.
Eng 355 Modern European Literature 3 cr.
The study of selected works of dramatic and non-dramatic
literature of influential continental writers from the eighteenth
century to the present.
Eng 356 The English Essayists 3 cr.
The major essayists are seen both as members of and in-
fluence on the society of their time. Emphasis is given to a
study of the individual styles of the writers by employing a
close textual analysis.
Eng 357 The English Novel: Conrad to the Present 3 cr.
A study of important twentieth century novels — including
works by Conrad, Lawrence and Joyce — from about 1900 to
recent times.
Eng 358 Criticism of Contemporary Writing 3 cr.
This course considers recent trends in literary criticism by
examining statements of critical principles in the writings of
influential twentieth century critics and by applying these
standards of evaluation to current literary productions. Not
open to freshmen and sophomores.
Eng 359 Seminar in English Studies 3 cr.
Individually assigned readings and discussions to provide
a comprehensive knowledge of the major figures and periods
of English literature. Basic bibliographical sources will be used
for several long documented papers. Restricted to senior Eng-
lish majors.
Eng 360 Nineteenth Century English Novel 3 cr.
This course traces the historical and technical develop-
ment of the novel from Scott to Hardy. Included will be such
authors as Dickens, Thackeray, Trollope, the Brontes, and
Eliot.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Eng 363 The Structure of English 3 cr.
Training is given in the analysis of modern English by the
methods and materials of structural linguistics. An elementary
study of phonology and morophology is used as the basis for
describing the patterns of the statement, substitution within
patterns, the word classes, inflection, and structure words, as
well as varieties of modern American English usage. This
course is a prerequisite to Ed 451, Teaching English and Speech
in the Secondary School.
Eng 364 Trends in Linguistics 3 cr.
This course explores recent developments in linguistic
theory and research. The subject matter will be selected in an
effort to expose the student to the work of major contemporary
linguists and allied scholars who are concerned with enlarging
man's knowledge about language. No pre-requisite required.
Eng 365 Old English 3 cr.
This course is an introduction to the language and litera-
ture of the Anglo-Saxons.
Eng 366 The Age of Chaucer 3 cr.
This course is a study of language from the thirteenth
through the fifteenth centuries with particular attention to
Chaucer.
Eng 371 Directing and Play Production 3 cr.
This course affords each student the opportunity to select,
cast, rehearse, and produce a one-act play. Included are sug-
gestions on how to improvise for meeting the demands of
small stages.
Eng 377 Creative Dramatics and Story Telling 3 cr.
This course, through workshop experience, stresses crea-
tive dramatics as a way of teaching for adults, a way of learn-
ing for children in both the elementary and secondary schools.
It emphasizes the student planning, acting, and evaluating
techniques as they apply to unscripted, spontaneous dramatic
expression. As a preliminary to creative dramatics, students
learn various techniques in story telling.
Eng 378 Costume and Make-up 3 cr.
This course deals with the practical application of straight
and character make-up. Emphasis on costuming to show how
mood and illusion can be created through proper selection of
style, color, and texture of materials.
Eng 379 Stagecraft and Scenic Design 3 cr.
Theories and techniques of designing, building, and paint-
ing, of stage settings; organization and operation of production
crews.
252 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Eng 381 Fundamentals of Acting 3 cr.
This course gives attention to theory and practice in the
techniques of acting. In introduces styles of acting as related
to dramatic forms, with emphasis on stage movement and
voice projection.
Eng 469 Oral Interpretation 3 cr.
This course emphasizes the understanding and apprecia-
tion of literature through developing skill in reading aloud.
Special attention is given to selecting, adapting, and preparing
material for presentation in high school classes.
Eng 472 Public Speaking 3 cr.
Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience anal-
ysis, interest and attention, selection and organization of
speech material, and delivery are taught in this course. Prac-
tice in preparation and delivery of extemporaneous speeches
will be provided for.
Ed 452 Teaching of English, Speech and Reading
in the Secondary Schools 3 cr.
Eng 363 is a prerequisite to this course, and this course
is in turn a prerequisite to student teaching in English.
This course introduces the student to the current profes-
sional practices in the teaching of English in high school. Back-
ground for competence in teaching is provided through (1)
study of professional literature, (2) individual reports, (3)
writing of unit plans and lesson plans, (4) observing teaching
in high school classes, (5) participating in class demonstrations,
and (6) building a professional file of instructional materials.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
268
FOREIGN LANGUAGES DEPARTMENT
CHARLES W. FAUST, Acting Chairman of Department
KENNETH W. ERODE
JOSE CARRANZA
SHOW-CHIH RAI CHU
EDITH M. CORD
FERNAND FISEL
WERNER J. FRIES
ANTONIO M. GUARDIOLA
AURORA P. GUARDIOLA
WILLIAM J. HENZELMAN
VICTOR HUESEN
HERBERT E. ISAR
FRANK E. LANDIS
ARTHUR A. LEONE
ONEIDA I. LOZADA
CRUZ MENDIZABAL
GEORGE R. MILTZ
IVO OMRCANIN
LUDO OP DE BEECK
RICHARD PARKER
BERNARD ROFFMAN
ELEANOR ROSEMAN
DAVID L. SHIELDS
ANTHONY J. SORENTO
ROBERT WHITMER
ROGER N. WILLIAMS
COURSES IN THE GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
Chi 151-152 Chinese I and II
Fr 151-152 French I and II
Ger 151-152 German I and II
Grk 151-152 Greek I and II
Lat 151-152 Latin I and II
Port 151-152 Portuguese I and II
Rus 151-152 Russian I and II
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
Sp 151-152 Spanish I and II 3 cr. each
This elementary sequence is designed primarily for the
student w^ho w^ill complete a two semester course only or has
not had the language in question in high school. Its basic ob-
jectives are accuracy of pronunciation and to develop the abil-
ity to read, write, speak, and understand the basic elements of
the language under study, with emphasis on the people and
custom.s of the country or countries concerned. These courses
may not be taken for credit by students who have completed
a two-year sequence in high school.
Chi 251-252 Chmese III and IV
Fr 251-252 French III and IV
Ger 251-252 German III and IV
Grk 251-252 Greek III and IV
Lat 251-252 Latin HI and IV
Rus 251-252 Russian III and IV
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
264 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Sp 251-252 Spanish III and IV 3 cr. each
This sequence is designed for students who have had two
years of the language in high school or one year in college,
and continue in the same language, either to fulfill a language
requirement or for specialization. The course is a systematic
review of grammar and an intensive study of cultural texts,
incorporating discussions and written exercises. Material of
literary and cultural interest will be studied, and strong em-
phasis is given to the development of oral skills. Majors in
French, German, Russian, and Spanish must take 053 and 054
concurrently; non-majors are invited to do so if they desire
and their schedules permit additional work in oral practice.
Courses Required in French, German, Latin, Russian, and
Spanish
Fr 051-052 Oral Practice I and II 2 cr. each
Ger 051-052 Oral Practice I and II 2 cr. each
Rus 051-052 Oral Practice I and II 2 cr. each
Sp 051-052 Oral Practice I and II 2 cr. each
This laboratory sequence introduces the phonetic structure
of the language, and encourages automatic response to recur-
ring basic phrase units through constant oral drill. Majors
must take this sequence concurrently with 151-152.
Fr 053-054 Oral Practice III and IV 2 cr. each
Ger 053-054 Oral Practice HI and IV 2 cr. each
Rus 053-054 Oral Practice III and IV 2 cr. each
Sp 053-054 Oral Practice III and IV 2 cr. each
This advanced laboratory sequence is a continuation of
051-052, and carries oral skills to a higher level. It must be
taken concurrently with sequence 251-252.
Fr 351-352 Advanced French Language I and II 3 cr. each
Ger 351-352 Advanced German Language I and 11 3 cr. each
Lat 351-352 Advanced Latin I and II 3 cr. each
Rus 351-352 Advanced Russian Language I and II 3 cr. each
Sp 351-352 Advanced Spanish Language I and 11 3 cr. each
This sequence reviews and supplements the grammar of
earlier courses, and aims toward a systematic analysis of the
structure of the language. Some attention is given to the his-
torical background of the language, particularly those phases
which lie beyond apparent irregularities and anomalies. Fre-
quent original themes are required in the second semester.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 281
Ft 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I-II 1 cr. each
Ger 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I-II 1 cr. each
Rus 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I-II 1 cr. each
Sp 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I-II 1 cr. each
These are relatively informal conversation courses which
the student majoring in the language must take concurrently
with the courses numbered 351-352, meeting two periods per
week but not in the language laboratory.
Fr 361-362 Development of French Culture and
Literature I and II 3 cr. each
Ger 361-362 Development of German Culture and
Literature I and II 3 cr. each
Lat 361 Development of Roman Culture and Literature 3 cr.
Rus 361-362 Development of Russian Culture and
Literature I and II 3 cr. each
Sp 361-362 Development of Hispanic Culture and
Literature I and II 3 cr. each
This course sequence examines the historical and cultural
aspects of the countries involved, reviews their characteristic
contributions over the centuries, and analyzes the relationship
of each literary school to the moment which produced it.
Lat 362 Latin Conversation and Composition 3 cr.
This course aims at the ability to speak latin on a conver-
sational level and to write grammatically correct Latin prose.
Ed 453 Teaching of Foreign Languages in the
Secondary School 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the sequence 351-
352 and 055-056 in the student's major language.
The objective of this course is to prepare teachers of for-
eign languages for the modern high school. It considers meth-
ods and materials of instruction, current theories and tech-
niques, and requires preparation and presentation of illustra-
tive units. Training in the administration, operation, and main-
tenance of the language laboratory constitutes a significant
part of the course.
Elective Courses in French
Fr 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr.
This course, usually reserved for the main summer ses-
sion, has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college
French.
256 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Fr 291 Special Projects I 1-3 or.
Fr 391 Special Projects in French Literature 1-3 cr.
These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of
an individual or a group as they may arise. Fr 391 is devoted
to a special aspect or figure of French literature.
Fr 365 Seventeenth Century French Literature 3 cr.
Fr 366 Eighteenth Century French Literature 3 cr.
Fr 367 Nineteenth Century French Literature 3 cr.
Fr 368 Twentieth Century French Literature 3 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion to the social factors and events behind them.
Fr 371 The French Novel 3 cr.
This course constitutes a coherent survey of the origin and
development of the French novel. A selected list of works rep-
resentative of the major modes are read in their entirety.
Fr 372 Studies in Contemporary French Literature 3 cr.
The content of this course will vary in accordance with
the needs and interests of those who will elect it.
Elective Courses in German
Ger 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr.
This course, usually reserved for the main summer ses-
sion, has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college
German.
Ger 256 Scientific German 3 cr.
Prerequisite: completion of German 251-252 or equivalent.
This course is designed to meet the needs of students spe-
cializing in the Natural Sciences, and will normally be offered
during the main summer session if the demand justifies the
offering of such a course.
Ger 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr.
Ger 391 Special Projects in German Literature 1-3 cr.
These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of
an individual or a group as they may arise. Ger 391 is devoted
to a special aspect or figure of German literature.
Ger 363-364 Introduction to German Literature I and 11 3-6 cr.
Selected readings in German poetry, drama, and fiction.
The aim of the course is to acquaint the student with some
techniques for intelligent understanding and formal criticism
of works of literature.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA If?
Ger 367 Nineteenth Century German Literature 3 cr.
Ger 368-369 Twentieth Century German Literature 3-6 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion to the social factors and events behind them.
Ger 370-371 The Age of Goethe I and II 3-6 cr.
Selected readings to demonstrate the antecedents and ac-
complishments of the Golden Age of German letters, 1750-1832.
Elective Courses in Latin
Lat 371-372 Survey of Latin Literature I and II 3 cr.
This course sequence will give a comprehensive view of
Latin literature from Ennius to the Middle Ages.
Elective Courses in Russian
Rus 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr.
Rus 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr.
These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of
an individual or a group as they may arise.
Rus 367-368 Nineteenth Century Russian
Literature I and II 3-6 cr.
Rus 369-370 Twentieth Century Russian Literature 3-6 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion to the social factors and events behind them.
Rus 371 Russian Poetry 3 cr.
A survey of Russian poetry from the eighteenth century
to the present with particular emphasis on Pushkin and Ler-
montov.
Rus 372 Russian Drama 3 cr.
The theater in Russia from Fonvizin to Chekhov and
Stanislavsky.
Elective Courses in Spanish
Sp 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr.
This course, usually reserved for the main summer ses-
sion, has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college
Spanish.
Sp 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr.
Sp 391 Special Projects in Spanish Literature 1-3 cr.
These courses parallel Fr 291 and 391, q.v. Sp 391 is de-
voted to a special aspect or figure of Spanish literature.
268 INDIANA UNIYBRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Sp 365 Spanish Literature Before 1650 3 cr.
Sp 367 Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature 3 cr.
Sp 368 Twentieth Century Spanish Literature 3 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion to the social factors and events behind them.
Sp 370 Golden Age Drama 3 cr.
This course traces the development of the Spanish theater
and examines its artistic and spiritual flowering in the Baro-
que period.
Sp 371 The Spanish Novel 3 cr.
After a brief survey of the origins and course of the
Spanish novel major stress is given to the novel of the nine-
teenth century and the Generation of 98.
Sp 376 Spanish -American Literature 3 cr.
Following a consideration of the salient tendencies of
Spanish-American literature, this course may take the form
of a comprehensive survey, or it may concentrate its attention
upon the novel of social thesis.
Sp 390 Spanish in the Elementary School 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Completion of Spanish 251-252 or equivalent.
In this course the prospective teacher of Spanish on the
elementary level is introduced to materials suitable for grades
1-6. Much time is devoted in the language laboratory to the
preparation of games, songs, poems, and story telling.
LINGUISTICS
Ling 421 Language and Society 3 s.h.
The work of this course is designed to inform the student
about the salient facts of language and its fundamental role in
the development and continuity of society and culture. Some
points considered are: language families and their character-
istics, factors of linguistic change and development, reciprocal
influences of culture and language, linguistic borrowing, sys-
tems of writing, and psycholinguistics.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 169
FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
DON-CHEAN CHU, Chairman of Department
LA MONTE CRAPE PAUL A. RISHEBERGER
MEARL F. GERHEIM WILLIAM E. SALESSES
JOHN E. MERRYMAN HAROLD J. YOUCIS
RAYMOND E. MILLER
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
(Required of all Students in Education)
Fd Ed 302 History and Philosophy of Education 3 cr.
This course is designed to promote a clearer understand-
ing of the modern educational system through a study of his-
torical changes in instructional processes and ideas underlying
it. Through the emphasis placed upon the study of educational
beliefs and points of view, the course seeks to foster critical
thinking which will lead to better judgement about the role
of the school in our social structure, the meaning of democ-
racy, the teacher and his profession, and the methods and ob-
jectives of the school.
Ed 442 School Law 2 cr.
This course aims to provide an interpretation of school
law as it directly pertains to the needs of the teacher.
GENERAL ELECTIVES
(These courses are open to juniors and seniors)
Fd Ed 454 Public School Administration 3 cr.
The course is designed to acquaint the teacher with the
administration and organization of the American public school.
Attention is given to the cultural role of the schools. Treat-
ment is given to decision-making in the operation of the
schools and the total task of school operation with the empha-
sis on what should be done. The functions and methods of all
professional personnel in the operation and improvement of
the schools will be considered.
Fd Ed 455 Comparative Education 3 cr.
The educational purposes, curriculum, methods, adminis-
tration, school system, teacher education and other educational
features in some western European, "underdeveloped" and
communist nations will be analyzed, evaluated and compared
with those in the United States. It is especially to gain insight
into American education and to develop educational ideas and
practices appropriate to American culture.
260 INDIANA UNIVERSITY Or PENNSYLVANIA
Fd Ed 456 Issues and Trends in Education 3 cr.
This course is designed to examine the important current
issues in American education and to explore the possible solu-
tions of those issues through examining the factors which give
rise to the divided opinion and the obstacles which prevent
solutions. This will be followed by a critical analysis of the
trends including new approaches and innovations. Wherein
possible, experts may be utilized to help in a critical examina-
tion of each issue or trend; a seminar approach may be em-
ployed.
Fd Ed 457 Secondary School Curriculum 3 cr.
This course will study the social diagnosis for curriculum
development, curriculum principles and procedures, patterns
of organization, and curriculum issues.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 261
GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT
THOMAS G. GAULT, Department Chairman
MAMIE L. ANDERZHON LEONARD TEPPER
DONALD J. DALLAS ROBERT N. THOMAS
FRANK J. BASILE WILLIAM WARREN
TAHA O. EL FARRA CHARLES E. WEBER
GOPAL S. KULKARNI DAVID C. WINSLOW
VINCENT P. MILLER SUSAN WOOD
JAMES E. PAYNE MAURICE M. ZACUR
Foundation Geography Courses
Geog 101 World Geography 3 cr.
The purpose of this course is to develop a knowledge and
appreciation of patterns of natural environment throughout
the world, with special emphasis on man's adjustment to these
environments. Understanding and appreciation of man's inter-
relationship with the earth are accomplished through the study
of the physical, cultural, economic, and demographic factors.
Geog 149 Economic Geography 3 or.
Economic Geography is designed to promote geographic
and economic concepts, methods, and skills pertinent to the
understanding of the spatial variation of production, consump-
tion, and exchange over the earth's surface.
Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3 cr.
May be taken in lieu of Geog 101.
The geographical aspects of population, settlement, ethno-
geography, and the cultural landscape are studied. The course
considers the relationships of various ethnic and cultural
groups to the natural environment. The student is acquainted
with the tools, philosophy, and literature of cultural geography
and related disciplines.
Physical Geography Courses
Geog 153 Physical Geography 3 or.
May be taken in lieu of Geog 101.
Physical Geography introduces (1) the natural factors of
the landscape as studied by the geographer; weather, climate,
soils, rocks, minerals, structure of the earth's crust, the oceans;
and (2) the tools of geography: globes, maps, aerial photo-
graphs.
Geog 240 Elements of Weather and Climate 3 cr.
The elements of weather and climate, and the climatic
regions of the earth are studied. Understanding and applica-
tion are underscored in the laboratory.
Geog 241 Climatology 3 cr.
Physical aspects of climatology. Topics covered: heat and
262 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
water budget; climatic classification systems; paleoclimates;
regional climates of the continents; selected microclimates;
climate change in space and time; statistical and mathematical
models.
Geog 246 Physiography I 4 cr.
This course studies the form of the earth's crust and its
associated water bodies; classification, distribution, processes
involved in their geomorphological development, and effect
upon the human landscape.
Geog 255 Cartography 3 cr.
Cartography gives an understanding in the compilation
and use of maps and develops an ability to construct economic
and geographic maps. The use of aerial photographs is treated
briefly.
Geog 452 Conservation-Resource Use 3 cr.
Prerequisite: 9 hours of geography.
A comprehensive survey of conservation in natural and
human resources. It stresses regional understanding; accom-
plished through inventory, planning and utilization evaluation.
Field work, workshop activities, projects, and use of resource
specialists are an integral part of the course.
Geog 422 Aerospace Science 3 or.
A seminar conducted by a number of visiting aerospace
authorities. It treats of the atmosphere and space environment;
history of light and flight problems; satellites and space probes;
manned orbital and space exploration projects; propulsion,
communication, and other systems. Problems of teaching and
bibliography at the various elementary and secondary levels
will be considered. An indoctrination flight in a small craft and
field trips to air age installations and projects fortify learning.
Regional Geography Courses
Geog 251 Geography of Anglo-America 3 cr.
A regional study of the United States and Canada con-
cerned with the investigation of man's adjustment to his en-
vironment as influenced by the physical factors of climate,
vegetation, relief soils, and natural resources as well as recog-
nition of cultural adjustments to the geographic environment,
and the interrelations between the two countries and the rest
of the world. (This course may not he taken if the student has
completed Geog 112.)
Geog 252 Geography of Pennsylvania 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 101.
The topography, climate, natural vegetation, natural re-
sources, population, agriculture, manufacturing, mining, etc.,
are treated. Internal and external relationships are studied to
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 268
gain an insight into the various regions of the state and Penn-
sylvania's world relationships.
Geog 256 Geography of Europe 3 cr.
This regional course aims to help students acquire the
ability to find and apply geographic relationships underlying
land use, dominant international problems, boundary disputes
and the regional complexes of the European continent. Special
attention is paid to the natural and cultural patterns as de-
veloped in modern times.
Geog 257 Geography of U,S.S.R. 3 cr.
Special emphasis is placed upon the major geographic re-
gions of the Soviet Union. Human adjustment to the physical
environment of the various regions is given major considera-
tion. Natural resources, cultural patterns, population — both
numbers and distribution, strategic areas and related geo-
political problems are studied.
Geog 261 Geography of East Asia 3 cr.
This study of Korea, Manchuria, Outer Mongolia, Japan,
and China involves an intensive investigation of the natural
factors and man's adjustment to them. This is accomplished
through the study of the geographic, economic and political re-
gions of eastern Asia. The geographic background needed in
planning solution for raising the standards of living, for the
wise use and restoration of natural resources, and the indus-
trialization of countries as presented.
Geog 262 Geography of South & Southeast Asia 3 cr.
India, Pakistan, Indochina, Ceylon, Burma, Thailand, and
Indonesia are the major areas studied. Students are given an
understanding of the geographic relationships that effect land
use, land reform, population, industrialization, nationalism,
and boundary disputes. Special attention is given to regional
similarities and differences, particularly as they pertain to hu-
man adjustment.
Geog 263 Geography of North Africa and Southwest Asia 3 cr.
This study of the countries north of and including the
Sahara Desert in Africa, Turko-Arabian peninsulas and Af-
ghanistan in southwest Asia emphasizes the critical problems
of water supply, land use, over-population, industrialization,
resources and the relationships of these countries to other
parts of the world.
Geog 271 Geography of South America 3 cr.
A regional study is made of South America with special
emphasis placed on regional differences and similarities. South
America relations with other areas, especially the United
States, are stressed. The unique problems of South America,
with special attention to tropical land use are considered.
264 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Geog 272 Geography of Middle America 3 cr.
The regional method is applied to Mexico, Central Amer-
ica and the West Indies. Similarities and differences are noted
both in the cultural and natural landscapes. Special emphasis
is placed upon cultural relationships and problems evolved
from international commerce and trade. The effects of the
United States economy upon these areas, are given serious
attention.
Geog 281 Geography of Africa, South of Sahara 3 cr.
This course begins with a systematic study of the physical,
cultural, and historical geography of the continent. The sys-
tematic background is followed by studies of the major regions
and nations of Africa, emphasizing political, cultural, and eco-
nomic factors in the development of that continent.
Geog 291 Geography of Australia and Pacific Islands 2 cr.
Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands are stud-
ied. Cultural patterns in relation to natural environments are
considered to discover interrelationships. Geographic aspects
of land tenure, race, population, location, geopolitics and the
strategic importance of the various areas are considered.
Geog 292 Geography of Polar Regions 2 cr.
Both Antarctica and the North Polar area are studied set-
ting forth (1) the history of their exploration, (2) the physical
environment, (3) the importance of the regions and of knowl-
edge concernir';^ the areas, and (4) future use and control of
the areas.
SYSTEMATIC HUMAN GEOGRAPHY COURSES
Geog 253 Geography and Society 3 cr.
A course especially designed for elementary and secondary
social science teachers. Concepts of special importance will be
emphasized, such as: spatial arrangement, areal change, earth
for support of man, urbanization, significance of scale, bio-
physical relationships with society, interdependency, value of
location, the chorological organization of knowledge, among
others.
Geog 353 Geographic Influences in History 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 101, 151, or 153 and Geog 251, or 112.
A study is made of the relationship of the natural environ-
mental factors to the settlem.ent, development, and progress of
selected countries — with major emphasis on the United States.
Geog 354 Trade and Transportation 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 101, 151, 153 and Econ 121.
An introduction to trade and transportation, it embraces
analysis, theory and application techniques. Treatment in-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 266
eludes trade patterns, place theory, statistics and models. Cir-
culation, accessibility, time and distance concepts are consid-
ered. Routes, terminals, vehicles, commodities, and passengers
are defined.
Geog 453 Political Geography 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Six credits in Geography and six credits in
other Social sciences, or permission of the instructor.
Consideration is given to the Geographic elements of the
evolution of the nation-state as expressed by Ratzel, Ritter,
Kjellen, Mackinder and others. In addition, special attention is
given to a systems-analytic view of the geography of interna-
tional disputes and the political geography of the United States.
Geog 454 World Problems in Geography 3 or.
Prerequisite: Six Geography credits and six credits in
other Social Sciences.
A study is made of world problems and the geographic
backgrounds necessary to understanding them. Attention is
given to boundary questions, world trade, world food resources,
control and development of natural resources, settlement pop-
ulation problems.
Geog 455 Historical Geography of Cities and
City Planning 3 cr.
Prerequisite: 12 s.h. of Geography.
This course is intended to give the student a basic under-
standing of the beginning of city planning and how it has de-
veloped under the influence of the fundamental physical re-
lationships of social, economic, and geographic conditions to
reflect the art and science of present city planning. This course
will examine the process of city planning as practiced during
the ancient, medieval, and renaissance periods, and will give a
review of early planning efforts in America, as well as the
present influences in city planning.
Geog 456 General City and Regional Planning 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 455.
The place of planning in the structure of government and
the duties and responsibilities of planning commissions will be
reviewed as well as planning enabling legislation of counties,
cities, boroughs and townships. The process of preparing the
City and Regional Comprehensive Plan will be studied. This
course will examine the four phases involved in the prepara-
tion of a community plan. Study items such as land use, nat-
ural resources, topography, soils, geology, climate, and drain-
age will be utilized to prepare a general comprehensive plan.
Geog 457 Urban Design I 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 456.
This course will offer the student an opportunity to work
on the various concepts of city and subdivision design which
266 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
will utilize and describe the affects of topography, natural re-
sources and other physical elements as they affect urban de-
sign. Also included in this course will be a study of the neigh-
borhood concept, planned unit development, and planning of
new towns.
Geog 458 Urban Planning Basic Studies and Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 456.
Research, analythical design and plan making techniques
in urban and regional planning including studies of natural
resources, land use, circulation, community facilities, public
utilities, economic base, employment, population, market anal-
yses, source and use of statistical data. This course will exam-
ine the basic study items necessary upon which to prepare ur-
ban and regional comprehensive plans.
Geog 461 Regional Field Studies 1-3 cr.
Prerequisite: 12 hours in Geography.
These trips, which involve the study of a selected area
through the agencies of travel and actual investigation, are
arranged from time to time to suit the needs of the student
group.
Geog 462 Field Techniques in Geography 1-3 cr.
Prerequisite: 12 hours in Geography or consent of instruc-
tor.
This course proposes to give experience in the study of
land utilization and use of geographic tools and techniques of
the field.
Geog 491 Geographic Thought and Philosophy 3 cr.
Prerequisite: 18 semester hours in Geography.
The seminar is limited to senior and graduate geography
majors or minors. The emphasis will be upon individual study,
research, and presentation of geographic data — both written
and oral. This course will be offered every semester and all
geography majors (graduate and undergraduate) are required
to complete this for major in education or in an area of con-
centration within the Liberal Arts.
Geog 492 Geography Honors 3 cr.
Prerequisite: 18 semester hours in Geography.
Admission to the Geography Honors course is by invita-
tion only to students who have attained junior standing. Stu-
dents will do independent research over two semesters under
the direction of a department member. Prerequisite is a B
average in Geography courses, and a B average in Geography
must be maintained during the honors program.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 267
Geog 493 Geography High Honors 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Geog 492.
This course is a third semester extension of Geog 492. Ad-
mission is by invitation only to those who have completed
Geog 495.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
Ed 456 Teachmg of Geography in Secondary Schools 3 cr.
Prerequisite: 18 semester hours of Geography including
two regionals.
The major objectives of this course is the study of modern
methods and techniques for teaching geography or geographic
materials, and of current curricula in geography. Emphasis is
placed on the contribution of the discipline to the understand-
ing of national and world problems.
Ed 457 Teaching of World Cultures 3 cr.
Prerequisite: 18 semester hours of Geography and/or So-
cial Studies.
The course will emphasize modern techniques of teaching
"World Cultures." Major study will be directed to the place of
"World Cultures" in the curriculum, selection of texts, source
materials for classroom use, and the preparation of resource
and teaching units. Additional study will better enable the
classroom teacher to maintain the proper balance between
Geography and Social Studies in the preparation of the "World
Cultures" course.
268 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GEOSCIENCE DEPARTMENT
ROBERT L. WOODARD, Acting Chairman
WALTER H. GRANATA PAUL A. PRINCE
FREDERICK R. PARK CONNIE J. SUTTON
FRANK W. HALL, II
Geos 111 Solar System 3 cr.
Fundamentals of astronomy with emphasis on the tele-
scope, observational methods, an examination of the sun,
moon, planets, asteroids, comets, and meteors, the mechanics
and origin of the solar system, and the spatial relationship of
the solar system to the other members of the universe. Sched-
uled laboratory periods and night observations are part of the
course. Two hours lecture and one laboratory period or night
observation per week.
Geos 112 Stellar Astronomy 3 cr.
Fundamentals of astronomy with emphasis on the sun,
stars, galaxies, the sidereal universe, and the use of spectro-
scopy for gathering astronomical data. Scheduled laboratory
periods and night observations are part of the course. Two
hours lecture and one laboratory period or night observation
per week.
Geos 121 Physical Geology 3 cr.
A basic course, with no college prerequisites, designed to
meet the need of science and non-science majors. 1+ provides
a survey of the physical forces molding, modifying and de-
stroying earth structures. Laboratory work includes map studv,
the identification of rocks and minerals, and field trips. Iwo
hours of lecture and one three hour laboratory per week.
Geos 122 Historical Geology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permission of instructor.
A basic course providing a history of our planet from the
fiery beginnings to the present. Special consideration is given
to rock stratigraphic sequences, invertebrate fossil distribution
and geologic map interpretation. Laboratory work includes
field studies. Two hours of lecture and one three hour labora-
tory per week.
Geos 213 Navigation 3 cr.
A thorough grounding in the meanings of terms used in
navigation, in the purposes and use of navigational instru-
ments and publications and in the theory and general methods
of piloting, dead reckoning and electronic and celestial navi-
gation. Emphasis is placed upon chart work and the solution of
practical navigational problems. Two hours lecture and two
hours laboratory.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA M*
Geos 223 Paleontology 3 cr.
This course covers the morphology, classification and evo-
lution of the common fossils. Indiana University is fortunate
in being located in an area in which a wide spectrum of repre-
sentative fossils ranging from Cabrian to Permian time may
be found within easy-driving distance of the campus. Major
emphasis is placed on the invertebrate fossils. Field work is
an essential part of the course. Two hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
Geos 225 Geology of Pennsylvania 3 cr.
Pennsylvania is fortunate to possess a wide variety of fas-
cinating geologic phenomena. An appreciation of Pennsylvania
geology is not merely an end in itself, but can provide the
geologic insight for understanding other areas with similar
geologic features. The Appalachian Mountains in Pennsylvania
are a classic area in which to study geosyniclinal development,
processes of folding, faulting and mountain building. The gla-
ciated areas of North Pennsylvania, the highly complicated
igeneous and metamorphic terrain of south east Pennsylvania,
along with the Triassic basin and the coastal plain all may
serve as fine examples of different types of geologic develop-
ment.
Geos 231 Mineralogy 3 cr.
A lecture and laboratory concerned with the properties
of minerals. An introduction to crystallography and the chem-
istry of crystals is followed by a determination of minerals and
their probable genesis.
Geos 232 Petrology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Mineralogy.
The course is concerned with a description of rock charac-
ter based upon the mineral components and the physical re-
lationship between mineral components of a rock.
Geos 235 Structural Geology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Physical and Historical Geology or permis-
sion of instructor.
The course will provide an analysis of deformation and
deformational processes as they apply to rock units. Specific
structures will be related to the geomorphology and economics
of the region. One hour lecture and four hours laboratory.
Geos 241 Meteorology I 3 cr.
Introduction to meteorological sciences. Composition and
structure of the atmosphere. Radiation principles. Elementary
thermodynamics and heat balance. Cloud Physics. The meri-
870 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
dional, zonal, and teritary circulations. Air masses, fronts and
storm structure. Common instruments in use. Elementary
weather map reading and forecasting techniques. Lectures,
readings, and laboratory.
Geos 242 Meteorology II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Meteorology I.
An introduction to physical, dynamical and theoretical
meteorology. Hydrodynamic equations of motion. Circulation
and vorticity. Atmospheric turbulence. Energy transformations
in the atmosphere. Examination of circulation theories. Fluid
dynamics. Lectures, readings and a term paper.
Geos 247 Intro to Oceanography 3 cr.
An introduction to the physical, chemical, geological and
biological nature of the ocean. Topography, submarine geology
and bottom deposits. Water masses and their circulation. Com-
mon instruments in use. Dynamical aspects of waves, tides,
and currents. Elementary discussion of the principles of ocean-
ic mechanics, dynamics and thermodynamics. Economic prob-
lems of the sea. Lectures, reading, term paper and laboratory.
Geos 321 Sedimentology 3 cr.
The course in sedimentology is designed to help students
investigate the nature of sediments, the classification of sedi-
mentary rocks, the processes of sedimentation and to examine
techniques used in the geologic investigation of sediments and
sedimentary rocks. Sediments and sedimentary rocks are end
products which reflect the environment at or near the site
both during and after the time of deposition. The effect of
varying physical, chemical and biochemical factors on sedi-
ments and sedimentary rocks will be stressed. The more im-
portant technique used in deciphering the geologic history of
sedimentary rocks will be examined and students will have the
opportunity to investigate and interpret various problems in
the field of sedimentology.
Geos 324 Stratigraphy 3 cr.
A course designed to present the principles and methods
of stratigraphy as well as a consideration of selected strati-
graphic problems.
The relationship between the physical and chemical en-
vironment in and around areas of current sedimentation will
be examined. The observed relationships will then be applied
to the interpretation of certain stratigraphic sequences of the
geologic past.
INDIANA UNnrBBSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA ITX
Geos 335 Economic Geology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Mineralogy.
The course will deal with the location and probable origin
on fossil fuels, ores of the non-metals and metallic ores both
ferrous and non-ferrous.
Geos 461 Field Technique in Geoscience 3 cr.
Instruction on the methods employed in the field to ob-
tain and interpret geologic information.
Geos 498 Problems in Geoscience 1-3 cr.
Selected problems in geoscience are investigated by upper
level students. Credit may be determined by nature and scope
of the work undertaken.
Geos 499 Research in Geoscience 1-4 cr.
A method of instituting and giving credit for supervised
research on the part of upper level students.
S7X
INDIANA UJnVERSmr OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN
JOHNNY J. MILLER, Chairman
VINCE CELTNIEKS
CHARLES A. GODLASKY
RICHARD HORNFECK
WILLARD J. KAYLOR
EUGENE E. LEPLEY
REGIS A. Mcknight
VIC LISCINSKY
WILLIAM A. NEAL
LEWIS H. SHAFFER
HERMAN L. SLEDZIK
EDWARD L. SLONIGER
SAMUEL G. SMITH
LOUIS R. SUTTON
LAWRENCE E. TUCKER
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN
C. ELIZABETH McCAULIFF. Chairman
S. JANE DAKAK
ALICE D. DICKIE
ANN T. ELLIOTT
MARY L. ELTZ
L. JUNE KORAB
PATRICIA L. LOMMOCK
BEVERLY J. LUCAS
MARY A. MAGRUDER
RUTH PODBIELSKI
The objectives of the Departments of Health and Physical
Education for Men and Women are as follows:
1. To provide opportunities for individual exploration, un-
derstanding and evaluation of sound personal and community
health practices and alternatives.
2. To provide opportunities for recreational participation
and advancement of skill competencies in those physical ac-
tivities which satisfy individual interests and needs,
3. To provide opportunities for individuals to explore their
capacities for physical activities so that educated decisions
can be made concerning the nature and extent of their partici-
pation in such activities throughout life.
These objectives will be implemented through the conduct
of the following services of the Departments of Health and
Physical Education for Men and Women:
1. Required programs of Health and Physical Education
for all University students.
2. Elective professional programs of Health and Physical
Education for men and women who plan careers in this spe-
cialized area or in the related health professions.
3. Intramural programs consisting of a wide range of ac-
tivities to meet the interests of University students.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
4. Sports clubs, clinics and informal recreational oppor-
tunities for students, faculty and other University personnel.
5. Recreational and instructional programs meeting the
interests and needs of the community of Indiana, Pennsylvan-
ia, insofar as is possible within the limitations of faculty and
facilities necessary for the fulfillment of all obligations to the
University community.
Required Program for Men
Within the General Education Program all men have the
option of selecting ROTC or Health and Physical Education
for four credit hours. For those men who select Health and
Physical Education three courses complete the requirement.
Courses are listed under the General Education Program.
The requirement may be altered after consultation with
the Department chairman in Health and Physical Education
for Men who will act upon the recommendation of the Uni-
versity physician and the Dean, School of Health Services.
Regulation uniforms are required for all curricular activity
and are available at the University Book Store for approxi-
mately $10.00.
Required Program for Women
Four semester hours of health and physical education are
required of all University women. This requirement may be
altered after consultation with the Department chairman in
Health and Physical Education for Women who will act upon
the recommendation of the University physician and the Dean,
School of Health Services.
Regulation uniforms are required for all curricular activity
and are made available for purchase at Waller Gymnasium at
the beginning of each semester. Approximate cost, $16.00.
Required in Elementary Education
El 314 Methods in Elementary School Health and
Physical Education 2 cr.
This course includes games, rhythms, movement educa-
tion, tumbling, folk and square dancing and other skills suita-
ble for the elementary school child. The teaching of health in
the elementary school is emphasized. Methods, materials and
lesson planning are a part of the colirse.
274 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OP PENNSYLVANIA
Elective Courses
HPE 102 Physical Education I (W) 1 cr.
Swimming-Tennis. The basic fundamentals and game tech-
niques of the activities are taught. Proper drills and condition-
ing exercises are also a part of the course.
HPE 110 Physical Education I (M) I cr.
Volleyball-Tennis. The basic fundamentals and game tech-
niques of the activities are taught. Proper drills and condition-
ing exercises are also a part of the course.
HPE 111 Physical Education H (M) 1 cr.
Badminton-Conditioning. The basic fundamentals and
game techniques of the activities are taught. Proper drills and
conditioning exercises are also a part of the course.
HPE 203 Physical Education H (W) 1 cr.
Bowling-Golf. The basic fundamentals and game tech-
niques of the activities are taught. Proper drills and condition-
ing exercises are also a part of the course.
HPE 204 First Aid (M & W) 1 cr.
This course provides the student with an understanding
of the practices and skills used for the proper care of all types
of injuries. The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced
Certification cards are issued upon successful completion of
the course.
HPE 261 Senior Life Saving (M & W) 1 cr.
This course emphasizes the swimming and rescue skills
necessary to complete the American Red Cross Senior Life
Saving Course. Certificates are awarded upon successful com-
pletion of the course.
HPE 262 Water Safety Instructor's (M & W) 1 cr.
This course emphasizes the teaching aspect of the skills,
techniques and attitudes that are necessary in all areas of
swimming. Those students successfully completing the course
are qualified to hold such positions as water front directors,
aquatics directors and other similar positions.
Prerequisite: HPE 261 or other proof of validated Senior
Life Saving Certificate.
HPE 264 Skin and Scuba Diving (M «& W) 1 cr.
This course is designed to teach the necessary skills and
proper use of equipment for underwater swimming. Tanks,
regulators, weights and special equipment will be furnished.
The student must purchase a mask, fins and snorkle ($15.00).
The course will include theory as well as practical work.
Prerequisite: American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Cer-
tificate.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 275
HPE 334 Sports Officiating (M) 1 cr.
Techniques of officiating and rules interpretation will be
stressed. Practice in actual officiating will be required in sev-
eral varsity sports.
HPE 336 Organization and Administration of Recreation 3 cr.
The history, theory and philosophy of recreation are dis-
cussed. The importance of play in the modern world, trends in
recreation, problems encountered in organizing community-
school programs and the principles of leadership are studied.
HPE 345 Care and Analysis of Sports Injuries (M & W) 2 cr.
This course is required for all men majoring in the De-
partment of Health and Physical Education but may be elected
by other students at the University. The prevention and care
of accidents in sports activities are studied. The significance
of the medical examination, conditioning exercises and sound
health practices are discussed. Laboratory work includes tap-
ing, bandaging, use of physiotherapy equipment, massage and
supervised training room experience.
HPE 405 Administration and Techniques
of Camping (M & W) 2 cr.
The growth and significance of the camp movement, and
understanding of camping techniques and various types of
camp programs are considered. Attention is given to all camp
activity areas. The study of outdoor education is also included
in the course.
HPE 406 Advanced Modern Dance (M & W) 2 cr.
Advanced techniques of performance and choreography
are studied. Theory and composition form an integral part of
course content.
HPE 407 Synchronized Swimming (M & W) 2 cr.
Attention is given to types of synchronized swimming and
accompaniment, composition of performance routines and
methods of training swimmers for synchronized swimming.
HPE 432 Organization and Administration of Intramural
and Interscholastic Programs (M & W) 1 cr.
Organization and administration of intramural activities
and interscholastic programs for both men and wom.en are
studied. Attention is given to philosophical implications for
school communities at all levels.
CERTIFICATION IN THE FIELD OF EDUCATION
FOR SAFE LIVING
HPE 251 Introduction to Safety Education 3 cr.
This course is concerned with the recognition of unsafe
conditions and practices and the methods by which they may
276 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
be eliminated or curtailed. It gives an overall view of the
safety problems in the home, school, highway, public places,
and the work environment.
HPE 252 Driver Education 3 cr.
The student should have driving ability above the average
and evidence of holding a driver's license, plus at least two
years of driving experience without having a major accident
for which the driver is responsible.
Driver Education is a combination of class instruction in
traffic safety and driver training in actual behind-the-wheel
practice in a dual control car. It prepares the student to teach
driver education in a high school. Three hours lecture, two
hours laboratory.
HPE 253 Methods and Materials in Safety Education in
the Secondary Schools 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HPE 251 and HPE 252.
Methods and Materials of Safety Education in Secondary
Schools emphasizes the various subjects and school activities as
well as treating it as a separate subject.
HPE 254 Organization and Administration of
Safety Education 3 cr.
Prerequisite: HPE 251 and HPE 252. The course empha-
sizes the basic principles of organizing, administering and
supervising safety education procedure in the public schools at
all grade levels. Encouraging student activities in the school
and community is a part of the course.
HPE 255 Psychology of Accident Prevention 3 cr.
The application of the principles of psychology to the de-
velopment of safe behavior in the school, home, community,
highway, and industry. The cause of accidents in relation to
attitudes, habits, and behavior.
* In order that the certification be properly recorded, stu-
dents must include Education for Safe Living on the appli-
cation for teaching certification prior to graduation. For
those students who have already graduated, contact the of-
fice of the Dean, School of Health Services, for the correct
procedure.
REQUmED COURSES FOR
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJORS
(All courses are conducted on a coeducational basis except
when otherwise indicated by "M", for men only or by "W", for
wflfmen only).
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 277
HPE 101 Personal and Community Health 2 cr.
The understanding of the scientific approach to personal
health problems and the development of desirable attitudes
and practices in all areas of personal health constitute the
major part of the course. The cause, prevention, and control of
various diseases are also considered.
HPE 102 Physical Education I (W) 1 cr.
This course provides a program of carry-over sports and
activities which improve general physical fitness and develop
usable physical skills. Swimming is a required part of the
course taken in conjunction with one other elected activity.
HPE 112 Aquatics I (M)
Analysis of all strokes used in swimming with opportunity
for maximum development of these skills by students.
HPE 113 Aquatics H (M)
Advanced techniques of swimming, rescue skills and sur-
vival methods are offered. American Red Cross Senior Life
Saving Certificate may be earned.
HPE 142 Introduction to Health, Physical Education
and Recreation 2 cr.
The significant historical events in health, physical educa-
tion and recreation are considered. Scientific principles which
form the bases for the profession, and the present day influ-
ences are studied. The opportunity to develop a philosophy of
physical education, health and recreation, and to define their
relationship to educational goals and modern society are af-
forded.
HPE 212 Tumbling (M) 1 cr.
A physical conditioning program is given to the students in
the first part of the course as needed to prepare them for the
stunts and tumbling activities to follow.
HPE 213 Gymnastics (M) 1 cr.
Conditioning exercises, participation in all phases of gym-
nastics and the coaching of the sport are included in the course.
HPE 221 Human Anatomy 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Biology 103, 104.
A study of man's place in the world; basic terminology;
the basis of structure and function; the origin and development
of one individual; the organization of one body; the integument
general osteology and anthrology; the skeletal system; general
myology, the muscular system; the circulatory system; the di-
gestive system; the respiratory system, the urinary system; the
reproductive system; the endocrine system; the nervous sys-
tem; and organs of general and special sense (receptors) in
278 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
sufficient depth to prepare the student for physiology, kinesi-
ology and corrective Physical Education.
HPE 231 Football (M) 1 cr.
Fundamentals of position play, patterns of offense and de-
fense, individual skills, and team organization in football are
studied.
HPE 233 Basketball (M) 1 cr.
Team tactics, drill patterns, conditioning, rules interpreta-
tions, and teaching methods are a part of the course.
HPE 234 Soccer (M) 1 cr.
Team tactics, drill patterns, conditioning, rules interpreta-
tion and teaching methods in soccer are offered.
HPE 236 Volleyball and Handball (M) 1 cr.
Development of the basic skills and team play of each sport
are offered.
HPE 262 Water Safety Instructor's (M & W) 1 cr.
This course emphasizes the teaching aspect of the skills,
techniques and attitudes that are necessary in all areas of
swimming. Those students successfully completing the course
are qualified to hold such positions as water front directors,
aquatics directors and other similar positions.
Prerequisite: HPE 261 or other proof of a valid Senior Life
Saving Certificate.
HPE 300 Racquet Sports (M) 1 cr.
All racquet sports are studied with emphasis placed on
participation by the class in tennis, badminton and paddle ten-
nis.
HPE 301 Tennis-Badminton 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
HPE 302 Soccer-Basketball (W) 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
HPE 303 Bowling-Golf (W) 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 279
HPE 304 Volleyball-Softball (W) 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
HPE 305 Folk Dance-Square Dance 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized. The role of folk and square dance in the phys-
ical education programs of all levels is considered.
HPE 306 Field Hockey-Tumbling (W) 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
HPE 307 Basic Rhythms and Fundamentals of
Movement 1 cr.
This course is designed to develop an awareness of basic
movement techniques through rhythmic experiences, knowl-
edge of music notation and terminology, and methods in cre-
ative presentation.
HPE 308 Modern Dance (W) 1 cr.
A basic course in the Dance which introduces the student
to technique and creative experiences in the development of
dance as a creative art and an educational medium.
Prerequisite: HPE 307.
HPE 309 Apparatus-Track and Field (W) 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
HPE 310 Archery-Fencing 1 cr.
Presentation of skill progressions and analyses are made
in combination with the opportunity to individually progress
in skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials
are emphasized.
HPE 311 Advanced Field Hockey-Volleyball (W) 1 cr.
Advanced techniques and game strategy are emphasized.
Methods and materials are presented from the aspect of coach-
ing responsibilities in these activities.
Opportunities are provided for individual skill progression.
Prerequisites: HPE 304, HPE 306.
280 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HPE 312 Advanced Basketball-Gymnastics (W) 1 or.
Advanced techniques, game strategy and/or coaching re-
sponsibilities, methods and materials are emphasized. In gym-
nastics, consideration is given to instructional and perform-
ance methods for all school levels.
Prerequisites: HPE 302, HPE 306, HPE 309.
HPE 316 Officiating I (W) 1 cr.
Officiating techniques and responsibilities in fall and early
winter sports are emphasized. Opportunities for officiating
experience and qualification for professional ratings are pro-
vided.
Prerequisites: HPE 301, HPE 312 methods series.
HPE 317 Officiating H (W) 1 cr.
Officiating techniques and responsibilities in late winter
and spring sports are emphasized. Opportunities for officiating
experience and qualification for professional ratings are pro-
vided.
Prerequisites: HPE 301 - HPE 312 methods series.
HPE 321 Methods in Elementary Health and
Physical Education 2 cr.
A thorough study and application of theories of movement,
self testing activities, rhythms, relays, games, gymnastics suit-
able for the elementary school child are a major portion of the
course. Observation, materials and methods of teaching health
and opportunities for student teaching within the class are pro-
vided.
HPE 332 Baseball-Resistive Exercises (M) 1 cr.
The basic skills, position play and team participation in
baseball are presented. Circuit training, resistive exercises,
weight training and the use of weight equipment are offered
during the second part of the course.
HPE 333 Coaching of Football, Swimming and
Basketball (M) 1 or.
Opportunity to study techniques, team play and coaching
theories will be presented by varsity coaches.
HPE 335 Wrestling (M) 1 cr.
The basic skills, moves and holds used in college and high
school wrestling are presented to the class.
HPE 341 Tests and Measurements 3 cr.
The study and application of tests in physical fitness, mo-
tor ability, motor educability, sports skills, and health educa-
tion, are taught. The evaluation of tests results and the appli-
cation of elementary statistical methods to the health and
physical program are also considered.
Prerequisite: Math 362.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 281
HPE 342 Analysis of Motion 2 cr.
Prerequisites: Anatomy.
A study based upon the application of knowledge of anato-
my and other sciences; involving the analysis and evaluation of
activities, the efficiency and economy of movement, an appre-
ciation of posture, poise and grace, and an awareness of ab-
normal structure or unusual performance.
HPE 343 Physiology of Exercise 2 cr.
The physiological aspects of various types of exercise on
the human body are studied. The major factors of diet, con-
ditioning, physical fitness, maximum performance level, and
fatigue are considered. The latest research in sports physiology
are also a part of the course.
Prerequisites: HPE 221 and Biol 151.
HPE 344 Adapted Physical Education 2 cr.
Prerequisites: Anatomy, Kinesiology, Physiology.
This course of study attempts to prepare the future teach-
ers to be able to give every student in the school system a pro-
gram of Physical Education. A corrective program for those
needing correction (with medical guidance) a recreational pro-
gram for those who are not correctable, and the ability to dis-
tinguish between the two groups. Help is given to the student
in attempting to understand handicapping conditions, thera-
peutic exercise, and the organization and administration of
such a program.
HPE 346 First Aid Instructor's 1 cr.
American Red Cross Standard, Advanced and Instructors
certification will be awarded upon completion of this course.
HPE 404 Organization and Administration of the
School Health Curriculum 3 cr.
A comprehensive study of the principles, methods, course
content, and role of a complete school health program are con-
sidered. Primary emphasis is given to curriculum planning at
all school levels, pupil needs, community resources, the school
environment, and the school health services.
Prerequisite: HPE 101.
HPE 408 Guided Research Problem (HPE majors only) 2 cr.
In an environment of seminar meetings and individual
study, the major student is guided in the selection and re-
search of a problem pertinent to his interests and those of the
profession of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Stu-
dent and faculty interaction within the structure of seminar
meetings and conferences are a vital part of this course.
Prerequisite: Senior status in Health and Physical Educa-
tion.
282 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HPE 433 Coaching: Wrestling-Track and Soccer 1 cr.
Students select two sports for a nine week concentration
in each sport. The course includes the improvement of skills,
drills, practice routines, analysis of the physiological and psy-
chological development of the teams, and the place of each ac-
tivity in the school program. Rules study, conditioning, diet,
and pre-game procedures are a part of the course. Extensive
laboratory experiences with the respective intercollegiate
teams are required.
HPE 441 Organization and Administration of
Physical Education 2 cr.
The course includes the organization of the program in the
elementary, junior, and senior high grades. It includes the in-
structional program, intramurals, and interscholastic sports.
The relationship of the physical education curriculum to the
overall school program is studied. Scheduling, medical excuses,
sound health practices, equipment, and various administrative
problems are discussed.
HPE 442 History and Philosophy of Physical Education 2 cr.
A study of the historical and philosophical concepts of
physical education is made in a seminar environment. Empha-
sis is placed upon the practical and aesthetic implications
which the evolvement of the physical education profession
holds for the physical educator.
Prerequisite: Senior status in Health and Physical Educa-
tion.
ATHLETIC DEPARTMENT
HERMAN L. SLEDZIK, Director
WILLIAM A. BLACKSMITH, III, wrestling coach
THOMAS E. CAMPISANO, rifle coach
VINCE CELTNIEKS, soccer coach
CARL DAVIS, assistant basketball coach
ALFONSO FANELLA, freshman football coach
CHARLES A. GODLASKY, tennis coach
RICHARD J. HORNFECK, assistant football coach
EUGENE E. LEPLEY, swimming: coach
ROBERT M. LETSO, baseball coach
VICTOR LISCINSKY, trainer
WILLIAM A. NEAL. assistant football coach
CHARLES E. RECESKI, assistant football coach
HERMAN L. SLEDZIK, head basketball coach
WALTER J. STAPLETON, assistant basketball coach
LOUIS R. SUTTON, cross country and track coach
To be appointed, golf coach
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
288
HISTORY DEPARTMENT
CLYDE C. GELBACH, Department Chairman
CHARLES CASHDOLLAR
STEVEN B. CORD
RONALD FERGUSON
ERNEST FRICKE
THOMAS GOODRICH
E. SAMUEL HATFIELD
JOHN KADLUBOWSKI
DALE E. LANDON
IRWIN MARCUS
JOSEPH MASTRO
JANE S. MERVINE
ROBERT L. MORRIS
NEIL LEHMAN
JAMES M. OLIVER
J. MERLE RIFE
JOHN R. SAHLI
ALICE K. SCHUSTER
W. WAYNE SMITH
DOROTHY VOGEL
ALBERT J. WAHL
GEORGE T. WILEY
JOHN YACKUBOSKEY
HISTORY ELECTIVES
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 cr.
A survey course presenting in integrated form the origin
and development of man's major political, social, economic, re-
ligious, and intellectual institutions from historical times to
1600 A.D. Although part of the course is devoted to Oriental
and Near Eastern civilizations, the major emphasis remains on
Greek, Roman, Medieval, and early Modern European civiliza-
tions. Through comparison, an effort is made to point up both
the similarity and the uniqueness of these civilizations.
Through the presentation of detail and conflicting historical in-
terpretations an effort is made to create an appreciation of the
depth and complexity of man's past.
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 cr.
This course deals with man's development from 1600 to the
present. Among the topics discussed are: The Commercial Rev-
olution; the Age of Reason; the Age of Revolution — political,
economic, and social; the rise of constitutional governments;
nationalism and the clash of cultures incident to the growth of
empire. Considerable attention is given to ideologies of the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The course concludes with
an examination of the various formulas for world order pro-
posed or attempted since 1900.
Hist 103 History of the United States and
Pennsylvania I 3 cr.
A course covering the period in American history from the
discovery of America to 1865 with emphasis on the history of
Pennsylvania. Special attention is given to the colonial founda-
tions of our nation, the emergence of our Federal Union, the
rise of political democracy, social reform, and the controversy
over sectionalism and slavery.
284 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Hist 104 History of the United States and
Pennsylvania H 3 cr.
A course in the history of the United States and Pennsyl-
vania from 1865 to the present in which the industrialization
of America, urbanization, the rise of organized labor, and the
development of a distinctly American culture are stressed. At-
tention is also given to the political, economic, and social re-
form movements of this period in our history as well as to the
increasing role of the United States in world affairs.
Hist 345 Colonial America 3 cr.
A survey of United States' history to 1783 with special at-
tention to economic, political, and social trends.
Hist 346 Middle Period of the United States, 1783-1850 3 cr.
A survey of United States' history from 1783 to 1850 with
special attention to constitutional, political, economic, and
social trends.
Hist 347 Civil War and Reconstruction 3 cr.
A study of the failure of American democracy to cope with
the issues of the mid-nineteenth century followed by the politi-
cal, economic, military, and social developments during the
war and the reconciliation of the North and South.
Hist 350 History of Latin America:
Colonial Period, 1450-1820 3 cr.
A study of the life of the people, the Indian cultures, the
conquest by the Spaniards and Portuguese, the government
during the Colonial Period, and the Wars of Independence.
Hist 351 History of Latin America:
National Period, 1820-Present 3 cr.
A study of the history of the nations which have emerged
since independence. Emphasis will be placed on the economic,
political, cultural, and social developments of these nations as
well as the relationships of these nations to others in the Hem-
isphere.
Hist 352 History of England to 1688 3 cr.
A survey of the growth of the English nation with empha-
sis on the political, social, and economic developments leading
to the 17th century conflict between Crown and Parliament.
Hist 353 History of England, 1688 to Present 3 cr.
A survey of the growth of England as a democratic consti-
tutional monarchy. Attention is directed to the industrial revo-
lution, and to imperial expansion and England's role in the
20th century world.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 285
Hist 354 History of Russia 3 cr.
A general survey of Russian history, culture, and institu-
tions. Special consideration is given to the study of those his-
torical forces which were formative of the Revolution of 1917.
Hist 355 History of Soviet Russia 3 cr.
A general survey of contemporary Soviet history, culture,
and institutions. Special consideration is given to the study of
communist theory and its place in current Russian historiog-
raphy.
Hist 356 The Old Regime through the Empire:
France 1589-1815 3 cr.
Brief sketch of medieval France and the development of
the monarchy. Concentration on the Old Regime, Revolution,
and Empire with emphasis on politics, diplomacy, and econom-
ics. Readings and brief papers.
Hist 357 Modern France 3 cr.
An investigation of the political, cultural, economics, and
social developments since 1815. Lectures, discussions, and pap-
ers.
Hist 358 History of Germany to 1848 3 cr.
A study of the evolution of the German nation from its
prehistoric origins, through its ancient, medieval and early
modern phases, to 1848. Topics treated will be: the Volkewan-
derung, Holy Roman Empire (First Reich) , Drang nach Osten,
Reformation, rise of Austria and Prussia, Aufklarung and class-
ical Weimar, German idealism and romanticism, the impact of
the French Revolution, Metternichian system, ZoUverein, and
the Revolution of 1848.
Hist 359 History of Germany: 1849-1949 3 cr.
A study of modern Germany from the Revolution of 1848,
in its imperial, republican and totalitarian manifestations, to
the post-war information of the partitioned Germany of the
present day. Topics treated will be: creation of the Second
Reich by "Blood and Iron," Bismarckian Germany and Real-
politik, Wilhelmian Germany and Weltpolitik, multi-national
Austria, First World War, Weimar Republic, rise of National
Socialism and the Third Reich, Second World War, Nurnberg
Trials, the Allied occupation, and the beginnings of East and
West Germany.
Hist 360 Special Studies in History 3 cr.
Selected periods or problems for intensive study.
Hist 361 Contemporary United States History 3 cr.
A study of the political, economic, and cultural changes in
American life since 1917. This course will examine the roots of
contemporary social problems facing us today. Recent foreign
policy trends will also be studied.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Hist 362 American Labor Movement 3 cr.
An investigation of the growth of the American labor
movement from the eighteenth century to the present. Empha-
sis is placed on the role of the Knights of Labor, American
Federation of Labor, Industrial Workers of the World and
Congress of Industrial Organizations.
Hist 363 Diplomatic History of the United States 3 cr.
This course traces the history of our foreign relations from
the American Revolution to the present. Emphasis is placed on
those principles and major policies upon which our foreign
policies are based.
Hist 365 History of Pennsylvania 3 cr.
A study of the foundings and development of Pennsylvania
from its colonial beginnings to the present time. Emphasis is
placed on the social, economic, and political developments in
the different periods of its history. Special attention is given to
the diversity of the people, their institutions and problems, and
the growth of Pennsylvania to a leading position in our modern
industrial world.
Hist 366 History of the Islamic Civilization 3 cr.
The course is to be a study of the rise of the Islamic civili-
zation and of its growth up to the nineteenth century, within
the Middle East. Emphasis is on the cultural institutions that
developed and on internal rather than external interactions.
Hist 368 History of the United States, 1900-1929 3 cr.
Emphasis on political, social, economic, and diplomatic de-
velopments in American history between 1900 and 1929.
Hist 371 Renaissance and Reformation 3 cr.
This is a course dealing with the study of the Renaissance,
with reference to the artistic, literary, scientific and political
aspects, and the vital personalities motivating them; the Refor-
mation as it affected the religious, economic, and political de-
velopment in Europe. Particular attention will be given to the
educational ideas of Erasmus and other reformers in this
period.
Hist 372 History of Europe: 1600-1815 3 cr.
This course puts emphasis upon political, diplomatic, eco-
nomic, and intellectual developments from 1600 to 1815. Com-
ing in for special consideration are the development and opera-
tion of the European state system, the Enlightenment, the ex-
tension of the parliamentary institutions in England, and the
French Revolution and Napoleon.
Hist 373 History of Europe: 1815-1914 3 cr.
A study of Europe in the nineteenth century with emphasis
on prolitical, diplomatic, military, and econcmiic affairs. Ap-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 287
proximately two-thirds of the course is devoted to a description
of the major European states in this century. An effort is made
to integrate this account through diplomatic history and by
devoting approximately one-third of the course to topical con-
sideration of such items as Imperialism, Nationalism, Socialism,
and the Industrial Revolution.
Hist 374 History of the Twentieth Century World 3 cr.
This course examines political, economic, social and intel-
lectual trends in the world since 1900, with a major emphasis
on European contributions. Consideration is given to the causes
and results of twentieth century warfare and the search for
international order and stability.
Hist 375 History of the Far East 3 cr.
A survey of the development of the Peoples of China,
Japan, India, and adjacent territories for the purpose of gain-
ing an understanding of their contemporary problems and
ways of thinking as they relate to current world affairs. Special
emphasis is placed on the impact of the West as a conditioning
factor in the development of the Far East in Modern times.
Hist 376 History of the Middle East 3 cr.
This course is a study of the Ottoman Middle East and its
lack of political unity resulting from the rise and development
of Arab, Turkish, Zionist, and other nationalist movements.
Special attention is given to the effect of these movements
upon the contemporary history of the Middle East and to the
significance of that area in current world affairs.
Hist 380 Medieval Europe I, 400-900 3 cr.
A history of early Medieval Europe from the decline of
the Roman Empire to the beginning of the growth of the
feudal monarchies. Emphasis placed on political, constitutional,
economical, and social developments in Medieval Europe from
400 A.D. to 900 A.D.
Hist 381 Medieval Europe H, 900-1350 3 cr.
A history of late Medieval Europe from the rise of the
feudal monarchies to the beginnings of the Renaissance period.
Emphasis is placed on political, constitutional, economic, and
social developments in Medieval Europe from 900 A.D. to
1350 A.D.
Hist 390 Social and Intellectual History of the
United States 1875 3 cr.
A study of the social and intellectual factors which helped
to shape the nation up to the time of Henry George.
288 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Hist 391 Social and Intellectual History of the
United States Since 1875 3 or.
An analysis of the cultural forces which have helped to
shape modern America. Ways of living characteristic of certain
periods will be studies, together with the more significant
social-reform movements and their attendant systems of
thought.
Hist 392 Economic History of the United States 3 or.
A survey emphasizing features of the American economic
system, especially the historical development of economic in-
stitutions and the role of economic groups in relation to other
aspects of American society. From Independence to Present.
Hist 393 History of Black America Since Emancipation 3 or.
A description and analysis of the role of blacks in the his-
tory of the United States since the Civil War. Emphasis will be
placed on the key leaders, major organizations, leading move-
ments and the crucial ideologies of blacks in modern America.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
289
SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS
MARGARET E. McGEEVER, Dean
RUTH ANDERSON
DAWN McCLOWRY AUL
PATRICIA ANN BELL
MARY ANN CESSNA
GLORIA CONWAY
WILLA RUTH CRAMER
LOUISE FERNANDEZ
LOUISE E. FIERSTOS
ELEANOR GALLATI
JOAN GANLEY
BARBARA GROSS
HELEN B. HOVIS
KATHLEEN JONES
ALMA B. KAZMER
BERNICE W. KING
ELIZABETH H. LaVELLE
CHARLES LEVINSON
YU-CHEN LIU
VANNIS A. LUCAS
DAWNA T. MUGHAL
LEOLA H. NORBERG
C. ELDENA PURCELL
ELISABETH A. SCHMIDT
SATYA SHARMA
LINDA SHEARER
JOANNE STEINER
BETTY WOOD
ALLEN M. WOODS
JOSEPH WYSOCKI
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(Listed Numerically)
HE 111 Meal Management 3 cr.
Basic principles of menu planning, marketing, food prepa-
ration and table service for family meals are investigated and
studied. Demonstrations and laboratory methods of teaching
are used.
HE 112 Clothing I— Clothing Construction and Fitting 3 cr.
Principles and techniques of fitting and construction of
clothing are analyzed. Directed laboratory experiences provide
opportunity to solve individual clothing construction problems
through the application of principles. Students proficient in
clothing construction knowledge and skills may omit this
course by submitting examples of their work and by obtaining
a satisfactory score on an objective exemption test. A student
exempt from this course is expected to take HE 417 after tak-
ing HE 214.
HE 113 Management and Equipment 3 cr.
Management, decision making processes and organization
relative to the administration of a home, is emphasized. Prin-
ciples needed for the wise selection, efficient operation and
care of kitchen, laundry and other household equipment are
studied and applied. Comparative studies of operation and
efficiency of various kinds of equipment, procedures and clean-
ing materials, and work processes are emphasized. Good man-
agement in arrangement, storage and working heights and
procedures that will save time, energy, and money and secure
good results in family living form the basis of the course.
290 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 211 Advanced Foods 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE HI; Chem 101 & 102 or concurrently.
A study is made of advanced and in-depth problems in
food preparation and meal service. In such areas food preser-
vation, protein, carbohydrate and fat cookery are emphasized.
HE 212 Nutrition 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Chem 101 and 102; Biol 151 or concurrently.
Sources and functions of nutrients, inter-dependence of
dietary essentials and nutritive valve of an optimum diet are
investigated and studied. Nutritional requirements of each
stage of human growth and development of life, nutritional
deficiencies and diseases are emphasized. Attention is given to
the different economic levels, racial and ethnic backgrounds,
food additives, food fads and fallacies.
HE 213 Principles of Design 2 cr.
Principles of art and design are studied and applied.
HE 214 Clothing H — Fitting and Pattern Study 3 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 112.
Principles and techniques of pattern design and alteration
are analyzed and used in the creation of an original design
from a basic pattern. A garment is made utilizing construction
processes best adapted to the design, the fabric and to the in-
dividual.
HE 215 Home Furnishing 2 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 213.
Problems of creating attractive homes are investigated and
studied. Emphasis is given to the selection, purchasing, and
arrangement of furniture and home furnishings; the selection
and planning of floors, walls and windows; and the improve-
ment of furniture. Directed laboratory experiences focus upon
the application of principles and knowledge learned.
HE 216 Clothing Selection 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 213, Psy 201.
Content of course aims to develop a wholesome philosophy
toward clothing. An attempt is made to understand the role of
clothing in the lives of individuals and families from different
strata of our society, from other contemporary cultures, and
from cultures of preceding eras. This understanding should
acquaint students with factors involved in the selection of
clothing for individuals of various personal and socio-econom-
ics circumstances.
HE 217 Home Planning and Furnishing 3 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 213.
Problems confronting families in finding and selecting
suitable housing and in creating attractive homes are identified
and studied. Community planning; the selection, planning and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 291
construction of homes, are problem areas investigated. Focus
is placed upon factors affecting cost and quality; plans for con-
venience, comfort, aesthetic values, and various legal factors.
Directed laboratory experiences are required.
HE 218 Child Development 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
The physical, emotional, social and intellectual develop-
ment of the child from conception through the early adolescent
period is studied and analyzed. Research from psychology, an-
thropology, sociology, and human development is analyzed in
terms of contributing toward better understanding of normal
development and behavior of the child.
HE 311 Family Health 1 cr.
Family health problems are recognized and solutions in-
vestigated. An understanding of the part the home plays in
positive health is developed. Principles of the care of the sick
in the home and needs in time of disaster and emergencies are
studied. Practical laboratory experience is provided. American
Red Cross requirements are met.
HE 312 Housing 2 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 213.
Family and community housing problems are investigated.
Convenience, cost, comfort, aesthetic values are emphasized in
the study of such topics as: architectural designs, floor plans,
processes in construction, ventilation, lighting, plumbing, heat-
ing, financing and legal factors. Individual projects and field
trips are required.
HE 313 Quantity Food Service Management 4 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 111, HE 211, HE 212.
This course is designed to give instruction and funda-
mental experiences essential to quality food production on a
quantity basis. Experiences include planning, purchasing, pre-
paring and serving nutritionally adequate lunches to the cam-
pus elementary school children. The requirements of the Na-
tional School Lunch Program are emphasized.
HE 314 Textiles 3 cr.
Properties, identification, selection, use and care of textile
fibers and fabrics are studied and analyzed. Focus is placed
upon laws governing labeling and other factors related to con-
sumer aid, protection and satisfaction.
HE 315 Family Finance and Consumer Education 3 cr.
Economic, sociological and psychological principles are
applied to family money management problems. Production,
distribution, retailing, and consumer aid and protection are
investigated. Income (real and psychic) budgeting,. installment
buying, savings and investment, banking and wise use of time,
292 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
materials and human resources are related to consumer satis-
factions. Ways of living better on a given income are empha-
sized.
HE 321 In-Service Training 0 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 313 and 80 credits.
Summer employment experience is received in an ap-
proved food service operating facility. Students seek and inter-
view for their own position; however, placement assistance
and guidance is given by the coordinator, department chair-
man, and/or student advisor.
HE 351 Nutrition Education (School Education) 2 cr.
A study is made of functional knowledge of nutritional
concepts as backgrounds for helping teachers guide students
through varied experiences directed toward improved food
habits and nutritional health. The contribution made by the
school lunch program is emphasized. Majors and non-majors.
HE 352 Nutrition for the Pre-School Child 2 cr.
Nutritional needs of pre-school children are studied from
the biological and physiological standpoint. The influences of
social, economic and ethnic background in establishing dietary
habits are analyzed.
HE 354 Clothing V — Special Problems in Clothing 3 cr.
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Clothing problems met by individuals, families and teach-
ers are solved. This course provides excellent opportunities for
students who have had too little experience in construction
and other clothing problems.
HE 355 Diet Therapy 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 111 and 212; Chem 101 and 102; Biol 151.
A study is made of the modification of the normal ade-
quate diet to meet the nutritional meals of the dietary prob-
lems of the infant, growing child, the aged, the pregnant and
lactating woman, and pathological conditions requiring special
dietary treatment. Special diets are planned and calculated.'
The course is planned for students desiring advanced study in
nutrition.
HE 356 Food Service Administration 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, HE 313, BM 201, HE 360.
This course studies the integration of the organization and
administration of the food service functions correlating the
management of personnel policies and training, work simplifi-
cation, cost controls, supervision, and sanitation. Field trips to
various types of food service institutions are included.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 298
HE 357 Special Problems in Foods 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 111 and 211.
Emphasis is placed on demonstration of food preparation
and problems of catering banquets, receptions and other social
functions. Opportunity is provided for solving individual and/
or group problems.
HE 358 Institution Food Service Equipment and Layout 3 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 313.
The emphasis in this course is placed on the selection and
layout of food service equipment in relation to production re-
quirements, materials and utility. Field trips permit the in-
vestigating of a variety of layouts.
HE 359 Quantity Food Purchasing 3 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 313 or concurrently.
This course discusses sources, standards of quality, grades,
methods of purchase, care and storage of various classes of
food. Emphasis is given to the development of purchasing
policies and the organization of purchasing procedures. Trips
to markets are included.
HE 360 Accounting for Food Service 3 cr.
This course includes business procedures and practices;
the use of accounting as a managerial tool; introduction of the
basic theory of accounts; knowledge and skill adequate to
keep books for a food service operation; journalizing, posting
use of ledger accounts, closing of books of original entry and
statement preparation aimed at the control of costs in food
service operation.
HE 361 Institution Food Service Experience 6 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 313, HE 356; HE 358; HE 359; HE 360,
HE 364.
This is a guided experience under the supervision of a
certified school food service director in schools enrolled in the
National School Lunch Program. Students gain practical ex-
perience in management and other aspects of a school food
service operation.
HE 362 Experimental Foods 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 111, 211 and 212; Chem 101 and 102.
A study of food preparation based upon the scientific
method is carried out wherein effects of chemical and physical
principles are observed. This is accomplished by investigating
group and individual problems.
HE 363 The Family and the Community 3 cr.
An intensive study is made of community contributions
and problems that affect the family as well as the contribu-
tions of families to the community. Group dynamics, and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
media of communication and other experiences that aid under-
standing of human behaviors is investigated. Field work is an
integral part of the course.
HE 364 Methods in Teaching 3 or.
An intensive study is made of Home Economics as it is
related to and interrelates with the entire school and educa-
tional program. Curriculum, teacher responsibilities, pupil-
teacher planning, home-school relations, teaching techniques
and aids, learning, evaluation and special school functions are
studied. Reference is made to the application of training meth-
ods for food service employees. Observations are included.
HE 402 Nutrition and Community Health 2 cr.
A study is made of nutritional problems of family mem-
bers from infant to aged people of the community. Emphasis
is placed on reorganizing good nutritional status and ways of
guiding families toward better nutrition. School lunch is also
emphasized. The course is also required of Public School Nurs-
ing majors as PSN 402.
HE 403 Home and Family Living 3 cr.
Housing, home furnishing, household equipment, clothing,
operational and nutritional needs of families are investigated.
Home management and money management operations are in-
vestigated. Emphasis is placed on ways to help families derive
the greatest benefits and satisfactions within the family in-
come. Non-majors.
HE 411 Family Relations 3 cr.
Students have opportunity to gain knowledge and under-
standing of personality development and the importance of
early family and community influence in well adjusted lives
and family stability. Emphasis is on preparation for marriage
and problems of human relations within homes. Reading, dis-
cussion, and conferences are used in facing and solving prob-
lems.
HE 412 Nursery School 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 302 and HE 218.
Participation in the nursery school as a teacher assistant
applying principles and concepts of child development is the
major focus of this course. Techniques of planning for and
managing a group of pre-school children are emphasized.
HE 413 Consumer Economics 3 cr.
Sociological and psychological reactions of persons are
discussed in relation to customs, advertising and income.
Knowledge of production, distribution and retail is used to
analyze and interpret governmental and other aids to the con-
sumers. Research studies are required of each student.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 414 Home Management (Residence House) 3 cr.
Decision making in group living is emphasized. Satisfying
human relations are developed as family members care for a
baby; plan, prepare and serve nutritious meals; use and care
for equipment and furnishings; and provide for individual and
group needs in various other ways.
HE 415 Teaching Methods and Professional Practicum
in Vocational Home Economics 4 cr.
This course, taken the semester prior to the Student
Teaching Experience, provides students with the opportunity
to plan home economics curricula in relation to the needs and
interests of pupils and their families within the school com-
munity. Students become orientated to classroom experiences,
activities and responsibilities which they will encounter in
teaching, through planned observations in Secondary Schools,
Adult Classes and their assigned Student Teaching Centers.
HE 416 Family Finance 2 cr.
Economic principles underlying personal and family finan-
cial problems are studied. Sources of income, use of time, ma-
terial and human resources, and planning for wise use of
family income are investigated.
HE 417 Clothing HI — Tailoring 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 112, 214 or equivalent.
Various tailoring methods are studied and applied in the
selection, fitting and construction of a tailored garment. Com-
parative study is made of commercial-tailored garments.
Ed 431 Student Teaching (For Home Economics) 8 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 415.
The student teacher participates in the experiences and
responsibilities of the home economics teacher in the high
school classroom as well as the community. The university
supervisor guides and coordinates the kinds of learnings and
aids the students in analysis and evaluation of personal and
professional growth during visitations and Saturday Confer-
ences.
HE 421 Pre-School Education, Ages 2-5 Years 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 303; HE 218 and 412.
Directed experiences in assisting a master teacher in a
nursery school is required. Experiences include observation of
work with children in a variety of situations. Selected chil-
dren are studied intensively. Research is investigated as a
basis for understanding child behavior, principles and pro-
cedures of guidance.
296 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 422 Early Childhood Education —
Equipment and Materials 2 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 302; HE 218 and 412.
Materials, equipment, activities and situations that will
aid the physical, social, emotional and intellectual development
of pre-school children are investigated. Children and the vari-
ations of behavior are observed and analyzed as the 2-, 3-,
and 4-year old reacts and interacts to their environment.
HE 423 Marriage and Family Relations 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 411.
Emphasis is placed on the development of an understand-
ing of inter-personal relations within family living. Potential
problems of marriage are identified and investigated in terms
of the development of an understanding of what constitutes
good adjustment. Interviews, projects, observations, and case-
studies are planned and carried out by individuals and/or
groups.
HE 424 The Family 3 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 411.
A concentrated study is made of selected areas of family
life with emphasis on the dynamics of family interaction and
interpersonal relationships. Group projects and individual
studies are required.
HE 451 Workshop in Home Economics 3 cr.
This course is planned to meet the needs of experienced
teachers and college graduates in home economics who are
expecting to return to the teaching profession. Current edu-
cational trends, issues and problems in home economics edu-
cation are identified and evaluated. This advanced course is
required of those who are returning to the home economics
teaching profession after an absence of five or more years.
It may be elected by advanced undergraduate students who
have completed HE 415 and Education 421.
HE 452 Vocational Home Economics —
Curriculum Construction 2 cr.
Prerequisite: HE 415.
Home Economics curriculum planning and construction
are studied in relation to the changing home economics cur-
riculum in terms of vocational legislation. An investigation
and evaluation is made of current home economics related
wage earning programs in secondary schools. Emphasis is
placed on planning and evaluating home economics wage earn-
ing programs as an integral part of the home economics cur-
riculum and the total educational program of the vocational
and secondary schools. Field trips to schools, and to business
and industrial establishments are required.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 297
HE 453 Materials and Methods of Teaching
in Home Economics 2 or.
Current instructional and curriculum materials, learning
resources, methods and techniques of teaching will be inves-
tigated and studied in relation to the philosophy of home
economics education, learning processes and the conceptual
framework of home economics. This course is for advanced
undergraduate students and college graduate in home eco-
nomics.
HE 454 Adult Home Economics Education 2 cr.
Principles and theories of adult education are investigated
and studied. Emphasis is placed on the needs and interests of
adults and how home economics can meet these. Plans for
implementing a vocational home economics program are for-
mulated, analyzed and evaluated.
HE 455 Education and Vocational Guidance 3 cr.
Implications of current vocational legislation for home re-
lated employment are studied. Needs in Pennsylvania com-
munities are investigated. Possible programs are formulated
and experiences needed for their implementation sought.
HE 456 Evaluation in Home Economics 2 cr.
Principles, techniques and procedures of evaluation are
investigated in terms of learning processes. Evaluative instru-
ments are studied and evaluated. Instruments for appraising
major types of objectives are planned and constructed. This
course is for advanced undergraduate students and college
graduates in home economics.
298 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF LEARNING RESOURCES
AND MASS MEDIA
NORMAN W. SARGENT, Department Chairman
LAWRENCE D. BERGMAN DANIEL V. MATTOX, JR.
MERLE G. KLINGINSMITH WILLIAM McCAVITT
DONALD M. MacISAAC J. ROBERT MURRAY
RICHARD H. MADDEN EDWARD F. HAUCK
LRes 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 cr.
(Professional course required of all students in Education)
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
A consideration of the needs for sensory techniques and
the integration of all learning resources is given, with atten-
tion to the psychological processes involved. Through class and
laboratory work the student will have an opportunity to be-
come acquainted with materials and equipment and skilled in
audio-visual techniques within the teaching field. Activities
will include actual production of materials for class use and
participation in their use.
LRes 371 Photography in Education 3 cr.
This course is designed to provide a good introduction to
photography and to emphasize the potential value of teacher-
made photographic materials in teaching. The student will
learn to use his own camera effectively; to determine expos-
ures; to develop, contact print, and enlarge his own black and
white negatives; to experim.ent with natural and artificial
lighting; and to shoot, develop, and mount his own color slides.
Both the technical and the artistic aspects of photography will
be considered. No prerequisite required. Student must provide
his own 35mm camera and an exposure meter. See instructor.
LRes 372 Motion Picture Production in Education 3 cr.
This course will emphasize the possibilities for effective
use of teacher-made films in the classroom. The student will
learn to use his own 8mm or 16mm motion picture camera ef-
fectively, to choose the right film stock, to determine the cor-
rect exposure, to plan and direct the action, to break the ma-
terial up into scenes for effective presentation, to edit the
material shot, and to use natural and artificial lighting. No
prerequisite required. Student must provide his own camera
and an exposure meter. See instructor.
LRes 373 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting 3 cr.
This course is an introduction to the organization and op-
eration of a radio station. Technical aspects of radio and pro-
gramming techniques will also be studied. The station's rela-
tions with educational, industrial, and other social institutions
will be examined.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
299
MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT
MELVIN R. WOODARD, Chairman
JOSEPH S. ANGELO
IDA Z. ARMS
EDWIN W. BAILEY
JOHN F. BUSOVICKI
GARY L. BUTERBAUGH
JOHN CAMDEN
BLAINE C. CROOKS
DONALD D. DUNCAN
NANCY C. FINCKE
RAYMOND D. GIBSON
MARLIN E. HARTMAN
WILLARD W. HENNEMANN
JOHN P. HOYT
JOSEPH H. HRADNANSKY
JAMES H. MAPLE
DOYLE R. McBRIDE
RONALD L. McBRIDE
RONALD E. McCOY
KATHERINE McKELVEY
WALLACE F. MORRELL
JOANNE MUELLER
CARL P. OAKES
JOSEPH A. PETERS
MILDRED M. REIGH
WILLIAM RETTIG
DALE M. SHAFER
MAHER Y. SHAWER
JACK SHEPLER
HARVEY A. SIMMONS
EDWIN M. SMITH
WILLIAM R. SMITH
ELWOOD R. SPEAKMAN
MERLE E. STILWELL
LaVERNE THOMPSON
MARILYN E. VALLOWE
HALLEY O. WILLISON
RICHARD E. WOLFE
CAROLINE DEISHER
(Punxsutawney Center)
WILLIAM F. LONG
(Kittanning Center)
JACK R. WESTWOOD
(Kittanning Center)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 3 cr.
This course is designed to familiarize students with some
of the ideas underlying the development of mathematics and
an elementary treatment of problem solving and decision
making. The primary objective is not to develop "computa-
tional" skills but to study mathematics in its role as both an
art and a science.
Topics to be studied include: numeration and number
systems v^ith special emphasis on recognizing patterns and
structure; intuitive set theory and applications, including
probability and statistics; and informal logic in its relation to
mathematics, both in algebra and geometry.
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 cr.
Logic, number systems and equations; plane trigonometry;
inequalities, functions and relations; complex numbers; theory
of equations, mathematical induction; the binomial theory are
the topics considered in this course.
Math 155 Computer Programming 1 cr.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the
facilities in the area of the computer programming available to
him. The basic language rules of the Fortran compiler system
and library programs and their use are studied. It is hoped that
the student will then apply his knowledge in other courses
throughout his college career.
300 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Math 157 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 or.
Analytic Geometry of the straight line; circle; and the
conies; polynomials and their graphs; elements of differential
and integral calculus v^ith applications involving polynomials.
Math 160 Elementary Numeration Theory I 3 or.
Prerequisite: 3 years high school academic mathematics.
This course is designed for those students whose major is
elementary education and is one of the first tv^^o courses in the
concentration of mathematics.
Among the topics included in this course are: Develop-
ment and the structure of numeration systems; properties of
the rational reals, their subsets and the operations defined on
them; tests for divisibility; modular arithmetic; primes; fac-
torization; fundamental theorem of arithmetic; introduction to
mathematical systems.
Math 250 Elementary Numeration Theory 11 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 160.
This course is a continuation of Math 160 and will include
such topics as: Rules for divisibility; properties of and opera-
tions with real numbers; finite and infinite sets; Venn dia-
grams; order relations; modular and clock arithmetic; intro-
duction to algebra and geometry; informal look at probability;
truth tables; linear functions.
Math 251 Basic Concepts of Algebra (Elementary) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 160 and 250.
This course will include such topics as those touched upon
in earlier courses but from a more general point of view. Gen-
eralization and abstraction in linear equations, systems of
equations, sets, groups and fields, inequalities, absolute values,
complex numbers, polynomials, algebraic structures and func-
tions will be stressed.
Math 253 Theory of Equations 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.
Among the topics considered are algebraic equations; de-
termination of roots; algebraic solutions of cubic and quartic
equations; systems of equations; determinants; matrices, and
symmetric functions.
Math 257 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.
Differential and integral calculus of algebraic and trans-
cendental functions with applications to the physical sciences.
Math 341 Theory of Numbers 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
A study of the foundation of number theory with special
attention being given to such topics as repeating decimals and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA «•!
congruences; number theoretic functions; diophantine equa-
tions, continued fractions.
Math 350 Foundations of Informal Geometry
(Elementary) 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 160, 250, 251.
This course includes a discussion of such topics as: con-
gruences, measurement, parallelim, similarity, concurrence of
medians, altitudes, construction of proofs, practical applica-
tions, elements of spherical and plane coordinate geometry.
This will be a course of greater depth and generality than that
found in the secondary school and will be in line with the cur-
rent curriculum revisions.
Math 351 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Elementary) 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Math 160, 250, 251, 350.
This course is designed to give an over-all view of funda-
mental topics in trigonometry, analytic geometry, probability
and statistics, permutations and combinations, the binomial
theorem, sequences and fundamental calculus.
Math 355 Foundations of Geometry I 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 375.
This course studies the various groups of transformations
and the geometries which are associated with these groups in
the Euclidean plane. The Euclidean Similarity, Affine and Pro-
jective Groups of Transformations are studied.
Math 356 Foundations of Geometry II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 355.
This course is an extension of the ideas of Math 355. The
real projective plane is introduced and the analytic projective
geometry of this plane.
Math 357 Analytic Geometry and Calculus IT 4 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 257.
This course will extend the background of the student in
elementary calculus and will consider infinite series, Taylor's
and Maclaurin's expansions, partial differentiation, multiple
integrals, and an introduction to ordinary differential equa-
tions.
Math 361 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 or.
Prerequisite: Math 257.
In this first course in differential equations the emphasis
is placed on techniques of solution and elementary physical
applications. A thorough study is made of differential equa-
tions classified as order one — degree one, linear, and nonhomo-
geneous. Solution techniques involving the differential oper-
ator, the Laplace transform and infinite series are Introduced.
302 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Math 362 Probability and Statistics 3 cr.
This course is intended for non-mathematics majors. The
course emphasis is on applications as opposed to theoretical
developments of principles and formulas. The topics covered
in this course are: frequency distributions, measures of central
tendency, variation, elementary probability, sampling, esti-
mation, testing hypothesis, and linear correlation and re-
gression.
Math 363 Mathematical Statistics I 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 257.
Probability theory necessary for an understanding of
mathematical statistics will be developed in this course. Appli-
cations of the theory will be given with emphasis on the bi-
nomial, the Poisson, and the normal distributions. Distributions
of sums and a central limit theorem will be developed. Statis-
tical applications will include point and interval estimation and
testing statistical hypothesis.
Math 364 Mathematical Statistics II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 363.
This course is a continuation of Math 363. Additional topics
in mathematical statistics will be introduced both from the
theoretical and from the applied point of view. Such topics are:
correlation and regression theory; Chi-square, Student's "t",
and F distributions; the Neyman-Pearson lemma and the
likelihood ratio method of constructing tests of hypotheses;
analysis of variance; properties of good estimators; and non-
parametric methods.
Math 366 Computer Math I 3 cr.
Language rules of the FORTRAN compiler system are
presented. FORTRAN is used for writing digital computer
programs which are compiled and executed on the College
computer.
Math 367 Numerical Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Math 366, 357, 361.
Errors in computation. Approximation of functions by
polynomials. Iterative methods of solving equations. Matrices
and systems of linear equations. Interpolation. Numerical dif-
ferentiation and integration. Methods for solving ordinary dif-
ferential equations on computers.
Math 371 Linear Algebra I 3 cr.
Topics considered in this course are vector spaces, linear
transformations and matrices. The emphasis is on the theory
for arbitrary finite dimensional spaces. Applications to Euclid-
ean n-space are considered briefly.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 303
Math 375 Introduction to Modern Mathematics 3 cr.
This course is a preparatory course to the courses Abstract
and Linear Algebra, Advanced Calculus, and Geometry.
An introduction to formal logic sets the stage for a thor-
ough study of the development of the complex number system
from a postulational viewpoint, starting w^ith the natural num-
bers, through the integers, rationals, reals and finally the com-
plex numbers. The concepts of group, ring, integral domain
and field are basic to the development.
Math 376 Abstract Algebra 3 cr.
This course consists of a development of the theory of in-
tegral domains, fields, rings, and groups. It is designed to de-
velop the student's power to think for himself and to improve
his ability to construct formal proofs.
Math 381 Advanced Calculus I 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 357.
Topics from Calculus are treated with a more rigorous
point of view. The course consists of a study of set theory, the
real number system, functions, the topology of Cartesian space,
sequences, convergence and uniform convergence, continuity,
and uniform continuity.
Math 382 Advanced Calculus II 3 cr.
This course includes the study of convergence, sequences
in RP, global properties of continuity, uniform continuity, dif-
ferentiation in RP, Riemann integrals, and infinite series.
Ed 456 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary Schools 3 cr.
The major objective of the course is to prepare teachers of
mathematics for the modern secondary schools. The principal
activities in the class are the preparation and presentation of
lessons on concepts from the secondary schools mathematics
courses; study of the principles of teaching and learning; ob-
servations; study of current mathematics curricula; and learn-
ing to use curriculum materials effectively.
Math 452 Seminar in Mathematics 1-4 cr.
This course requires the student to do independent study
in some area of mathematics beyond the scope of the courses
he has taken. The course is conducted in one of two ways. In
the first method the student chooses the area for investigation
upon the approval of the instructor. Upon completion of the
study, the student gives an oral presentation of his findings to
other members of the group. In the second method the various
instructors offer seminars in selected topics. The student
304 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
chooses the topic of interest to him and the class studies the
particular topic in depth.
Math 461 Computer Math II 3 or.
Prerequisite: Math 366.
Digital computers are analyzed as to size, type, usage, stor-
age, auxiliary storage, input-output facilities and monitors.
Symbolic programming and compiler systems are studied.
Math 471 Seminar: Research Usage of Computers
Prerequisite: Math 461.
This course deals with selected topics using advanced pro-
gramming techniques.
El 313 Teaching Mathematics m the Elementary School 3 or.
Prerequisite: Math 101.
In this course emphasis will be given to the place of arith-
metic in the elementary school and to the recent changes in
curriculum and method; to techniques for developing concepts
and processes; to recent research in the field of arithmetic; and
to books and materials helpful to prospective teachers. Obser-
vation of master teachers at work will be planned.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 8«6
MILITARY SCIENCE
COLONEL WILLIAM S. WILEY, JR., Chairman of Department
LTC ROBERT B. GINGRICH OPT PETER P. HANSON
MAJ ROBERT M. HOFMANN CPT SAMUEL A. BIANK, JR.
MAJ FRANCIS V. CAMPI CPT JOHN E. SECOR
MAJ WILLIAM V. MILLER, JR. SGM JOHN R. DALE, JR.
MAJ NORMAN P. WILDERSON MSG WILLIAM L. SCHAFER
MAJ PAUL P. FOLEY SSG LEE E. KUJAWA
CPT ROBERT E. HAMILTON SP5 JOHN A. STEVENSON
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsyl-
vania, is authorized a Senior Division, Reserve Officers Train-
ing Corps unit. The Senior Division ROTO program offers to
the student the opportunity to prepare for the highest service
of citizenship; it offers the right to contribute towards the
preservation of the freedoms that U.S. citizenship offers. It is
from the knowledge that one is preparing to take his place as
a defender of American liberty, in the ranks that have enrolled
numberless citizen soldiers before him, that comes the greatest
reward and meaning of ROTO and Reserve Officer Service.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT
The general requirements for enrollment in the ROTC are
that the student be a citizen of the United States, physically
qualified as prescribed by the Department of the Army, ac-
cepted by the institution as a regularly enrolled student, not
less than 14 years of age, but less than 24 years of age at the
time of enrollment. For continuance in the ROTC the student
must successfully complete such general survey or screening
tests as are given to determine eligibility for admittance to the
Advanced Course and agree in writing upon admission to the
advanced course to complete the course of instruction offered,
unless released by the Department of the Army. Veterans may
receive credit for portions of the ROTC military course for
military service completed prior to enrollment in ROTC.
WHAT ROTC OFFERS
Uniforms, equipment, ROTC textbooks are issued without
cost to formally enrolled cadets.
Students having successfully completed the Basic Course,
or having at least four months of active service in the Armed
Forces, and meeting the Advanced Course admission require-
ments are paid a retainer fee, currently amounting to $50.00
per month during the time they are taking the Advanced
Course.
8M INDIANA UNIVimsmr OF PENNSYLVANIA
After the student completes the Advanced Course and re-
ceives his baccalaureate degree from the university he is eligi-
ble for a commission as a second lieutenant in the United
States Army Reserve.
Students who have completed the first year Advanced
Course and have displayed outstanding qualities of military
leadership, high moral character, and definite aptitude for
military service are debignated "Distinguished Military Stu-
dents." Students so honored who maintain the standards until
graduation are designated "Distinguished Military Graduates,"
and are eligible for appointment in the Regular Army.
Policies affecting enrollment and continuance of students
in the Senior Division of the Reserve Officers Training Corps
are included in the provisions of the Selective Service Act of
1950. This Act provides for military deferment of students
(certain basic course students upon request, and all advanced
course students) until completion of their academic course
under the following conditions:
1. Students enrolled in the ROTC must remain in good
standing in both their academic and military courses.
2. They must demonstrate proper and sufficient aptitude
and leadership characteristics ultimately to qualify
them for appointment as commissioned officers.
3. They must attend and successfully complete summer
training camp (usually at the end of the Junior year) .
4. They are required to sign an agreement to accept a com-
mission in the Army, if and when tendered, and to serve
not to exceed two (2) years on active duty as an officer,
subject to call by the Secretary of the Army.
SPECIAL FEES
An Activity Fee of $3.00 is required of all ROTC Cadets
to defray the cost of a name tag, cadet handbook, and the Mili-
tary Ball.
CURRICULUM IN MILITARY SCIENCE
The Military Science curriculum covers four years and is
divided into two courses: The Basic Course and the Advanced
Course.
THE BASIC COURSE
The first two years of Military Science comprise the Basic
Course which furnishes a background in basic military sub-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA MT
jects. A minimum of three hours instruction each week is re-
quired for the MS 101 and 102 courses and minimum of four
hours for courses 203 and 204.
1st Year
MS 101 Military Science I 2 cr.
Instruction in Organization of the Army and ROTC; Indi-
vidual Weapons and Marksmanship; and Leadership Labora-
tory.
MS 102 Military Science I 2 cr.
Instruction in Organization of the United States Army,
National Defense Establishment and Leadership Laboratory.
2nd Year
MS 203 Military Science 11 2 cr.
Instruction in Map Reading; Introduction to Tactics and
Operations; and Leadership Laboratory.
MS 204 Military Science II 2 cr.
Instruction in American Military History; and Leadership
Laboratory.
THE ADVANCED COURSE
The second two years comprise the Advanced Course and
each year consists of a combination of military and academic
subjects for a total of 142 and 126 hours respectively. Students
who clearly demonstrate during their attendance in the Basic
Course the qualities necessary to become a Reserve Officer of
the U.S. Army may be selected for the Advanced Course.
For admission to this course a student must fulfill the fol-
lowing: have completed the Basic Course; be selected by the
Professor of Military Science and the President of the Univer-
sity; be 26 years of age or under at time of enrollment; meet
physical requirements as established by the Department of
the Army; execute a contract with the Government to finish
the course; attend a six-week summer camp and accept a com-
mission in the United States Army Reserve, if tendered. When
the contract is signed, completion of the Advanced Course be-
comes a requirement for graduation unless the contract is can-
celled by the Department of the Army.
3rd Year
MS 305 Military Science III 3 cr.
Instruction in Principles of Leadership; Military Instruc-
tion; Branches ot the Army; and Leadership Laboratory.
808 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MS 306 MUitary Science III 3 cr.
Instruction in Small Unit Tactics and Communication; Pre-
Camp Orientation; Physical Training; Internal Defense and
Development; and Leadership Laboratory.
4th Year
MS 407 Military Science IV 3 cr.
Instruction in Military Law; Staff Operations; The Military
Team; Internal Defense and Development; Administrative
Management; and Leadership Laboratory.
MS 408 Military Science IV 3 cr.
Instruction in World Change and Military Implications;
Logistics; Obligations and Responsibilities of an Officer; Princi-
ples and Psychology of Leadership; Vehicles and Weapons
Systems.
SUMMER CAMP
The six week summer camp is usually attended by students
upon completion of the first year of the Advanced Course; al-
though, under certain circumstances cadets may attend sum-
mer camp following completion of the Advanced Course. Time
at camp is devoted to the practical application and demonstra-
tion of principles and theories taught during the school year.
While at camp each student will receive lodging, subsistence,
uniforms, medical care, reimbursement for travel and pay in
the amount of one hundred and ninety-three dollars and twen-
ty cents ($193.20) per month.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
809
MUSIC DEPARTMENT
HUGH B. JOHNSON, JR., Chairman
WILLIAM R. BECKER
ROBERT E. BERNAT
DAVID T. BORST
WALLIS D. BRAMAN
MARY LOUISE BRECKER
ROBERT W. BURGGRAF
CATHERINE C. CARL
CHRISTINA O. CHA
CHARLES A. DAVIS
RUTH DE CESARE
DANIEL DI CICCO
GLADYS DUNKELBERGER
OLIVE M. FORNEAR
EDWIN J. FRY
WALTER A. GOLZ
ARVILLA T. HARROLD
DELIGHT MALITSKY
H. EUGENE HULBERT
DOMINIC J. INTILI
ROBERT LLOYD
C. DAVID McNAUGHTON
RUSSEL C. NELSON
GARY J. OLMSTEAD
JANE V. OLMSTEAD
LAURENCE J. PERKINS
DANIEL PERLONGO
PETER J. POPIEL
ROBERT D. REYNOLDS
NICOLO A. SARTORI
ANN M. STAPLES
JAMES G. STAPLES
ELIZABETH D. STEWART
LAWRENCE C. STITT
RICHARD E. THORELL
SUZANNE E. THORIN
EVA VOUKLIZAS
J. HERBERT WILDEBOOR
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 s.h.
The course "Introduction to Music" presumes no technical
background, but does utilize as fully as possible the varied
musical experiences of each individual to help him extend his
interest as far as possible. One or two field trips are planned
each semester to Pittsburgh to attend the Pittsburgh Opera
and/or the Pittsburgh Symphony. In addition, various concerts
of college organizations, cultural life events, and visiting artist
concerts are required to augment the listening experiences of
the student.
MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2 s.h.
Sight Singing I is designed to develop the student's skill
at interpreting written music by the use of his own voice.
Areas of study include: all major and minor scales; treble, alto,
tenor, and bass clefs; all diatonic intervals; duple and triple
meter with rhythmic dictation drills; phrase-wise thinking;
and elementary form analysis. The sol-fa syllables with mov-
able do are used.
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Sight Singing I with a mark of C or better.
A continuation of the development of skills in the areas
of Sight Singing I, as well as the following additional areas:
sensitivity to intonation, part singing, compound meters, writ-
ten melodic and rhythmic dictation.
810 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1 s.h.
Ear Training I involves dictation skills and notation in the
following areas: primary harmonies in all inversions, and mel-
odic dictation with implied and actual harmonies.
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Ear Training I with a mark of C or better.
A continuation of the development of dictational and nota-
tional skills of Ear Training I as well as the following areas:
secondary triads, seventh chords, and modulation to related
keys.
Mus 115 Theory I 3 s.h.
Mus 116 Theory U 3 s.h.
Mus 215 Theory UI 3 s.h.
(three
consecutive
semesters)
A study of the compositional devices of the 18th and 19th
centuries. Emphasis upon melodic, harmonic, rhythmic, and
formal structures, with occasional reference to contrapuntal
implications. The student is aided in gaining a mastery of these
devices through written exercises for various media, analysis
of examples in composer's works, and performance at the key-
board.
Mus 216 Theory IV 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Theory I, II, III.
A study of the compositional devices of the latter half of
the 19th century and first half of the 20th century. The student
is aided in gaining a mastery of these devices through the same
means indicated above for Theory I, II, III.
Mus 217 Keyboard Harmony I 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: A nominal amount of facility at the key-
board.
Keyboard Harmony I is designed to develop keyboard
skills in the student so he may realize and produce in sound
the basic harmonic progressions involved in the primary
chords in all inversions.
Mus 218 Keyboard Harmony H 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Keyboard Harmony I.
A continuation of Keyboard Harmony I involving skills
with secondary chords and their dominants, chromatic har-
mony and more complex progressions.
Mus 304 Form and Analysis 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Theory IV.
A thorough study of the smaller forms of music. The stu-
dent will analyze as many of the smaller forms as possible,
both through listening and reading of the works.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 811
Mus 305 Form and Analysis II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Form and Analysis I.
A thorough study of the larger forms of music in the
same manner as Form and Analysis I.
Mus 306 Counterpoint I 2 sJi.
Prerequisite: Theory IV.
After an intensive study and analysis of the style of the
16th Century contrapuntal writing, the student will do orig-
inal writing using the techniques and devices of the period. As
time permits, the same approach will be made to explore the
style of the 17th and 18th Century composers.
Mus 307 Counterpoint 11 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Counterpoint I.
A continuation of the study, analysis, and restricted writ-
ing of the 17th and 18th Century composers. Consideration will
be given to the free contrapuntal techniques used by later
composers.
Mus 308 Fugue and Canon 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Counterpoint I.
The application of contrapuntal techniques within these
two specific forms through analysis, assigned exercises, and
creative writing.
Mus 309 Orchestration I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Theory IV.
All the instruments of the orchestra are studied from the
viewpoint of their contribution to the total sound of the en-
semble. Ranges and timbres are considered as well as actual
arranging of selected music for each section, full orchestra,
band, and other instrumental organizations. Whenever possi-
ble, the arrangements are performed in class or by one of the
organizations of the college.
Mus 310 Orchestration II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Orchestration I.
A continuation of Orchestration I with more emphasis
placed on larger projects and the programming of outstanding
works in university concerts.
Mus 315 Theory V 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Theory TV.
Many of the harmonic idioms of the past half century will
be considered, such as: comparative analysis of dissonance;
polytonality; polyrhythms; atonalism and the 12 tone system;
and microtonalism. Orginal writing in these styles will be
required.
312 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 411 Composition I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Theory IV.
Instruction in Composition I will of necessity be highly
individualized due to the uniqueness of the creative process.
Compositional devices will be studied through the analysis of
works by major composers. Students will do original works in
the smaller forms of music.
Mus 412 Composition II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Composition I.
A continuation of Composition I with the emphasis placed
more on the larger forms of music. Outstanding works will be
programmed by university organizations.
MUSIC LITERATURE AND HISTORY
Mus 220 Music Literature I 2 s.h.
Major works of the Eighteenth Century will be studied
and analyzed as to form, style, and their place in the musical
world of the various periods.
Mus 221 Music Literature II 2 s.h.
Major works of the Nineteenth Century will be covered
in the same manner as Music Literature I.
Mus 301 History of Music I 3 s.h.
A study of the development of music from the ancient
Greek and Roman cultures through the Baroque period. Al-
though the approach is an historical one, considerable analytic
listening is required.
Mus 302 History of Music II 3 s.h.
Starting with the Eighteenth Century with Haydn and
Mozart, History of Music II is the study of the development of
music to the present. Analytic listening is required through
all available sources.
Mus 316 Literature of the Major I 2 s.h.
The student will research the literature of his major in-
strument or voice with the assistance of his private instructor
and the instructor of the course.
Mus 317 Literature of the Major II 2 s.h.
The student will continue his research from Literature of
the Major I.
Mus 320 Music of the Ancient World 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
A concentrated study of music from the early Greeks up
to the Middle Ages, including considerable emphasis on plain-
song or Liturgical music of the early church.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 818
Mus 321 Music of the Middle Ages 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
Starting with the Jongleurs, Troubadors, and Trouveres of
the Early Middle Ages, this course deals with the literature of
music through English and Burgundian Schools at the close
of the Middle Ages.
Mus 322 Renaissance Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
Beginning with Ockeghem and ending with Palestrina and
his contemporaries, the music literature of this age is carefully
and thoroughly studied.
Mus 323 The Baroque Era 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
The Baroque Era extends from Monteverdi through Bach
and Handel, and considers both vocal and instrumental forms,
styles, and practices of the era.
Mus 324 Eighteenth Century Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
Although Mozart and Haydn comprise the greater portion
of 18th Century music, the Rococo Period involves D. Scarlatti
and C. P. E. Bach as well. The mature development of the son-
ata and symphony comprise a considerable portion of this
study.
Mus 325 The Early Romantic Period 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and H.
Beethoven, Schubert, Rossini, Weber, Mendelssohn, Ber-
lioz, Schumann, and Chopin are the major composers to be
studied in the Early Romantic Period.
Mus 326 The Late Romantic Period 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
Wagner, Verdi, Glinka, Bruckner, Meyerbeer, Liszt, Gou-
nod, Brahms, Offenbach, Smetana, J. Strauss, Greig, Bizet,
Moussorgsky, Saint-Saens, Tschaikowsky, Massenet, Franck,
Borodin, Rimski-KorsakofP, Wolf, R. Strauss, Mahler, Faure,
Puccini, Dvorak, MacDowell, and Elgar are the major com-
posers of this study.
Mus 420 Contemporary Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
Beginning with Debussy, Ravel and the other impression-
ists, touching on Schoenberg, Stravinsky, Webern, Honneger,
Milhaud, et al. Contemporary Music ends with today and to-
morrow. Various trends, styles, techniques are noted; judg-
ments are attempted on the more experimental forms; and
limited predictions of trends are ventured.
314 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 421 American Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I and II.
American Music is a study of the History and Literature
of Music in America from 1600 to the present day. Early Amer-
ican musical heritages are traced from pre-revolutionary
America to our day.
CONDUCTING
Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 s.h.
Emphasis will be placed on the fundamental physical skills
of the conducting process. Various beat patterns will be mas-
tered and elementary score reading and interpretation will be
considered.
Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Conducting.
Choral Conducting will provide the opportunity for the
student to apply his basic conducting techniques to the choral
area. Each student will conduct the rest of the class in many
of the standard choral works of the literature. Also a survey
of suitable literature, organizational problems, voice testing,
rehearsal techniques, program building, interpretation, and
diction will be included.
Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Conducting.
Instrumental Conducting will provide the student with the
opportunity to apply his basic conducting skills to the various
instrumental ensembles. Each student will conduct the rest of
the class as well as the available instrumental ensembles in
the department. Also a survey of suitable literature, organiza-
tional problems, audition procedures, rehearsal techniques,
program building, and interpretation will be considered.
Mus 401 Choral Score Reading 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Theory IV, and Choral Conducting,
Choral Score Reading is designed for the student who
wishes to further develop his skills at interpreting choral
scores. Some of the units are: reading 3, 4, 5, and 6 line scores;
problems of editing music of various periods; further develop-
ment of skill with various clefs; developing a sense of tempi;
and practice in score reduction at the keyboard.
Mus 402 Instrumental Score Reading 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Theory IV, and Instrumental Conducting.
Instrumental Score Reading serves a similar purpose.
Some of the units are: developing skill in reading 12 lines to
full orchestral or band scores of 32 lines; editing and bowing
problems of various periods; developing skill with clefs and
transpositions; developing a sense of tempi; and reducing full
scores at the keyboard.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 816
MUSIC EDUCATION
El 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 s.h.
(See the Elementary section for a course description.)
El 212 Teaching Music in the Elementary Grades 3 s.h.
(See the Elementary section for a course description.)
Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2 s.h.
Included in Elementary Methods are the following topics:
analytical study of texts, recordings, equipment, instruments,
and other material suitable to musical development of elemen-
tary pupils; proper treatment of the child voice; selection, use,
and teaching of rote songs; rhythmic activities and develop-
ment; music reading; part singing; planning and organization;
guided observations; and evaluation techniques.
Mus 333 Secondary Methods 2 s.h.
The following topics will be treated: the General Music
Class, choral organizations, the changing voice, techniques of
instruction including team teaching and programmed learning,
high school theory courses, high school music literature
courses, scheduling, administrative problems, curriculum de-
velopment, evaluation of materials and equipment, evaluative
techniques, and guided observations.
Mus 334 Instrumental Methods 2 s.h.
A treatment of the necessary understandings, techniques,
equipment, and materials necessary to develop an effective in-
strumental music program in the public schools. Demonstra-
tions and laboratory work are designed to give the student the
competencies needed to meet successfully the various teaching
situations in instrumental music from the grades through the
high school. Guided observations are required.
Mus 405 Piano Pedagogy 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Junior Standing in Piano, and a piano ma-
jor or minor.
A survey of all current and significant past developments
in the teaching of piano both privately and in small and large
classes. The various piano methods are analyzed, compared,
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.
Mus 406 Voice Pedagogy 2 sJi.
Prerequisites: a voice major or minor, and permission of
the instructor.
A survey of all current and significant past developments
in the teaching of voice both privately and in small and large
classes. The various vocal methods are analyzed, compared,
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.
316 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 407 Master Class in Organ 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: for organ majors only with instructor's per-
mission.
From time to time the organ instructor will accept from
four to eight organ majors for this course. Every student will
observe every other student's instruction and demonstrations
of various techniques of teaching organ will be given.
Mus 408 Marching Band Techniques 2 s.h.
The following topics are considered; building a band show;
alignment of ranks and files; development of a standard pace
of 6 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation; tech-
niques of developing morale; and fundamentals of uniform
design.
Ed 441 Student Teaching 12 s.h.
The music major will begin his practice teaching with
observations and various simple teaching assignments, gradu-
ally assuming greater teaching responsibilities on the elemen-
tary, junior and senior high school levels in instrumental and
vocal music. A university faculty member coordinates the
work of the student teacher and his school supervisor.
Ed 442 Professional Practicum (Including School Law) 2 s.h.
Significant problems of an advanced nature, and closely
related to student teaching, are introduced in order to insure
further professional growth. Observing of other teaching situ-
ations, reading of books and professional journals, along with
reports and discussions at conferences, will aid in this growth.
APPLIED MUSIC
Class Instruction
The following courses are designed to acquaint the student
with basic skills in each particular area.
Mus 151 Class Voice I 1 s.h.
Mus 152 Class Voice II 1 s.h.
Mus 153 Class Piano I 1 s.h.
Mus 154 Class Piano II 1 s.h.
Mus 155 Strings Seminar 1 s.h.
Mus 156 Class Strings 1 s.h.
Mus 157 Class Percussion I 1 s.h.
Mus 158 Class Percussion II 1 s.h.
Mus 159 Brass Seminar 1 s.h.
Mus 160 Class Brass 1 s.h.
Mus 161 Woodwind Seminar 1 s.h.
Mus 162 Class Woodwinds 1 s.h.
Mus 353 French Diction 2 s.h.
Mus 354 German Diction 2 s.h.
Mus 475 Music Laboratory 0 s.h.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA «17
01
Clarinet (Clar)
11
02
Oboe (Ob)
12
03
Bassoon (Bssn)
13
04
Saxophone (Sax)
14
05
Trumpet (Trpt)
15
06
French Horn (FrH)
16
07
Trombone (Trb)
17
08
Baritone Horn (BaH)
18
09
Tuba (Tba)
19
10
Percussion (Perc)
20
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION
Two semester hours credit for each half-hour lesson and
ten hours practice per week for one semester. The instructor
will determine which series applies.
100-150 Series, for Freshmen
200-250 Series, for Sophomores
300-350 Series, for Juniors
400-450 Series, for Seniors
Available in the following performance areas:
Piano (Pno)
Organ (Ogn)
Harpsichord (HpCh)
Harp (Hrp)
Voice (Vce)
Violin (Vln)
Viola (Via)
Cello (Cel)
Bass Viol (BsV)
Flute (Fl)
VOICE
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
1. The student should be able to sing simple standard
classic art songs with acceptable tone quality and in-
tonation.
2. Three selections should be prepared, all of which will be
sung in English. These may be folk songs or selections
from any standard Art Song Collection. (Popular or
"hit" tunes are unacceptable.)
3. The level of proficiency will be determined at the time
of entrance.
4. All transfer students must be heard by the voice staff
jury.
5. The specific degree requirements for undergraduate
students are as follows. Voice-piano majors must have a
repertoire in English and in two foreign languages.
ENSEMBLES
If one of the music ensembles is in need of a particular
player because of the uniqueness of the instrument or voice,
the student may be asked to participate in more than one en-
semble.
SIS INDIANA UNnrEBSITY OF PBNNSTLVANIA
Mus 120 Brass Elnsemble
Mus 121 Chamber Ensembles, Vocal or String
Mus 122 University Chorale
Mus 123 Concert Band
Mus 124 Indiana Glee Club
Mus 125 Indiana Marching Band
Mus 126 Opera Theater
Mus 127 Percussion Ensemble
Mus 128 University Theater Orchestra
Mus 129 Indiana Symphony Orchestra
Mus 130 Trombone Ensemble
Mus 131 Indiana Wind Ensemble
Mus 132 Women's Chorus
Mus 133 Woodwind Ensemble
Ensembles carry no credit. The student will receive a mark
of S or U. An unsatisfactory grade will be reflected in a lower
grade in Private Instruction.
INDIANA UNIYBRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA tit
DEPARTMENT OF NURSING
MAIUAN A. MURRAY. Chairman
ANNE V. GUZIK DOROTHY M. OBESTER
MARY M. HART LOIS ZUZACK
DORIS E. MULHOLLEN
All Nursing courses are required as preparation for writ-
ing the examination for professional licensure. General educa-
tion and science courses listed for freshman and sophomore
years are considered prerequisites for Nursing courses.
Nurs 300 Introduction to Nursing 3 cr.
This course is designed as an introduction to nursing as a
profession, the history of nursing, and ethics and legal aspects
of nursing.
Nuts 301 Nursing I (Fundamentals of Nursing) 6 cr.
The course combines nursing theory with an introduction
to clinical practice in patient care. Basic technical skills will be
learned; principles of pharmacology, nutrition, communication
theory, records, and reports.
Nurs 302 Nursing 11 (Medical-Surgical Nursing) 3 cr.
Concepts of health, introduction to illness and health prob-
lems, study of patients in the hospital and various other set-
tings, emphasis on the medical and surgical aspects of nursing.
Nurs 303 Clinical Practice in Medical-Surgical Nursing 5 cr.
Guided experience in the care of medical-surgical patients
in the hospital and clinics; identification of patient's health
needs, development and implementation of nursing care plan.
Nurs 304 Nursing IH (Maternal and Child Health) 3 or.
Concepts of health in relation to infant and child develop-
ment; obstetrics; pediatric illnesses.
Nurs 305 Clinical Practice in Maternal & Child Health 5 cr.
Guided clinical practice in obstetric and pediatric nursing;
exposure to the normally healthy family in home, clinic and
hospital.
Nurs 321 Communications Theory 3 cr.
Techniques of interviewing, verbal and non-verbal com-
munication, interpersonal relationships.
Nurs 322 Community Health 2 cr.
Basic concepts of health and illness as related to the total
community — local, national, world.
S20 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Nurs 323 Human Growth and Development 3 cr.
Study of the individual from the standpoint of normal
physical, social and psychological development.
Nurs 324 Seminar in Nursing
Survey of clinical nursing, study of the role of the profes-
sional nurse in the provision of health services, identification
of nursing problems, nursing intervention in health crises.
Nurs 402 Nursing IV (Psychiatric Nursing) 3 cr.
Concepts of emotional health and illness, psychiatric
theory.
Nurs 403 Clinical Practice in Psychiatric Nursing 5 cr.
Guided experience in the care of patients with psychiatric
illnesses in home, clinic, hospital and community agencies.
Nurs 404 Nursing V (Advanced Medical-Surgical
Nursing) 3 or.
Advanced theory in medical and surgical nursing; guided
clinical experience.
Nurs 405 Nursing VI (Public Health Nursing) 3 cr.
Study of multiple health problems, public health facilities,
health care on a community level.
Nurs 406 Clinical Practice in Public Health Nursing 5 cr.
Guided clinical experience in caring for patients, particu-
larly in the home, clinic or other public health facility.
Nurs 424 Seminar in Nursing 3 cr.
Study of organization of patient care, the team nursing
concept; the role of other disciplines in illness and in health
care; patient teaching.
Nurs 425 Seminar in Nursing 3 cr.
Study of trends in nursing practice, survey of the nursing
profession, professional adjustments, philosophy of nursing.
Nurs 430 Research Problems 3 cr.
Development of a research study related to patient care;
writing research paper.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 821
PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT
ROBERT M. HERMANN, Chairman
DANIEL N. BOONE VINCENT J. FERRARA
BENJAMIN C. CHAN ARTHUR KANNWISHER
THOMAS R. SCHAUB
The Philosophy Department offers, in addition to the in-
troductory course, a variety of electives designed to serve the
needs of two kinds of students. Those whose primary interests
are in other disciplines will find one or more philosophy courses
which relate directly to their fields. Most of these carry to pre-
requisite.
Students wishing to major in philosophy must take a total
of 33 semester hours in the field, including Phil. 221, 222, 324,
325, 328, and 430. Minors are required to take a total of 21 se-
mester hours, including Phil. 221, 222, 324, 325, and 328. While
course numbers indicate the years in which courses are ex-
pected to be scheduled, some flexibility is permitted. It should
be noted, however, that Phil. 120 is prerequisite to several later
courses. Exceptions to this requirement may be made only with
departmental permission.
Several courses, indicated by asterisk, are oriented toward
religious studies. Of these only Phil. 311 and Phil. 329 are per-
mitted to carry credit toward the major or minor in Philoso-
phy. Students interested in religion as an objective problem,
whatever their concentrations, are encouraged to program
electives in this area.
Basic Courses
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 cr.
A survey of basic issues and fundamental concepts. De-
signed for the beginning student, this course attempts a criti-
cal appraisal of the major "isms" of philosophy. Emphasis is
placed upon an understanding of problems in the field, rather
than upon individual thinkers.
Phil 110 World Religions* 3 cr.
A non-sectarian and introductory course in which material
from several academic disciplines is brought to focus in reli-
gion as an objective problem. Defining "religion" — forms of
worship in prehistoric cultures — regional and national religions
of the past — history and comparative theology of major con-
temporary faiths — religious behavior viewed psychologically
and sociologically — some philosophical perspectives.
S22 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAIHA
Electives
Phil 210 World Scriptures* 3 cr.
Major sacred writings of the Hindu, Buddhist, Zoroastrian,
Moslem, Confucian, and Taoist traditions will be examined.
Primary sources from the more familiar Judeo-Christian liter-
ature will be used as a model for the introduction of modern
critical methods of study. Attention will be directed to philo-
sophical and religious problems of the reader's perspective as
religious devotee.
Phil 221 Logic I — General Logic 3 cr.
The Art of Reasoning — The Science of Critical Thinking,
Designed for the general student, this course aims at a basic
familiarity with the broad range of problems currently of in-
terest to logicians, together with the acquisition of at least min-
imal skill in the evaluation of inferential claims.
Phil 222 Ethics 3 cr.
An introduction to significant ethical theory. Selected writ-
ings both ancient and modern are examined and discussed
critically. The student is encouraged not only to develop a con-
sistent ethical formulation of his own, but to make application
of each view studied to current moral problems.
Phil 310 Western Religious Thought in Development* 3 cr.
Through an historical survey of important themes in the
development of Christian, Jewish and Moslem religious tradi-
tions students will be expected to acquire a knowledge of broad
perspectives in the development of western religious thought.
In depth study will be devoted to such material as the Dead
Sea Scrolls, the writings of Augustine, Aquinas, Luther, Calvin
and Schleiermacher.
Phil 311 Oriental Religio-Philosophic Thought* 3 cr.
Systematic study of Religious Philosophies that have
shaped the Oriental ways of life and have an impact on con-
temporary thought. Emphasis on Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism,
Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism, and Shinto.
Phil 321 Logic II — Deductive Systems 3 or.
More technical in content than Logic I, Logic II is con-
cerned primarily with deduction. Students are given a sub-
stantial grasp of modern sym.bolic axiom systems. Concrete ap-
plications of symbolic logic will be examined, as well as some
of the more sophisticated problems and paradoxes which cur-
rently vex logicians. (Prerequisite: Phil 221)
Phil 323 Political Philosophy 3 cr.
An examination of major theories of political organization.
Such substantial works as Plato's Republic, Aristotle's Politics,
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 828
Hobbes' Leviathan, Rousseau's Social Contract, and Locke's
Second Treatise of Civil Government are studied in depth. (See
also in Pol. Sci. electives).
Phil 324 History of PhUosophy I 3 cr
A survey of the major thinkers of the ancient and medieval
worlds with emphasis on the essential thought of selected phil^
osophers. Special attention will be given to the pre-Socratics,
Plato, Aristotle, Augustine and Aquinas. (Prerequisite: Phil
120).
Phil 325 History of Philosophy H 3 cr.
A continuation of Phil 324 beginning with 15th century
Renaissance Thought and ending with the 19th century pr0^
cursors of contemporary philosophies. (Prerequisite: Phil 120.
It is not required but strongly recommended that Phil 324 and
325 be taken in sequence.)
Phil 327 American Philosophic Thought 3 cii.
A study of the more original and influential philosophic
postures developed in America from the colonial period to the
present, and of the men who gave them their most complete
expressions. (Prerequisite: Phil 120).
Phil 328 Aesthetics 3 or.
Studies in the meaning and value of man's aesthetic ex-
perience. The nature and significance of art — its role in human
experience — bases of aesthetic judgements. Theories of art
from Plato to Dewey are examined and discussed critically.
Phil 329 Philosophy of Religion* 3 cr.
An examination of the major theories and problems of
philosophy in relation to religion. Such topics as the existence
of God, evil, religious language, existentialism, and mysticism
will be explored. The works of thinkers such as Hume, Kant,
Aquinas, Tillich, Buber, Royce, Stace, Kierkegaard, J. Huxley,
and Augustine will be studied.
Phil 330 Philosophy of Science 3 cp.
The basic nature and structure of scientific thought. Prob-
lems of physical and social science will be examined in rela-
tion to philosophy. The nature of scientific laws, induction,
causation, the logic of explanation, probability, the role of
mathematics in science, and the place of value in science will
be explored. No special or technical background required.
Phil 340 Contemporary Western Theology 3 cr.
Studies in a number of important topics in contemporary
•324 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
theology including the following; knowledge of God, the prob-
lem of evil, the nature of miracle, predestination and free will,
the nature of revelation, inspiration, authority, immortality,
eschatology and the theology of hope, religious language, and
the theological understanding of man. Readings will include
such theologians as Bonhoeffer, Buber, Bultman, J. Huxley,
Kierkegaard, Teilhard de Chardin, Tillich, Robinson, Machen
and Barth.
Phil 410 Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr.
A survey in depth of the contemporary philosophic scene
— pragmatism, positivism, logical and linguistic analysis, ex-
istentialism, phenomenology, current realism and idealism.
(Prerequisite: Phil 120 or departmental permission.)
Phil 430 Honors Thesis 3 cr.
Designed for the student making a primary concentration
in philosophy, this course centers around discussion of an in-
tensive reading program, and includes a research project of
thesis quality. Students receiving an "A" grade qualify for
consideration to graduate with departmental honors. (Admis-
sion by permission only.)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Ml
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
RICHARD E. BERRY. Chairman
GARY L. BUCKWALTER
JERRY K. EDDY
LARRY R. KAUFMAN
MING T. LU
JOHN K. MATOLYAK
PATRICIA J. McNAMARA
MARILYN E. NOZ
DAVID L. RAMSEY
DANIEL G. REIBER
RICHARD D. ROBERTS
PAUL M. WADDELL
DENNIS W. WHITSON
PATSY A. ZITELLI
PHYSICS COURSES
Phys 111-112 Physics I and II 3 cr. each
A two-semester non-calculus course in general college
physics. It is intended to supply the student with a sufficiently
broad coverage of physics and to help them appreciate physics,
including its recent advances. In Physics I, mechanics, heat
and sound are studied; in Physics II, electricity and magnetism,
light, atomic and nuclear physics, and an elementary introduc-
tion to relativity and quantum mechanics. The mathematical
sophistication is at the level of elementary algebra and trigo-
nometry. Three hours lecture per week.
Phys 121-122 Physics Laboratory I and H 1 cr. each
This is a two-semester sequence of physics laboratory at
the same level as Physics I and II. Physics 121 is comprised of
experiments in mechanics, wave motion and sound. Physics 122
is comprised of experiments in optics, electricity and magne-
tism, and radioactivity. Three hours laboratory per week.
Phys 131-132 Physics I-C and II-C 3 cr. each
Prerequisites: Must have completed or be concurrently
taking Math 017 for Phys 131 and Math 019 for Phys 132.
This is a two-semester calculus-level course in general col-
lege physics. It is intended to furnish the physics major with
the foundation he needs in physics and also to supply majors
in other sciences with a sufficiently broad coverage of physics,
including its recent advances. The topics covered are similar to
those covered in Physics 111-112 but are treated in more detail
and depth through the use of the calculus. Three hours lecture
per week.
Phys 141-142 Physics Laboratory I-C and H-C 1 cr. each
This is a two-semester sequence of physics laboratory at
the same level as Physics I-C and II-C. Physics 141 is com-
prised of experiments in mechanics, wave motion, sound and
kinetic theory. Physics 142 is comprised of experiments in op-
tics, electricity and magnetism, and radioactivity. Three hours
laboratory per week.
826 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Phys 222 Mechanics I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 331, Math 257.
The mechanics included in Physics III is recast in the
language of calculus and extended to the following topics:
Dynamics of a particle under different force laws, central force
including planetary and satellite motion, energy in particle
dynamics, statics including virtual work, systems of particles
and an introduction to kinetic theory and statistical mechanics.
Three hours lecture per week.
Phys 223 Mechanics II 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 222, Math 357.
This course, the sequel to Physics 222, includes: mechanics
of a rigid body, constraints, oscillations, wave motion, mechan-
ics of fluid and introduction to advanced mechanics, relativistic
mechanics, and wave mechanics. Three hours lecture per week.
Phys 231 Electronics 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157.
This course introduces electronic circuitry and instrumen-
tation. A brief introduction to circuit theory includes direct
current transients, alternating currents, and response of sim-
ple networks to pulses and square waves. This theory is then
applied equally to vacuum-tube circuits and transistor circuits.
The laboratory provides opportunity for each student to use
dual-trace oscilloscopes, signal generators, and power supplies.
The following concepts are emphasized in the course; frequen-
cy response, input and output impedance, feedback, and elec-
tronic noise. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory
per week.
Phys 242 Optics 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 111, 112, Math 257.
This course deals with such topics as reflection and re-
fraction at surfaces, optical instruments, polarization, inter-
ference and diffraction of light. Three hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
Phys 322 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 111, 112, Math 357.
The first part of the course is devoted to a review of vec-
tor calculus including gradient divergence and curl. The topics
covered include electrostatic potential theory, dielectrics, di-
pole theory and magnetostatics. Maxwell's equation for static
fields are employed in solving problems. Legendre's poly-
nomials and other approximation methods are used to solve
Laplace's equation. Three hours lecture per week.
Phys 323 Electricity and Magnetism 11 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Phys 322.
This course, a sequel to Phys 322, develops the time de-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA Ufl
pendent form of Maxwell's equations. The principal topics in-
cluded are electromagnetic induction, vector potential, mag-
netism, radiation fields, and poynting vector. Three hours
lecture per week,
Phys 331 Atomic and Nuclear Physics 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 111, 112, Math 357.
This course is an introduction to the particle and wave
properties of matter, atomic structure, and radioactivity. The
laboratory experiments will include many of the basic ex-
periments in atomic and nuclear physics. Three hours lecture
and three hours laboratory per week.
Phys 342 Heat and Thermodynamics 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 111, 112, Math 357.
Thermometry, the laws of thermodynamics, low tempera-
ture physics, Carnot cycle, entropy, the properties of ideal gas,
and heat transfer are studied. In the laboratory the funda-
mental laws are tested and an introduction is given to high
vacuum techniques and cryogenics. Three hours lecture and
three hours laboratory per week.
Phys 421-422 Selected Experiments I and 11 3 cr. each
Prerequisites: Phys 231, 331.
These two courses offer training in lab skills and modern
instrumentation involved in individual research. The skills
taught are those needed for independent research in industry
and in thesis research projects in universities; as such, it is
also useful to educators, who need to know the methods of the
research scientist, and need the skills in using modern equip-
ment in teaching. The two courses are independent of each
other.
Selected Experiments I includes experiments selected from
the following topics: advanced optics, microwaves, radio and
optical astronomy, semi-conductor properties, cryogenics, and
classic experiments in atomic physics.
Selected Experiments II includes experiments selected
from the following topics: Mossbauer effect, laser modulation,
magnetic resonance, cosmic rays, and classic experiments in
nuclear physics. Six hours laboratory per week.
Phys 472 Modern Physics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 331, Math 257.
This course serves as a survey of nuclear physics. Nuclear
size, nuclear mass, reaction theory, types of radioactive decay,
nuclear models nuclear forces and elementary particles are
some of the topics covered. Three hours lecture per week.
328 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Phys 483-484 Quantum Mechanics I and 11 3 or. each
Prerequisites: Phys 222, 331, Math 361.
These courses develop quantum mechanics following the
method of Schrodinger. The theory is applied to the properties
of the harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, the electron in
a magnetic field and the radioactive decay of alpha particles.
The general principles of quantum mechanics are related to
atomic structure and the periodic table. Three hours lecture
per week.
Phys 498 Problems in Physics 1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Phys 111, 112, Math 157.
This course provides an opportunity to study special topics
in physics such as Fourier Series, Vibrating String Theory,
Vector Analysis, or to carry on experimental projects such as
constructing lasers, and analyzing the corona of the sun. In
general, the student deals in a more sophisticated manner with
topics which receive elementary treatment in the regular
courses.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 or.
A study of the physical world, focusing on the funda-
mental concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on
what science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the
emergence of the more fundamental chemistry, geology, and
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr.
See course descriptions in Chemistry Department.
Sci 401 The Growth of Science and Its Concepts I 3 cr.
Traces the development of science concepts like time, mat-
ter and motion in Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Geology
and Physics and their interaction with the growing society of
Western Civilization from the earliest beginnings to the time
of Newton. The treatment of these concepts will be essentially
non-mathematical. Three hours per week.
Sci 402 The Growth of Science and Its Concepts 11 3 cr.
The influence and development of the concepts like time,
matter and motion on Science and Western Civilization are
studied from Newton to the present time with its emphasis on
the ideas of Relativity and Quantum Theory. Stress will be
placed on the non-mathematical understanding of the basic
ideas. Science 402 may be taken without having Science 401
with the permission of the instructor. Three hours per week.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
S29
PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT
RICHARD D. MAGEE, Chairman of Department
BRUCE D. CARTWRIGHT
KENNETH F. EDGAR
TERENCE A. GERACE
D. ROBERT JACOBS
JAMES K. KLINEDINST
STANLEY W. LORE
BLANCHE W. McCLUER
GARY W. R. PATTON
JOHN W. REID
GEORGE B. WALZ
DAVID E. GROVER
LEO E. HARROLD, JR.
MARION H. WEST
Affiliate Members :
HERBERT I. LEVIT
NOEL A. PLUMMER
Psychology Courses
Psy 201 General Psychology (General Education Course
for all Education students and Psychology Majors) 3 or.
This is an introduction to the scientific study of the be-
havior of living organisms. The student will acquire a psy-
chological vocabulary, know the major psychological concepts
and principles will understand the application of the scientific
method to psychology, be able to distinguish between empirical
psychological facts and theories, develop a critical attitude
toward popular generalizations and misconceptions, and, to
a degree, understand others and himself better.
Psy 202 Advanced General Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A course designed to extend one's knowledge of general
psychology as a science. An extension of general psychology
for science and liberal arts students who desire acquaintance
with topics in perception, the senses, and human learning.
Weekly demonstrations and laboratory exercises. Laboratory
periods by arrangement,
Psy 221 Historical Trends in Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A comprehensive overview of the historical antecedents
of contemporary systems of psychology. Philosophical and
scientific thought will be considered as it is related to the
establishment and continuing development of psychology.
Psy 310 Behavioral Statistics 3 cr.
An introduction to both Descriptive and Interpretative
Statistics as applied to behavioral science data. A non-mathe-
matical course, with emphasis on the appropriate application
of statistical tools.
Psy 311 Experimental Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, Math 362 (or Psy 310).
A laboratory course on designing, conducting and evalu-
ating experiments. Students carry out both original and clas-
sical experiments in the major areas of psychology. Outstand-
330 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ing studies in each area are surveyed. Two double-period ses-
sions per week.
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
An examination of the processes of personality adjustment
with an emphasis on the factors which promote successful
methods of coping with stress.
Psy 353 Child Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
This course aims to study the developmental changes in
intellectual, emotional, motor, and social behavior from early
infancy to adolescence. Outstanding experimental, clinical and
theoretical contributions that show the important practical
relationships between self-understanding, understanding of
others, and the process of helping children to discover them-
selves will be given special attention.
Psy 354 Developmental Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A comprehensive study of the principles of psychological
development in the individual from conception to old age.
Emphasis is on research methodology and experimental evi-
dence pertaining to developmental principles.
Psy 355 Adolescent Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
This course is a study of the adolescent, his growth and
development, behavior, personality, and problems. All areas
in his experience will be considered, the physical, mental, emo-
tional, social.
Psy 362 Physiological Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
This course will be an intensive study of the physiological
bases of behavior, with respect to the receptor, adjustive and
effector systems. Selected principles of psychophysics and neu-
roanatomy are emphasized.
Psy 363 Perception 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A study of perceptive processes, their acquisition, and
their effects upon the individual. Sensory mechanisms and
their thresholds as well as responses to complex stimuli are
also included.
Psy 371 Personality 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A study of the leading experimental and clinical findings
on personality and motivation and the major theories of per-
sonality, including Freudian theories.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 881
Psy 372 Introduction to Psychological Measurement 3 or.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A survey of psychological measurement techniques, with
emphasis on the theoretical assumptions underlying these
techniques and discussion of the interpretation and limitations
of the measuring instruments. The course includes a consider-
ation of individual and group tests, objective and projective
techniques, and self-rating scales.
Psy 391 Psychology of Learning 3 or.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
The description and analysis of theories of the learning
processes. Discussion of experimental findings relating to the
acquisition, maintenance, and control of behavioral changes in
terms of these theories.
Psy 451 Psychological Practicum 3-9 cr.
Under the supervision of the Psychology Department se-
lected students receive experience in the application of psy-
chological technique. (Departmental consent required)
Psy 452 Social Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A study of the interaction of people, either in pairs or in
groups. Examination of the effects of their respective person-
alities, motives, attitudes and cultural backgrounds upon each
other. Also a study of leadership, role playing, group conform-
ity and group effectiveness.
Psy 461 Abnormal Psychology 3 or.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
The systematic study of the full range of psychological
functioning from the basic and accepted normal to the most
extreme aberrations. Etiology, dynamics, symptomatology,
treatment, and prognosis of the psychoneuroses, psychoses,
psychomatic disorders, character disorders, and disorders of
intelligence constitute the major emphases of the course.
Psy 481 Industrial Psychology 3 or.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A systematic consideration of the practical applications
of psychology to business and industry. Attention is given to
the effects of industrial organization upon individual motiva-
tion. Problems of communications, personnel, and the develop-
ment of social relationships within the industrial setting are
studied. -
Psy 491 Senior Seminar in Psychology 3 cr.
Open only to students with a specialization in psychology
and senior standing. Exploration of current research and trends
in the various areas of psychology. Students will carry out in-
dividual research projects. (Departmental consent required)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
RICHARD F. HEIGES. Chairman
PATRICK A. CARONE RAYMOND L. LEE
DANIEL I. FINE ROBERT L. MORRIS
RONALD C. GREEN DOROTHY A. PALMER
JAMES R. HORNER EDWARD E. PLATT
DAVID S. KEENE BERT A. SMITH
JOHN J. LANK BARRY STEIM
Basic Courses
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 cr.
This course is largely concerned with our Federal and
State governments. Emphasis is placed upon the constitutional
basis of government, organization and structure of government,
division of governmental powers, Federal and State relations,
public finance, organization and role of political parties, and
services of government. Attention is given such problems as
foreign policy and world relations, economics, and social se-
curity, and the promotion of the general welfare.
Pols 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 cr.
An introductory examination of the methodology and sub-
ject matter of political science. (Restricted to majors and
minors.)
Pols 250 Contemporary Political Problems 3 cr.
This course emphasizes the dynamics of government as
they are evidenced in public opinion, pressure groups, political
parties and our governmental institutions. Attention is also
directed toward the political-economic nexus within American
society.
Pols 251 State and Local Government 3 cr.
Institutions and processes of state and local governments
with special attention to Pennsylvania. Emphasis is placed on
the nature of federalism, state constitutions, parties and in-
terest groups, the legislature, ofRce of governor, the judiciary,
and role of state and local government in an urban society.
Pols 280 Comparative Government 3 cr.
Analyzes the major foreign political systems, with empha-
sis upon Contemporary Europe including the Soviet Union.
Authoritarian and democratic systems are compared, with the
emphasis upon institutions and processes. This course should be
scheduled before PolS 380-389.
Pols 281 International Relations 3 cr.
Consideration is given to the fundamentals of the state
system, sovereignty and nationalism; the elements of national
power; the diplomatic, legal, economic, organizational and mil-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 833
itary relations of states; procedures for the settlement of dis-
putes; power-security problems and patterns of power to cope
with the problems. The course attempts to provide a conceptual
framework on the basis of which international events can be
sorted out and made meaningful.
PolS 283 American Foreign Policy 3 cr.
An analysis of the formulation and execution of American
foreign policy. An examination of the roles of the formal gov-
ernmental institutions mass media interest groups and public
opinion in the policy-making process. Special emphasis to be
given to contemporary foreign policy problems.
Pols 298-299 News Interpretation 1 cr.
The course is designed to provide students with techniques
for intelligent reading of the daily newspaper and weekly news
magazines and to give some understanding of current affairs
at the state, national and international level.
American Studies
PolS 350 The Presidency 3 cr.
An examination of the Office of President with attention
to constitutional foundations evolution structure, powers, and
functions. Evaluation of the changing nature of the office with-
in the American political system. Some comparisons are made
between presidential and parliamentary systems and between
the offices of President and Governor.
Pols 351 Legislative Process 3 cr.
Organization and procedure of the United States Congress,
with special reference to the theory and practice of representa-
tive government, lobbying, and bicameralism.
PolS 352 Public Opinion 3 cr.
A study of the nature of public opinion within the politi-
cal system. Attention is given to the formation of public opin-
ion and its expression, propaganda, and mass media, and in-
terest groups.
PolS 353 American Political Parties 3 cr.
The role of people, parties and pressure groups in the poli-
tics of American democracy. Attention will be devoted to:
campaign activities of candidates; party support for the can-
didates; voting behavior; sectional and historic roots of nation-
al politics; the institutional politics of Congress and the Presi-
dency; the competition for power among business, labor, agri-
culture, and the other major organized interests.
PolS 354 Metropolitan Problems 3 cr.
Analyzes the multiplicity of problems facing our metro-
politan areas. Contemporary developments such as urban re-
334 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
newal, the shrinking tax base, federal aid to cities, subsidized
mass transit, municipal authorities, and political consolidation
are examined. Pennsylvania municipalities are contrasted with
those of other states.
PolS 358 Judicial Process 3 or.
Explores the nature and limits of judicial power, the courts
as policy-making bodies, the selection of judges, the decision
process, the external forces impinging on the courts, and the
role of the Supreme Court in its relationship with Congress,
the Presidency, and federalism. Judicial biographies and case
studies are included.
Pols 359 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties 3 or.
A study of the development of constitutional law through
leading Supreme Court decisions. Topics treated include the
scope of federal powers, civil liberties and civil rights, the na-
ture of judicial review, federal-state relations. Attention is
given to the continuing controversy over the role of the Su-
preme Court in American society.
Political Theory
PolS 360 Political Philosophy 3 or.
The evolution of the Western political tradition of Consti-
tutionalism from Plato and Aristotle to Locke and Mon-
tesquieu, The religious (Judeo-Christian) and rational (Graeco-
Roman) foundations. Medieval theories of authority and repre-
sentation in church and state. Early modern theories of the
state and sovereignty (Bodin and Hobbes). Emphasis on analy-
sis of writings of leading theorists. Concepts of law, natural
rights, liberty and equality, and justice are treated in detail.
PolS 361 Modern Political Thought 3 or.
The development of political thought since the mid-16th
century (Rousseau) . Classic Liberalism of the Philosophic Rad-
icals. Conservative thought since Burke. The nature and origin
of modern irrational ideologies such as fascism and national
socialism. Socialist thought (Marxist and non-Marxist). Con-
temporary collectivist liberalism.
Public Administration
PolS 370 Public Administration 3 cr.
A survey of the major areas of public administration, with
emphasis on theories of organization and structural organiza-
tion and dysfunctions of the bureaucratic system, personnel
processes, executive functions, financial administration, the
politics of administration, public relations, and problems of
democratic control of bureaucracy.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 335
PolS 371 Federal Administrative Policy 3 cr.
An intensive study of the role of the federal agencies and
their administrators in determining and developing public
policy. Public administration in practice is emphasized by
utilizing case studies.
International Studies
PoIS 282 International haw and Organizations 3 cr.
An analysis of the purposes, functions, structure, and his-
tory of international political organizations in the twentieth
century such as the United Nations, its predecessor, the League
of Nations, the Organization of American States, and other re-
gional institutions. Also studied are principLes, characteristics,
and problems of international law.
PoIS 380 Soviet Politics 3 or.
Essential features of the Communist party and government
of the U.S.S.R., including geographical and historical back-
ground and ideological and theoretical foundations. PoIS 280,
Comparative Government, should be taken prior to this course.
PoIS 381-386 Political Systems 3 cr.
An intensive, comparative study of the government and
politics of a selected region. Suggested prerequisites: PoIS 280.
PoIS 381 Latin America
PoIS 382 Africa
PoIS 383 Asia
PoIS 384 Middle East
Pols 385 Central and Eastern Europe
Pols 386 Atlantic Community
PoIS 389 Developing Nations 3 cr.
An examination of the major political problems encount-
ered by the developing nations. Topics for study and discus-
sion include: Political characteristics of the emerging nations;
the impact of economics and social change upon political struc-
ture; evolving patterns of political development; and tech-
niques of nation-building. Suggested prerequisite: PoIS 280.
Research, Study, and Methodology
Pols 401-402 Readings in Political Science 3 cr.
Readings and brief v^nritten assignments on a specific topic
determined by the instructor in charge.
Pols 410 Honors in Political Science 3 cr.
Directed readings and one or more papers; topic to be
selected by instructor and student. Prerequisite: 15 s.h. in
Social Sciences, including 9 s.h. in Political Science, 'B' average
in Social Sciences, and permission of department chairman and
instructor.
886 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PoIS 499 Scope and Methods of Political Science 3 cr.
Explores the nature of the debate in the discipline over
the proper parameter and goals of Political Science. Empha-
sizes the means available to the discipline in its effort to obtain
political knowledge and to explain political phenomena. Gen-
eral familiarity with such methodologies as roll-call and popu-
lar voting analysis, role analysis, content analysis, game theory,
computer simulation, legislative history, survey research, philo-
sophical discourse, decision-making, power structure analysis,
and various forms of model-building will be provided; and in-
depth experience with one or more of these tools of research
will be required. (Open only to Seniors, Political Science
majors and minors; prerequisites: PolS 111 and 120.)
SCIENCE DIVISION
DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER, Science Coordinator
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Biol 103 General Biology I 4 cr.
This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics
include cellular structure and physiology, growth and repair,
reproduction and development, control sources of food energy,
inheritance, and man's interrelationship with his biological
environment. The classification of plants and animals is re-
viewed briefly. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Biol 104 General Biology II 4 or.
A continuation of General Biology I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 cr.
A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundament-
al concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer-
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory,
Sci 106 Physical Science 11 4 cr.
A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
Ed 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 3 cr.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of work in major field. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory work per week.
This course is designed to make the prospective science
teacher aware of some of the important problems in science
INDIANA UNIVBESITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UT
education. Emphasis is laid on lesson planning, construction of
unit outlines, demonstrations, and open-ended laboratory ex-
periences. Each student is required to investigate the latest
curricular emphasis in his field.
SPECIAL SCIENCE COURSES
Sci 311 Elements of Earth Science 3 or.
This course is designed to make elementary teachers more
aware of the science in their environment. While the biological
environment is briefly reviewed, greater stress is placed upon
the areas of geology, astronomy and meteorology. Field study
and lectures strive to include both scientific principles and
practical classroom activities that the teacher may use in the
elementary classroom.
El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 cr.
The fundamental areas of physics and chemistry are cov-
ered in this course. Student participation is fundamental to
their understanding of the basic principles that can be trans-
ferred to the elementary classroom, and to their familiariza-
tion with scientific equipment. The latter part of the course is
devoted to a survey of the biological environment and con-
tinues the work begun in Elementary Science.
SOCIAL SCIENCE DIVISION
RAYMOND L. LEE, Social Science Coordinator
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
(Required of all students)
Hist 102 History of Civilization H 3 cr.
This course deals with man's development from 1600 to
the present. Among the topics discussed are: The Commercial
Revolution; the Age of Reason; the Age of Revolution — politi-
cal, economic, and social the rise of constitutional govern-
ments; nationalism and the clash of cultures incident to the
growth of empire. Considerable attention is given to democ-
racy, capitalism, communism, fascism, and socialism as the ma-
jor ideologies of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The
course concludes with an examination of the various formulas
for world order proposed or attempted since 1900,
Hist 104 History of the United States and
Pennsylvania II 3 cr.
A course in the history of the United States and Pennsyl-
vania from 1865 to the present in which the industrialization
of America, urbanization, the rise of organized labor, and the
development of a distinctly American culture are stressed.
M8 INDIANA UNrVEKSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Attention is also given to the political, economic, and social
reform movements of this period in our history as well as to
the increasing role of the United States in world affairs.
PoIS 111 American Citizenship 3 cr.
This course is largely concerned with our Federal and
State governments. Emphasis is placed upon the constitutional
basis of government, organization and structure of govern-
ment, division of governmental powers, Federal and State re-
lations, public finance, organization and role of political par-
ties, and the place of the citizen in government. In a study of
the functions and services of government, attention is given
such problems as foreign policy and world relations, economic
and social security, and the promotion of the general welfare.
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 cr.
Following a brief survey of man's place in nature, the
course focuses on the concept of culture and on the divergent
answers that cultures give to the basic questions of man's ex-
istence.
SOCIAL SCIENCE HONORS PROGRAM
SS 491 Social Science Honors 3 cr.
Prerequisites include a B average in Social Science courses,
an average which must be maintained during the honors pro-
gram.
Admission to the Social Science Honors course is by in-
vitation only. Students will do independent research over two
semesters under the direction of a department member.
SS 492 Social Science High Honors 3 cr.
This course is an extension of SS 491. Admission by in-
vitation.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
Ed 455 Teaching Social Studies in the
Secondary Schools 3 cr.
This course provides an opportunity for the prospective
teacher to develop understandings and competencies for teach-
ing social studies. Emphases in the course include: values and
goals in social studies, the teaching process, materials and
learning activities, evaluation of learning, and planning for
classroom teaching. This course is a prerequisite to student
teaching in the social studies.
INDIANA UNrVBRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Ut
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT
MYRON H. LEVENSON, Chairman
HERBERT L. BENTON
SUNDA CORNETTI
VIRGINIA G. GERALD
BROOKE V. GRANT
RUDOLPH R. KRAUS
MARTIN C. McGURRIN
ESKO N. NEWHILL
ANJA H. OLIN-FAHLE
DOWNEY D. RAIBOURN
WALTER T. SHEA
Soc 151 Principles of Sociology 3 or.
Sociology is the science of the structure and functioning of
human groups. Taking culture concepts and social institutions
as its basic materials, it explores the content, methodology, and
interrelationships of those studies seeking to record and ex-
plain man's social behavior in the modern world. Problems of
social change, and the attendant efforts to direct and control
such change, are integral parts of the course.
Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3 or.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
A course which explores pressing social issues and the
solutions offered for their alleviation. Within its scope fall race
and minority discrimination, juvenile delinquency, crime, fam-
ily disintegration, personal maladjustment, population shifts,
the role of culture, the nature of social change, and the pos-
sibility of social planning. Problems are defined and solutions
are explored in the light of historical, political, economic,
social, and anthropological data.
Soc 332 Racial and Cultural Minorities 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
A study of national, racial and religious minorities and
divergent heritages in our national life.
Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
Principal topics are the cause of delinquency, its forms,
consequences, and the methods that may best be used in its
prevention.
Soc 334 Population Problems 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
The focus is upon population growth and distribution. The
present "population explosion" will be a topic of central in-
terest.
Soc 335 Social Stratification 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
A study of social status patterns and social mobility. Deter-
minants of social class divisions and the consequences of class
distinction for individuals and society will be discussed.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Soc 336 Sociology of the Family 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
The relationships between types of family interaction and
extrafamilial problems are emphasized, as well as the impact
of social change on the structure and functions of the family.
Soc 337 World Cultures 3 cr.
Students are provided with a minimal orientation to the
study of the cultural diversity of human societies. There will
be an emphasis on the determinants of cultural variability and
the problem of ethnocentrism resulting from this diversity.
Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
The principles of social work; their application to prob-
lems of family and child welfare; casework and group tech-
niques.
Soc 339 American Communities 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
An analysis of the social structure of communities at the
local level in relation to the national community structure.
Examination of current problems and future trends.
Soc 340 Industrial Sociology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
Work and the milieu of the worker; social organiza-
tions in industry; problems of the worker; industrial morale
and teamwork; social adjustment of the worker; and the re-
lation of industry to the community and society.
Soc 341 Sociology of Education 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
A sociological approach to the understanding of the role
of educational institutions in American society will be pre-
sented with special emphasis on the status and role of the pub-
lic school teacher.
Soc 343 Development of Sociological Theory 3 cr.
Prerequisites: 9 hours in Sociology- Anthropology.
An overview and discussion of the development of con-
cepts and theories of human social behavior. Prominent con-
tributors to the mainline of Sociological thinking will be ex-
amined. Individual reports on particular theorists will be re-
quired.
Soc 344 Introduction to Social Research 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Sociology 151.
An overview of basic quantitative methods, survey and in-
terview techniques, and General problems of research design.
Brief problems and projects will be assigned.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 841
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 cr.
Following a brief survey of man's place in nature, the
course focuses on the concept of culture and on the divergent
answers that cultures give to the basic questions of man's
existence.
Anth 211 Cultural Anthropology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology.
A survey of problems and theories in the science of cul-
ture. Each student makes a study of a particular major anthro-
pologist or theoretical approach.
Anth 312 World Ethnography 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology.
Study in depth of specific non-literature cultures to ex-
plore questions of cultural integration.
Anth 313 Old World Archaeology 3 or.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Intro to Anthropology, Anth 317
Archaeological Techniques.
Prehistory of Europe and Asia from Paleolithic through
Neolithic developments. Emphasis on technology, chronology,
ecology, and culture processes.
Anth 314 Ethnology of North American Indians 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology.
A survey of the culture history and culture area charac-
teristics of the Indians of North America. Detailed study of
representative groups will be related to historical, functional,
and ecological concepts.
Anth 315 North American Archaeology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology,
Anth 317 Archaeological Techniques.
Prehistory of North American Indians, emphasizing tech-
nology and stylistics, history and cultural ecology.
Anth 316 The Anthropology of Religion 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology.
The nature, function and universal characteristics of re-
ligion in human society will be dealt with by utilizing the
cross-cultural approach. Theories concerning religious phe-
nomena will serve as topics for discussion.
Anth 317 Archaeological Techniques 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology.
History of Archaeology, methods, theories and techniques
for chronological and cultural analysis of non-literate and
literate cultures.
842 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Anth 318 Museum Methods 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology.
Lecture and laboratory course concentrating on the history
of museums, natural science and anthropological museum
methods and techniques, providing practical experience in ex-
hibit preparation and installation.
Anth 319 Social Structure and Function 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology.
A survey concerning the mechanisms of integration in
social organization and their role in the development of soci-
eties. The Family, Kinship and Ideological systems will be
stressed.
Anth 320 Archaeological Field School 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology.
Field excavation of selected archaeological sites in Indiana
and adjacent counties. Opportunity for varied experience in
historic and prehistoric Indian sites, both open sites and rock
shelters.
Anth 321 Methods of Cross-Cultural Analysis
Prerequisite: Anthropology 110.
Comparative methods and techniques will be reviewed and
evaluated in relation to the problems they were designed to
solve. Statistics and computational equipment will be used in
the analysis of data derived from the ethnographic atlas or the
human relations area files.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Ml
SPECIAL EDUCATION AND CLINICAL SERVICES
MORTON MORRIS, Chairman of Department
MARIE K. BAliN
NELSON K. BORMANN
MAUDE O. BRUNGARD
WILLIAM P. CHAPMAN
GENE A. FELIX
MARSHALL G. FLAMM
MARION M. GEISEL
RICHARD P. MEASE
ESTHER M. SHANE
ROMAYNE L. POUNDS
EUGENE F. SCANLON
DOROTHY M. SNYDER
LESLIE VICKERS, JR.
This Department offers three options for students whose
major interest is working with exceptional children and adults.
Each of the three options follows a prescribed sequence of
courses. Students may elect to major in any one of the follow-
ing fields of exceptionality, namely,
(A) Education for the Mentally Retarded
(B) Speech Pathology and Audiology
(C) Rehabilitation Education
Completion of the first two major areas (A and B) lead to
certification in the Pennsylvania Public Schools. In addition,
all three major areas prepare students seeking career opportun-
ities with state and federal rehabilitation agencies and with
health and welfare agencies in clinical and institutional set-
tings.
Students in other departments not intending to major in
any of the options who wish to improve their understanding of
exceptionality, may elect the following introductory courses:
Introductory Courses
(These courses are open to all students)
SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 or.
This introductory course gives students an opportunity to
survey the characteristics, needs, problems, and behavior pat-
terns of those children who deviate sufficiently from the "nor-
mal" to be considered exceptional. Consideration will be given
to those who fall intellectually both above and below the av-
erage; to those who are handicapped visually, acoustically, or-
thopedically, medically, or in respect to speech patterns. Be-
havior disorders resulting from brain impairment will also be
considered.
SpE 215 Child Development 3 cr.
Childhood foundations of human growth and development
are considered in this course. Research from various disciplines
are studied in terms of understanding physical, mental, social
844 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
and emotional factors and how these interrelate throughout
childhood development. Implications of growth and develop-
ment are considered in aspects of adjustment to home, school,
and community life.
SpH 254 Speech Development and Improvement 3 or.
This course involves a study of those aspects of speech and
hearing problems pertaining to the classroom situation. Types
of speech and hearing disorders, conducting speech improve-
ment lessons, classroom aids for the speech and hearing defec-
tive child, and school and community resources for these chil-
dren are emphasized.
A. Education for the Mentally Retarded
Students may become certified as teachers of the mentally
retarded by pursuing a coordinated sequence of prescribed
courses and by fulfilling requirements for student teaching
with the mentally retarded. Student teaching experiences are
provided at elementary and secondary levels and with educable
or trainable mentally retarded according to individual prefer-
ences. The program also provides a foundation for pursuing ad-
ditional work at the graduate level. Further specialized train-
ing in mental retardation offers opportunities for qualified
persons in administration, supervision, vocational rehabilita-
tion and related fields.
I. Basic Courses in Mental Retardation
SpE 320 Psychology of Mentally Retarded Children 3 cr.
Prerequisite: SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Chil-
dren.
This course will point up the importance of viewing re-
tarded children and youth as living, adjusting individuals who
respond to many kinds of personal and social situations and
who are capable of far more than usually imagined. The im-
portance is stressed of the ways in which the retarded develop,
learn, and adapt to various home, school, community, or shel-
tered settings.
Art 330 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded 3 or.
The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied
for opportunities they offer in the training, therapy and educa-
tion of students who are mentally retarded, crippled, or need
special help for any reason. (Offered by Art Department) .
SpE 301 Reading and Language Arts for the
Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
Prerequisite: El 222 or Ed 362.
This course deals with the preparation and execution of
teaching units in reading, vocabulary development, spelling,
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 845
handwriting, and/or written communication. The emphasis
will be on what retarded children can reasonably be expected
to do at elementary and secondary levels. Consideration will be
given to objectives, procedures and experiences designed to
meet the unique needs of the mentally retarded.
SpE 411 Health and Physical Education for
Exceptional Children 2 cr.
Prerequisite: SpE 220.
This course will provide an opportunity for the prospective
teacher of the mentally retarded to gain a thorough under-
standing of a program of health, physical education and recre-
ation as it applies to individuals with mental and physical
handicaps. Special attention will be given to the needs of chil-
dren with physical handicaps or developmental problems
which may accompany mental retardation.
SpE 431 Curriculum and Methods for the
Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
(Open only to qualified seniors).
This course will consider the basic content and method
for teaching the mentally retarded. Emphasis will be placed
upon organization of curriculum in the fundamentals and in
social and pro-vocational skills for daily living. Resource ma-
terials used for instruction at elementary and secondary levels
will be explored.
SpE 255 Development of Language in Children 3 cr.
This course explores not only the levels and sequences of
the child's linguistic acquisition at various ages but also his
burgeoning sensitivity to extra-language information by which
he must operate with others, and the complex processes in-
strumental in the formulation of his responses.
El 313 Teaching of Math in the Elementary School 3 cr.
(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA-
TION DEPARTMENT).
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr.
(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA-
TION DEPARTMENT).
Electives and Courses for Teachers Completing Special Ed-
ucation Requirements in Summer Sessions:
SpE 421 Student Teaching of the Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
Students will be required both to observe and to partici-
pate in the teaching of mentally handicapped students. (Or-
dinarily this course will be offered in conjunction with SpE
451 for Summer School Students.)
34G INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SpE 451 Special Class Methods for the
Mentally Retarded 3 or.
Prerequisite: SpE 220.
The chief emphasis of this course will be upon practical
and workable methods and materials which can be used effec-
tively with slow-learning children. It is intended to comple-
ment SpE 421 as well as to serve as a course in specific tech-
niques which the classroom teacher will find to be valuable in
actual classroom teaching of the mentally retarded.
SpE 216 Mental Health in the Schools 3 cr.
This course aims to acquaint the student with the advan-
tages and ideals of education for mental health and human re-
lations. The concept of mental health is developed in terms of
optimal human functioning and concentrates on positive as-
pects and modifications of behavior rather than on malfunc-
tioning and clinical treatment of mental and emotional dis-
orders. The practical application of mental health principles in
the school setting is emphasized.
B. Speech Pathology and Audiology
Students completing the curriculum in Speech Pathology
and Audiology meet Pennsylvania State Certification require-
ments to act as Speech and Hearing Therapists or Speech Cor-
rectionists in the public schools. Students not wishing to work
in a school setting are, also, prepared to follow careers as
speech clinicians in a health or rehabilitative setting. The pro-
gram is, also, designed to encourage and promote students'
participation in graduate programs of Speech Pathology and
Audiology.
Students are urged to follow the eight semester sequence
of courses in orderly progression. Required courses provide a
background in (1) fundamental information applicable to the
normal development and use of speech, hearing, and language;
(2) a study of various types of speech, language, and hearing
disorders — their classification, causes, manifestations, and ap-
propriate evaluative and remedial procedures; and (3) effective
use of information obtained from related disciplines about the
sensory, physical, emotional, social, and/or intellectual status
of a child or an adult. The Speech and Hearing Clinic serves
as a laboratory for required clinical practice. Student partici-
pation in a public speech and hearing program is also a re-
quirement.
Students not intending to obtain certification in this field,
but who are interested in assisting children to develop better
communication skills may, with permission of instructor, elect
certain courses in the curriculum. Persons in Public School
Nursing are encouraged to enroll in Introduction to Audiology.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA M7
I. Required Basic Courses: Speech Pathology and Audiology.
SpH 111 Fundamentals of Speech and Hearing 3 cr.
(Prerequisite for all other required courses in the division
except Phonetics.)
Introduction to the study of the physiological, acoustical,
and scientific processes involved in the production and recep-
tion of speech. The genetic development of speech sounds, and
factors that hinder or facilitate speech and language acquisi-
tion.
SpH 122 Phonetics 3 cr.
Detailed study of the phonemes of American-English
speech from a physical and acoustical point of view. Develop-
ment of proficiency in the use of the International Phonetic
Alphabet for transcription and translation of speech sounds.
SpH 222 Introduction to Audiology 3 cr.
The auditory function, anatomy of the auditory mechan-
ism, the psychophysics of sound, types and causes of hearing
loss, measurement of hearing, and educational considerations
for the hearing handicapped child.
SpH 232 Speech Pathology I (Non-Organic) 3 cr.
Basic orientation to the major types of non-organic speech
disorders, their prevalence, symptoms, and causes. The func-
tional disorders of articulation, voice, and rhythm will be em-
phasized with some consideration given to treatment.
SpH 251 Anatomy & Physiology of the Speech &
Hearing Mechanism 3 cr.
Consideration of the genetic development, structure, and
function of the organs of speech and hearing. Anatomical sys-
tems involved in respiration, phonation, articulation, and hear-
ing, and the relationships between the systems in the produc-
tion and reception of speech.
SpH 310 Speech Clmic I 1, 2, or 3 credits
2 credits recommended
(Enrollment must be approved by adviser.)
Orientation to theory and techniques of speech and hear-
ing therap3^ as applied to specific clients. Introduction to lesson
planning and the writing of case histories and reports. Obser-
vation of clients and limited participation with clients.
SpH 311 Speech Reading and Auditory Training 3 cr.
(Prerequisite: SpH 222 Introduction to Audiology)
The teaching of the basic principles of understanding lan-
guage by observing the speaker's lips and facial expressions,
and developing maximal use of residual hearing. Educational
and rehabilitative considerations for hard-of-hearing children
and adults.
348 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SpH 312 Organization and Administration of Speech &
Hearing Programs 3 cr.
(Meets requirement for Professional Ed. Course).
Consideration of varied procedures in establishing and
maintaining speech and hearing programs. The philosophy and
methodology for work with speech and hearing handicapped
children in the public schools. Techniques of screening and
other case finding methods, scheduling, and record keeping,
teacher and parental counseling, and coordination with other
school activities.
SpH 320 Speech Clinic II 1, 2, or 3 credits
2 credits recommended
SpH 310— Prerequisite.
Experience in working with individuals or groups of per-
sons who exhibit speech or hearing problems. Lesson plan-
ning, writing of reports and case histories of a detailed nature.
SpH 321 Psychology of Speech and Language 3 cr.
The nature of speech and language as a behavioral influ-
ence and as a communicative code; behavior in response to
language and psychological principles involved. Normal evolve-
ment of social, motor, and speech skills will be emphasized and
their inter-relationships in making satisfactory personal ad-
justments.
SpH 331 Speech Pathology II (Organic) 3 cr.
A study of the etiologies, diagnosis, and symptoms of
speech defects associated with structural anomalies and physi-
ological dysfunction. Voice disorders, cleft palate, cerebral
palsy, and defects of symbolization will be treated.
II. Required Courses in Related Areas:
SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children
(See Course Description under Introductory Courses: Spe-
cial Education and Clinical Services) .
El 222 Teaching of Reading
(See Course Description under Elementary Education De-
partment) .
or
Ed 362 Developmental Reading
(See Course Description under Elementary Dept.).
Math 362 Probability and Statistics
(See Course Description under Mathematics Dept.).
in. Suggested Electives in Related Areas:
IhfDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 349
SpE 215 Child Development
(See Course Description under Introductory Courses, Spe-
cial Education and Clinical Services.)
or
Psy 215 Child Development
(See Course Description under Elementary Education
Dept).
Eng 251 History of the English Language
(See Course Description under English Dept.).
El 313 Teaching of Math in Elementary School
(See Course Description under Elementary Ed.).
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene
(See Course Description under Psychology courses — elec-
tives).
Eng 364 Trends in Linguistics
(See Course Description under English Dept).
Ling 421 Language and Society
(See Course Description under Foreign Language Dept.:
Linguistics).
rV. Electives in Speech Pathology and Audiology
(Offerings vary from term to term).
SpH 410 Articulation Disorders 3 cr.
Detailed consideration of the speech-sound production dis-
orders in children and adults. Etiology of articulation disorders,
methods of testing articulation, and techniques of therapy for
persons exhibiting articulation disorders. Current thinking and
research in the field is emphasized. Open only to majors.
SpH 474 Faculty-Student Research Projects 1-2 or.
Investigation of worthwhile problems within the limits of
the resources of the Speech and Hearing Clinic. Collection of
data, data analysis, and the writing of an article to be submit-
ted for publication. Open only to seniors, and with the permis-
sion of the faculty. Should be taken for two semesters, one
credit each.
SpH 412 Cleft Palate 2 cr.
A study of the embryology of the facial and cranial skull
with emphasis on the development of the oral pharyngeal
structures associated with speech; theories of etiology, classifi-
cations of lip and palatal clefts; methods of surgical and pros-
thetic repair with consideration to the appropriateness and
feasibility of a specific procedure; principles and methods of
speech and language training.
350 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SpH 404 Diagnostic Methods 2 cr.
A compilation and evaluation of diagnostic resources ap-
plicable to evaluation of speech disorders bases for selection of
appropriate materials in differential diagnoses; interpretation
of test results and their significance in planning future therapy.
SpH 418 Voice 2 cr.
An advanced study of the theory of voice production with
emphasis on physiology, pathology and malfunctioning which
produce voice defects; the possible relationship of disorders of
voice and disorders of personality; diagnostic methods and
therapeutic considerations for both organic and psychogenic
disorders. Special attention will be given to therapy for the
laryngectomized.
SpH 440 Advanced Audiology 2 cr.
The identification of types of hearing loss by special audio-
logical tests — speech audiometry, Bekesy, SAL, tone decay,
PGSR; interpretation of the audiogram and its relevancy to
diagnosis and remedial procedures; functions and characteris-
tics of hearing aids with respect to speech reception and dis-
crimination.
SpH 416 Stuttering 2 cr.
An intensive study of the nature of the stuttering disorder
and its effects in the dynamics of personality development,
evaluation of prevalent causal theories and their implications
for both symtomological and psychological methods of treat-
ment as adapted to individuals or group situations. Review of
pertinent and recent research topics.
SpH 450 Speech Science 2 cr.
A physiological, neurological, and acoustical study of the
communicative process with special attention to speech moni-
toring, controls and perception. Emphasis will be placed on
current research methodology, clinical instrumentation, and
laboratory techniques.
V. Courses for Non-Majors
SpH 254 Speech Development and Improvement 3 cr.
A study of those aspects of speech and hearing problems
pertaining to the classroom situation. Types of speech and
hearing disorders, conducting speech improvement lessons,
classroom aids for the speech and hearing defective child, and
school and community resources for these children. (Required
for majors in Special Education: Mentally Retarded, and sug-
gested for Elementary Education majors.)
SpH 354 Audiometry for Public School Nurses 3 cr.
An intensive review of the physiology of hearing; the eti-
ologies and classifications of hearing loss; the use of audiomet-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 361
ric testing equipment in the schools; interpretation of the audi-
ogram; and the role of the nurse in public health hearing pro-
grams.
C. REHABILITATION EDUCATION
The following curriculum in Rehabilitation Education is
offered to student majors seeking career opportunities with
health and welfare agencies and institutions. Although origin-
ally identified with the needs of the war disabled, the benefits
of Rehabilitation have been extended to the larger require-
ments of civilian handicapped. Demands for trained personnel
in Rehabilitation have grown accordingly. The program in Re-
habilitation Education also provides basic training and a foun-
dation for pursuing additional work at the graduate level. Non-
majors may elect certain courses with permission of the in-
structor.
SpR 310 The Physical Basis of Disability 3 cr.
This course explores the structural and physiological
changes from the normal occurring in selected disabilities of
individuals whom the rehabilitation coordinator frequently
encounters: the blind and visually handicapped; the cardiac,
diabetic, and amputee; the deaf and hard-of-hearing; the cere-
bral-palsied, cleft palate, the cerebro-vascular accident, and the
laryngectomized. Prerequisites: General Biology, Introduction
to the Exceptional Child and Human Physiology.
SpR 321 Psychological Basis of Disability 3 cr.
This course seeks to clarify and lend understanding to gut
responses of fear, anger, embarrassment, frustration, bewilder-
ment, and loneliness which influence the behavior and rela-
tionships of handicapped individuals and rehabilitation work-
ers alike. The emphasis is on the processes by which such gut
responses develop, their influence on the individual's outlook
toward his disability, his selfhood, and the society in which he
lives. Prerequisites: General Psychology and Introduction to
Sociology.
SpR 320 Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation 3 cr.
This course attem.pts to delineate the roles played by and
the information gained from members of the professional dis-
ciplines of physical, orthopedic, and internal medicine; psy-
chiatry, psychology, otology, opthomalogy, audiology. speech
pathology, prosthodontics, physical and occupational therapy,
special education; and how the rehabilitation coordinator used
such diagnostic information in evaluating and helping the dis-
abled individual to plan a regimen for the acquisition of skills
or education which v/ill enable him to pursue as independently
and as fully as possible a normal way of life.
Prerequisites: SpR 310.
352 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SpR 411 Occupational Information 3 cr.
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the rehabilita-
tion coordinator with types of jobs, the levels of education of
skill necessary for occupational success, methods of job train-
ing and assessment, and the influence of appropriate, finan-
cially productive employment on the personality development
and social outlook of the disabled, legal aspects and legislation
affecting job placement.
SpR 420 Field Training in Rehabilitation 12 cr.
The emphasis in this unit is the development of the student
rehabilitation coordinator by close association with a paid pro-
fessional working with disabled clients in a public or private
agency. Writing and analysis of case reports, counseling of cli-
ents, understanding of agency responsibilities and limitations,
referral, follow-up, and final evaluation of client's ability to
function with various degrees of autonomy.
SpR 421 Rehabilitation Practicum 2-3 cr.
Discussion of current topics of interest in the field, such as
state and federal legislation; new prosthetic advances, propos-
als of the National Rehabilitation Association; or recent tech-
niques in working with specific disabilities.
RELATED AREAS REQUIRED
SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 cr.
SpE 320 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
SpE 255 Development of Language in Children 3 cr.
Psy 372 Introduction to Psychological Measurement 3 cr.
Psy 461 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr.
CnGd 251 Fundamentals of Guidance 3 or.
Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 cr.
Biol 151 Human Physiology 3 cr.
INDIANA UNIVBESITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 858
COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE DEPARTMENT
GEORGE L. SPINELLI, Chairman
ROBERT H. SAYLOR EVERETT J. PESCI
JAMES C. WILSON JANE B. WASHBURN
EDWARD D. SHAFFER
The courses listed below are available, as electives and as
offered, to undergraduate students in Education, in-service
teachers, and other school personnel seeking a broad under-
standing of helping roles in a school program of guidance
services. These courses are not designed for those who would
aspire to become school counselors. For information on coun-
selor education programs see the current Graduate School
Bulletin.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CnGd 251 Fundamentals of Guidance 3 or.
This course is an elective for undergraduate students in
Education and aims to provide a broad understanding of the
role of the classroom teacher in a school guidance program.
CnGd 252 Guidance in School Settings 3 or.
This is a survey course in guidance designed as an elec-
tive for in-service teachers and school personnel other than
counselors.
CnGd 253 Counseling in School Settings 3 or.
This is an elective course designed to provide in-service
teachers and school personnel, other than counselors, a basic
understanding of the knowledge, information, and skills ap-
propriate to counseling with individuals and groups.
864
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDEX
Absence and Tardiness 69
Academic Standards 61
Activity Fee 62
Administrative Organization of College 4
Admission Application Form 56
Advance Registration Deposit 63
Advisory System 60-75
Allied Health Professions 188
Athletic Department 282
Athletics 87
B
Baggage 78
Banking Services 83
Biology Department 106-149-205
Bookstore 82
Buildings 47
Business and Distributive
Education 138-216
Business Management 141-221
Calendar 3
Cars 75
Chairman of Departments 4
Chemistry Department 107-150-228
Classification of Students 61
Clinics 79
Clubs and Class Organizations 85
College Board Examinations 55
Commuters 80
Contemporary Europe 94
Continuing Education 143
Corrective Therapy 188
Counseling and Guidance 353
Criminology Department 126
Criteria Governing Continuance in
College 60
Cultural Life Series 145
Damage Fees 62
Degree Candidacy 58
Degree Fee 63
Delinquent Accounts 63
Dental Hygienist 151
Departments
Allied Health Professions 188
Art 173-198
Biology 106-149-205
Business & Distributive
Education 138-216
Business Management 141-221
Chemistry 107-150-228
Counseling and Guidance 353
Criminology 126-232
Economics 119-235
Educational Psychology 239
Elementary 160-241
English 95-162-245
Foreign Languages 98-164-253
Foundations of Education 269
Geography 121-166-261
Geology 110-154
Geoscience 109-153-268
Health and Physical Education ..192-272
History 125-172-283
Home Economics 182-289
Institutional Food Services 185
International Studies 95-131-335
Learning Kesources 298
Mathematics 116-167-299
Military Science 305
Music 100-178-309
Nursing 196-319
Philosophy 103-321
Physics 114-169-325
Political Science 129-332
Psychology 133-329
Science 336
Social Science 118-171-337
Sociology-Anthropology 134-339
Special Education 158-343
Departmental Abbreviations 89
Dining Room Policy (Women) 76
Dining Room Policy (Men) 77
E
Earth and Space Science 151
Education for Safe Living 192
Educational Psychology Department ..239
Education of Mentally Retarded ..158-344
Economics Department 119-235
Elementary Education Department 160-241
English Department 95-162-245
Emeriti 34
F
6
63
65
78
Faculty
Fees, Deposits, Repayment
Financial Aid
Food Services
Foreign Languages
Department 98-164-253
Foreign Study Program 94
Foundations of Education Department .259
Fraternities 86
General Education 90
General Science 153
Geography Department 121-166-261
Geology 110-154
Geoscience Department 109-153-268
Grade Reports 60
Graduate School 52
Grants 66
Handbook 84
Health and Physical Education
Department 192-272
Health Services 188
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SM
Certification in Field of Education
for Sa^e Livinsr 276
History Department 125-172-283
Home Economics Department 182-289
Housing Fee 62
Housing Policy (Women) 76
Housing Policy (Men) 77
How Bills and Charges Are to be Paid 64
How to Apply for Admission 55
Humanities 91
I
Indiana Penn 83
Infirmary 50
Infirmary Fee 62
Inter-disciplinary Studies 93
International Studies 95-131-335
Institutional Food Svc 185
Insurance 89
Intramurals 87
J
Junior Year Studies 61
Junior Year Abroad 94
K
Key for Course Numbers 90
L
Late Registration Fee 62
Laundry 78
Library 54
Loans 71
Location of University 46
Learning Resources Department 298
M
Mail 80
Maintenance Fee 63
Medical Technology 190
Mathematics Department 116-167-299
Military Science Department 305
Special Fees 63
Music Department 100-178-309
Ensembles 317
Private Instruction 317
N
Natural Science and Mathematics 91
Natural Science 104
Nursing Department 196-319
O
Oak 83
Occupational Therapy 189
Off Campus Centers 143
Other Charges 62
Out-of-state Students Fee 62
P
Parchment Conch 84
Payment of Fees 64
Part-Time Study 57
Pre Scheduling and Registration 68
Philosophy Department 103-321
Physical Therapy 189
Physics Department 114-169-325
Placement Service 79
Political Science Department 129-332
Pre- Professional Studies 94
Private Accounts 68
Private Dormitories 61
Private Instruction in Music 62-317
Professional Education & Certification 147
Psychology Department 133-329
Publications 83
Public School Nursing 168
Q
Quality Points 59
R
Roadmission Policy 58
Regulations 74
Rehabilitation Education 160-351
Religious Life 86
Repayments 64
Reserve Officers Training Corps 81
S.
Safety Education 275
Saturday Campus Classes 145
Scholarships 65
Scholastic Aptitude Test 55
School of Arts & Sciences 92
School of Business 136-212
School of Continuing Education 143
School of Education 146
School of Fine Arts 173
School of Health Services 188
School of Home Economics 289
Science Division 336
Selective Service Requirements 80
Social Regulations 74
Social Science 171-337
Social Science Honors 338
Sociology-Anthropology Department 134-339
Special Education 158-343
Speech and Hearing 159-346
Speech and Theater 97
Student Activity Fee 62
Student Cooperative Association 82
Student Employment 73
Student Government 87
Student Supplies 78
Summary of Enrollment 89
Summer Sessions 54
Summer Sessions Fees 63
Supervising Teachers 35
T
Time of Payments 64
Transcript Fee 63
Transfer Students 57
Transportation 88
U
Urban Regional Planning 123
University Lodge 49
University, Present and Past 45
University School 148
University Senate 5
V
Valladolid Program 94
Vacation and Guest Charges 78
Veterans 81
W
Work Study Program 73
5 ^
3^<
t— (N CO -^ m o rx
„ O o . -
$i^;
!'5.e =
■ IC c o
,<3I-
; .- -O T) r —
I -o h^ 00 o- o
o ^
i»<>
: _ ^^ c c -o u
i t; ■= o ° — =
1x25: "'I?
*. i! ._ c *
ice 4> X a c
) ^o r^ CO o- o ■— (
I
. oo .
: 'i j'
I o *
■6^3,
13
a_
> _- _ =^°
- - = = o _ «
;_-'-_Xl .-oc(
J "o S O Ol— 1 >^ _
^I ™I c"7, °" '"■
1 - •- T, ,«
•z-= £ «^
9803
.Jfi
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11